sv4za
As filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4,
2011
No. 333-172123
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 2
to
Form S-4
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
Radio One, Inc.*
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
4832
|
|
52-1166660
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
5900 Princess Garden Parkway
7th Floor
Lanham, Maryland 20706
Telephone:
(301) 306-1111
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of registrants
principal executive offices)
Alfred C. Liggins, III
President and Chief Executive Officer
Radio One, Inc.
5900 Princess Garden Parkway
7th Floor
Lanham, Maryland 20706
Telephone:
(301) 306-1111
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies of all communications,
including communications sent to agent for service, should be
sent to:
Michael Plantamura
Vice President and General Counsel
Radio One, Inc.
5900 Princess Garden Parkway
5th Floor
Lanham, Maryland 20706
Telephone:
(301) 306-1111
and
Dennis M. Myers, P.C.
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 North LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60654
(312) 862-2000
* The co-registrants listed on the next page are also included
in this
Form S-4
registration statement as additional registrants.
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the
securities to the public: The exchange will occur
as soon as practicable after the effective date of this
Registration Statement.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being
offered in connection with the formation of a holding company
and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check
the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
|
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the
appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this
transaction:
Exchange Act
Rule 13e-4(i)
(Cross-Border Issuer Tender
Offer): o
Exchange Act
Rule 14d-1(d)
(Cross-Border Third-Party Tender
Offer): o
The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
Table of
Additional Registrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I.R.S. Employer
|
|
Exact Name of Additional Registrants*
|
|
Jurisdiction of Formation
|
|
Identification No.
|
|
|
Bell Broadcasting Company
|
|
Michigan
|
|
|
38-1537987
|
|
Blue Chip Broadcasting Licenses, Ltd.
|
|
Ohio
|
|
|
31-1402186
|
|
Blue Chip Broadcasting, Ltd.
|
|
Ohio
|
|
|
31-1459349
|
|
Charlotte Broadcasting, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-1166660
|
|
Community Connect Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
13-3923078
|
|
Community Connect, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-1166660
|
|
Distribution One, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-1166660
|
|
Hawes-Saunders Broadcast Properties, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
31-1313021
|
|
Interactive One, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
30-0223248
|
|
Interactive One, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
30-0451522
|
|
New Mableton Broadcasting Corporation
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
58-2455006
|
|
Radio One Cable Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
20-0966592
|
|
Radio One Distribution Holdings, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-1166660
|
|
Radio One Licenses, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-1166660
|
|
Radio One Media Holdings, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
20-2180640
|
|
Radio One of Atlanta, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-1166660
|
|
Radio One of Boston Licenses, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-2297366
|
|
Radio One of Boston, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-2297366
|
|
Radio One of Charlotte, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
57-1103928
|
|
Radio One of Detroit, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
38-1537987
|
|
Radio One of Indiana, L.P.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-2359338
|
|
Radio One of Indiana, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-1166660
|
|
Radio One of North Carolina, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-1166660
|
|
Radio One of Texas II, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-2359333
|
|
ROA Licenses, LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-1166660
|
|
Satellite One, L.L.C.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
52-1166660
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
The address for each of the additional registrants is
c/o Radio
One, Inc., 5900 Princess Garden Parkway, 7th Floor, Lanham,
Maryland 20706,
(301) 306-1111.
The primary standard industrial classification number for each
of the additional registrants is 4832. The name, address,
including zip code of the agent for service for each of the
additional registrants is Michael Plantamura, Vice President and
General Counsel, Radio One, Inc., 5900 Princess Garden Parkway,
5th Floor, Lanham, Maryland 20706,
(301) 306-1111. |
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not
permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
AUGUST 4, 2011
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Radio One, Inc.
Exchange Offer for up
to
$299,185,432
12.5%/15.0% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2016
We are offering to
exchange:
up to $299,185,432 of our new
12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016
(which we refer to as the
Exchange Notes)
for
a like amount of our
outstanding 12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2016
(which we refer to as the
Old Notes and, together with the Exchange Notes, the
Notes).
Material
Terms of Exchange Offer:
|
|
|
|
|
The terms of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the exchange
offer are substantially identical to the Old Notes, except that
the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to
the Old Notes will not apply to the Exchange Notes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will issue $6,731,673 in aggregate principal amount of
additional 12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 in
respect of interest on the Old Notes as of August 15, 2011,
which shall constitute Old Notes and shall be
subject to the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed on a
senior subordinated basis by each of our existing and future
direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries (subject to
certain exceptions) and any other of our subsidiaries that
guarantee our senior credit facility.
|
|
|
|
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2011, unless extended by us.
|
|
|
|
There is no existing public market for the Old Notes or the
Exchange Notes. We do not intend to list the Exchange Notes on
any securities exchange or seek approval for quotation through
any automated trading system.
|
|
|
|
You may withdraw your tender of Old Notes at any time before the
expiration of the exchange offer. We will exchange all of the
Old Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn.
|
|
|
|
The exchange of Notes will not be a taxable event for
U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The exchange offer is subject to certain customary conditions,
including that it not violate applicable law or any applicable
interpretation of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the SEC).
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will
not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the Securities Act). This prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes
received in exchange for Old Notes where the Old Notes were
acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for
a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the
exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any
broker-dealer in connection with any such resale. See Plan
of Distribution.
|
For a discussion of certain factors that you should consider
before participating in this exchange offer, see Risk
Factors beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.
We are not asking you for a proxy and you are requested not
to send us a proxy.
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has
approved the securities to be distributed in the exchange offer,
nor have any of these organizations determined that this
prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the
contrary is a criminal offense.
,
2011
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
different or additional information. If anyone provides you with
different or additional information, you should not rely on it.
You should assume that the information contained in this
prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this
prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of
operations and prospects may have changed since then. We are not
making an offer to sell the securities offered by this
prospectus in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
In this prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise:
(i) Radio One, the Company,
we, us and our refer to
Radio One, Inc. and its subsidiaries; and
(ii) Issuer refers to Radio One, Inc.,
exclusive of its subsidiaries.
Radio One, Inc. is a Delaware corporation. Our principal
executive office is located at 5900 Princess Garden Parkway,
7th Floor, Lanham, Maryland 20706, and our telephone number
at that address is
(301) 306-1111.
Our website is located at www.radio-one.com. The information on,
or linked to, our website is not part of this prospectus.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL
MEASURES
We believe that our financial statements and other financial
data contained in this prospectus have been prepared in a manner
that complies, in all material respects, with the regulations
published by the SEC and are consistent with current practice
with the exception of the presentation of certain non-GAAP
financial measures (as defined below), including EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA. SEC rules regulate the use in filings with the
SEC of non-GAAP financial measures such as EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA that are derived on the basis
of methodologies other than in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(GAAP).
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of our financial
performance under GAAP and should not be considered as
alternatives to revenues, net earnings (loss) or any other
performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as
alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as measures
of our liquidity. We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because
we consider these important supplemental measures of our
performance and believe they are frequently used by securities
analysts, investors and other interested parties in the
evaluation of high yield issuers, many of which
present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA when reporting their
operating results. Management uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as
internal measures of operating performance, to establish
operational goals, to allocate resources and to analyze business
trends and financial performance.
We define EBITDA as the sum of (1) net income (loss)
attributable to common stockholders, (2) depreciation and
amortization, (3) (benefit from) provision for income taxes and
(4) interest expense less interest income. Adjusted
EBITDA consists of net loss attributable to common stockholders
plus (1) depreciation and amortization, income taxes,
interest expense, income (loss) from discontinued operations,
net of tax, noncontrolling interest in (loss) income of
subsidiaries, impairment of long-lived assets, stock-based
compensation and other expense, net, less
(2) interest income, gain on retirement of debt and equity
in income (loss) of affiliated company. Our calculation of
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to that
reported by other companies.
Our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA measures have limitations as
analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation,
or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under
GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
|
|
|
|
|
they do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements
for capital commitments;
|
|
|
|
they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our
working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
they do not reflect the interest expense or cash requirements
necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;
|
|
|
|
they do not reflect any cash income taxes that we may be
required to pay;
|
|
|
|
they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items
that are reflected in our statements of cash flows;
|
|
|
|
they do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting
from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing
operations;
|
|
|
|
assets are depreciated or amortized over differing estimated
useful lives and often have to be replaced in the future, and
these measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such
replacements; and
|
|
|
|
other companies in our industry may calculate these measures
differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative
measures.
|
Because of these limitations, our EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
measures should not be considered as measures of discretionary
cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or
as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our
obligations. You should compensate for these limitations by
relying primarily on our GAAP results and using these non-GAAP
measures only supplementally to evaluate our performance. See
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and historical
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
ii
CERTAIN
DEFINITIONS
We use the term local marketing agreement
(LMA) in various places in this prospectus. An LMA
is an agreement under which a Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) licensee of a radio station makes available,
for a fee, air time on its station to another party. The other
party provides programming to be broadcast during the airtime
and collects revenues from advertising it sells for broadcast
during that programming. In addition to entering into LMAs, we
will from time to time enter into management or consulting
agreements that provide us with the ability, as contractually
specified, to assist current owners in the management of radio
station assets that we have contracted to purchase, subject to
FCC approval. In such arrangements, we generally receive a
contractually specified management fee or consulting fee in
exchange for the services provided.
INDUSTRY
DATA
The industry and market data and other statistical information
contained in this prospectus are based on managements own
estimates, independent publications, government publications,
reports by market research firms or other published independent
sources, and, in each case, are believed by management to be
reasonable estimates. Although we believe these sources are
reliable, we have not independently verified the information.
None of the independent industry publications used in this
prospectus were prepared on our or our affiliates behalf
and none of the sources cited by us consented to the inclusion
of any data from its reports, nor have we sought their consent.
Unless otherwise indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
we obtained total radio industry revenue levels from the Radio
Advertising Bureau (the RAB);
|
|
|
|
we obtained audience share and ranking information from Arbitron
Inc. (Arbitron); and
|
|
|
|
we derived historical market statistics and market revenue share
percentages from data published by Miller, Kaplan,
Arase & Co., LLP (Miller Kaplan), a public
accounting firm that specializes in serving the broadcasting
industry and BIA Financial Network, Inc. (BIA), a
media and telecommunications advisory services firm.
|
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-4
(Reg.
No. 333-172123)
with respect to the securities being offered hereby. This
prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in
the registration statement, including the exhibits and
schedules. You should refer to the registration statement,
including the exhibits and schedules, for further information
about us and the securities being offered hereby. Statements we
make in this prospectus about certain contracts or other
documents are not necessarily complete. When we make such
statements, we refer you to the copies of the contracts or
documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration
statement because those statements are qualified in all respects
by reference to those exhibits. As described below, the
registration statement, including exhibits and schedules, is on
file at the offices of the SEC and may be inspected without
charge.
We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements
and other information with the SEC. You can inspect and copy
these reports, proxy statements and other information at the
Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain
copies of these materials from the Public Reference Section of
the SEC, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
room. Our SEC filings will also be available to you on the
SECs website. The address of this site is
http://www.sec.gov.
You may also obtain a copy of the exchange offers
registration statement and other information that we file with
the SEC at no cost by calling us or writing to us at the
following address: Radio One, Inc., 5900 Princess Garden
Parkway, 7th Floor, Lanham, Maryland 20706,
(301) 306-1111,
Attention: Corporate Secretary.
iii
In order to obtain timely delivery of the documents, you must
request the information no later than five business days before
the expiration date of the exchange offer. The exchange offer
will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on ,
2011.
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
Certain statements in this prospectus which are not statements
of historical fact constitute forward-looking
statements. Forward-looking statements give current
expectations or forecasts of future events. Words such as
anticipate, expect, intend,
plan, believe, seek,
estimate and other words and terms of similar
meaning in connection with discussions of future operating or
financial performance signify forward-looking statements. These
statements reflect our current views with respect to future
events and are based on assumptions and estimates, which are
subject to risks and uncertainties including those discussed
under the heading Risk Factors and elsewhere in this
prospectus. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on
these forward-looking statements. Also, these forward-looking
statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of
the date of this prospectus. We do not intend to update any of
these forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or
events that occur after the statement is made and qualify all of
our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
You should understand that various factors, in addition to those
discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, could affect our future
results and could cause results to differ materially from those
expressed in such forward-looking statements, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the effects of global financial and economic conditions, credit
and equity market volatility and continued fluctuations in the
U.S. economy may continue to have on our business and
financial condition and the business and financial condition of
our advertisers;
|
|
|
|
continued fluctuations in the economy could negatively impact
our ability to meet our cash needs and our ability to maintain
compliance with our debt covenants;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in the demand for advertising across our various
media given the current economic environment;
|
|
|
|
our relationship with a significant customer has changed and we
no longer have a guaranteed level of revenue from that customer;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with the implementation and execution of our
business diversification strategy including our recent ownership
interest increase in TV One;
|
|
|
|
increased competition in our markets and in the radio
broadcasting and media industries;
|
|
|
|
changes in media audience ratings and measurement technologies
and methodologies;
|
|
|
|
regulation by the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) relative to maintaining our broadcasting
licenses, enacting media ownership rules and enforcing of
indecency rules;
|
|
|
|
changes in our key personnel and on-air talent;
|
|
|
|
increases in the costs of our programming, including on-air
talent and content acquisitions costs;
|
|
|
|
financial losses that may be incurred due to provisioning for
income taxes and impairment charges against our broadcasting
licenses, goodwill and other intangible assets, particularly in
light of the current economic environment;
|
|
|
|
increased competition from new media and technologies;
|
|
|
|
the impact of our acquisitions, dispositions and similar
transactions; and
|
|
|
|
other factors discussed in detail in this prospectus under the
heading Risk Factors.
|
iv
These factors and the other risk factors discussed in this
prospectus, including under the heading Risk
Factors, are not necessarily all of the important factors
that could cause our actual results to differ materially from
those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other
important factors also could have material adverse effects on
our future results. Given these uncertainties, you should not
place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. The
forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made
only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, and
we expressly disclaim any obligation to update or revise any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise, except as required by
law.
If there is a material change to the information included in
this prospectus, we will disclose such material change in the
information by means of a supplement or amendment, SEC filing or
press release.
v
SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the
more detailed information included in this prospectus. Because
this is a summary, it may not contain all the information that
may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus
before making an investment decision. Except as otherwise stated
or required by the context, the terms Issuer,
Radio One, we, us,
Company, our and our Company
refer to Radio One, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
OUR
COMPANY
Overview
Radio One is an urban-oriented, multi-media company that
primarily targets
African-American
and urban consumers. Our core business is our radio broadcasting
franchise that is the largest broadcasting operation that
primarily targets
African-American
and urban listeners. We currently own 53 broadcast stations
located in 16 urban markets in the U.S. While our
primary source of revenue is the sale of local and national
advertising for broadcast on our radio stations, our business
strategy is to operate the premier multi-media entertainment and
information content provider targeting
African-American
consumers. Thus, we have diversified our revenue streams by
making acquisitions and investments in other complementary media
properties. Our other media interests include our approximately
50.9% ownership interest in TV One, LLC (TV One), an
African-American
targeted cable television network that we invested in with an
affiliate of Comcast Corporation and other investors; our 53.5%
ownership interest in Reach Media, Inc. (Reach
Media), which operates the Tom Joyner Morning Show; our
ownership of Interactive One, LLC, an online platform serving
the
African-American
community through social content, news, information, and
entertainment, which operates a number of branded sites,
including News One, UrbanDaily, HelloBeautiful; and our
ownership of Community Connect, LLC (formerly Community Connect
Inc.) (CCI), an online social networking company,
which operates a number of branded websites, including
BlackPlanet, MiGente and Asian Avenue. Through our national
multi-media presence, we provide advertisers with a unique and
powerful delivery mechanism to the
African-American
and urban audience.
We are incorporated as a Delaware corporation. Our principal
executive offices are located at 5900 Princess Garden
Parkway, 7th Floor, Lanham, Maryland 20706. Our telephone
number is
(301) 306-1111
and our website is
http://www.radio-one.com.
We make our website content available for information purposes
only. Information on our website is not a part of this
prospectus and should not be relied upon for investment purposes.
TV
One
In January 2004, the Company, together with an affiliate of
Comcast Corporation and other investors, launched TV One, an
entity formed to operate a cable television network featuring
lifestyle, entertainment and news-related programming targeted
primarily towards
African-American
viewers. At that time, we committed to make a cumulative cash
investment of $74.0 million in TV One. This entire amount
of $74.0 million was funded as of April 19, 2011.
Since December 31, 2006, the initial four year commitment
period for funding the capital had been extended on a quarterly
basis due in part to TV Ones lower than anticipated
capital needs. In connection with the redemption financing (as
defined below) together with the remaining portion of the
members outstanding capital contribution, we funded our
remaining capital commitment amount of approximately
$13.7 million on April 19, 2011 and currently
anticipate no further capital commitment. In December 2004, TV
One entered into a distribution agreement with DIRECTV and
certain affiliates of DIRECTV became investors in TV One.
On February 25, 2011, TV One completed a privately placed
debt offering of $119 million (the
Redemption Financing). The
Redemption Financing is structured as senior secured notes
bearing a 10% coupon and is due in 2016. The
Redemption Financing was structured to allow for continued
distributions to the remaining members of TV One, including
Radio One, subject to certain conditions. Subsequently, on
February 28, 2011, TV One utilized $82.4 million of
the Redemption Financing to repurchase 15.4% of its
outstanding membership interests from certain financial
investors and 2.0% of its outstanding membership interests held
by TV One management (representing approximately 50% of
interests held by management). Finally, on April 25, 2011,
TV One utilized the balance of the Redemption Financing to
repurchase 12.4% of
1
its outstanding membership interests from DIRECTV. These
redemptions by TV One, increased Radio Ones holding in TV
One from 36.8% to approximately 50.9% as of April 25, 2011.
Beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2011, the Company
began accounting for TV One on a consolidated basis.
Prior to the quarter ended June 30, 2011, the Company
recorded its investment at cost and has adjusted the carrying
amount of the investment to recognize the change in the
Companys claim on the net assets of TV One resulting from
operating income or losses of TV One as well as other capital
transactions of TV One using a hypothetical liquidation at book
value approach. For the three months ended March 31, 2011
and 2010, the Companys allocable share of TV Ones
operating income was approximately $3.1 million and
$909,000, respectively.
At each of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the
carrying value of the Companys investment in TV One was
approximately $50.5 million and $47.5 million,
respectively, and is presented on the consolidated balance
sheets as investment in affiliated company. At March 31,
2011, the Company had future contractual funding commitments of
$13.7 million and the Companys maximum exposure to
loss as a result of its involvement with TV One was determined
to be approximately $64.2 million, which is the
Companys carrying value of its investment plus its future
contractual funding commitment. As noted above, we funded this
commitment on April 19, 2011 and currently anticipate no
further capital commitment.
We entered into separate network services and advertising
services agreements with TV One in 2003. Under the network
services agreement, we provided TV One with administrative and
operational support services and access to Radio One
personalities. This agreement, originally scheduled to expire in
January 2009, was extended to January 2011. Under the
advertising services agreement, we provided a specified amount
of advertising to TV One. This agreement was also originally
scheduled to expire in January 2009 and was extended to January
2011 at which time it expired. In consideration of providing
these services, we have received equity in TV One, and receive
an annual cash fee of $500,000 for providing services under the
network services agreement. We are currently in the process of
renegotiating these agreements.
Transactions
In connection with the issuance of $286,794,302 aggregate
principal amount of the Old Notes on November 24, 2010, we
exchanged and then cancelled approximately $97.0 million of
$101.5 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of
our
87/8% senior
subordinated notes due 2011 (the 2011 Notes) and
approximately $199.3 million of $200.0 million
aggregate principal amount outstanding of our
63/8% senior
subordinated notes due 2013 (the 2013 Notes and
together with the 2011 Notes, the Existing Notes)
and entered into supplemental indentures in respect of each of
the Existing Notes which waived any and all existing defaults
and events of default that had arisen or may have arisen that
may be waived and eliminated substantially all of the covenants
in each indenture governing the Existing Notes, other than the
covenants to pay principal of and interest on the Existing Notes
when due, and eliminated or modified the related events of
default. We also entered into an amendment to our previous
senior credit facility which cured or waived all outstanding
defaults or events of default thereunder. As noted below, we
refinanced our previous senior credit facility on March 31,
2011.
Subsequently, all remaining outstanding 2011 Notes were
repurchased pursuant to the indenture governing the 2011 Notes,
effective as of December 24, 2010. Approximately
$0.75 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2013
Notes remained outstanding as of June 30, 2011. Overdue
interest and interest thereon was paid to holders of the 2013
Notes on December 20, 2010, thereby curing any default or
event of default under the indenture governing the 2013 Notes.
We refer to the transactions described above (except for our
March 31, 2011 new senior credit facility refinancing),
collectively, as the Transactions in this prospectus.
2
Recent
Developments
On August 4, 2011, we announced our operating results for
the quarter ended June 30, 2011. Net revenue was
approximately $97.1 million, an increase of 29.3% from the
same period in 2010. Operating income was approximately
$15.8 million compared to approximately $13.8 million
for the same period in 2010. These operating results included
the results of operations for TV One, which we began
consolidating into our financials for the first time in the
second quarter. In connection with this consolidation, we
recognized approximately $25.2 million of net revenue and
we recorded a non-cash pre-tax gain of approximately
$146.9 million. These items led to net income of
approximately $98.6 million or $1.94 per share, compared to
net income of approximately $2.0 million or $0.04 per share
for the same period in 2010.
Unaudited statements of operations for the six months ended
June 30, 2011 and 2010 are set forth below. These detailed,
unaudited and adjusted statements of operations include certain
reclassifications associated with accounting for discontinued
operations. These reclassifications had no effect on previously
reported net income or loss, or any other previously reported
statements of operations, balance sheet or cash flow amounts. In
the opinion of management, such unaudited financial information
contains all adjustments, consisting of normally occurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such unaudited
financial information.
RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
Statement of Operations
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(as adjusted)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
NET REVENUE
|
|
$
|
162,070
|
|
|
$
|
134,126
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical
|
|
|
49,549
|
|
|
|
37,829
|
|
Selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
59,925
|
|
|
|
50,047
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
14,772
|
|
|
|
15,049
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
2,136
|
|
|
|
3,969
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
14,321
|
|
|
|
9,545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
140,703
|
|
|
|
116,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
21,367
|
|
|
|
17,687
|
|
INTEREST INCOME
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
42,249
|
|
|
|
18,938
|
|
GAIN ON INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
146,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOSS ON RETIREMENT OF DEBT
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUITY IN INCOME OF AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
3,287
|
|
|
|
2,048
|
|
OTHER EXPENSE, net
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
2,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes,
noncontrolling interest in income of subsidiaries and loss from
discontinued operations
|
|
|
121,536
|
|
|
|
(2,019
|
)
|
PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
84,230
|
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
37,306
|
|
|
|
(1,944
|
)
|
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(159
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
37,225
|
|
|
|
(2,103
|
)
|
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
2,920
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON
STOCKHOLDERS
|
|
$
|
34,305
|
|
|
$
|
(2,520
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
Statement of Operations
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(as adjusted)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
|
|
$
|
34,386
|
|
|
$
|
(2,361
|
)
|
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(159
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
|
|
$
|
34,305
|
|
|
$
|
(2,520
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
29,889
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
1,243,688
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,524,316
|
|
Total debt (including current portion)
|
|
|
797,633
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,062,155
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
227,347
|
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
28,736
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
206,078
|
|
The foregoing represents preliminary financial information
contained in our earnings announcement and is subject to change.
Financial information regarding our fiscal quarter ended
June 30, 2011 may be found in our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for such period when filed with the SEC. See Where You Can
Find More Information.
On March 31, 2011, we entered into a new senior secured
credit facility (the 2011 Credit Agreement) with a
syndicate of banks, and simultaneously borrowed
$386.0 million to retire all outstanding obligations under
our previous amended and restated credit agreement and to fund
our obligations with respect to the TV One capital call. The
total amount available under the 2011 Credit Agreement is
$411.0 million, consisting of a $386.0 term loan facility
that matures on March 31, 2016 and a $25.0 million
revolving loan facility that matures on March 31, 2015.
Borrowings under the credit facilities are subject to compliance
with certain covenants including, but not limited to, certain
financial covenants. Proceeds from the credit facilities can be
used for working capital, capital expenditures made in the
ordinary course of business, the Companys common stock
repurchase program, permitted direct and indirect investments
and other lawful corporate purposes.
The 2011 Credit Agreement contains affirmative and negative
covenants that we are required to comply with, including:
(a) maintaining an interest coverage ratio of no less than:
|
|
|
|
|
1.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
1.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(b) maintaining a senior secured leverage ratio of no
greater than:
|
|
|
|
|
5.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
5.00 to 1.00 on September 30, 2011 and December 31,
2011; and
|
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00 on March 31, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
4.50 to 1.00 on June 30, 2012 and December 31,
2012; and
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
4.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal Quarter through September 30, 2013; and
|
|
|
|
3.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2014; and
|
|
|
|
3.25 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
2.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(c) maintaining a total leverage ratio of no greater than:
|
|
|
|
|
9.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through December 31, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
9.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.75 to 1.00 on June 30, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.50 to 1.00 on September 30, 2012 and December 31,
2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2013; and
|
|
|
|
7.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2014; and
|
|
|
|
6.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
6.00 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(d) limitations on:
|
|
|
|
|
liens;
|
|
|
|
sale of assets;
|
|
|
|
payment of dividends; and
|
|
|
|
mergers.
|
As of March 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all of our
financial covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement. As noted in
the previous table, measurement of interest coverage, senior
secured leverage, and total leverage ratios will commence on
June 30, 2011.
Under the terms of the 2011 Credit Agreement, interest on base
rate loans is payable quarterly and interest on LIBOR loans is
payable monthly or quarterly. The base rate is equal to the
greater of the prime rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus
0.50% and the LIBOR Rate for a one-month period plus 1.00%. The
applicable margin on the 2011 Credit Agreement is between
(i) 4.50% and 5.50% on the revolving portion of the
facility and (ii) 5.00% (with a base rate floor of 2.5% per
annum) and 6.00% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.5% per annum) on the
term portion of the facility. Commencing on June 30, 2011,
quarterly installments of 0.25%, or $965,000, of the principal
balance on the $386.0 million term loan are payable on the
last day of each March, June, September and December.
5
Summary
of Exchange Offer
On November 24, 2010, we issued $286,794,302 of our
12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 in a private
placement (the Private Placement), all of which are
eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes. We refer to these
notes and additional notes issued in respect of interest
payments on any such notes as Old Notes in this
prospectus.
Simultaneously with the Private Placement, we entered into a
registration rights agreement with the initial holders of the
Old Notes (the Registration Rights Agreement). Under
the Registration Rights Agreement, we are required to use our
reasonable best efforts to cause a registration statement for
substantially identical notes, which will be issued in exchange
for the Old Notes, to be filed with the SEC within 90 days
of the date of issuance of the Old Notes and to cause such
registration statement to become effective within 120 days
of the date of issuance of the Old Notes if the registration
statement is not reviewed by the SEC or 270 days of the
date of issuance of the Old Notes if the registration statement
is reviewed by the SEC. We refer to the notes to be registered
under this exchange offer registration statement as
Exchange Notes and collectively with the Old Notes,
we refer to them as the Notes in this prospectus.
You may exchange your Old Notes for Exchange Notes in this
exchange offer. You should read the discussion under the
headings Summary of Exchange Offer,
Exchange Offer and Description of Notes
for further information regarding the Exchange Notes.
|
|
|
Securities Offered |
|
$299,185,432 in aggregate principal amount of
12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and
additional notes issued in respect of interest payments on such
notes. |
|
|
|
Exchange Offer |
|
We are offering to exchange the Old Notes for a like principal
amount at maturity of the Exchange Notes. Old Notes shall
include such 12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016
issued in respect of interest on the Old Notes as of August 15,
2011. Old Notes may be exchanged in integral principal multiples
of $1. The exchange offer is being made pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement which grants the initial holders
and any subsequent holders of the Old Notes certain exchange and
registration rights. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy
those exchange and registration rights with respect to the Old
Notes. After the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer
be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect
to your Old Notes. |
|
|
|
Expiration Date; Withdrawal of Tender |
|
The exchange offer will expire 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2011, or a later time if we choose to extend this exchange offer
in our sole and absolute discretion. You may withdraw your
tender of Old Notes at any time prior to the expiration date.
All outstanding Old Notes that are validly tendered and not
validly withdrawn will be exchanged. Any Old Notes not accepted
by us for exchange for any reason will be returned to you at our
expense as promptly as possible after the expiration or
termination of the exchange offer. |
|
Resales |
|
We believe that you can offer for resale, resell and otherwise
transfer the Exchange Notes without complying with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act so long as: |
|
|
|
you acquire the Exchange Notes in the ordinary
course of business;
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
you are not participating, do not intend to
participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes;
|
|
|
|
you are not an affiliate of ours; and
|
|
|
|
you are not a broker-dealer.
|
|
|
|
If any of these conditions is not satisfied and you transfer any
Exchange Notes without delivering a proper prospectus or without
qualifying for a registration exemption, you may incur liability
under the Securities Act. We do not assume, or indemnify you
against, any such liability. |
|
Broker-Dealer |
|
Each broker-dealer acquiring Exchange Notes issued for its own
account in exchange for Old Notes, which it acquired through
market-making activities or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a proper prospectus when any
Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer are transferred. A
broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell, a
resale or other retransfer of the Exchange Notes issued in the
exchange offer. |
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
Our obligation to accept for exchange, or to issue the Exchange
Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes is subject to certain
customary conditions. See Exchange Offer
Conditions to the Exchange Offer. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes Held in the Form of
Book-Entry Interests |
|
The Old Notes were issued as global securities and were
deposited upon issuance with Wilmington Trust Company,
which issued uncertificated depositary interests in those
outstanding Old Notes, which represent a 100% interest in those
Old Notes, to The Depositary Trust Company
(DTC). |
|
|
|
Beneficial interests in the outstanding Old Notes, which are
held by direct or indirect participants in DTC, are shown on,
and transfers of the Old Notes can only be made through, records
maintained in book-entry form by DTC. |
|
|
|
You may tender your outstanding Old Notes by instructing your
broker or bank where you keep the Old Notes to tender them for
you. In some cases you may be asked to submit the letter of
transmittal that may accompany this prospectus. By tendering
your Old Notes you will be deemed to have acknowledged and
agreed to be bound by the terms set forth under Exchange
Offer. Your outstanding Old Notes may be tendered in
multiples of $1. |
|
|
|
In order for your tender to be considered valid, the exchange
agent must receive a confirmation of book-entry transfer of your
outstanding Old Notes into the exchange agents account at
DTC, under the procedure described in this prospectus under the
heading Exchange Offer, on or before 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. |
7
|
|
|
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations |
|
For a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax
consequences of the exchange offer, see Certain U.S.
Federal Income Tax Consequences. |
|
Use Of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the
Exchange Notes in the exchange offer. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
Wilmington Trust, National Association is serving as the
exchange agent for the exchange offer. |
|
Shelf Registration Statement |
|
In limited circumstances, holders of Old Notes may require us to
register their Old Notes under a shelf registration statement. |
Consequences
of Not Exchanging Old Notes
If you do not exchange your Old Notes in the exchange offer,
your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer currently applicable to the Old Notes. In general,
you may offer or sell your Old Notes only:
|
|
|
|
|
if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable
state securities laws;
|
|
|
|
if they are offered or sold under an exemption from registration
under the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws; or
|
|
|
|
if they are offered or sold in a transaction not subject to the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.
|
We do not currently intend to register the Old Notes under the
Securities Act. Under some circumstances, however, holders of
the Old Notes, including holders who are not permitted to
participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely resell
Exchange Notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to
file, and to cause to become effective, a shelf registration
statement covering resales of Old Notes by these holders. For
more information regarding the consequences of not tendering
your Old Notes and our obligation to file a shelf registration
statement, see Exchange Offer Consequences of
Failure to Exchange and Description of
Notes Registration Rights; Special Interest.
8
Summary
of Terms of Exchange Notes
The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the
form and terms of the Old Notes, except that the Exchange Notes
will be registered under the Securities Act. As a result, the
Exchange Notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer
and will not contain the registration rights and special
interest provisions contained in the Old Notes. The Exchange
Notes represent the same debt as the Old Notes. All of the Old
Notes and the corresponding Exchange Notes are governed by the
same indenture. The following is a summary of some of the terms
of the Exchange Notes. For a more complete description, see
Description of Notes.
|
|
|
Securities Offered |
|
Up to $299,185,432 in aggregate principal amount of Exchange
Notes plus such aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes
equal to the aggregate principal amount of additional Old Notes
issued in respect of interest on Old Notes as of August 15,
2011 in connection with the exchange offer and additional
Exchange Notes issued in respect of interest payments on such
Exchange Notes. |
|
|
|
Maturity Date |
|
May 24, 2016. |
|
Interest Rates and Payment Dates |
|
Pursuant to the indenture governing the 12.5%/15.0% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the Indenture),
interest on the Exchange Notes will be payable in cash, or at
our election, partially in cash and partially through the
issuance of additional Exchange Notes (a PIK
Election) on a quarterly basis in arrears on
February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15,
commencing on February 15, 2011. We may make a PIK Election
only with respect to interest accruing up to but not including
May 15, 2012, and with respect to interest accruing from
and after May 15, 2012 such interest shall accrue at a rate
of 12.5% per annum and shall be payable in cash. A PIK Election
has been in effect since February 15, 2011 and remains
currently in effect. |
|
|
|
Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the date of
original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from
the date it was most recently paid. Interest will accrue for
each quarterly period at a rate of 12.5% per annum if the
interest for such quarterly period is paid fully in cash. In the
event of a PIK Election, including the PIK Election currently in
effect, the interest paid in cash and the interest
paid-in-kind
by issuance of additional Exchange Notes (PIK Notes)
will accrue for such quarterly period at 6.0% per annum and 9.0%
per annum, respectively. |
|
|
|
In the absence of an election for any interest period, interest
on the Exchange Notes shall be payable according to the election
for the previous interest period; provided that interest
accruing from and after May 15, 2012 shall accrue at a rate
of 12.5% per annum and shall be payable in cash. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
We may redeem some or all of the Exchange Notes upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at the
redemption prices set forth under the caption Description
of Notes Optional Redemption plus accrued and
unpaid interest on the Exchange Notes redeemed to the applicable
redemption date. |
9
|
|
|
Ranking |
|
The Exchange Notes will be our senior subordinated obligations
and will rank: |
|
|
|
senior to any of our and our guarantors future
debt that expressly provides that it is subordinated to the
Exchange Notes;
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to the Existing Notes and
to any of our and our guarantors existing and future
subordinated obligations; and
|
|
|
|
junior to all of our and our guarantors
existing and future senior debt under our senior credit
facility, any other obligations under our senior credit facility
and all hedging obligations related thereto.
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2011, there was approximately
$385.0 million of our senior debt outstanding under our
senior credit facility. |
|
Guarantees |
|
The Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed on a
senior subordinated basis by each of our existing and future
direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than
certain immaterial restricted subsidiaries and passive foreign
holding companies) and any other of our subsidiaries that
guarantee our Existing Credit Facility. If we cannot make
payments on the Exchange Notes when they are due, our guarantors
must make them instead. |
|
Asset Sale Offer |
|
If we or our restricted subsidiaries sell assets under certain
circumstances, we must offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes at
a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
Exchange Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the applicable repurchase date. See Description of
Notes Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales. |
|
Change of Control |
|
If we experience a change of control, we may be required to
offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes at the repurchase prices
set forth under the caption Description of
Notes Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Change of Control, plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the repurchase date, if any. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The Indenture contains covenants that will limit our ability and
the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other
things: |
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified
stock or preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make other distributions or
repurchase or redeem our stock or subordinated indebtedness or
make investments;
|
|
|
|
sell assets and issue capital stock of restricted
subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
incur liens;
|
|
|
|
enter into agreements restricting our
subsidiaries ability to pay dividends;
|
|
|
|
enter into transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
engage in new lines of business;
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
have any subsidiary other than Radio One Cable
Holdings, Inc. (ROCH) hold any equity interests in
TV One; and
|
|
|
|
consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all
of our assets.
|
|
|
|
These covenants are subject to important exceptions and
qualifications, which are described under the heading
Description of Notes Certain Covenants. |
|
Trustee |
|
Wilmington Trust Company. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer.
Old Notes that are validly tendered and exchanged for Exchange
Notes pursuant to the exchange offer will be retired and
cancelled. |
You should refer to the section entitled Risk
Factors for an explanation of certain risks of
participating in the exchange offer.
11
Summary
Historical Consolidated Financial Data
We derived the following summary historical consolidated
financial data for the three years ended December 31, 2010
from the audited consolidated financial statements of Radio One,
Inc. The summary historical financial and operating data
presented below as of and for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our
unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, such unaudited
consolidated financial statements include all recurring
adjustments and normal accruals necessary for a fair statement
of such unaudited consolidated financial data. The results of
operations from these interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or
any future periods.
The following summary historical financial and operating data
should be read in conjunction with Selected Historical
Consolidated Financial Data, Capitalization,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the historical
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
On July 22, 2010, management and the Audit Committee of the
Board of Directors of Radio One concluded that: (1) it was
necessary to restate our consolidated financial statements for
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and for
each quarterly financial reporting period from January 1,
2009 through March 31, 2010; and (2) our previously
filed consolidated financial statements and any related reports
of Ernst & Young LLP for these periods should no
longer be relied upon. The Company included its restated
consolidated financial statements for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 in the Annual Report on
Form 10-K/A
filed with the SEC on August 23, 2010. The Company included
its restated consolidated financial statements for the quarters
ended March 31, 2010, September 30, 2009,
June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2009 in Quarterly Reports
on
Forms 10-Q/A
that it filed with the SEC on August 23, 2010. All
financial information set forth below and the audited and
unaudited consolidated financial statements and accompanying
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus reflects these
restatements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
65,045
|
|
|
$
|
59,018
|
|
|
$
|
279,906
|
|
|
$
|
272,092
|
|
|
$
|
313,443
|
|
Programming and technical expenses including stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
18,883
|
|
|
|
18,585
|
|
|
|
75,044
|
|
|
|
75,635
|
|
|
|
79,304
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses including
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
28,520
|
|
|
|
23,007
|
|
|
|
103,324
|
|
|
|
91,016
|
|
|
|
103,108
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative expenses,
including stock-based compensation
|
|
|
8,022
|
|
|
|
8,896
|
|
|
|
32,922
|
|
|
|
24,732
|
|
|
|
36,356
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
4,099
|
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
|
|
17,439
|
|
|
|
21,011
|
|
|
|
19,022
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
|
|
65,937
|
|
|
|
423,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
5,521
|
|
|
|
3,809
|
|
|
|
15,114
|
|
|
|
(6,239
|
)
|
|
|
(347,567
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
Interest expense(1)
|
|
|
19,333
|
|
|
|
9,235
|
|
|
|
46,834
|
|
|
|
38,404
|
|
|
|
59,689
|
|
(Loss) gain on retirement of debt
|
|
|
(7,743
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,646
|
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
|
|
74,017
|
|
Equity in income (loss) of affiliated company
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
5,558
|
|
|
|
3,653
|
|
|
|
(3,652
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
(3,061
|
)
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(316
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
(Loss) income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes,
noncontrolling interest in income (loss) of subsidiaries and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(18,443
|
)
|
|
|
(4,969
|
)
|
|
|
(22,450
|
)
|
|
|
(39,729
|
)
|
|
|
(336,716
|
)
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
45,619
|
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
3,971
|
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
(45,183
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(64,062
|
)
|
|
|
(4,660
|
)
|
|
|
(26,421
|
)
|
|
|
(46,743
|
)
|
|
|
(291,533
|
)
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
|
(7,414
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net loss
|
|
|
(64,042
|
)
|
|
|
(4,597
|
)
|
|
|
(26,625
|
)
|
|
|
(48,558
|
)
|
|
|
(298,947
|
)
|
Noncontrolling interest in income (loss) of subsidiaries
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,568
|
)
|
|
$
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
$
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
$
|
(302,944
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
33,817
|
|
|
$
|
9,958
|
|
|
$
|
9,192
|
|
|
$
|
19,963
|
|
|
$
|
22,289
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
835,285
|
|
|
|
871,592
|
|
|
|
840,147
|
|
|
|
871,221
|
|
|
|
944,858
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,007,427
|
|
|
|
1,024,984
|
|
|
|
999,212
|
|
|
|
1,035,542
|
|
|
|
1,125,477
|
|
Total debt, net of original issue discount (including current
portion)
|
|
|
680,349
|
|
|
|
649,032
|
|
|
|
642,222
|
|
|
|
653,534
|
|
|
|
675,362
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
844,138
|
|
|
|
779,381
|
|
|
|
774,242
|
|
|
|
787,489
|
|
|
|
810,002
|
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
31,269
|
|
|
|
43,452
|
|
|
|
30,635
|
|
|
|
52,225
|
|
|
|
43,423
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
132,020
|
|
|
|
202,151
|
|
|
|
194,335
|
|
|
|
195,828
|
|
|
|
272,052
|
|
Statement of Cash Flow Data(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow from (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
7,711
|
|
|
$
|
(1,128
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,836
|
|
|
$
|
45,443
|
|
|
$
|
13,832
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(1,812
|
)
|
|
|
(1,072
|
)
|
|
|
(4,664
|
)
|
|
|
(4,871
|
)
|
|
|
66,031
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
18,726
|
|
|
|
(7,805
|
)
|
|
|
(23,943
|
)
|
|
|
(42,898
|
)
|
|
|
(81,821
|
)
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA(2)
|
|
$
|
4,798
|
|
|
$
|
9,054
|
|
|
$
|
39,484
|
|
|
$
|
13,398
|
|
|
$
|
(269,907
|
)
|
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
|
|
|
10,557
|
|
|
|
10,543
|
|
|
|
74,415
|
|
|
|
82,358
|
|
|
|
96,452
|
|
Cash interest expense(3)
|
|
|
10,797
|
|
|
|
14,171
|
|
|
|
48,805
|
|
|
|
36,568
|
|
|
|
68,611
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
1,812
|
|
|
|
1,072
|
|
|
|
4,322
|
|
|
|
4,528
|
|
|
|
12,597
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Interest expense includes non-cash interest, such as the
accretion of principal, local marketing agreement
(LMA) fees, the amortization of discounts on debt
and the amortization of deferred financing costs. |
|
(2) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA consists of net loss
attributable to common stockholders plus (1) depreciation,
amortization, income taxes, interest expense, income (loss) from
discontinued operations, net of tax, noncontrolling interest in
(loss) income of subsidiaries, impairment of long-lived assets,
stock-based compensation and other expense, net, less
(2) interest income, gain on retirement of debt and equity
in income (loss) of affiliated company. Net income before
interest expense less interest income, income taxes, and
depreciation and amortization is commonly referred to in our
business as EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA are
not measures of financial performance under generally accepted
accounting principles. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is often a
useful measure of a companys operating performance and is
a significant basis used by our management to measure the
operating performance of our business because Adjusted EBITDA
excludes charges for depreciation, amortization and interest
expense that have resulted from our acquisitions and debt
financing, our taxes, impairment charges, as well as our equity
in income (loss) of our affiliated company, gain on retirements
of debt, and any discontinued operations. Accordingly, we
believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information about
the operating performance of our business, apart from the
expenses associated with our physical plant, capital structure
or the results of our |
13
|
|
|
|
|
affiliated company. Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used as one of
the bases for comparing businesses in our industry, although our
measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly
titled measures of other companies. Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA
do not purport to represent operating income or cash flow from
operating activities, as those terms are defined under generally
accepted accounting principles, and should not be considered as
alternatives to those measurements as an indicator of our
performance. See Non-GAAP Financial Measures. |
|
(3) |
|
Cash interest expense is calculated as interest expense less
non-cash interest, including the accretion of principal, LMA
fees, the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization
of deferred financing costs for the indicated period. |
A reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA has
been provided below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,568
|
)
|
|
$
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
$
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
$
|
(302,944
|
)
|
Plus: Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
4,099
|
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
|
|
17,439
|
|
|
|
21,011
|
|
|
|
19,022
|
|
Plus: Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
45,619
|
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
3,971
|
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
(45,183
|
)
|
Plus: Interest expense
|
|
|
19,333
|
|
|
|
9,235
|
|
|
|
46,834
|
|
|
|
38,404
|
|
|
|
59,689
|
|
Less: Interest income
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
(491
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
4,798
|
|
|
$
|
9,054
|
|
|
$
|
39,484
|
|
|
$
|
13,398
|
|
|
$
|
(269,907
|
)
|
Plus: Equity in (income) loss of affiliated company
|
|
|
(3,079
|
)
|
|
|
(909
|
)
|
|
|
(5,558
|
)
|
|
|
(3,653
|
)
|
|
|
3,652
|
|
Plus: Noncontrolling interest in income (loss) of subsidiaries
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
Plus: Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
|
|
65,937
|
|
|
|
423,220
|
|
Plus: Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
2,013
|
|
|
|
5,799
|
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
1,777
|
|
Plus: Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
|
3,061
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
Less: Loss (gain) on retirement of debt
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,646
|
)
|
|
|
(1,221
|
)
|
|
|
(74,017
|
)
|
Less: (Gain) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
1,815
|
|
|
|
7,414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
10,557
|
|
|
$
|
10,543
|
|
|
$
|
74,415
|
|
|
$
|
82,358
|
|
|
$
|
96,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
RISK
FACTORS
An investment in the Notes involves significant risks. You
should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described
below and the other information included in this prospectus
before deciding to participate in the exchange offer. The risks
and uncertainties described below are not the only ones relating
to our business, financial condition or operating results or the
notes. Additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently
known to us or that we do not currently believe to be material
also could materially and adversely affect our business,
financial condition or operating results and the value of the
Notes. The occurrence of any of the following risks could
significantly harm our business, financial condition or
operating results or the Notes. In that case, you could lose
part or all of the value of your investment in the Notes.
Risks
Related to the Notes
Our
substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our
financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our
obligations.
We have substantial indebtedness. As of June 30, 2011, we
had approximately $805.0 million of total indebtedness,
which included approximately $0.7 million related to our
2013 Notes and approximately $119.0 million of TV One debt.
As of March 31, 2011, we had approximately
$680.3 million of total indebtedness, which included
approximately $0.7 million related to our 2013 Notes. In
addition, subject to restrictions in our senior credit facility
and the Indenture, we may incur additional indebtedness. The
high level of our indebtedness could have important consequences
to the holders of our Existing Notes, the Notes and other
indebtedness, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
it may be more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with
respect to the Notes, the senior credit facility and other
indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital,
capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes
may be impaired;
|
|
|
|
we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow from
operations to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness,
which will reduce the funds available to us for other purposes,
such as capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
we may be limited in our ability to borrow additional funds;
|
|
|
|
we may have a higher level of indebtedness than some of our
competitors, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage and
reduce our flexibility in planning for, or responding to,
changing conditions in our industry, including increased
competition; and
|
|
|
|
we are more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse
developments in our business.
|
We expect to obtain the money to pay our expenses and to pay the
principal and interest on the Notes, our senior credit facility
and other debt from cash flow from our operations, including our
interest in TV One via distributions that may be made by TV One.
Our ability to meet our expenses thus depends on our future
performance, which will be affected by financial, business,
economic and other factors. We will not be able to control many
of these factors, such as economic conditions in the markets
where we operate and pressure from competitors. Further, TV One
recently incurred substantial indebtedness and the TV One
distributions require the consent of third parties. While these
third parties did approve TV One distributions for the fourth
quarter of 2009, the first, second, third and fourth quarters of
2010 and the second quarter of 2011, there is no assurance that
such third-party consents will be granted in the future. Our
cash flow may not be sufficient to allow us to pay principal and
interest on our debt and meet our other obligations. If we do
not have enough liquidity, we may be required to refinance all
or part of our existing debt, sell assets or borrow more money.
We may not be able to do so on terms acceptable to us, if at
all. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt
agreements, including our senior credit facility and the
Indenture may restrict us from pursuing any of these
alternatives.
15
Our
failure to comply with restrictive covenants contained in our
senior credit facility or the Indenture could lead to an event
of default under such instruments.
Our senior credit facility and the Indenture impose significant
covenants on us. The agreement governing our senior credit
facility also requires us to achieve specified financial and
operating results and maintain compliance with specified
financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests.
Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by
events beyond our control. Our breach of any restrictive
covenants in the agreement governing our senior credit facility
or the indenture governing the Notes or our inability to comply
with the required financial ratios could result in a default
under the agreement governing our senior credit facility. If a
default occurs, the lenders under our senior credit facility may
elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with all
accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and
payable which would result in an event of default under the
Notes. The lenders would also have the right in these
circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide
further borrowings. If we are unable to repay outstanding
borrowings when due, the lenders under our senior credit
facility will also have the right to proceed against our
collateral, including our available cash and owned real
property, granted to them to secure the indebtedness. If the
indebtedness under our senior credit facility or the Notes were
to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be
sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness and our other
indebtedness.
Despite
current anticipated indebtedness levels and restrictive
covenants, we may incur additional indebtedness in the
future.
Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to
incur additional indebtedness, including additional secured or
unsecured indebtedness. Although our senior credit facility and
the Indenture contain restrictions on our ability to incur
additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to
important exceptions and qualifications. If we or our
subsidiaries incur additional indebtedness which is permitted
under these agreements, the risks that we and they now face as a
result of our leverage could intensify. If our financial
condition or operating results deteriorate, our relations with
our creditors, including the holders of the Notes, the lenders
under our senior credit facility and our suppliers, may be
materially and adversely affected.
We may
be unable to repay or repurchase the Notes.
At maturity, the entire outstanding principal amount of the
Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, will become
due and payable. We may not have the funds to fulfill this
obligation or the ability to refinance this obligation. If the
maturity date occurs at a time when other arrangements prohibit
us from repaying the Notes, we would try to obtain waivers of
such prohibitions from the lenders thereunder, or we could
attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain the
restrictions. If we could not obtain the waivers or refinance
these borrowings, we would be unable to repay the Notes.
To
service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount
of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors
beyond our control, and any failure to meet our debt service
obligations could harm our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our
indebtedness, including the Notes, and to fund working capital
needs and planned capital expenditures will depend on our
ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain
extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive,
business, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are
beyond our control.
If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from
operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an
amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness,
including the Notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs, we
may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness,
including the Notes, on or before the maturity thereof, reduce
or delay capital investments or seek to raise additional
capital, any of which could have a material adverse effect on
our operations. In addition, we may not be able to effect any of
these actions, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or
at all. Our ability to restructure or refinance our
indebtedness, including the Notes, will depend on the condition
of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time.
Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates
and may require us to
16
comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict
our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt
instruments, including the Indenture, may limit or prevent us
from taking any of these actions. In addition, any failure to
make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our
outstanding indebtedness would likely result in a reduction of
our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur
additional indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at
all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy
our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure our
obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would
have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our
business, financial condition and results of operations, as well
as on our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of the
Notes.
In addition, if we are unable to meet our debt service
obligations under the Notes, the holders of the Notes would have
the right following a cure period to cause the entire principal
amount of the Notes to become immediately due and payable. If
the amounts outstanding under these instruments are accelerated,
we cannot assure you that our assets will be sufficient to repay
in full the money owed to our debt holders, including holders of
the Notes.
Restrictive
covenants in our senior credit facility and the Indenture may
limit our current and future operations, particularly our
ability to respond to changes in our business or to pursue our
business strategies.
Our senior credit facility and the Indenture contain, and any
future indebtedness of ours may contain, a number of restrictive
covenants that impose significant operating and financial
restrictions, including restrictions on our ability to take
actions that we believe may be in our interest. Our senior
credit facility and the Indenture, among other things, limit our
ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or
redeem our stock or prepay or redeem certain indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
sell assets and issue capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
incur liens;
|
|
|
|
enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries ability
to pay dividends;
|
|
|
|
enter into transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
engage in new lines of business;
|
|
|
|
consolidate, merge or sell our assets;
|
|
|
|
make investments; and
|
|
|
|
engage in certain intercompany matters.
|
Also, the senior credit facility requires us to maintain
compliance with certain financial covenants at all times. Our
ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events
beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet
these ratios.
The restrictions contained in our senior credit facility and in
the Indenture could adversely affect our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
finance our operations;
|
|
|
|
make needed capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
make strategic acquisitions or investments or enter into
alliances;
|
|
|
|
withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in
general;
|
|
|
|
engage in business activities, including future opportunities,
that may be in our interest; and
|
|
|
|
plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our
business strategies.
|
17
A breach of any of the restrictive covenants could, or our
inability to comply with the maintenance financial covenants
would, result in an event of default under our senior credit
facility. In each of 2006, 2007 and 2010, we were required to
enter into amendments to our senior credit facility to modify or
waive compliance with financial covenants thereunder. If, when
required, we are unable to repay or refinance our indebtedness
under, or amend the covenants contained in, our senior credit
facility, or if a default otherwise occurs that is not cured or
waived, the lenders under the senior credit facility could elect
to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued
interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable or
institute foreclosure proceedings against those assets that
secure the borrowings under our senior credit facility. Should
the outstanding obligations under our senior credit facility be
accelerated and become due and payable because of our failure to
comply with the applicable debt covenants in the future, we
would be required to search for alternative measures to finance
current and ongoing obligations of our business. There can be no
assurance that such financing will be available on acceptable
terms, if at all. Our ability to obtain future financing or to
sell assets could be adversely affected because a very large
majority of our assets have been secured as collateral under our
senior credit facility. In addition, our financial results, our
substantial indebtedness and our credit ratings could adversely
affect the availability and terms of our financing. In addition,
there are other situations (including certain changes in the
ownership and voting interest in Radio One of our Chairperson
and the CEO) where our debt may be accelerated and we may be
unable to repay such debt. Any of these scenarios could
adversely impact our liquidity and results of operations.
Not
all of our subsidiaries are guarantors of the Notes and,
therefore, the Notes will be structurally subordinated in right
of payment to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our
existing and future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the
Notes. Your right to receive payments on the Notes could be
adversely affected if any of these non-guarantor subsidiaries
declare bankruptcy, liquidate or reorganize.
The guarantors of the Notes will include each of our existing
and future direct or indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries
(other than certain immaterial restricted subsidiaries and
passive foreign holding companies) and any other of our
subsidiaries that guarantee our senior credit facility. As a
result, any subsidiary that we properly designate as an
unrestricted subsidiary or as an immaterial subsidiary under the
Indenture, and any entity in which we control less than a
majority of the voting rights, will not provide guarantees of
the Notes. As of June 30, 2011, Reach Media is an
unrestricted subsidiary under the Indenture and, as a result,
will not be required to guarantee the Exchange Notes unless it
becomes a restricted subsidiary. TV One is also an unrestricted
subsidiary under the Indenture, unless designated otherwise as a
restricted subsidiary.
The Notes guarantees will be structurally subordinated to all of
the liabilities of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee
the Notes and will be required to be paid before the holders of
the Notes have a claim, if any, against those subsidiaries and
their assets. Therefore, if there was a dissolution, bankruptcy,
liquidation or reorganization of any such subsidiary, the
holders would not receive any amounts with respect to the Notes
from the assets of such subsidiary until after the payment in
full of the claims of creditors, including trade creditors and
preferred stockholders, of such subsidiary.
The guarantors of the Notes are substantially the same
subsidiaries that guarantee the Existing Notes. We include
condensed consolidating financial information regarding our
guaranteeing subsidiaries in the notes to our financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our
ability to meet our obligations under our debt, in part, depends
on the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the
ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance or repay
funds to us.
We conduct a significant portion of our business operations
through our subsidiaries and joint ventures. In servicing
payments to be made on the Notes, we will rely, in part, on cash
flows from these subsidiaries and joint ventures, mainly
dividend payments. The ability of these subsidiaries and joint
ventures to make dividend payments to our Company will be
affected by, among other factors, the obligations of these
entities to their creditors, requirements of corporate and other
law, and restrictions contained in agreements entered into by or
relating to these entities. For example, the joint venture
agreement (and related agreements) that created and governs TV
One contains certain limited conditions under which
distributions may be made.
18
We may
be unable to repurchase the Notes upon a change of control or
asset sale.
Upon the occurrence of specified kinds of change of control
events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all
outstanding Notes at the repurchase prices set forth under the
caption Description of Notes Repurchase at the
Option of Holders Change of Control, together
with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
repurchase.
However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds
when required under the Indenture to make the required
repurchase of the Notes and restrictions under our senior credit
facility may not allow such repurchase. If we fail to repurchase
the Notes in that circumstance, we will be in default under the
Indenture, and, in turn, under our senior credit facility. If we
are required to repurchase a significant portion of the Notes,
we may require third party financing. We cannot be sure that we
would be able to obtain such third party financing on acceptable
terms, or at all.
One of the circumstances under which a change of control may
occur is upon the sale or disposition of all or substantially
all of our assets. However, the phrase all or
substantially all will likely be interpreted under
applicable state law and will be dependent upon particular facts
and circumstances. As a result, there may be a degree of
uncertainty in ascertaining whether a sale or disposition of
all or substantially all of our capital stock or
assets has occurred, in which case, the ability of a holder of
the Notes to obtain the benefit of an offer to repurchase all of
a portion of the Notes held by such holder may be impaired.
It is also possible that the events that constitute a change of
control may also be events of default under our senior credit
facility. These events may permit the lenders under our senior
credit facility to accelerate the indebtedness outstanding
thereunder.
The agreements governing our other indebtedness, including the
senior credit facility, and future agreements may contain
prohibitions of certain events, including events that would
constitute a change of control or an asset sale and including
repurchases of or other prepayments in respect of the Notes. The
exercise by the holders of the Notes of their right to require
us to repurchase the Notes pursuant to a change of control offer
or an asset sale offer could cause a default under these other
agreements, even if the change of control or asset sale, if
applicable, itself does not, due to the financial effect of such
repurchases on us. In the event a change of control offer or an
asset sale offer is required to be made at a time when we are
prohibited from repurchasing Notes, we could seek the consent of
our lenders under the senior credit facility to the repurchase
of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that
contain such prohibition. If we do not obtain such consent or
repay those borrowings, we will remain prohibited from
repurchasing the Notes. In that case, our failure to repurchase
tendered Notes would constitute an event of default under the
Indenture which could, in turn, constitute a default under the
senior credit facility or the other indebtedness. Finally, our
ability to pay cash to the holders of the Notes upon a
repurchase may be limited by our then existing financial
resources.
Your
ability to transfer the Notes may be limited by the absence of
an active trading market, and an active trading market for the
Notes may not develop.
The Notes are new issues of securities for which there is no
established public market. We do not intend to have the Notes
listed on a national securities exchange.
Therefore, an active market for the Notes may not develop, and
if a market for the Notes does develop, that market may not
continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt
has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial
volatility in the prices of securities similar to the Notes. The
market, if any, for the Notes may be subject to similar
disruptions, and any such disruptions may adversely affect the
prices at which you may sell your Notes.
The
trading prices for the Notes will be directly affected by many
factors, including our credit rating.
Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for
companies they follow, including us. Any ratings downgrade could
adversely affect the trading price of the Notes, or the trading
market for the Notes, to the extent a trading market for the
Notes develops. The condition of the financial and credit
markets and
19
prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are
likely to fluctuate in the future and any fluctuation may impact
the trading price of the Notes.
Under
certain circumstances a court could cancel the Notes or the
related guarantees under fraudulent conveyance
laws.
Our issuance of the Notes and the related guarantees may be
subject to review under federal or state fraudulent transfer
law. If we become a debtor in a case under the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code or encounter other financial
difficulty, a court might avoid (that is, cancel) our
obligations under the Notes. The court might do so, if it found
that, when we issued the Notes, (a) we received less than
reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration; and
(b) we either: (1) were or were rendered insolvent;
(2) were left with inadequate capital to conduct our
business; or (3) believed or reasonably should have
believed that we would incur debts beyond our ability to pay.
The court could also avoid the Notes without regard to factors
(a) and (b) if it found that we issued the Notes with
actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud our creditors.
Similarly, if one of our guarantors becomes a debtor in a case
under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or encounters other
financial difficulty, a court might cancel its guarantee if it
finds that when such guarantor issued its guarantee (or in some
jurisdictions, when payments became due under the guarantee),
factors (a) and (b) above applied to such guarantor,
such guarantor was a defendant in an action for money damages or
had a judgment for money damages docketed against it (if, in
either case, after final judgment the judgment is unsatisfied),
or if it found that such guarantor issued its guarantee with
actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors.
In addition, a court could avoid any payment by us or any
guarantor pursuant to the Notes or a guarantee, and require the
return of any payment to us or the guarantor, as the case may
be, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of us or the
guarantor. In addition, under the circumstances described above,
a court could subordinate rather than avoid obligations under
the Notes or the guarantees. If the court were to avoid any
guarantee, we cannot assure you that funds would be available to
pay the Notes from another guarantor or from any other source.
The test for determining solvency for purposes of the foregoing
will vary depending on the law of the jurisdiction being
applied. In general, a court would consider an entity insolvent
either if the sum of its existing debts exceeds the fair value
of all of its property, or its assets present fair
saleable value is less than the amount required to pay the
probable liability on its existing debts as they become due. For
this analysis, debts includes contingent and
unliquidated debts.
The Indenture limits the liability of each guarantor on its
guarantee to the maximum amount that such guarantor can incur
without risk that its guarantee will be subject to avoidance as
a fraudulent transfer. We cannot assure you that this limitation
will protect such guarantees from fraudulent transfer challenges
or, if it does, that the remaining amount due and collectible
under the guarantees would suffice, if necessary, to pay the
Notes in full when due.
If a court avoided our obligations under the Notes and the
obligations of all of the guarantors under their guarantees, you
would cease to be our creditor or creditor of the guarantors
with respect to such obligations and likely have no source from
which to recover amounts due under the Notes. Even if the
guarantee of a guarantor is not avoided as a fraudulent
transfer, a court may subordinate the guarantee to that
guarantors other debt. In that event, the guarantees would
be structurally subordinated to all of that guarantors
other debt.
Your
right to receive payment on the Notes and the guarantees is
junior to all of our and the guarantors senior
debt.
The Notes are general unsecured obligations, junior in right of
payment to all of our and the guarantors existing and
future senior debt under our senior credit facility, any other
obligations under our senior credit facility and all hedging
obligations related thereto, but senior in right of payment to
the Existing Notes and any of our and our guarantors
existing and future subordinated obligations. The Notes are not
secured by any
20
of our or the guarantors assets, and as such will be
effectively subordinated to any secured debt that we or the
guarantors have now, including all of the borrowings under our
senior credit facility, or may incur in the future to the extent
of the value of the assets securing that debt.
In the event that we or a guarantor is declared bankrupt,
becomes insolvent or is liquidated or reorganized, any debt that
ranks ahead of the Notes and the guarantees will be entitled to
be paid in full from our assets or the assets of the guarantors,
as applicable, before any payment may be made with respect to
the Notes or the affected guarantees. In any of the foregoing
events, we cannot assure you that we would have sufficient
assets to pay amounts due on the Notes. As a result, holders of
the Notes may receive less, proportionally, than the holders of
debt senior to the Notes and the guarantees. The subordination
provisions of the Indenture also provide that we can make no
payment to you during the continuance of payment defaults on our
senior debt, and payments to you may be suspended for a period
of up to 180 days if a nonpayment default exists under our
senior debt. See Description of Notes
Subordination.
As of June 30, 2011, the Notes and the guarantees were
ranked junior to approximately $385.0 million of
indebtedness under our senior credit facility. See
Description of Notes Certain Covenants
and Description of Certain Other Indebtedness.
U.S.
Holders will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on
original issue discount on the Notes.
The Old Notes were issued with original issue discount for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, if you are
a U.S. Holder (as defined in Certain
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations herein) you
will be required to include such original issue discount in
gross income on a constant yield to maturity basis in advance of
the receipt of any cash payment to which such income is
attributable. You should read the discussion under the
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations Tax Consequences to
U.S. Holders Original Issue Discount for
further information about original issue discount on the Notes.
Risks
Related to the Old Notes
Holders
of Old Notes who fail to exchange their Old Notes in the
exchange offer will continue to be subject to restrictions on
transfer.
If you do not exchange your Old Notes for Exchange Notes in the
exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer applicable to the Old Notes. The
restrictions on transfer of your Old Notes arise because we
issued the Old Notes under exemptions from, or in transactions
not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities
Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, you may
only offer or sell the Old Notes if they are registered under
the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or
offered and sold under an exemption from these requirements. We
do not plan to register the Old Notes under the Securities Act.
For further information regarding the consequences of failing to
tender your Old Notes in the exchange offer, see the discussion
below under the caption Exchange Offer
Consequences of Failure to Exchange.
You
must comply with the exchange offer procedures in order to
receive new, freely tradable Exchange Notes.
Delivery of Exchange Notes in exchange for Old Notes tendered
and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be
made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of
book-entry transfer of Old Notes into the exchange agents
account at DTC, as depositary, including an Agents Message
(as defined herein). We are not required to notify you of
defects or irregularities in tenders of Old Notes for exchange.
Old Notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but we do
not accept for exchange will, following consummation of the
exchange offer, continue to be subject to the existing transfer
restrictions under the Securities Act and, upon consummation of
the exchange offer, certain registration and other rights under
the Registration Rights Agreement will terminate. See
Exchange Offer Procedures for Tendering Old
Notes and Exchange Offer Consequences of
Failure to Exchange.
21
Some
holders who exchange their Old Notes may be deemed to be
underwriters, and these holders will be required to comply with
the registration and prospectus delivery requirements in
connection with any resale transaction.
If you exchange your Old Notes in the exchange offer for the
purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange
Notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities
and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction.
Risks
Related to the Nature and Operations of Our Business
Downgrades
in our credit ratings may adversely affect our borrowing costs,
limit our financing options, reduce our flexibility under future
financings and adversely affect our liquidity, and may also
adversely impact upon our business operations.
Our corporate credit ratings by Standard & Poors
Rating Services and Moodys Investors Service are
speculative-grade and have been downgraded and upgraded at
various times during the last several years. Any reductions in
our credit ratings could increase our borrowing costs, reduce
the availability of financing to us or increase our cost of
doing business or otherwise negatively impact our business
operations.
The
state and condition of the global financial markets and the U.S.
economy may have an unpredictable impact on our business and
financial condition.
The global equity and credit markets have recently been
experiencing unprecedented levels of volatility and disruption.
In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on
stock prices and limited credit capacity for certain companies
without regard to those companies underlying financial
strength. In addition, deterioration in the global and
U.S. economies has produced a drop in consumer confidence
and spending, which has impacted corporate profits and resulted
in cutbacks in advertising budgets. If the economic
deterioration
and/or
current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or
worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience a
further adverse effect, which may be material, on our business,
financial condition, results of operations and our ability to
access capital. For example, any worsening of the economy, a
continuation of market volatility or further weakness in
consumer spending could continue to adversely impact the overall
demand for advertising. Such a result could have a negative
effect on our revenues and results of operations. In addition,
our ability to access the capital markets may be severely
restricted at a time when we would like, or need, to do so,
which could have an impact on our flexibility to react to
changing economic and business conditions.
Any
worsening or deterioration of the economys ongoing gradual
recovery could negatively impact our ability to meet our cash
needs and our ability to maintain compliance with our debt
covenants.
We believe we will be able to maintain compliance with the
covenants contained in our senior credit facility, for the
foreseeable future. This belief is based on our most recent
revenue, operating income and cash flow projections. Our
projections, however, are highly dependent on the continuation
of the recently improving economic and advertising environments,
and any adverse fluctuations, or other unforeseen circumstances,
may negatively impact our operations beyond those assumed by
management. If economic conditions do not continue to improve,
or deteriorate, or if other adverse factors outside our control
arise, our operations could be negatively impacted, which could
prevent us from maintaining compliance with our debt covenants.
If it appears that we could not meet our liquidity needs or that
noncompliance with debt covenants is likely, we would implement
several remedial measures, which could include further operating
cost and capital expenditure reductions and deferrals, seeking
our share of distributions from TV One to the extent not already
received (which requires the consent of third parties and cannot
be assured)
and/or
further de-leveraging actions, which may include repurchases of
discounted senior subordinated notes and other debt repayments,
subject to our available liquidity and contractual ability to
make such repurchases.
22
We
have incurred net losses over the past three years which could
continue into the future.
We have reported net losses in our consolidated statements of
operations over the past three years, due mostly in part to
recording non-cash impairment charges for write-downs to radio
broadcasting licenses and goodwill, net losses incurred for
discontinued operations and revenue declines caused by weakened
advertising demand resulting from the current economic crisis.
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008, we experienced net losses of approximately
$28.6 million, $52.9 million, and $302.9 million,
respectively. These results have had a negative impact on our
financial condition and could be exacerbated given the current
economic climate. If these trends continue in the future, it
could have a material adverse affect on our financial condition.
Our
revenue is substantially dependent on spending and allocation
decisions by advertisers, and seasonality and/or weakening
economic conditions may have an impact upon our
business.
Substantially all of our revenue is derived from sales of
advertisements and program sponsorships to local and national
advertisers. Cutbacks or changes in advertisers spending
priorities
and/or
allocations across different types of media may affect our
results. We do not obtain long-term commitments from our
advertisers and advertisers may cancel, reduce or postpone
advertisements without penalty, which could adversely affect our
revenue. Seasonal net revenue fluctuations are common in the
media industries and are due primarily to fluctuations in
advertising expenditures by local and national advertisers. In
addition, advertising revenues in even-numbered years tend to
benefit from advertising placed by candidates for political
offices. The effects of such seasonality, combined with the
severe structural changes that have occurred in the
U.S. economy, make it difficult to estimate future
operating results based on the previous results of any specific
quarter and may adversely affect operating results.
Advertising expenditures also tend to be cyclical and reflect
general economic conditions both nationally and locally. Because
we derive a substantial portion of our revenues from the sale of
advertising, a decline or delay in advertising expenditures
could reduce our revenues or hinder our ability to increase
these revenues. Advertising expenditures by companies in certain
sectors of the economy, including the automotive, financial,
entertainment and retail industries, represent a significant
portion of our advertising revenues. Structural changes (such as
the decreased number of automotive dealers and brands) and
business failures in these industries have affected our revenues
and continued structural changes, consolidation or business
failures in any of these industries could have significant
further impact on our revenues. Any political, economic, social
or technological change resulting in a significant reduction in
the advertising spending of these sectors could adversely affect
our advertising revenues or its ability to increase such
revenues. In addition, because many of the products and services
offered by our advertisers are largely discretionary items,
weakening economic conditions could reduce the consumption of
such products and services and, thus, reduce advertising for
such products and services. Changes in advertisers
spending priorities during economic cycles (such as the current
cycle) may also affect our results. Disasters, acts of
terrorism, political uncertainty or hostilities also could lead
to a reduction in advertising expenditures as a result of
uninterrupted news coverage and economic uncertainty.
Pricing
for advertising may continue to face downward
pressure.
During 2010 and continuing into 2011, in response to weakness
and fluctuations in the economy, advertisers increasingly
purchased lower-priced inventory rather than higher-priced
inventory, and increasingly demanded lower pricing, in addition
to increasingly purchasing later and through advertising
inventory from third-party advertising networks. If advertisers
continue to demand lower-priced inventory
and/or
otherwise continue to put downward pressure on pricing, our
operating margins and ability to generate revenue could be
further adversely affected.
Our
success is dependant upon audience acceptance of our content,
particularly our radio programs, which is difficult to
predict.
Media and radio content production and distribution are
inherently risky businesses because the revenues derived from
the production and distribution of media content or a radio
program, and the licensing of rights
23
to the intellectual property associated with the content or
program, depend primarily upon their acceptance by the public,
which is difficult to predict. The commercial success of content
or a program also depends upon the quality and acceptance of
other competing programs released into the marketplace at or
near the same time, the availability of alternative forms of
entertainment and leisure time activities, general economic
conditions and other tangible and intangible factors, all of
which are difficult to predict. Finally, the costs of content
and programming may change significantly if new performance
royalties (such as those that have been proposed by members of
Congress from time to time) are imposed upon radio broadcasters
or internet operators and such changes could have a material
impact upon our business.
Ratings for broadcast stations and traffic or visitors on a
particular website are also factors that are weighed when
advertisers determine which outlets to use and in determining
the advertising rates that the outlet receives. Poor ratings or
traffic levels can lead to a reduction in pricing and
advertising revenues. For example, if there is an event causing
a change of programming at one of our stations, there could be
no assurance that any replacement programming would generate the
same level of ratings, revenues or profitability as the previous
programming. In addition, changes in ratings methodology and
technology could adversely impact our ratings and negatively
affect our advertising revenues.
Arbitron, the leading supplier of ratings data for
U.S. radio markets, has developed technology to passively
collect data for its ratings service. The Portable People
Metertm
(the
PPMtm)
is a small, pager-sized device that does not require any active
manipulation by the end user and is capable of automatically
measuring radio, television, Internet, satellite radio and
satellite television signals that are encoded for the service by
the broadcaster. Our Atlanta, Baltimore, Cincinnati, Cleveland,
Dallas, Detroit, Houston, Philadelphia, St. Louis and
Washington, DC market ratings are being measured by the
PPMtm.
In each market, there has been a compression in the relative
ratings of all stations in the market, enhancing the competitive
pressure within the market for advertising dollars. In addition,
ratings for certain stations when measured by the
PPMtm
as opposed to the traditional diary methodology can be
materially different.
PPMtm
based ratings are scheduled to be introduced in all of our other
markets, except Richmond. Due to its smaller market size,
Richmond will remain on the diary methodology. Because of the
competitive factors we face and the introduction of the
PPMtm,
we cannot assure investors that we will be able to maintain or
increase our current audience ratings and advertising revenue.
A
disproportionate share of our net revenue comes from radio
stations in a small number of geographic markets and from Reach
Media.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 83.5%
of our net revenue was generated from the sale of advertising in
our core radio business. Within our core radio business, four of
the 16 markets in which we operate radio stations accounted for
approximately 54.1% of our radio station net revenue for the
year ended December 31, 2010. Revenue from the operations
of Reach Media, along with revenue from both the Houston and
Washington, DC markets accounted for approximately 39.2% of our
total consolidated net revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2010. Adverse events or conditions (economic
or otherwise) could lead to declines in the contribution of
Reach Media or to declines in one or more of the significant
contributing markets (Houston, Washington, DC, Atlanta and
Baltimore), which could have a material adverse effect on our
overall financial performance and results of operations.
Our
relationship with a significant customer has changed and we no
longer have a guaranteed level of revenue from that
customer.
Historically, we derived a significant portion of our net
revenue from a single customer, Radio Networks, LLC (Radio
Networks), a media representation firm which is owned by
Citadel. Prior to January 1, 2010, Reach Media, a
subsidiary of which we own 53.5%, derived a substantial majority
of its net revenue from a sales representative agreement (the
Sales Representation Agreement) with Radio Networks.
The Sales Representation Agreement called for Radio Networks to
act as Reach Medias sales representative primarily for
advertising airing on over 106 affiliate radio stations
broadcasting the Tom Joyner Morning Show, and to also serve as
its sales representative for Internet and events sales. The
Sales Representation Agreement provided for Radio Networks to
retain a portion of Reach Medias advertising revenues only
after satisfying certain minimum revenue guarantee obligations
to Reach Media. Further, but to a lesser extent, revenue for
24
Company owned radio stations was also generated from Radio
Networks for barter agreements whereby we provided advertising
time in exchange for programming content (the RN Barter
Revenue). Net revenue attributable to the Sales
Representation Agreement and the RN Barter Revenue began to
account for more than 10% of our total consolidated net revenues
as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, and during
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 accounted
for 11.9%, 10.6% and 10.8%, respectively, of our total
consolidated net revenues. No single customer accounted for over
10% of our consolidated net revenues during the year ended
December 31, 2010.
The Sales Representation Agreement expired in accordance with
its terms on December 31, 2009. Reach Media continues to
retain Radio Networks in a sales representation capacity;
however, Radio Networks is now compensated on a commission basis
and Reach Media does not benefit from any guaranteed revenue
under its current arrangement with Radio Networks. Further,
Reach Media has established its own sales force that is
primarily selling in-program advertising inventory. However,
there is no assurance that we will be able to replace the lost
guaranteed revenue with revenues from new or other existing
customers.
We may
lose audience share and advertising revenue to our
competitors.
Our radio stations and other media properties compete for
audiences and advertising revenue with other radio stations and
station groups and other media such as broadcast television,
newspapers, magazines, cable television, satellite television,
satellite radio, outdoor advertising, the internet and direct
mail. Adverse changes in audience ratings, internet traffic and
market shares could have a material adverse effect on our
revenue. Larger media companies with more financial resources
than we have may enter the markets in which we operate causing
competitive pressure. Further, other media and broadcast
companies may change their programming format or engage in
aggressive promotional campaigns to compete directly with our
media properties for audiences and advertisers. This competition
could result in lower ratings or traffic and, hence, lower
advertising revenue for us or cause us to increase promotion and
other expenses and, consequently, lower our earnings and cash
flow. Changes in population, demographics, audience tastes and
other factors beyond our control, including the impact of new
audience measurement technology, could also cause changes in
audience ratings or market share. Failure by us to respond
successfully to these changes could have an adverse effect on
our business and financial performance. We cannot assure you
that we will be able to maintain or increase our current
audience ratings and advertising revenue.
If we
are unable to successfully identify, acquire and integrate
businesses pursuant to our diversification strategy, our
business and prospects may be adversely impacted.
We are pursuing a strategy of acquiring and investing in other
forms of media that complement our core radio business in an
effort to grow and diversify our business and revenue streams.
This strategy depends on our ability to find suitable
opportunities and obtain acceptable financing. Negotiating
transactions and integrating an acquired business could result
in significant costs, including significant use of
managements time and resources.
Our diversification strategy partially depends on our ability to
identify attractive media properties at reasonable prices and to
divest properties that are no longer strategic to our business.
Further, entering new businesses may subject us to additional
risk factors. Some of the material risks that could hinder our
ability to implement this strategy include:
|
|
|
|
|
inability to find buyers for media properties we target for sale
at attractive prices due to decreasing market prices for radio
stations or the inability to obtain credit in the current
economic environment;
|
|
|
|
failure or delays in completing acquisitions or divestitures due
to difficulties in obtaining required regulatory approval,
including possible difficulties by the seller or buyer in
obtaining antitrust approval for acquisitions in markets where
we already own multiple stations or establishing compliance with
broadcast ownership rules;
|
|
|
|
reduction in the number of suitable acquisition targets due to
increased competition for acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
we may lose key employees of acquired companies or stations;
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
difficulty in integrating operations and systems and managing a
diverse media business;
|
|
|
|
failure of some acquisitions to prove profitable or generate
sufficient cash flow; and
|
|
|
|
inability to finance acquisitions on acceptable terms, through
incurring debt or issuing stock.
|
We can provide no assurance that our diversification strategy
will be successful.
Reach
Media noncontrolling interest shareholders put rights may
have an impact upon our business and indebtedness.
On February 28, 2012 and each anniversary thereafter, for a
30-day
period after each such date, the noncontrolling interest
shareholders of Reach Media have the right to require Reach
Media to purchase all or a portion of their shares at the then
current fair market value for such shares. The purchase price
for such shares may be paid in cash
and/or
registered shares of our Class D Common Stock, at our
discretion. If we chose to pay for the noncontrolling interest
in cash, our ability to fund business operations, new
acquisitions or new business initiatives could be limited.
We
must respond to the rapid changes in technology, services and
standards in order to remain competitive.
Technological standards across our media properties are evolving
and new media technologies are emerging. We cannot assure you
that we will have the resources to acquire new technologies or
to introduce new services to compete with these new
technologies. Several new media technologies are being, or have
been, developed, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
satellite delivered digital audio radio service, which has
resulted in the introduction of several new satellite radio
services with sound quality equivalent to that of compact discs;
|
|
|
|
audio programming by cable television systems, direct broadcast
satellite systems, internet content providers and other digital
audio broadcast formats; and
|
|
|
|
digital audio and video content available for listening
and/or
viewing on the internet
and/or
available for downloading to portable devices (including audio
via Wi-Fi, mobile phones, smart phones, netbooks and similar
portable devices, WiMAX, the Internet and MP3 players).
|
New media has resulted in fragmentation in the advertising
market, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that
additional competition arising from new technologies may have on
the radio broadcasting industry, our multi-media business or on
our financial condition and results of operations, which may be
adversely affected if we are not able to adapt successfully to
these new media technologies.
The
loss of key personnel, including certain on-air talent, could
disrupt the management and operations of our
business.
Our business depends upon the continued efforts, abilities and
expertise of our executive officers and other key employees,
including certain on-air personalities. We believe that the
combination of skills and experience possessed by our executive
officers could be difficult to replace, and that the loss of one
or more of them could have a material adverse effect on us,
including the impairment of our ability to execute our business
strategy. In addition, several of our on-air personalities and
syndicated radio programs hosts have large loyal audiences in
their respective broadcast areas and may be significantly
responsible for the ranking of a station. The loss of such
on-air personalities could impact the ability of the station to
sell advertising and our ability to derive revenue from
syndicating programs hosted by them. We cannot be assured that
these individuals will remain with us or will retain their
current audiences or ratings.
26
As a
part of our diversification strategy, we have placed emphasis on
building our internet businesses. Failure to fulfill this
undertaking may adversely affect our brands and business
prospects.
Our diversification strategy depends to a significant degree
upon the development of our internet businesses. In order for
our internet businesses to grow and succeed over the long-term,
we must, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
significantly increase our online traffic and revenue;
|
|
|
|
attract and retain a base of frequent visitors to our web sites;
|
|
|
|
expand the content, products and tools we offer on our web sites;
|
|
|
|
respond to competitive developments while maintaining a distinct
identity across each of our online brands;
|
|
|
|
attract and retain talent for critical positions;
|
|
|
|
maintain and form relationships with strategic partners to
attract more consumers;
|
|
|
|
continue to develop and upgrade our technologies; and
|
|
|
|
bring new product features to market in a timely manner.
|
We cannot assure that we will be successful in achieving these
and other necessary objectives. If we are not successful in
achieving these objectives, our business, financial condition
and prospects could be adversely affected.
If our
interactive unit does not continue to develop and offer
compelling and differentiated content, products and services,
our advertising revenues could be adversely
affected.
In order to attract internet consumers and generate increased
activity on our internet properties, we believe that we must
offer compelling and differentiated content, products and
services. However, acquiring, developing and offering such
content, products and services may require significant costs and
time to develop, while consumer tastes may be difficult to
predict and are subject to rapid change. If we are unable to
provide content, products and services that are sufficiently
attractive to our internet users, we may not be able to generate
the increases in activity necessary to generate increased
advertising revenues. In addition, although we have access to
certain content provided by our other businesses, we may be
required to make substantial payments to license such content.
Many of our content arrangements with third parties are
non-exclusive, so competitors may be able to offer similar or
identical content. If we are not able to acquire or develop
compelling content and do so at reasonable prices, or if other
companies offer content that is similar to that provided by our
interactive unit, we may not be able to attract and increase the
engagement of internet consumers on our internet properties.
Continued growth in our internet advertising business also
depends on our ability to continue offering a competitive and
distinctive range of advertising products and services for
advertisers and publishers and our ability to maintain or
increase prices for our advertising products and services.
Continuing to develop and improve these products and services
may require significant time and costs. If we cannot continue to
develop and improve its advertising products and services or if
prices for its advertising products and services decrease, our
internet advertising revenues could be adversely affected.
More
individuals are using devices other than personal and laptop
computers to access and use the internet, and if we cannot make
our products and services available and attractive to consumers
via these alternative devices, our internet advertising revenues
could be adversely affected.
Internet users are increasingly accessing and using the internet
through devices other than a personal or laptop computer, such
as personal digital assistants or mobile telephones, which
differ from computers with respect to memory, functionality,
resolution and screen size. In order for consumers to access and
use our products and services via these alternative devices, we
must ensure that our products and services are
27
technologically compatible with such devices. We also must
secure arrangements with device manufacturers and wireless
carriers in order to have placement and functionality on the
alternative devices and to more effectively reach consumers. If
we cannot effectively make our products and services available
on alternative devices, fewer internet consumers may access and
use our products and services and our advertising revenue may be
negatively affected.
Unrelated
third parties may claim that we infringe on their rights based
on the nature and content of information posted on websites
maintained by us.
We host internet services that enable individuals to exchange
information, generate content, comment on our content, and
engage in various online activities. The law relating to the
liability of providers of these online services for activities
of their users is currently unsettled both within the
U.S. and internationally. While we monitor postings to such
websites, claims may be brought against us for defamation,
negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, unlawful
activity, tort, including personal injury, fraud, or other
theories based on the nature and content of information that may
be posted online or generated by our users. Our defense of such
actions could be costly and involve significant time and
attention of our management and other resources.
If we
are unable to protect our domain names, our reputation and
brands could be adversely affected.
We currently hold various domain name registrations relating to
our brands, including radio-one.com and interactiveone.com. The
registration and maintenance of domain names generally are
regulated by governmental agencies and their designees.
Governing bodies may establish additional top-level domains,
appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the
requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may be
unable to register or maintain relevant domain names. We may be
unable, without significant cost or at all, to prevent third
parties from registering domain names that are similar to,
infringe upon or otherwise decrease the value of, our trademarks
and other proprietary rights. Failure to protect our domain
names could adversely affect our reputation and brands, and make
it more difficult for users to find our websites and our
services.
Future
asset impairment to the carrying values of our FCC licenses and
goodwill could adversely impact our results of operations and
net worth.
FCC licenses and goodwill totaled approximately
$800.1 million, or 80.1% of our total assets, at
December 31, 2010, and is primarily attributable to
accounting for acquisitions in past years. We are required by
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other,
to test our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for
impairment at least annually, which we have traditionally done
in the fourth quarter, or on an interim basis when events or
changes in circumstances suggest impairment may have occurred.
Impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying value of
the goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible asset over its fair
value. Impairment may result from deterioration in our
performance, changes in anticipated future cash flows, changes
in business plans, adverse economic or market conditions,
adverse changes in applicable laws and regulations, or other
factors beyond our control. The amount of any impairment must be
expensed as a charge to operations. Fair values of FCC licenses
and goodwill have been estimated using the income approach,
which involves a
10-year
model that incorporates several judgmental assumptions about
projected revenue growth, future operating margins, discount
rates and terminal values. We also utilize a market-based
approach to evaluate the reasonableness of our fair value
estimates. There are inherent uncertainties related to these
assumptions and our judgment in applying them to the impairment
analysis.
As discussed in Note 5 to our audited financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus, the lingering economic
downturn and limited credit environment has weakened advertising
demand in general, and has led to declining radio and online
advertising, reduced growth expectations, deteriorating profits
and cash flows, debt downgrades and fewer sales transactions
with lower multiples. We performed interim impairment testing as
of February 2010, May 2010 and August 2010 for Reach Media due
to declining revenue projections and actual results which did
not meet budget. The results of these interim tests indicated
that the carrying value for Reach Media had not been impaired.
The results of our annual impairment testing as of
October 1, 2010 were to record impairment charges of
approximately $19.9 million against radio broadcasting
licenses in
28
one of our 16 radio markets and our year end impairment testing
resulted in the impairment of goodwill for Reach Media in the
amount of $16.1 million. For the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recorded impairment
charges against radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill of
approximately $36.1 million, $65.6 million and
$420.2 million, respectively.
Changes in certain events or circumstances could result in
changes to our estimated fair values, and may result in further
write-downs to the carrying values of these assets. Additional
impairment charges could adversely affect our financial results,
financial ratios and could limit our ability to obtain financing
in the future.
We
could incur adverse effects from our voluntary review of stock
option grants and resulting financial
restatements.
As described in the Explanatory Note and Note 2 to the
consolidated financial statements filed with our
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded
additional stock-based compensation expense and related tax
effects with regard to certain past stock option grants, and
restated certain previously filed financial statements included
in that
Form 10-K.
In February 2007, we received a letter of informal inquiry from
the SEC regarding the review of our stock option accounting.
While we have not heard further from the SEC on this matter to
date, should the SEC further inquire, we would fully cooperate
with the SECs inquiry. We are unable to predict whether a
formal inquiry will be initiated or what consequences any
further inquiry may have on us. We are unable to predict the
likelihood of or potential outcomes from litigation, regulatory
proceedings or government enforcement actions relating to our
past stock option practices. The resolution of these matters
could be time-consuming and expensive, further distract
management from other business concerns and harm our business.
Furthermore, if we were subject to adverse findings in
litigation, regulatory proceedings or government enforcement
actions, we could be required to pay damages or penalties or
have other remedies imposed, which could harm our business and
financial condition.
While we believe that we have made appropriate judgments in
determining the correct measurement dates for our historical
stock option grants, the SEC may disagree with the manner in
which we have accounted for and reported the financial impact.
Accordingly, there is a risk we may have to further restate
prior financial statements, amend prior filings with the SEC, or
take other actions not currently contemplated.
Risks
Related to TV One
TV One
recently incurred substantial indebtedness in connection with
the redemption of the membership interests of certain financial
investor and management members. Effective upon completion of
the redemptions of these members, we were required to reflect TV
Ones indebtedness in our total consolidated indebtedness
and certain restrictions in the indenture governing the TV One
indebtedness could impact upon TV Ones ability to make
distributions to us.
On February 25, 2011, TV One incurred $119.0 million
of indebtedness in connection with the redemption of certain of
its financial investor and management members. The debt was
issued in a private offering in the form of Senior Secured Notes
bearing a coupon of 10% and due 2016 (the TV One
10% Senior Secured Notes). Until the issuance of the
TV One 10% Senior Secured Notes, TV One operated without
any long-term indebtedness. Effective upon completion of the
buyout of the financial investor and management members, our
ownership of TV One increased to approximately 44.6%. Upon
consolidation, we were required to reflect TV Ones
indebtedness in our total consolidated indebtedness. Further,
the indenture governing the TV One 10% Senior Secured Notes
contains certain covenants that could impact upon TV Ones
operations, including its ability to make distributions. While
we do not foresee these restrictions prohibiting TV One from
making distributions, to the extent the restrictions do prohibit
TV One from making distributions, it could impact upon our
overall liquidity and our ability to maintain compliance under
the terms of our outstanding indebtedness, including our senior
credit facility and our 2016 Notes.
29
A
decline in advertising expenditures could cause TV Ones
revenues and operating results to decline significantly in any
given period.
TV One derives substantial revenues from the sale of
advertising. A decline in the economic prospects of advertisers
or the economy in general could alter current or prospective
advertisers spending priorities. Disasters, acts of
terrorism, political uncertainty or hostilities could lead to a
reduction in advertising expenditures as a result of economic
uncertainty. Advertising expenditures may also be affected by
increasing competition for the leisure time of audiences. In
addition, advertising expenditures by companies in certain
sectors of the economy, including the automotive and financial
segments, represent a significant portion of TV Ones
advertising revenues. Any political, economic, social or
technological change resulting in a reduction in these
sectors advertising expenditures may adversely affect TV
Ones revenue. Advertisers willingness to purchase
advertising may also be affected by a decline in audience
ratings for TV Ones programming, the inability of TV One
to retain the rights to popular programming, increasing audience
fragmentation caused by the proliferation of new media formats,
including other cable networks, the internet and
video-on-demand
and the deployment of portable digital devices and new
technologies which allow consumers to time shift programming,
make and store digital copies and skip or fast-forward through
advertisements. Any reduction in advertising expenditures could
have an adverse effect on TV Ones revenues and results of
operations.
TV
Ones success is dependent upon audience acceptance of its
content, which is difficult to predict.
Television content production is inherently a risky business
because the revenues derived from the production and
distribution of a television program and the licensing of rights
to the associated intellectual property, depend primarily upon
their acceptance by the public, which is difficult to predict.
The commercial success of a television program also depends upon
the quality and acceptance of other competing programs in the
marketplace at or near the same time, the availability of
alternative forms of entertainment and leisure time activities,
general economic conditions and other tangible and intangible
factors, all of which are difficult to predict. Rating points
are also factors that are weighed when determining the
advertising rates that TV One receives. The use of new ratings
technologies and measurements could have an impact on TV
Ones program ratings. Poor ratings can lead to a reduction
in pricing and advertising spending. Consequently, low public
acceptance of TV Ones content may have an adverse effect
on TV Ones results of operations.
The
loss of affiliation agreements could materially adversely affect
TV Ones results of operations.
TV One is dependent upon the maintenance of affiliation
agreements with cable and direct broadcast distributors for its
revenues, and there can be no assurance that these agreements
will be renewed in the future on terms acceptable to such
programmers. The loss of one or more of these arrangements could
reduce the distribution of TV Ones programming services
and reduce revenues from subscriber fees and advertising, as
applicable. Further, the loss of favorable packaging,
positioning, pricing or other marketing opportunities with any
distributor could reduce revenues from subscriber fees. In
addition, consolidation among cable distributors and increased
vertical integration of such distributors into the cable or
broadcast network business have provided more leverage to these
distributors and could adversely affect TV Ones ability to
maintain or obtain distribution for its network programming on
favorable or commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
The
failure or destruction of satellites and transmitter facilities
that TV One depends upon to distribute its programming could
materially adversely affect TV Ones businesses and results
of operations.
TV One uses satellite systems to transmit its programming to
affiliates. The distribution facilities include uplinks,
communications satellites and downlinks. Transmissions may be
disrupted as a result of local disasters including extreme
weather that impair on-ground uplinks or downlinks, or as a
result of an impairment of a satellite. Currently, there are a
limited number of communications satellites available for the
transmission of programming. If a disruption occurs, TV One may
not be able to secure alternate distribution facilities in a
timely manner. Failure to secure alternate distribution
facilities in a timely manner could have a material adverse
effect on TV Ones businesses and results of operations. In
addition, TV One uses studio and
30
transmitter facilities that are subject to damage or
destruction. Failure to restore such facilities in a timely
manner could have a material adverse effect on TV Ones
businesses and results of operations.
TV
Ones operating results are subject to seasonal variations
and other factors.
TV Ones business has experienced and is expected to
continue to experience seasonality due to, among other things,
seasonal advertising patterns and seasonal influences on
peoples viewing habits. Typically, TV One revenue
from advertising increases in the fourth quarter. In addition,
advertising revenues in even-numbered years benefit from
advertising placed by candidates for political offices. The
effects of such seasonality make it difficult to estimate future
operating results based on the previous results of any specific
quarter and may adversely affect operating results.
Economic
conditions may adversely affect TV Ones businesses and
customers.
The U.S. has experienced a slowdown and volatility in its
economy. This downturn could lead to lower consumer and business
spending for TV Ones products and services, particularly
if customers, including advertisers, subscribers, licensees,
retailers, and other consumers of TV Ones offerings and
services, reduce demands for TV Ones products and
services. In addition, in unfavorable economic environments, TV
Ones customers may have difficulties obtaining capital at
adequate or historical levels to finance their ongoing business
and operations and may face insolvency, all of which could
impair their ability to make timely payments and continue
operations. TV One is unable to predict the duration and
severity of weakened economic conditions and such conditions and
resultant effects could adversely impact TV Ones
businesses, operating results, and financial condition.
Increased
programming and content costs may adversely affect TV Ones
profits.
TV One produces and acquires programming (including motion
pictures) and content and incurs costs for all types of creative
talent, including actors, authors, writers and producers as well
as marketing and distribution. An increase in any of these costs
may lead to decreased profitability.
Piracy
of TV Ones programming and other content, including
digital and internet piracy, may decrease revenue received from
the exploitation of TV Ones programming and other content
and adversely affect its businesses and
profitability.
Piracy of programming is prevalent in many parts of the world
and is made easier by the availability of digital copies of
content and technological advances allowing conversion of such
programming and other content into digital formats, which
facilitates the creation, transmission and sharing of high
quality unauthorized copies of TV Ones content. The
proliferation of unauthorized copies and piracy of these
products has an adverse effect on TV Ones businesses and
profitability because these products reduce the revenue that TV
One potentially could receive from the legitimate sale and
distribution of its products and services. In addition, if
piracy were to increase, it would have an adverse effect on TV
Ones businesses and profitability.
Changes
in U.S. communications laws or other regulations may have an
adverse effect on TV Ones business.
The television and distribution industries in the U.S. are
highly regulated by U.S. federal laws and regulations
issued and administered by various federal agencies, including
the FCC. The television broadcasting industry is subject to
extensive regulation by the FCC under the Communications Act.
The U.S. Congress and the FCC currently have under
consideration, and may in the future adopt, new laws,
regulations, and policies regarding a wide variety of matters
that could, directly or indirectly, affect the operation of TV
One. For example, the FCC has initiated a proceeding to examine
and potentially regulate more closely embedded advertising such
as product placement and product integration. Enhanced
restrictions affecting these means of delivering advertising
messages may adversely affect TV Ones advertising
revenues. Changes to the media ownership and other FCC rules may
affect the competitive landscape in ways that could increase the
competition faced by TV One. Proposals have also been advanced
from time to time before the U.S. Congress
31
and the FCC to extend the program access rules (currently
applicable only to those cable program services which also own
or are owned by cable distribution systems) to all cable program
services. TV Ones ability to obtain the most favorable
terms available for its content could be adversely affected
should such an extension be enacted into law. TV One is unable
to predict the effect that any such laws, regulations or
policies may have on its operations.
Vigorous
enforcement or enhancement of FCC indecency and other program
content rules against the broadcast and cable industries could
have an adverse effect on TV Ones businesses and results
of operations.
The FCCs rules prohibit the broadcast of obscene material
at any time and indecent or profane material on television
broadcast stations between the hours of 6 a.m. and
10 p.m. Broadcasters risk violating the prohibition against
broadcasting indecent material because of the vagueness of the
FCCs indecency/profanity definition, coupled with the
spontaneity of live programming. The FCC vigorously enforces its
indecency rules against the broadcasting industry. The FCC has
stepped up its enforcement activities as they apply to indecency
and has threatened to initiate license revocation proceedings
against broadcast licensees for serious indecency
violations. The FCC has found on a number of occasions that the
content of television broadcasts has contained indecent
material. In such instances, the FCC issued fines or advisory
warnings to the offending broadcast licensees. Moreover, the FCC
has in some instances imposed separate fines against
broadcasters for each allegedly indecent utterance,
in contrast with its previous policy, which generally considered
all indecent words or phrases within a given program as
constituting a single violation. On July 13, 2010, the
United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit
(Second Circuit) issued a decision in which it
vacated the FCCs indecency policy pursuant to which any
broadcast of a single utterance of a fleeting
expletive would be deemed by the FCC to be presumptively
indecent. In this decision, the Second Circuit also called into
question the constitutionality of the FCCs indecency
policy generally. On August 25, 2010, the FCC filed a
petition for rehearing of the decision with the Second Circuit.
It is not possible to predict the outcome of the FCCs
appeal. It is also not possible to predict whether and, if so,
how the FCC will revise its indecency policy in response to the
Second Circuit decision, or the effect of such decision on TV
One. The fines for broadcasting indecent material are a maximum
of $325,000 per utterance. The determination of whether content
is indecent is inherently subjective and, as such, it can be
difficult to predict whether particular content could violate
indecency standards. The difficulty in predicting whether
individual programs, words or phrases may violate the FCCs
indecency rules adds significant uncertainty to TV Ones
ability to comply with the rules. Violation of the indecency
rules could lead to sanctions which may adversely affect
TV Ones business and results of operations. Some
policymakers support the extension of the indecency rules that
are applicable to
over-the-air
broadcasters to cover cable programming
and/or
attempts to increase enforcement of or otherwise expand existing
laws and rules. If such an extension, attempt to increase
enforcement or other expansion took place and was found to be
constitutional, some of TV Ones content could be subject
to additional regulation and might not be able to attract the
same subscription and viewership levels.
Our
President and Chief Executive Officer has an interest in TV One
that may conflict with your interests.
We have an employment agreement with our President and Chief
Executive Officer, Mr. Alfred C. Liggins, III. The
employment agreement provides, among other things, that in
recognition of Mr. Liggins contributions in founding
TV One on our behalf, he is eligible to receive an amount equal
to 8% of any dividends paid to us in respect of our investment
in TV One and 8% of the proceeds from our investment in TV One
(the TV One Award). In both circumstances, our
obligation to pay any portion of the TV One Award is only
triggered after we recover the full amount of our cumulative
capital contributions to TV One. Mr. Liggins will only
receive the TV One Award upon the actual cash distributions or
distributions of marketable securities to us.
Mr. Liggins rights to the TV One Award (i) cease
if he is terminated for cause or he resigns without good reason
and (ii) expire at the end of the term of his employment
agreement (but similar rights could be included in the terms of
a new employment agreement). As a result of this arrangement,
the interest of Mr. Liggins with respect to TV One
may conflict with your interests as holders of the Exchange
Notes. For example, Mr. Liggins may seek to have Radio One
acquire additional equity interests in TV One
32
using cash generated from operations or additional borrowings
under the senior credit facility or have TV One itself pursue
acquisitions, joint ventures, financings or other transactions
that, in his judgment, could increase the amount of the TV One
Award by increasing the amount of our investment in TV One or
enhancing the equity value of TV One, even though such
transactions might involve risks to you as a holder of the
Exchange Notes.
Risks
Related to Regulation
Our
business depends on maintaining our licenses with the FCC. We
could be prevented from operating a radio station if we fail to
maintain its license.
Within our primary business, we are required to maintain radio
broadcasting licenses issued by the FCC. These licenses are
ordinarily issued for a maximum term of eight years and are
renewable. Our radio broadcasting licenses expire at various
times beginning October 1, 2011 through August 1,
2014. Interested third-parties may challenge our renewal
applications. In addition, we are subject to extensive and
changing regulation by the FCC with respect to such matters as
programming, indecency standards, technical operations,
employment and business practices. If we or any of our
significant stockholders, officers, or directors violate the
FCCs rules and regulations or the Communications Act of
1944, as amended (the Communications Act), or is
convicted of a felony, the FCC may commence a proceeding to
impose fines or sanctions upon us. Examples of possible
sanctions include the imposition of fines, the renewal of one or
more of our broadcasting licenses for a term of fewer than eight
years or the revocation of our broadcast licenses. If the FCC
were to issue an order denying a license renewal application or
revoking a license, we would be required to cease operating the
radio station covered by the license only after we had exhausted
administrative and judicial review without success.
There
is significant uncertainty regarding the FCCs media
ownership rules, and such rules could restrict our ability to
acquire radio stations.
The Communications Act and FCC rules and policies limit the
number of broadcasting properties that any person or entity may
own (directly or by attribution) in any market and require FCC
approval for transfers of control and assignments of licenses.
The FCCs media ownership rules remain in flux and subject
to further agency and court proceedings. On May 25, 2010,
the FCC instituted an inquiry as part of its 2010 quadrennial
review of its media ownership rules to seek public comment on
and evaluate such rules to determine whether any changes are
warranted. See the information contained in
Business Federal Regulation of Radio
Broadcasting.
In addition to the FCC media ownership rules, the outside media
interests of our officers and directors could limit our ability
to acquire stations. The filing of petitions or complaints
against Radio One or any FCC licensee from which we are
acquiring a station could result in the FCC delaying the grant
of, or refusing to grant or imposing conditions on its consent
to the assignment or transfer of control of licenses. The
Communications Act and FCC rules and policies also impose
limitations on
non-U.S. ownership
and voting of our capital stock.
Increased
enforcement by the FCC of its indecency rules against the
broadcast industry could adversely affect our business
operations.
In 2004, the FCC indicated that it was enhancing its enforcement
efforts relating to the regulation of indecency. Congress has
increased the penalties for broadcasting indecent programming
and potentially subject broadcasters to license revocation,
renewal or qualification proceedings in the event that they
broadcast indecent material. In addition, the FCCs
heightened focus on the indecency regulatory scheme, against the
broadcast industry generally, may encourage third parties to
oppose our license renewal applications or applications for
consent to acquire broadcast stations. The change in
administration at the federal level could foster a change in the
FCCs enforcement posture. See Vigorous enforcement
or enhancement of FCC indecency and other program content rules
against the broadcast and cable industries could have an adverse
effect on TV Ones businesses and results of
operations below.
33
Changes
in current federal regulations could adversely affect our
business operations.
Congress and the FCC have considered, and may in the future
consider and adopt, new laws, regulations and policies that
could, directly or indirectly, affect the profitability of our
broadcast stations. In particular, Congress is considering a
revocation of radios exemption from paying royalties to
performing artists for use of their recordings (radio already
pays a royalty to songwriters, composers and publishers). In
addition, commercial radio broadcasters and entities
representing artists are negotiating agreements that could
result in broadcast stations paying royalties to artists. A
requirement to pay additional royalties could have an adverse
effect on our business operations and financial performance.
New or
changing federal, state or international privacy legislation or
regulation could hinder the growth of our internet
business.
A variety of federal and state laws govern the collection, use,
retention, sharing and security of consumer data that our
internet business uses to operate its services and to deliver
certain advertisements to its customers, as well as the
technologies used to collect such data. Not only are existing
privacy-related laws in these jurisdictions evolving and subject
to potentially disparate interpretation by governmental
entities, new legislative proposals affecting privacy are now
pending at both the federal and state level in the
U.S. Changes to the interpretation of existing law or the
adoption of new privacy-related requirements could hinder the
growth of our internet business. Also, a failure or perceived
failure to comply with such laws or requirements or with our own
policies and procedures could result in significant liabilities,
including a possible loss of consumer or investor confidence or
a loss of customers or advertisers.
Our
operation of various real properties and facilities could lead
to environmental liability.
As the owner, lessee or operator of various real properties and
facilities, we are subject to various federal, state and local
environmental laws and regulations. Historically, compliance
with these laws and regulations has not had a material adverse
effect on our business. There can be no assurance, however, that
compliance with existing or new environmental laws and
regulations will not require us to make significant expenditures
of funds.
Risks
Related to Our Corporate Governance Structure
Two
common stockholders have a majority voting interest in Radio One
and have the power to control matters on which our common
stockholders may vote, and their interests may conflict with
yours.
As of June 30, 2011, our Chairperson and her son, our
President and CEO, collectively held approximately 92% of the
outstanding voting power of our common stock. As a result, our
Chairperson and our CEO will control our management and policies
and most decisions involving or impacting upon Radio One,
including transactions involving a change of control, such as a
sale or merger. The interests of these stockholders may differ
from the interests of our other stockholders and our
debtholders. In addition, certain covenants in our debt
instruments require that our Chairperson and the CEO maintain a
specified ownership and voting interest in Radio One, and
prohibit other parties voting interests from exceeding
specified amounts. In addition, the TV One joint venture
agreement provides for adverse consequences to Radio One in the
event our Chairperson and CEO fail to maintain a specified
ownership and voting interest in us. Our Chairperson and the CEO
have agreed to vote their shares together in elections of
members to the board of directors of Radio One.
Further, we are a controlled company under rules
governing the listing of our securities on the NASDAQ Stock
Market because more than 50% of our voting power is held by our
Chairperson and the CEO. Therefore, we are not subject to NASDAQ
Stock Market listing rules that would otherwise require us to
have: (i) a majority of independent directors on the board;
(ii) a compensation committee composed solely of
independent directors; (iii) a nominating committee
composed solely of independent directors; (iv) compensation
of our executive officers determined by a majority of the
independent directors or a compensation committee composed
solely of independent directors; and (v) director nominees
selected, or recommended for the boards selection, either
by a majority of the independent directors or a nominating
committee composed solely of independent directors.
34
EXCHANGE
OFFER
Purpose
of the Exchange Offer
The exchange offer is designed to provide holders of Old Notes
with an opportunity to acquire Exchange Notes which, unlike the
Old Notes, will be freely transferable at all times, subject to
any restrictions on transfer imposed by state blue
sky laws and provided that the holder is not our affiliate
within the meaning of the Securities Act and represents that the
Exchange Notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of the
holders business and the holder is not engaged in, and
does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange
Notes.
The initial principal amount of Old Notes was originally issued
and sold on November 24, 2010, to the initial holders
pursuant to an Amended and Restated Exchange Offer and Consent
Solicitation Statement and Offering Memorandum, dated
November 5, 2010. The Old Notes were issued and sold in a
transaction not registered under the Securities Act in reliance
upon the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act. Additional amounts of notes have since been
issued in respect of interest payments under the PIK Election
provided for under the Indenture. The Old Notes may not be
reoffered, resold or transferred other than (i) to us or
our subsidiaries, (ii) to a qualified institutional buyer
in compliance with Rule 144A promulgated under the
Securities Act, (iii) outside the United States to a
non-U.S. person
within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities
Act, (iv) pursuant to the exemption from registration
provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act
(if available), (v) in accordance with another exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or
(vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act.
In connection with the original issuance and sale of the Old
Notes, we entered into the Registration Rights Agreement,
pursuant to which we agreed to file with the SEC a registration
statement covering the exchange by us of the Exchange Notes for
the Old Notes, pursuant to the exchange offer. The Registration
Rights Agreement provides that we will file with the SEC an
exchange offer registration statement on an appropriate form
under the Securities Act and offer to holders of Old Notes who
are able to make certain representations the opportunity to
exchange their Old Notes for Exchange Notes.
Based on interpretations of the SEC staff set forth in no-action
letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that
Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for Old
Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
transferred by any Exchange Note holder without compliance with
the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, if:
|
|
|
|
|
such holder is not an affiliate of ours within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the
holders business; and
|
|
|
|
the holder does not intend to participate in the distribution of
such Exchange Notes.
|
Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer with the intention
of participating in any manner in a distribution of the Exchange
Notes:
|
|
|
|
|
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in
Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation or similar
interpretive letters; and
|
|
|
|
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction.
|
If, as stated above, a holder cannot rely on the position of the
staff of the SEC set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation or similar interpretive letters, any effective
registration statement used in connection with a secondary
resale transaction must contain the selling security holder
information required by Item 507 of
Regulation S-K
under the Securities Act.
We do not intend to seek our own interpretation regarding the
exchange offer, and we cannot assure you that the staff of the
SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the
Exchange Notes as it has in other interpretations to third
parties.
35
Terms of
the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Outstanding Old
Notes
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus, we will accept any and all Old Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. We will
issue $1 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for each
$1 principal amount of Old Notes accepted in the exchange offer.
Holders may tender some or all of their Old Notes pursuant to
the exchange offer.
The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the
form and terms of the outstanding Old Notes except that:
|
|
|
|
|
the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act
and will not have legends restricting their transfer; and
|
|
|
|
the Exchange Notes will not contain the registration rights and
special interest provisions contained in the outstanding Old
Notes.
|
The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes
and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.
We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the
applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the Exchange Act), and the rules and
regulations of the SEC.
We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes
when, as and if we have given oral (promptly confirmed in
writing) or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange
agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering
holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from us.
If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because
of an invalid tender or the occurrence of specified other events
set forth in this prospectus, the certificates for any
unaccepted Old Notes will be promptly returned, without expense,
to the tendering holder.
Holders who tender Old Notes in the exchange offer will not be
required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or transfer taxes
with respect to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the
exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than
transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the
exchange offer. See Fees and Expenses and
Transfer Taxes below.
The exchange offer will remain open for at least 20 full
business days. The term expiration date will mean
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2011, unless we, in our
sole discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the
term expiration date will mean the latest date and
time to which the exchange offer is extended.
To extend the exchange offer, prior to 9:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the next business day after the previously
scheduled expiration date, we will:
|
|
|
|
|
notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral notice
(promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice, and
|
|
|
|
issue a notice by press release or other public announcement.
|
We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:
|
|
|
|
|
if any of the conditions below under the heading
Conditions to the Exchange Offer shall have not been
satisfied, to delay accepting any Old Notes, to extend the
exchange offer, or to terminate the exchange offer, or
|
|
|
|
to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, provided
however, that if we amend the exchange offer to make a material
change, including the waiver of a material condition, we will
extend the exchange offer, if necessary, to keep the exchange
offer open for at least five business days after such amendment
or waiver; provided further, that if we amend the exchange offer
to change the percentage of Notes being exchanged or the
consideration being offered, we will extend the exchange
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
offer, if necessary, to keep the exchange offer open for at
least ten business days after such amendment or waiver.
|
If any termination or amendment occurs, we will notify the
exchange agent and will either issue a press release or give
oral or written notice to you as promptly as practicable.
Deemed
Representations
To participate in the exchange offer, we require that you
represent to us that:
|
|
|
|
|
you or any other person acquiring Exchange Notes in exchange for
your Old Notes in the exchange offer is acquiring them in the
ordinary course of business;
|
|
|
|
neither you nor any other person acquiring Exchange Notes in
exchange for your Old Notes in the exchange offer is engaging in
or intends to engage in (or has any arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in) a distribution of the
Exchange Notes within the meaning of the federal securities laws;
|
|
|
|
neither you nor any other person acquiring Exchange Notes in
exchange for your Old Notes has an arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in the distribution of Exchange
Notes issued in the exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
neither you nor any other person acquiring Exchange Notes in
exchange for your Old Notes is our affiliate as
defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
if you or another person acquiring Exchange Notes in exchange
for your Old Notes is a broker-dealer and you acquired the Old
Notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, you acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus
meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection
with any resale of the Exchange Notes;
|
|
|
|
you are not a broker-dealer tendering Old Notes directly
acquired from us for your own account; and
|
|
|
|
you are not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could
not truthfully make those representations.
|
BY TENDERING YOUR OLD NOTES YOU ARE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE
THESE REPRESENTATIONS.
Broker-dealers who cannot make the representations above cannot
use this exchange offer prospectus in connection with resales of
the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer.
If you are our affiliate, as defined under
Rule 405 of the Securities Act, if you are a broker-dealer
who acquired your Old Notes in the initial offering and not as a
result of market-making or trading activities, or if you are
engaged in or intend to engage in or have an arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in a distribution
of Exchange Notes acquired in the exchange offer, you or that
person:
|
|
|
|
|
may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the Staff of
the SEC and therefore may not participate in the exchange
offer; and
|
|
|
|
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom
when reselling the Old Notes.
|
Procedures
for Tendering Old Notes
Since the Old Notes are represented by global book-entry notes,
DTC, as depositary, or its nominee is treated as the registered
holder of the Old Notes and will be the only entity that can
tender your Old Notes for Exchange Notes. Therefore, to tender
Old Notes subject to this exchange offer and to obtain Exchange
Notes, you must instruct the institution where you keep your Old
Notes to tender your Old Notes on your behalf so that they are
received on or prior to the expiration of this exchange offer.
37
The letter of transmittal that may accompany this prospectus may
be used by you to give such instructions.
YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE AT THE BROKER
OR BANK WHERE YOU KEEP YOUR OLD NOTES TO DETERMINE THE
PREFERRED PROCEDURE.
IF YOU WISH TO ACCEPT THIS EXCHANGE OFFER, PLEASE INSTRUCT
YOUR BROKER OR ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE IN TIME FOR YOUR OLD
NOTES TO BE TENDERED BEFORE THE 5:00 PM (NEW YORK CITY
TIME) DEADLINE ON , 2011.
You may tender some or all of your Old Notes in this exchange
offer.
When you tender your outstanding Old Notes and we accept them,
the tender will be a binding agreement between you and us as
described in this prospectus.
The method of delivery of outstanding Old Notes and all other
required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and
risk.
We will decide all questions about the validity, form,
eligibility, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes,
and our determination will be final and binding on you. We
reserve the absolute right to:
|
|
|
|
|
reject any and all tenders of any particular Old Note not
properly tendered;
|
|
|
|
refuse to accept any Old Note if, in our judgment or the
judgment of our counsel, the acceptance would be
unlawful; and
|
|
|
|
waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the
exchange offer as to any particular Old Notes before the
expiration of the offer.
|
Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange
offer will be final and binding on all parties. You must cure
any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old
Notes as we will determine. Neither us, the exchange agent nor
any other person will incur any liability for failure to notify
you of any defect or irregularity with respect to your tender of
Old Notes. If we waive any terms or conditions with respect to a
noteholder, we will extend the same waiver to all noteholders
with respect to that term or condition being waived.
Procedures
for Brokers and Custodian Banks; DTC ATOP Account
In order to accept this exchange offer on behalf of a holder of
Old Notes you must submit or cause your DTC participant to
submit an Agents Message as described below.
The exchange agent, on our behalf will seek to establish an
Automated Tender Offer Program (ATOP) account with
respect to the outstanding Old Notes at DTC promptly after the
delivery of this prospectus. Any financial institution that is a
DTC participant, including your broker or bank, may make
book-entry tender of outstanding Old Notes by causing the
book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into our ATOP account in
accordance with DTCs procedures for such transfers.
Concurrently with the delivery of Old Notes, an Agents
Message in connection with such book-entry transfer must be
transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the exchange agent on or
prior to 5:00 pm, New York City Time on the expiration date. The
confirmation of a book entry transfer into the ATOP account as
described above is referred to herein as a Book-Entry
Confirmation.
The term Agents Message means a message
transmitted by the DTC participants to DTC, and thereafter
transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent, forming a part of the
Book-Entry Confirmation which states that DTC has received an
express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC described in
such Agents Message stating that such participant and
beneficial holder agree to be bound by the terms of this
exchange offer.
Each Agents Message must include the following information:
|
|
|
|
|
Name of the beneficial owner tendering such Old Notes;
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
Account number of the beneficial owner tendering such Old Notes;
|
|
|
|
Principal amount of Old Notes tendered by such beneficial
owner; and
|
|
|
|
A confirmation that the beneficial holder of the Old Notes
tendered has made the representations for our benefit set forth
under Deemed Representations above.
|
BY SENDING AN AGENTS MESSAGE THE DTC PARTICIPANT IS
DEEMED TO HAVE CERTIFIED THAT THE BENEFICIAL HOLDER FOR WHOM
NOTES ARE BEING TENDERED HAS BEEN PROVIDED WITH A COPY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS.
The delivery of Old Notes through DTC, and any transmission of
an Agents Message through ATOP, is at the election and
risk of the person tendering Old Notes. We will ask the exchange
agent to instruct DTC to promptly return those Old Notes that
were tendered through ATOP but were not accepted by us, if any,
to the DTC participant that tendered such Old Notes on behalf of
holders of the Old Notes.
Acceptance
of Outstanding Old Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange
Notes
We will accept validly tendered Old Notes when the conditions to
the exchange offer have been satisfied or we have waived them.
We will have accepted your validly tendered Old Notes when we
have given oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written
notice to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as
agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the
Exchange Notes from us. If we do not accept any tendered Old
Notes for exchange by book-entry transfer because of an invalid
tender or other valid reason, we will credit the Notes to an
account maintained with DTC promptly after the exchange offer
terminates or expires.
THE AGENTS MESSAGE MUST BE TRANSMITTED TO EXCHANGE AGENT
ON OR BEFORE 5:00 PM, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION
DATE.
Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures
If you desire to tender Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer
and (1) time will not permit your letter of transmittal and
all other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or
prior to the expiration date, or (2) the procedures for
book-entry transfer (including delivery of an Agents
Message) cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date,
you may nevertheless tender such Old Notes with the effect that
such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to
the expiration date if all the following conditions are
satisfied:
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
you must effect your tender through an eligible guarantor
institution; and
|
|
|
|
|
(2) (a)
|
a properly completed and duly executed notice of guarantee
delivery, substantially in the form provided by us herewith, or
an Agents Message with respect to guaranteed delivery that
is accepted by us, is received by the exchange agent on or prior
to the expiration date as provided below; or
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile of the
letter of transmittal) properly completed and duly executed,
with any signature guarantees and any other documents required
by the letter of transmittal or a properly transmitted
Agents Message, are received by the exchange agent within
three business days after the date of execution of the notice of
guaranteed delivery.
|
The notice of guaranteed delivery may be sent by hand delivery,
facsimile transmission or mail to the exchange agent and must
include a guarantee by an eligible guarantor institution in the
form set forth in the notice of guaranteed delivery.
Withdrawal
Rights
You may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time
before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration
date.
39
For a withdrawal to be effective, you should contact your bank
or broker where your Old Notes are held and have them send an
ATOP notice of withdrawal so that it is received by the exchange
agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date. Such notice of withdrawal must:
|
|
|
|
|
specify the name of the person that tendered the Old Notes to be
withdrawn;
|
|
|
|
identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn, including the CUSIP
number and principal amount at maturity of the Old
Notes; and
|
|
|
|
specify the name and number of an account at the DTC to which
your withdrawn Old Notes can be credited.
|
We will decide all questions as to the validity, form and
eligibility of the notices and our determination will be final
and binding on all parties. Any tendered Old Notes that you
withdraw will not be considered to have been validly tendered.
We will promptly return any outstanding Old Notes that have been
tendered but not exchanged, or credit them to the DTC account.
You may re-tender properly withdrawn Old Notes by following one
of the procedures described above before the expiration date.
Conditions
to the Exchange Offer
Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, we will
not be required to accept for exchange, or issue any Exchange
Notes for, any Old Notes, and may terminate or amend the
exchange offer before the expiration of the exchange offer, if:
|
|
|
|
|
we determine that the exchange offer violates any law, statute,
rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff of the SEC or
any order of any governmental agency or court of competent
jurisdiction; or
|
|
|
|
any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any
court or by or before any governmental agency relating to the
exchange offer which, in our judgment, could reasonably be
expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange
offer.
|
The conditions listed above are for our sole benefit and may be
asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to
any of these conditions. We may waive these conditions in our
discretion in whole or in part at any time and from time to time
prior to the expiration date. The failure by us at any time to
exercise any of the above rights shall not be considered a
waiver of such right, and such right shall be considered an
ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to
time.
Exchange
Agent
We have appointed Wilmington Trust National Association as
the exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct
questions, requests for assistance, and requests for additional
copies of this prospectus and the letter of transmittal that may
accompany this prospectus to the exchange agent addressed as
follows:
WILMINGTON
TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, EXCHANGE AGENT
By
registered or certified mail, overnight delivery:
Rodney
Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE
19890-1626
Attention: Corporate Trust Reorg
For Information or to Confirm Call:
(302)
636-6181
For facsimile transmission (for eligible institutions
only):
(302)
636-4139
Delivery to an address other than set forth above will not
constitute a valid delivery.
40
Fees and
Expenses
Wilmington Trust, National Association is acting as exchange
agent on our behalf. We will pay the exchange agent customary
fees for its services, reimburse the exchange agent for its
reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, costs
and expenses of its counsel) incurred in connection with the
provisions of these services and pay other registration
expenses, including registration and filing fees, fees and
expenses of compliance with federal securities and state blue
sky securities laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery
services and telephone, fees and disbursements to our counsel,
application and filing fees and any fees and disbursements to
our independent certified public accountants. We will not make
any payment to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting
acceptances of the exchange offer except for reimbursement of
mailing expenses.
Additional solicitations may be made by telephone, facsimile or
in person by our and our affiliates officers and employees.
Accounting
Treatment
The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value
as the existing Old Notes, as reflected in our accounting
records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will recognize
no gain or loss for accounting purposes. The expenses of the
exchange offer will be capitalized and expensed over the term of
the Exchange Notes.
Transfer
Taxes
If you tender outstanding Old Notes for exchange you will not be
obligated to pay any transfer taxes. However, if you instruct us
to register Exchange Notes in the name of, or request that your
Old Notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be
returned to, a person other than the registered tendering
holder, you will be responsible for paying any transfer tax owed.
YOU MAY SUFFER ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES IF YOU FAIL TO EXCHANGE
OUTSTANDING OLD NOTES.
If you do not tender your outstanding Old Notes, you will not
have any further registration rights, except for the rights
described in the Registration Rights Agreement and described
above, and your Old Notes will continue to be subject to the
provisions of the Indenture regarding transfer and exchange of
the Old Notes and the restrictions on transfer of the Old Notes
imposed by the Securities Act and states securities law when we
complete the exchange offer. These transfer restrictions are
required because the Old Notes were issued under an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state
securities laws. Accordingly, if you do not tender your Old
Notes in the exchange offer, your ability to sell your Old Notes
could be adversely affected. Once we have completed the exchange
offer, holders who have not tendered notes will not continue to
be entitled to any increase in interest rate that the indenture
governing the Old Notes provides for if we do not complete the
exchange offer.
Consequences
of Failure to Exchange
The Old Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant
to the exchange offer will remain restricted securities.
Accordingly, the Old Notes may be resold only:
|
|
|
|
|
to us upon redemption thereof or otherwise;
|
|
|
|
so long as the outstanding securities are eligible for resale
pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the United States
who is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of
Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting
the requirements of Rule 144A, in accordance with
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act, which other exemption is based upon an opinion of counsel
reasonably acceptable to us;
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction
meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities
Act; or
|
|
|
|
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable
securities laws of any state of the United States.
|
Shelf
Registration
The Registration Rights Agreement also requires that we file a
shelf registration statement if:
|
|
|
|
|
we cannot file a registration statement for the exchange offer
because the exchange offer is not permitted by applicable law or
SEC policy;
|
|
|
|
a law or SEC policy prohibits a holder from participating in the
exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
a holder cannot resell the Exchange Notes it acquires in the
exchange offer without delivering a prospectus and this
prospectus is not appropriate or available for resales by the
holder; or
|
|
|
|
a holder is a broker-dealer and holds notes acquired directly
from us or one of our affiliates.
|
42
USE OF
PROCEEDS
This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under
the Registration Rights Agreement. We will not receive any cash
proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes. The Old Notes
properly tendered and exchanged for Exchange Notes will be
retired and cancelled. Accordingly, no additional debt will
result from the exchange. We have agreed to bear the expense of
the exchange offer.
RATIO OF
EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
The following table sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed
charges for the periods presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
Earnings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations before provision for
(benefit from) income taxes(1)
|
|
$
|
(18,443
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,969
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(22,450
|
)
|
|
$
|
(39,729
|
)
|
|
$
|
(336,716
|
)
|
|
$
|
(196,466
|
)
|
|
$
|
38,499
|
|
Plus: fixed charges
|
|
|
19,475
|
|
|
|
9,408
|
|
|
|
|
47,524
|
|
|
|
39,050
|
|
|
|
60,401
|
|
|
|
73,730
|
|
|
|
73,877
|
|
Less: equity in income (loss) of affiliated company
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
|
5,558
|
|
|
|
3,653
|
|
|
|
(3,652
|
)
|
|
|
(15,836
|
)
|
|
|
(2,341
|
)
|
Plus: dividends received from affiliated company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
|
|
|
7,800
|
|
|
|
4,826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(2,047
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,855
|
|
|
|
$
|
27,316
|
|
|
$
|
494
|
|
|
$
|
(272,663
|
)
|
|
$
|
(106,900
|
)
|
|
$
|
114,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed Charges:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
$
|
19,333
|
|
|
$
|
9,235
|
|
|
|
$
|
46,834
|
|
|
$
|
38,404
|
|
|
$
|
59,689
|
|
|
$
|
72,770
|
|
|
$
|
72,932
|
|
Estimate of the interest within operating leases
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
712
|
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
|
945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
19,475
|
|
|
$
|
9,408
|
|
|
|
$
|
47,524
|
|
|
$
|
39,050
|
|
|
$
|
60,401
|
|
|
$
|
73,730
|
|
|
$
|
73,877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.55
|
|
Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges, earnings represent income (loss) before income taxes
plus fixed charges. |
|
(2) |
|
Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by
approximately $196.5 million, $336.7 million,
$39.7 million and $22.5 million for the fiscal years
2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and by approximately
$5.0 million and $18.4 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. |
|
(3) |
|
Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the fiscal
year and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 when
giving effect to the increase in interest expense due to the
refinancing. |
|
(4) |
|
Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the fiscal
year and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and
2010, respectively, when giving effect to the increase in
interest expense due to the refinancing and the consolidation of
TV One. |
43
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and
capitalization as of March 31, 2011 on an actual basis. You
should read this table together with Selected Historical
Consolidated Financial Data, Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and the historical consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
33,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt (including current portion):
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Credit Facility:
|
|
|
|
|
Senior bank term debt (net of original issue discount of $7,720)
|
|
$
|
378,280
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
292,602
|
|
Note payable
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
2011 Notes
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
672,629
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
132,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
804,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
SELECTED
HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
We derived the following selected historical consolidated
financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2010
from the audited consolidated financial statements of Radio One,
Inc. The selected historical financial and operating data
presented below as of and for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our
unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, such unaudited
consolidated financial statements include all recurring
adjustments and normal accruals necessary for a fair statement
of such unaudited consolidated financial data. The results of
operations from these interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or
any future periods.
The following selected historical financial and operating data
should be read in conjunction with our Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and the historical consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
On July 22, 2010, management and the Audit Committee of the
Board of Directors of Radio One, Inc. concluded that:
(1) it was necessary to restate our consolidated financial
statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007 and for each quarterly financial reporting period from
January 1, 2009 through March 31, 2010; and
(2) our previously filed consolidated financial statements
and any related reports of Ernst & Young LLP for these
periods should no longer be relied upon. The Company included
its restated consolidated financial statements for the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 in the Annual Report
on
Form 10-K/A
filed with the SEC on August 23, 2010. The Company included
its restated consolidated financial statements for the quarters
ended March 31, 2010, September 30, 2009,
June 30, 2009 and March 31, 2009 in Quarterly Reports
on
Forms 10-Q/A
that it filed with the SEC on August 23, 2010. All
financial information set forth below and the audited and
unaudited consolidated financial statements and accompanying
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus reflects these
restatements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Statements of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
65,045
|
|
|
$
|
59,018
|
|
|
$
|
279,906
|
|
|
$
|
272,092
|
|
|
$
|
313,443
|
|
|
$
|
316,398
|
|
|
$
|
321,625
|
|
Programming and technical expenses including stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
18,883
|
|
|
|
18,585
|
|
|
|
75,044
|
|
|
|
75,635
|
|
|
|
79,304
|
|
|
|
70,463
|
|
|
|
68,818
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses including
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
28,520
|
|
|
|
23,007
|
|
|
|
103,324
|
|
|
|
91,016
|
|
|
|
103,108
|
|
|
|
100,620
|
|
|
|
98,016
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative expenses including
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
8,022
|
|
|
|
8,896
|
|
|
|
32,922
|
|
|
|
24,732
|
|
|
|
36,356
|
|
|
|
28,396
|
|
|
|
28,239
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
4,099
|
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
|
|
17,439
|
|
|
|
21,011
|
|
|
|
19,022
|
|
|
|
14,680
|
|
|
|
13,890
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
|
|
65,937
|
|
|
|
423,220
|
|
|
|
211,051
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
5,521
|
|
|
|
3,809
|
|
|
|
15,114
|
|
|
|
(6,239
|
)
|
|
|
(347,567
|
)
|
|
|
(108,812
|
)
|
|
|
112,662
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,242
|
|
|
|
1,393
|
|
Interest expense(1)
|
|
|
19,333
|
|
|
|
9,235
|
|
|
|
46,834
|
|
|
|
38,404
|
|
|
|
59,689
|
|
|
|
72,770
|
|
|
|
72,932
|
|
(Loss) gain on retirement of debt
|
|
|
(7,743
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,646
|
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
|
|
74,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in income (loss) of affiliated company
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
5,558
|
|
|
|
3,653
|
|
|
|
(3,652
|
)
|
|
|
(15,836
|
)
|
|
|
(2,341
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
(3,061
|
)
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(316
|
)
|
|
|
(290
|
)
|
|
|
(283
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
(Loss) income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
noncontrolling interest in income (loss) of subsidiaries and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(18,443
|
)
|
|
|
(4,969
|
)
|
|
|
(22,450
|
)
|
|
|
(39,729
|
)
|
|
|
(336,716
|
)
|
|
|
(196,466
|
)
|
|
|
38,499
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
45,619
|
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
3,971
|
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
(45,183
|
)
|
|
|
54,083
|
|
|
|
18,260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(64,062
|
)
|
|
|
(4,660
|
)
|
|
|
(26,421
|
)
|
|
|
(46,743
|
)
|
|
|
(291,533
|
)
|
|
|
(250,549
|
)
|
|
|
20,239
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
|
(7,414
|
)
|
|
|
(137,041
|
)
|
|
|
(23,965
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net loss
|
|
|
(64,042
|
)
|
|
|
(4,597
|
)
|
|
|
(26,625
|
)
|
|
|
(48,558
|
)
|
|
|
(298,947
|
)
|
|
|
(387,590
|
)
|
|
|
(3,726
|
)
|
Noncontrolling interest in income (loss) of subsidiaries
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
|
|
3,910
|
|
|
|
3,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
|
(4,568
|
)
|
|
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
|
(302,944
|
)
|
|
|
(391,500
|
)
|
|
|
(6,730
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
33,817
|
|
|
$
|
9,958
|
|
|
$
|
9,192
|
|
|
$
|
19,963
|
|
|
$
|
22,289
|
|
|
$
|
24,247
|
|
|
$
|
32,406
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
835,285
|
|
|
|
871,592
|
|
|
|
840,147
|
|
|
|
871,221
|
|
|
|
944,858
|
|
|
|
1,310,168
|
|
|
|
1,521,950
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,007,427
|
|
|
|
1,024,984
|
|
|
|
999,212
|
|
|
|
1,035,542
|
|
|
|
1,125,477
|
|
|
|
1,648,354
|
|
|
|
2,195,210
|
|
Total debt (including current portion)
|
|
|
680,349
|
|
|
|
649,032
|
|
|
|
642,222
|
|
|
|
653,534
|
|
|
|
675,362
|
|
|
|
815,504
|
|
|
|
937,527
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
844,138
|
|
|
|
779,381
|
|
|
|
774,242
|
|
|
|
787,489
|
|
|
|
810,002
|
|
|
|
1,015,747
|
|
|
|
1,176,963
|
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
31,269
|
|
|
|
43,452
|
|
|
|
52,225
|
|
|
|
43,423
|
|
|
|
58,738
|
|
|
|
54,360
|
|
|
|
53,612
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
132,020
|
|
|
|
202,151
|
|
|
|
194,335
|
|
|
|
195,828
|
|
|
|
272,052
|
|
|
|
573,870
|
|
|
|
963,887
|
|
Statement of Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow from (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
7,711
|
|
|
$
|
(1,128
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,836
|
|
|
$
|
45,443
|
|
|
$
|
13,832
|
|
|
$
|
44,014
|
|
|
$
|
77,460
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(1,812
|
)
|
|
|
(1,072
|
)
|
|
|
(4,664
|
)
|
|
|
(4,871
|
)
|
|
|
66,031
|
|
|
|
78,468
|
|
|
|
(46,227
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
18,726
|
|
|
|
(7,805
|
)
|
|
|
(23,943
|
)
|
|
|
(42,898
|
)
|
|
|
(81,821
|
)
|
|
|
(130,641
|
)
|
|
|
(17,908
|
)
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash interest expense(1)
|
|
|
10,797
|
|
|
|
14,171
|
|
|
|
48,805
|
|
|
|
36,568
|
|
|
|
68,611
|
|
|
|
70,798
|
|
|
|
70,876
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
1,812
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
4,322
|
|
|
|
4,528
|
|
|
|
12,541
|
|
|
|
10,203
|
|
|
|
13,601
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Interest expense includes non-cash interest, such as the
accretion of principal, LMA fees, the amortization of discounts
on debt and the amortization of discounts on debt and the
amortization of deferred financing costs. |
46
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting
our consolidated operating results, financial condition and
liquidity for the three-year period ended December 31,
2010. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes
included elsewhere in this prospectus as well as the sections
entitled Forward-Looking Statements and Risk
Factors in this prospectus.
Introduction
Revenue
We primarily derive revenue from the sale of advertising time
and program sponsorships to local and national advertisers on
our radio stations. Advertising revenue is affected primarily by
the advertising rates our radio stations are able to charge, as
well as the overall demand for radio advertising time in a
market. These rates are largely based upon a radio
stations audience share in the demographic groups targeted
by advertisers, the number of radio stations in the related
market, and the supply of, and demand for, radio advertising
time. Advertising rates are generally highest during morning and
afternoon commuting hours.
During the three months ended March 31, 2011, approximately
75.9% of our net revenue was generated from the sale of
advertising in our core radio business, excluding Reach Media.
Approximately 55.3% of our total net revenue was generated from
local advertising and approximately 30.0% was generated from
national advertising, including network advertising. In
comparison, during the three months ended March 31, 2010,
approximately 85.2% of our net revenue was generated from the
sale of advertising in our core radio business, excluding Reach
Media. Approximately 58.9% of our total net revenue was
generated from local advertising and approximately 36.9% was
generated from national advertising, including network
advertising. National advertising also includes advertising
revenue generated from our internet segments. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, approximately 83.5% of our net revenue
was generated from the sale of advertising in our core radio
business. Within this core radio business, approximately 57.0%
of our net revenue was generated from local advertising and
approximately 36.5% was generated from national advertising,
including network advertising. In comparison, for the year ended
December 31, 2009, approximately 82.0% of our net revenue
was generated from the sale of advertising in our core radio
business and within this core radio business, approximately
56.2% of our net revenue was generated from local advertising
and approximately 37.3% was generated from national advertising,
including network advertising. During the year ended
December 31, 2008, approximately 84.0% of our net revenue
was generated from the sale of advertising in our core radio
business and, within this core radio business, approximately
56.6% of our net revenue was generated from local advertising
and approximately 37.1% was generated from national advertising,
including network advertising. National advertising also
includes advertising revenue generated from our internet
segments. The balance of revenue was generated from tower rental
income, ticket sales and revenue related to our sponsored
events, management fees, magazine subscriptions, newsstand
revenue and other revenue.
In the broadcasting industry, radio stations often utilize trade
or barter agreements to reduce cash expenses by exchanging
advertising time for goods or services. In order to maximize
cash revenue for our spot inventory, we closely monitor the use
of trade and barter agreements.
Community Connect, LLC (CCI), which is included
within the operations of Interactive One, currently generates
the majority of the Companys internet revenue, and derives
its revenue principally from advertising services, including
diversity recruiting advertising. Advertising services include
the sale of banner and sponsorship advertisements. Advertising
revenue is recognized either as impressions (the number of times
advertisements appear in viewed pages) are delivered, when
click through purchases or leads are reported, or
ratably over the contract period, where applicable. Interactive
One has a diversity recruiting relationship with Monster, Inc.
(Monster). Monster posts job listings and
advertising on Interactive One websites and Interactive One
earns revenue for displaying the images on its websites.
47
In December 2006, the Company acquired certain net assets
(Giant Magazine) of Giant Magazine, LLC. Giant
Magazine ceased publication in December 2009 and the results of
its operations have been reclassified to discontinued operations.
In February 2005, we acquired 51% of the common stock of Reach
Media, Inc. (Reach Media). A substantial portion of
Reach Medias revenue had been generated from a sales
representation agreement with Citadel Broadcasting Company
(Citadel). Pursuant to a multi-year agreement,
payments were received monthly in exchange for the sale of
advertising time on the nationally syndicated Tom Joyner Morning
Show, which as of December 31, 2010 aired on 106 affiliated
stations. The annual amount of revenue was based on a
contractual amount determined based on number of affiliates,
demographic audience and ratings. The agreement provided for a
potential to earn additional amounts if certain revenue goals
were met. The agreement also provided for sales representation
rights related to Reach Medias events. Additional revenue
was generated by Reach Media from this and other customers
through special events, sponsorships, its internet business and
other related activities. The agreement expired
December 31, 2009; however, during the quarter ended
September 30, 2009, Reach Media and Citadel reached an
agreement whereby the revenue guarantee obligations to Reach
Media for each of the months of November and December 2009 were
reduced by $1.0 million in exchange for prepayment of the
reduced revenue guarantee obligation for those months. Payment
of the reduced revenue guarantee obligation was received by
Reach Media. A new agreement was executed in November 2009 (the
Sales Representation Agreement) to replace the old
agreement which expired on December 31, 2009, whereby,
effective January 1, 2010, Citadel began to sell
advertising inventory outside the Tom Joyner Morning Show. As an
inducement for Reach Media to enter into the new Sales
Representation Agreement, Citadel returned its noncontrolling
ownership interest in Reach Media back to Reach Media. This
ownership interest was part of the original agreement signed in
2003. As a result of classifying these shares as treasury stock,
this transaction effectively increased Radio Ones common
stock interest in Reach Media to 53.5%. In exchange for the
return of the ownership interest, Reach Media issued a
$1.0 million promissory note payable to Radio Networks, a
subsidiary of Citadel, due in December 2011.
Expenses
Our significant broadcast expenses are: (i) employee
salaries and commissions; (ii) programming expenses;
(iii) marketing and promotional expenses; (iv) rental
of premises for office facilities and studios; (v) rental
of transmission tower space; and (vi) music license royalty
fees. We strive to control these expenses by centralizing
certain functions such as finance, accounting, legal, human
resources and management information systems and, in certain
markets, the programming management function. We also use our
multiple stations, market presence and purchasing power to
negotiate favorable rates with certain vendors and national
representative selling agencies.
We generally incur marketing and promotional expenses to
increase our radio audiences. However, because Arbitron reports
ratings either monthly or quarterly, depending on the particular
market, any changed ratings and the effect on advertising
revenue tends to lag behind both the reporting of the ratings
and the incurrence of advertising and promotional expenditures.
In addition to salaries and commissions, major expenses for our
internet business include membership traffic acquisition costs,
software product design, post application software development
and maintenance, database and server support costs, the help
desk function, data center expenses connected with internet
service provider (ISP) hosting services and other
internet content delivery expenses.
Performance
Metrics
We monitor and evaluate the growth and operational performance
of our business using net income and the following key metrics:
(a) Net revenue: The performance of an
individual radio station or group of radio stations in a
particular market is customarily measured by its ability to
generate net revenue. Net revenue consists of gross revenue, net
of local and national agency and outside sales representative
commissions consistent with industry practice. Net revenue is
recognized in the period in which advertisements are broadcast.
Net
48
revenue also includes advertising aired in exchange for goods
and services, which is recorded at fair value, revenue from
sponsored events and other revenue. Net revenue is recognized
for our online business as impressions are delivered, as
click throughs are reported or ratably over contract
periods, where applicable.
(b) Station operating income: Net (loss)
income before depreciation and amortization, income taxes,
interest income, interest expense, equity in loss of affiliated
company, minority interests in income of subsidiaries, gain on
retirement of debt, other expense, corporate expenses,
stock-based compensation expenses, impairment of long-lived
assets and gain or loss from discontinued operations, net of
tax, is commonly referred to in our industry as station
operating income. Station operating income is not a measure of
financial performance under U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP). Nevertheless, we
believe station operating income is often a useful measure of a
broadcasting companys operating performance and is a
significant basis used by our management to measure the
operating performance of our stations within the various
markets. Station operating income provides helpful information
about our results of operations, apart from expenses associated
with our physical plant, income taxes, investments, impairment
charges, debt financings and retirements, corporate overhead,
stock-based compensation and discontinued operations. Station
operating income is frequently used as a basis for comparing
businesses in our industry, although our measure of station
operating income may not be comparable to similarly titled
measures of other companies. Station operating income does not
represent operating loss or cash flow from operating activities,
as those terms are defined under generally accepted accounting
principles, and should not be considered as an alternative to
those measurements as an indicator of our performance.
(c) Station operating income
margin: Station operating income margin
represents station operating income as a percentage of net
revenue. Station operating income margin is not a measure of
financial performance under GAAP. Nevertheless, we believe that
station operating income margin is a useful measure of our
performance because it provides helpful information about our
profitability as a percentage of our net revenue.
Results
of Operations Three-Month Period Ended
March 31, 2011
Summary
of Performance
The tables below provide a summary of our performance based on
the metrics described above:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(In thousands, except margin data)
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
65,045
|
|
|
$
|
59,018
|
|
Station operating income
|
|
|
17,806
|
|
|
|
17,828
|
|
Station operating income margin
|
|
|
27.4
|
%
|
|
|
30.2
|
%
|
Net loss attributable to Radio One, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,568
|
)
|
49
The reconciliation of net loss to station operating income is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Radio One, Inc., as reported
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,568
|
)
|
Add back non-station operating income items included in net loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
19,333
|
|
|
|
9,235
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
45,619
|
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
7,249
|
|
|
|
7,285
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
2,013
|
|
Loss on retirement of debt
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in income of affiliated company
|
|
|
(3,079
|
)
|
|
|
(909
|
)
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
477
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
4,099
|
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
Noncontrolling interests in income (loss) of subsidiaries
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Station operating income
|
|
$
|
17,806
|
|
|
$
|
17,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three
Months Ended March 31, 2011 Compared to Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statements of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
65,045
|
|
|
$
|
59,018
|
|
|
$
|
6,027
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical
|
|
|
18,883
|
|
|
|
18,585
|
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
Selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
28,356
|
|
|
|
22,605
|
|
|
|
5,751
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
7,249
|
|
|
|
7,285
|
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
2,013
|
|
|
|
(1,076
|
)
|
|
|
(53.5
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
4,099
|
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
|
|
(622
|
)
|
|
|
(13.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
59,524
|
|
|
|
55,209
|
|
|
|
4,315
|
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
5,521
|
|
|
|
3,809
|
|
|
|
1,712
|
|
|
|
44.9
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(68.0
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
19,333
|
|
|
|
9,235
|
|
|
|
10,098
|
|
|
|
109.3
|
|
Loss on retirement of debt
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
Equity in income of affiliated company
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
2,170
|
|
|
|
238.7
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
105.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes,
noncontrolling interests in income (loss) of subsidiaries and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(18,443
|
)
|
|
|
(4,969
|
)
|
|
|
13,474
|
|
|
|
271.2
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
45,619
|
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
45,928
|
|
|
|
14,863.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(64,062
|
)
|
|
|
(4,660
|
)
|
|
|
59,402
|
|
|
|
1,274.7
|
|
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(68.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(64,042
|
)
|
|
|
(4,597
|
)
|
|
|
59,445
|
|
|
|
1,293.1
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
800.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Radio One, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,568
|
)
|
|
$
|
59,677
|
|
|
|
1,306.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
|
$
|
65,045
|
|
|
$
|
59,018
|
|
|
$
|
6,027
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
During the three months ended March 31, 2011, we recognized
approximately $65.0 million in net revenue compared to
approximately $59.0 million during the same period in 2010.
These amounts are net of agency and outside sales representative
commissions, which were approximately $6.8 million during
the three months ended March 31, 2011, compared to
approximately $6.6 million during the same period in 2010.
Reach Media net revenues increased 83.8% and were primarily
impacted by Reach Media assuming operational and financial
control and responsibility for the ongoing cruise event, the
Tom Joyner Fantastic Voyage. The Tom Joyner
Fantastic Voyage took place in March 2011 and generated
approximately $6.6 million of revenue for Reach Media.
Excluding the Fantastic Voyage, Reach Media revenue
was up 1.3% YTY. Our radio stations net revenue decreased
1.5%, and based on reports prepared by the independent
accounting firm Miller, Kaplan, Arase & Co., LLP, the
markets we operate in increased 4.5% in total revenues, led by a
4.8% increase in local revenues and a 0.4% increase in national
revenues. While overall our radio stations net revenue
decreased, we experienced net revenue growth most significantly
in our Atlanta and Richmond markets, while our other markets
were flat or declined, with our Columbus and Dallas markets
experiencing the most significant declines. Excluding Reach
Media, net revenues for our radio division decreased 1.8%. Net
revenues for our internet business increased 1.0% for the three
months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the same period in
2010.
Operating
Expenses
Programming
and technical, excluding stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
|
$
|
18,883
|
|
|
$
|
18,585
|
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
Programming and technical expenses include expenses associated
with on-air talent and the management and maintenance of the
systems, tower facilities, and studios used in the creation,
distribution and broadcast of programming content on our radio
stations. Programming and technical expenses for radio also
include expenses associated with our programming research
activities and music royalties. For our internet business,
programming and technical expenses include software product
design, post-application software development and maintenance,
database and server support costs, the help desk function, data
center expenses connected with ISP hosting services and other
internet content delivery expenses. The increase for the three
months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the same period in
2010 is payroll related due to annual salary increases
51
as well as higher web service fees. Increased programming and
technical spending was partially offset by lower music royalties.
Selling,
general and administrative, excluding stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
28,356
|
|
|
$
|
22,605
|
|
|
$
|
5,751
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses include expenses
associated with our sales departments, offices and facilities
and personnel (outside of our corporate headquarters), marketing
and promotional expenses, special events and sponsorships and
back office expenses. Expenses to secure ratings data for our
radio stations and visitors data for our websites are also
included in selling, general and administrative expenses. In
addition, selling, general and administrative expenses for radio
and internet include expenses related to the advertising traffic
(scheduling and insertion) functions. Selling, general and
administrative expenses also include membership traffic
acquisition costs for our online business. The increased expense
for the three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to the
same period in 2010 is primarily due to events spending
associated with Reach Media assuming operational and financial
control and responsibility for the Tom Joyner Fantastic
Voyage, held in March 2011. Reach Media incurred
approximately $5.6 million of selling, general and
administrative expenses associated with the Tom Joyner
Fantastic Voyage. The increase is also payroll related due
to annual salary increases and additional research spending with
Arbitron Inc. The increased expenses were partially offset by
reduced bad debt expense and less promotional spending.
Corporate
selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
7,249
|
|
|
$
|
7,285
|
|
|
$
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
Corporate expenses consist of expenses associated with our
corporate headquarters and facilities, including personnel. The
decrease in corporate expenses was primarily related to a
decrease in compensation expense for the Chief Executive Officer
in connection with the potential payment against the TV One
award element in his employment Agreement as well as decreased
professional fees. The decreases were offset by payroll related
increases due to annual salary adjustments and increased bonuses.
Stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
937
|
|
|
$
|
2,013
|
|
|
$
|
(1,076
|
)
|
|
|
(53.5
|
)%
|
Stock-based compensation expense is due to a long-term incentive
plan whereby officers and certain key employees were granted a
total of 3,250,000 shares of restricted stock in January of
2010. Stock-based compensation requires measurement of
compensation costs for all stock-based awards at fair value on
date of grant and recognition of compensation over the service
period for awards expected to vest. The decrease in stock-based
compensation expense was due to accelerated vesting being
recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2010 versus a
more normalized vesting for the same period in 2011.
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
4,099
|
|
|
$
|
4,721
|
|
|
$
|
(622
|
)
|
|
|
(13.2
|
)%
|
The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense for the
three months ended March 31, 2011 was due primarily to the
completion of amortization for certain intangibles and the
completion of useful lives for certain fixed assets.
52
Interest
expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
19,333
|
|
|
$
|
9,235
|
|
|
$
|
10,098
|
|
|
|
109.3
|
%
|
The increase in interest expense for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 was due to our entry into the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement and Amended Exchange Offer on
November 24, 2010. Higher interest rates associated with
the amendments were in effect for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. The
increase in the overall effective cost of borrowing for the
three months ended March 31, 2011 was approximately 6.0%
compared to the three months ended March 31, 2010.
Loss
on retirement of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
7,743
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,743
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
The loss on retirement of debt for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 was due to a charge related to the
retirement of the Amended and Restated Credit Facility on
March 31, 2011. This amount includes a write-off of
approximately $6.5 million of capitalized debt financing
costs associated with the Amended and Restated Credit Facility
and a write-off of approximately $1.2 million associated
with the termination of the Companys interest rate swap
agreement.
Equity
in income of affiliated company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
3,079
|
|
|
$
|
909
|
|
|
$
|
2,170
|
|
|
|
238.7
|
%
|
Equity in income of affiliated company primarily reflects our
estimated equity in the net income of TV One. The increase to
equity in income of affiliated company for the three months
ended March 31, 2011 was due primarily to additional net
income generated by TV One for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 versus the same period in 2010. The
Companys share of the net income is driven by TV
Ones current capital structure and the Companys
percentage ownership of the equity securities of TV One.
Other
Income (Expense), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
(477
|
)
|
|
$
|
502
|
|
|
|
105.2
|
%
|
The other expense for the three months ended March 31, 2010
was principally due to the write-off a pro-rata portion of debt
financing and modification costs in connection with the lowering
of the revolver commitment under the Companys bank
facilities from $500.0 million to $400 million. The
$100.0 million reduction to the revolver commitment
resulted from entering into a third amendment to our Credit
Agreement. The third amendment also waived a non-monetary
technical default to the Credit Agreement associated with not
designating certain subsidiaries as guarantors under our
indentures governing our senior subordinated notes. The
write-off of the debt financing and modification costs were
partially offset by the recording of the value of translator
equipment awarded to the Company as a result of a legal
settlement.
Provision
for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
45,619
|
|
|
$
|
(309
|
)
|
|
$
|
45,928
|
|
|
|
14,863.4
|
%
|
53
For the three months ended March 31, 2011, the provision
for income taxes was $45.6 million compared to a benefit
from income taxes of approximately $309,000 for the same period
in 2010. Approximately $45.3 million of the increase is
attributable to the increase in the deferred tax liability
(DTL) for indefinite-lived intangibles and $310,000
of the increase relates to Radio One state income taxes based on
gross receipts. No tax expense related to the DTL change or
state income taxes was recorded for Radio One in the period
ended March 31, 2010. Approximately $275,000 of the tax
increase relates to Reach Media, which had a pre-tax loss in the
period ended March 31, 2010 and had pre-tax income in the
period ended March 31, 2011.
The Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance for
entities other than Reach Media for its deferred tax assets
(DTAs), including the DTA associated with its net
operating loss carryforward. As a result, pre-tax book income
for the entities other than Reach Media does not generate any
tax expense other than state taxes that are based on gross
receipts. Instead, the tax expense for these entities is based
primarily on the change in the DTL associated with certain
indefinite-lived intangibles, which increases as tax
amortization on these intangibles is recognized. For the three
months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, tax expense of
approximately $45.3 million and zero was recognized for the
change in the DTL, respectively. The zero tax expense for 2010
was based on the need to reduce the 2010 effective tax rate for
these entities to zero percent to prevent the recognition of a
tax benefit for which management believed it was more likely
than not that the benefit would not be realized.
The consolidated effective tax rate for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010 was (247.4)% and 6.2%, respectively.
Income
from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
|
$
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(68.3
|
)%
|
Included in the gain from discontinued operations, net of tax,
are the results from operations for radio station clusters sold
in Los Angeles, Miami, Augusta, Louisville, Dayton, Minneapolis
and a station in our Boston market
(WILD-FM).
Discontinued operations also include the results from operations
for Giant Magazine, which ceased publication in December 2009.
The gain from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the three
months ended March 31, 2011 resulted from the disposition
of an asset. The gain from discontinued operations, net of tax,
for the three months ended March 31, 2010 resulted from the
assumption of Giant Magazines subscriber liability by
another publisher, which was partially offset by legal and
litigation expenses incurred as a result of certain previous
station sales. The gain from discontinued operations, net of
tax, includes no tax provision for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010.
Noncontrolling
interests in income (loss) of subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
203
|
|
|
$
|
(29
|
)
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
|
|
800.0
|
%
|
The increase in noncontrolling interests in income (loss) of
subsidiaries is due to the generation of net income by Reach
Media for the three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to
a net loss for the same period in 2010.
Other
Data
Station
operating income
Station operating income remained flat at approximately
$17.8 million for the three months ended March 31,
2011 and 2010. Despite additional revenues associated with the
Reach Media Tom Joyner Fantastic Voyage held in
March 2011, operating expenses increased at a higher rate. The
increased expenses were primarily due to additional events
spending, payroll related spending associated with annual salary
54
increases, higher web service fees and increased research
spending. These expense increases were partially offset by lower
music royalties, reduced bad debt expense and less promotional
spending.
Station
operating income margin
Station operating income margin decreased to 27.4% for the three
months ended March 31, 2011 from 30.2% for the comparable
period in 2010. The margin decrease was primarily attributable
to operating expenses that increased at a higher rate than
revenues as described above.
Results
of Operations Three Year Period Ended
December 31, 2010
Summary
of Performance
The table below provides a summary of our performance based on
Net Revenue and the Performance Metrics:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except margin data)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
279,906
|
|
|
$
|
272,092
|
|
|
$
|
313,443
|
|
Station operating income
|
|
|
102,532
|
|
|
|
105,850
|
|
|
|
131,731
|
|
Station operating income margin
|
|
|
36.6
|
%
|
|
|
38.9
|
%
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
Net loss applicable to common stockholders
|
|
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
|
(302,944
|
)
|
The reconciliation of net loss to station operating income is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss applicable to common stockholders, as reported
|
|
$
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
$
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
$
|
(302,944
|
)
|
Add back non-station operating income items included in net loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
(491
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
46,834
|
|
|
|
38,404
|
|
|
|
59,689
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
3,971
|
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
(45,183
|
)
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
28,117
|
|
|
|
23,492
|
|
|
|
35,279
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
5,799
|
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
1,777
|
|
Equity in (income) loss of affiliated company
|
|
|
(5,558
|
)
|
|
|
(3,653
|
)
|
|
|
3,652
|
|
Gain on retirement of debt
|
|
|
(6,646
|
)
|
|
|
(1,221
|
)
|
|
|
(74,017
|
)
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
3,061
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
17,439
|
|
|
|
21,011
|
|
|
|
19,022
|
|
Noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
|
|
65,937
|
|
|
|
423,220
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
1,815
|
|
|
|
7,414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Station operating income
|
|
$
|
102,532
|
|
|
$
|
105,850
|
|
|
$
|
131,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
Year
Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2009 (in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
|
Statements of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
279,906
|
|
|
$
|
272,092
|
|
|
$
|
7,814
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical, excluding stock-based compensation
|
|
|
75,044
|
|
|
|
75,547
|
|
|
|
(503
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
102,330
|
|
|
|
90,695
|
|
|
|
11,635
|
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
28,117
|
|
|
|
23,492
|
|
|
|
4,625
|
|
|
|
19.7
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
5,799
|
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
4,150
|
|
|
|
251.7
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
17,439
|
|
|
|
21,011
|
|
|
|
(3,572
|
)
|
|
|
(17.0
|
)
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
|
|
65,937
|
|
|
|
(29,874
|
)
|
|
|
(45.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
264,792
|
|
|
|
278,331
|
|
|
|
(13,539
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
15,114
|
|
|
|
(6,239
|
)
|
|
|
21,353
|
|
|
|
342.3
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(11.8
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
46,834
|
|
|
|
38,404
|
|
|
|
8,430
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
Gain on retirement of debt
|
|
|
6,646
|
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
|
|
5,425
|
|
|
|
444.3
|
|
Equity in income of affiliated company
|
|
|
5,558
|
|
|
|
3,653
|
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
52.1
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
3,061
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
2,957
|
|
|
|
2,843.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes, noncontrolling interests
in income of subsidiaries and loss from discontinued operations,
net of tax
|
|
|
(22,450
|
)
|
|
|
(39,729
|
)
|
|
|
17,279
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
3,971
|
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
(3,043
|
)
|
|
|
(43.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(26,421
|
)
|
|
|
(46,743
|
)
|
|
|
20,322
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
|
1,611
|
|
|
|
88.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(26,625
|
)
|
|
|
(48,558
|
)
|
|
|
21,933
|
|
|
|
45.2
|
|
Noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
(2,321
|
)
|
|
|
(53.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
$
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
$
|
24,254
|
|
|
|
45.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
279,906
|
|
|
$
|
272,092
|
|
|
$
|
7,814
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized
approximately $280.0 million in net revenue compared to
approximately $272.1 million during the same period in
2009. These amounts are net of agency and outside sales
representative commissions, which were approximately
$32.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2010,
compared to approximately $28.4 million during the same
period in 2009. Our internet business generated approximately
$16.0 million in net revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2010, compared to approximately
$14.0 million during the same period in 2009, an increase
of 14.3%. For our radio business, based on reports prepared by
the independent accounting firm Miller Kaplan, the markets we
operate in increased 7.2% in total revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2010, 15.5% in national revenues, 3.8% in
local revenues and 27.6% in digital revenues. While the
Companys total radio net revenue outperformed that of the
markets in which we operate in Atlanta, Charlotte, Columbus,
Dallas, Detroit, Houston, Indianapolis
56
and St. Louis, we experienced net revenue declines in some
of our markets, notably Baltimore, Cincinnati, Cleveland and
Washington, DC. Reach Media net revenue declined 8.8% and was
impacted by the December 31, 2009 expiration of a sales
representation agreement with Citadel whereby a minimum level of
revenue was guaranteed over the term of the agreement. Effective
January 1, 2010, Reach Medias newly established sales
organization began selling its inventory on the Tom Joyner
Morning Show and under a new commission based sales
representation agreement with Citadel, which sells certain
inventory owned by Reach Media in connection with its 106 radio
station affiliate agreements. Radio segment net revenue
increased 2.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010
compared to the same period in 2009.
Operating
expenses
Programming
and technical, excluding stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
75,044
|
|
|
$
|
75,547
|
|
|
$
|
(503
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)%
|
Programming and technical expenses include expenses associated
with on-air talent and the management and maintenance of the
systems, tower facilities, and studios used in the creation,
distribution and broadcast of programming content on our radio
stations. Programming and technical expenses for radio also
include expenses associated with our programming research
activities and music royalties. For our internet business,
programming and technical expenses include software product
design, post-application software development and maintenance,
database and server support costs, the help desk function, data
center expenses connected with ISP hosting services and other
internet content delivery expenses. Decreased programming and
technical expenses were driven by savings in contracted on-air
talent and music royalties, which more than offset increased
payroll related, equipment maintenance and broadcast rights
spending.
Selling,
general and administrative, excluding stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
102,330
|
|
|
$
|
90,695
|
|
|
$
|
11,635
|
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses include expenses
associated with our sales departments, offices and facilities
and personnel (outside of our corporate headquarters), marketing
and promotional expenses, special events and sponsorships and
back office expenses. Expenses to secure ratings data for our
radio stations and visitors data for our websites are also
included in selling, general and administrative expenses. In
addition, selling, general and administrative expenses for radio
and internet include expenses related to the advertising traffic
(scheduling and insertion) functions. Selling, general and
administrative expenses also include membership traffic
acquisition costs for our online business. Our radio division
drove most of the increased spending, with additional salaries
for sales new hires, higher revenue variable expenses such as
commissions, bonuses and national representation fees,
additional research associated with PPM implementations and
additional travel and entertainment. In addition, increased
selling, general and administrative expenses resulted from the
non-recurrence of vacation savings from forced office closings
and changes to the Companys vacation plan in 2009.
Stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
5,799
|
|
|
$
|
1,649
|
|
|
$
|
4,150
|
|
|
|
251.7
|
%
|
Increased stock-based compensation expense is due to a long-term
incentive plan whereby officers and certain key employees were
granted a total of 3,250,000 shares of restricted stock in
January of 2010. Stock-based compensation requires measurement
of compensation costs for all stock-based awards at fair value
on date of grant and recognition of compensation over the
service period for awards expected to vest.
57
Corporate
selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
28,117
|
|
|
$
|
23,492
|
|
|
$
|
4,625
|
|
|
|
19.7
|
%
|
Corporate expenses consist of expenses associated with our
corporate headquarters and facilities, including personnel. The
increase in corporate expenses during the year ended
December 31, 2010 is due primarily to payroll related
items. This resulted from increased salaries expense from
recently lifted salary reductions and due to the recording of
bonuses. In addition, higher spending also resulted from
increased compensation expense for the Chief Executive Officer
in connection with the TV One award element in his employment
agreement. To a lesser extent, additional spending was also due
to increased legal costs, insurance and medical costs, higher
travel and entertainment and increased bad debt expense.
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
17,439
|
|
|
$
|
21,011
|
|
|
$
|
(3,572
|
)
|
|
|
(17.0
|
)%
|
The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense for the
year ended December 31, 2010 was due primarily to the
completion of amortization for certain intangibles and the
completion of useful lives for certain fixed assets.
Impairment
of long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
36,063
|
|
|
$
|
65,937
|
|
|
$
|
(29,874
|
)
|
|
|
(45.3
|
)%
|
The decrease in impairment of long-lived assets for the year
ended December 31, 2010 was related to non-cash impairment
charges recorded to reduce the carrying value of radio
broadcasting licenses and goodwill to their estimated fair
values. The 2010 broadcast license impairment occurred in
Philadelphia and the 2010 goodwill impairment occurred in Reach
Media. The 2009 impairments were broadcast license impairments
that occurred in 11 of our 16 markets, namely in Charlotte,
Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dallas, Houston, Indianapolis,
Philadelphia, Raleigh-Durham, Richmond and St. Louis. The
impairments were driven in part by the economic downturn, slower
radio industry and market revenue growth and resulting
deteriorating cash flows, declining radio station transaction
multiples and a higher cost of capital. The decline in values
for long-lived assets such as licenses and other intangibles was
not unique nor specific to our individual markets, as this trend
has impacted the valuations of the radio industry as a whole,
and has impacted other broadcast and traditional media companies
as well.
Interest
expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
46,834
|
|
|
$
|
38,404
|
|
|
$
|
8,430
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
%
|
The increase in interest expense for the year ended
December 31, 2010 was due primarily to higher interest
rates that took effect as a result of entering into a third
amendment to our Credit Agreement in March 2010 as well as
continuing defaults under our credit agreement that occurred or
were existing as of each of June 30, 2010, July 1,
2010 and September 30, 2010. The third amendment waived a
non-monetary technical default to the Credit Agreement
associated with not designating certain subsidiaries as
guarantors under our indentures governing our senior
subordinated notes and lowered the revolver commitment under the
Companys bank facilities from $500.0 million to
$400.0 million. In addition, as a result of our entry into
our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended Exchange
Offer on November 24, 2010, higher interest rates were in
effect for the last month of the year.
58
Gain
on retirement of debt, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
6,646
|
|
|
$
|
1,221
|
|
|
$
|
5,425
|
|
|
|
444.3
|
%
|
The net gain on retirement of debt for the year ended
December 31, 2010 was due to the $9.9 million gain on
redemption of the Companys outstanding
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 at a discount. This amount was
offset by a write-off of approximately $3.3 million of debt
costs associated with the 2011 and 2013 Notes. The gain on
retirement of debt for the year ended December 31, 2009 was
due to the redemption of the Companys outstanding
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 2011 at a discount. The gain for the
year ended December 31, 2009 resulted from the early
redemption of approximately $2.4 million of the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes at an average discount of 50.0%. As of
December 31, 2010, a principal amount of approximately
$747,000 remained outstanding on the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes.
Equity
in income of affiliated company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
5,558
|
|
|
$
|
3,653
|
|
|
$
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
52.1
|
%
|
Equity in income of affiliated company primarily reflects our
estimated equity in the net income of TV One. The increase to
equity in income of affiliated company for the year ended
December 31, 2010 was due primarily to additional net
income generated by TV One during 2010 versus 2009. The
Companys share of the net income is driven by TV
Ones current capital structure and the Companys
percentage ownership of the equity securities of TV One.
Other
expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
3,061
|
|
|
$
|
104
|
|
|
$
|
2,957
|
|
|
|
2,843.3
|
%
|
The other expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was
principally due to the write off of pro-rata portions of debt
financing and modification costs. There were costs associated
with the lowering of the revolver commitment under the
Companys bank facilities from $500.0 million to
$400.0 million. The $100.0 million reduction to the
revolver commitment resulted from entering into a third
amendment to our Credit Agreement in March 2010. The third
amendment also waived a non-monetary technical default to the
Credit Agreement associated with not designating certain
subsidiaries as guarantors under our indentures governing our
senior subordinated notes. In addition, there were costs written
off in connection with the Companys uncompleted offering
of Second-Priority Senior Secured Grid Notes (Second Lien
Notes). The majority of the net proceeds from the Second
Lien Notes were expected to fund the acquisition of additional
equity interests in TV One, LLC. However, the subscription offer
to holders for the Second Lien Notes ended in July 2010 and the
Company determined not to further extend this subscription
offer. The write off of the debt financing and modification
costs was partially offset by the recording of the value of
translator equipment awarded to the Company as a result of a
legal settlement.
Provision
for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
3,971
|
|
|
$
|
7,014
|
|
|
$
|
(3,043
|
)
|
|
|
(43.4
|
)%
|
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the provision for
income taxes decreased to approximately $4.0 million
compared to $7.0 million for the same period in 2009. For
the year ended December 31, 2010, the tax provision
consisted of approximately $2.2 million for Reach Media and
$1.8 million for all other operations. For the year ended
December 31, 2009, the tax provision consisted of
approximately $4.5 million
59
for Reach Media and $2.5 million for all other operations.
The decrease for Reach Media of $2.3 million was due to a
decline in book income. The decrease in tax for other operations
of approximately $685,000 was due in part to an increase in the
tax benefit for Reach purchase accounting adjustments of
approximately $301,000 from the acceleration of book
amortization amounts. Radio One also had a tax increase of
approximately $264,000 for state taxes and FIN 48 tax
expense. These increases were offset by a reduction in deferred
tax expense of $2.1 million on the deferred tax liability
(DTL) associated with certain indefinite-lived
intangibles. The Company continues to maintain a full valuation
allowance for its net deferred tax assets (DTAs),
other than DTAs for Reach Media. We do not consider deferred tax
liabilities related to indefinite-lived assets in evaluating the
realizability of our DTAs, as the timing of their reversal
cannot be determined.
The tax provisions and offsetting valuation allowances resulted
in an effective tax rate of (17.7)% for both of the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009. The annual effective tax rate
for Radio One reflects the increase in DTLs associated with the
amortization of certain of the Companys radio broadcasting
licenses for tax purposes.
Loss
from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
(204
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,611
|
|
|
|
88.8
|
%
|
Included in the loss from discontinued operations, net of tax,
are the results of operations for radio station clusters sold in
Los Angeles, Miami, Augusta, Louisville, Dayton, Minneapolis and
a station in our Boston market
(WILD-FM).
Discontinued operations also include the results from operations
for Giant Magazine, which ceased publication in December 2009.
The loss incurred for the year ended December 31, 2010 was
due to legal and litigation spending from ongoing litigation for
certain previously sold stations. This spending was partially
offset by the assumption of Giant Magazines subscriber
liability by another publisher. The loss incurred for the year
ended December 31, 2009 resulted from operating losses
incurred by Giant Magazine in addition to legal and litigation
expenses as a result of ongoing legal activity for certain
station sales. The loss from discontinued operations, net of
tax, includes no tax provision for the years ended
December 30, 2010 and 2009.
Noncontrolling
interests in income of subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
2,008
|
|
|
$
|
4,329
|
|
|
$
|
(2,321
|
)
|
|
|
(53.6
|
)%
|
The decrease in noncontrolling interests in income of
subsidiaries is due to a decrease in Reach Medias net
income for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the
same period in 2009.
Other
Data
Station
operating income
Station operating income decreased to approximately
$102.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010
compared to approximately $105.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009, a decrease of approximately
$3.4 million or 3.2%. This decrease was primarily due to
increased expenses with minimal increases in revenues. Increased
spending was primarily due to payroll related expenses from the
restoration of salaries, bonuses, and commissions. Additionally,
operating expenses increased due to the non-recurrence of
vacation savings from 2009 vacation plan changes and forced
office closings. In addition there were higher national
representation fees, additional research expenses, and increased
bad debt expense in 2010 compared to the corresponding 2009
period.
60
Station
operating income margin
Station operating income margin decreased to 36.6% for the year
ended December 31, 2010 from 38.9% for the year ended
December 31, 2009. This decrease was primarily attributable
to a decline in station operating income as described above.
Year
Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2008 (in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
|
Statements of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
272,092
|
|
|
$
|
313,443
|
|
|
$
|
(41,351
|
)
|
|
|
(13.2
|
)%
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical, excluding stock-based compensation
|
|
|
75,547
|
|
|
|
79,117
|
|
|
|
(3,570
|
)
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
Selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
90,695
|
|
|
|
102,595
|
|
|
|
(11,900
|
)
|
|
|
(11.6
|
)
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
23,492
|
|
|
|
35,279
|
|
|
|
(11,787
|
)
|
|
|
(33.4
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
1,777
|
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
(7.2
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
21,011
|
|
|
|
19,022
|
|
|
|
1,989
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
65,937
|
|
|
|
423,220
|
|
|
|
(357,283
|
)
|
|
|
(84.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
278,331
|
|
|
|
661,010
|
|
|
|
(382,679
|
)
|
|
|
(57.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(6,239
|
)
|
|
|
(347,567
|
)
|
|
|
(341,328
|
)
|
|
|
(98.2
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
(347
|
)
|
|
|
(70.7
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
38,404
|
|
|
|
59,689
|
|
|
|
(21,285
|
)
|
|
|
(35.7
|
)
|
Gain on retirement of debt
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
|
|
74,017
|
|
|
|
(72,796
|
)
|
|
|
(98.4
|
)
|
Equity in income (loss) of affiliated company
|
|
|
3,653
|
|
|
|
(3,652
|
)
|
|
|
7,305
|
|
|
|
200.0
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
|
(212
|
)
|
|
|
(67.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes,
noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries and loss from
discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(39,729
|
)
|
|
|
(336,716
|
)
|
|
|
(296,987
|
)
|
|
|
(88.2
|
)
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
(45,183
|
)
|
|
|
52,197
|
|
|
|
115.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(46,743
|
)
|
|
|
(291,533
|
)
|
|
|
(244,790
|
)
|
|
|
(84.0
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
|
(7,414
|
)
|
|
|
(5,599
|
)
|
|
|
(75.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(48,558
|
)
|
|
|
(298,947
|
)
|
|
|
(250,389
|
)
|
|
|
(83.8
|
)
|
Noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
$
|
(302,944
|
)
|
|
$
|
(250,057
|
)
|
|
|
(82.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
272,092
|
|
|
$
|
313,443
|
|
|
$
|
(41,351
|
)
|
|
|
(13.2
|
)%
|
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized
approximately $272.1 million in net revenue compared to
approximately $313.4 million during the same period in
2008. These amounts are net of agency and outside sales
representative commissions, which were approximately
$28.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2009,
compared to approximately $34.6 million during the same
period in 2008. CCI, the social
61
online networking company acquired by the Company in 2008,
generated approximately $13.4 million in net revenue for
the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to approximately
$11.7 million from the April 2008 acquisition date through
December 31, 2008. Despite incremental revenue from CCI,
the decrease in net revenue was due primarily to the weak
economic environment which continued to weaken demand for
advertising in general. For our radio business, based on reports
prepared by the independent accounting firm Miller Kaplan, the
markets we operate in declined 18.2% in total revenues for the
year ended December 31, 2009, 17.4% in national revenues
and 20.5% in local revenues. While the Companys total
radio net revenue outperformed that of the markets in which we
operate, we nonetheless experienced considerable net revenue
declines in several of our markets, notably Atlanta, Baltimore,
Houston, Raleigh-Durham and Washington, DC. Excluding CCI, net
revenue declined 14.3% for the year ended December 31, 2009
compared to the same period in 2008.
Operating
expenses
Programming
and technical, excluding stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
75,547
|
|
|
$
|
79,117
|
|
|
$
|
(3,570
|
)
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)%
|
Programming and technical expenses include expenses associated
with on-air talent and the management and maintenance of the
systems, tower facilities, and studios used in the creation,
distribution and broadcast of programming content on our radio
stations. Programming and technical expenses for radio also
include expenses associated with our programming research
activities and music royalties. For our internet business,
programming and technical expenses include software product
design, post-application software development and maintenance,
database and server support costs, the help desk function, data
center expenses connected with ISP hosting services and other
internet content delivery expenses. Programming and technical
expenses for CCI, which was acquired in April 2008, grew from
approximately $5.5 million from April to December 2008, to
$6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
This increase was more than offset by several cost-cutting
initiatives in the radio segment, specifically compensation
savings from employee layoffs and salary reductions, contracted
on-air talent reductions and lower facilities spending.
Excluding CCIs expenses, programming and technical
expenses decreased 6.0% for the year ended December 31,
2009 compared to the same period in 2008.
Selling,
general and administrative, excluding stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
90,695
|
|
|
$
|
102,595
|
|
|
$
|
(11,900
|
)
|
|
|
(11.6
|
)%
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses include expenses
associated with our sales departments, offices and facilities
and personnel (outside of our corporate headquarters), marketing
and promotional expenses, special events and sponsorships and
back office expenses. Expenses to secure ratings data for our
radio stations and visitors data for our websites are also
included in selling, general and administrative expenses. In
addition, selling, general and administrative expenses for radio
and internet include expenses related to the advertising traffic
(scheduling and insertion) functions. Selling, general and
administrative expenses also include membership traffic
acquisition costs for our online business. Our radio division
realized approximately $11.3 million in savings, primarily
in compensation, specifically less commissions and national
representative fees due to declining revenue, lower salary
expenses resulting from employee layoffs and salary cuts and
less bad debt expense as a result of fewer client bankruptcies.
Other radio division savings included less promotional expenses,
less travel and entertainment spending and vacation benefit
savings from scheduled office closings and changes to the
Companys vacation policy. Our online business, excluding
CCI, incurred less spending for traffic acquisition costs. These
savings more than offset increased research spending. Selling,
general and administrative expenses for CCI, which was acquired
in April 2008, increased to approximately $8.6 million for
the year ended 2009, from $5.7 million for the period April
through December 2008.
62
Excluding CCIs expenses, selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased 15.2% for the year ended
December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008.
Corporate
selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
23,492
|
|
|
$
|
35,279
|
|
|
$
|
(11,787
|
)
|
|
|
(33.4
|
)%
|
Corporate expenses consist of expenses associated with our
corporate headquarters and facilities, including personnel. The
decrease in corporate expenses during the year December 31,
2009 was primarily due to the non-recurrence of approximately
$10.2 million in compensation costs recorded in 2008
associated with the Chief Executive Officers
(CEO) April 2008 employment agreement. Additional
corporate selling, general and administrative savings resulted
from our cost-cutting initiatives, specifically lower
compensation due to salary reductions, lower bonuses, less
severance and vacation savings from scheduled office closings
and changes to the Companys vacation policy. Reduced
corporate selling, general and administrative spending also
resulted from lower legal and professional expenses, reduced
travel and entertainment, lower bad debt expense and less public
relations spending. For the year ended December 31, 2009,
the Company incurred restructuring charges in the amount of
$244,000 for layoffs from the consolidation of its radio
division business offices, compared to restructuring charges of
$485,000 for the same period in 2008 stemming from Company-wide
layoffs. Excluding the approximately $10.2 million recorded
for the CEOs bonuses in 2008 and the restructuring charges
for both years, corporate selling, general and administrative
expenses decreased 6.9% for the year ended December 31,
2009 compared to the same period in 2008.
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
21,011
|
|
|
$
|
19,022
|
|
|
$
|
1,989
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for the
year ended December 31, 2009 was due primarily to the April
2008 acquisition of CCI and the depreciation and amortization of
technology and intangible assets acquired, and to a lesser
extent, asset additions from our June 30, 2008 acquisition
of WPRS-FM,
new office facilities for our Charlotte market and studio
improvements for one of our syndicated shows.
Impairment
of long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
65,937
|
|
|
$
|
423,220
|
|
|
$
|
(357,283
|
)
|
|
|
(84.4
|
)%
|
The decrease in impairment of long-lived assets for the year
ended December 31, 2009 was related to non-cash impairment
charges recorded to reduce the carrying value of radio
broadcasting licenses, goodwill and other intangible assets to
their estimated fair values. The 2009 impairments occurred in 11
of our 16 markets, namely in Charlotte, Cincinnati, Cleveland,
Columbus, Dallas, Houston, Indianapolis, Philadelphia,
Raleigh-Durham, Richmond and St. Louis. The 2008
impairments occurred in 12 markets and included the same markets
impaired in 2009, plus Detroit. The impairments were driven in
part by the economic downturn, slower radio industry and market
revenue growth and resulting deteriorating cash flows, declining
radio station transaction multiples and a higher cost of
capital. The recent and gradual decline in values for long-lived
assets such as licenses and other intangibles was not unique nor
specific to our individual markets, as this trend has impacted
the valuations of the radio industry as a whole, and has
impacted other broadcast and traditional media companies as well.
63
Interest
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
144
|
|
|
$
|
491
|
|
|
$
|
(347
|
)
|
|
|
(70.7
|
)%
|
The decrease in interest income for the year ended
December 31, 2009 was due primarily to lower balances of
cash and cash equivalents and a decline in interest rates.
Interest
expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
38,404
|
|
|
$
|
59,689
|
|
|
$
|
(21,285
|
)
|
|
|
(35.7
|
)%
|
The decrease in interest expense for the year ended
December 31, 2009 was due primarily to pay downs on
outstanding debt on the Companys credit facility, early
redemptions of the Companys
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 2011, and to a lesser extent, more
favorable rates, which were favorably impacted by shifting
outstanding principal debt from the term to the revolver portion
of the credit facility. The reduction is also driven by the
non-recurrence of local marketing agreement (LMA)
fees associated with the operation of
WPRS-FM
prior to our June 2008 acquisition. LMA fees are classified as
interest expense.
Gain
on retirement of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
1,221
|
|
|
$
|
74,017
|
|
|
$
|
(72,796
|
)
|
|
|
(98.4
|
)%
|
The gain on retirement of debt for the year ended
December 31, 2009 was due to the redemption of the
Companys outstanding
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 2011 at a discount. The gain for the
year ended December 31, 2009 resulted from the early
redemption of approximately $2.4 million of the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes at an average discount of 50.0%. The gain for
the year ended December 31, 2008 was due to the early
redemption of approximately $196.1 million of the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes at an average discount of 38.4%. As of
December 31, 2009, a principal amount of approximately
$101.5 million remained outstanding on the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes.
Equity
in income (loss) of affiliated company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
3,653
|
|
|
$
|
(3,652
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,305
|
|
|
|
200.0
|
%
|
Equity in income (loss) of affiliated company primarily reflects
our estimated equity in the net income or loss of TV One, LLC
(TV One). The change to equity in income of
affiliated company for the year ended December 31, 2009 was
due primarily to net income generated by TV One in 2009. This
compares to equity in loss of affiliated company for the year
ended December 31, 2008, given TV Ones net loss in
2008. The Companys share of the net income or loss is
driven by TV Ones current capital structure and the
Companys ownership of the equity securities of TV One that
are currently absorbing its net income or losses.
Provision
for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
7,014
|
|
|
$
|
(45,183
|
)
|
|
$
|
52,197
|
|
|
|
115.5
|
%
|
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the provision for
income taxes increased to approximately $7.0 million
compared to a benefit of $45.2 million for the same period
in 2008. The tax benefit for the year ended December 31,
2008 related to an impairment of indefinite-lived intangibles
which reduced the deferred
64
tax liability (DTL). The impairment for the year
ended December 31, 2009 was significantly less than the
impairment in 2008; hence, the benefit from the reduction of the
DTL was significantly less for 2009. For the year ended
December 31, 2009, the tax provision consisted of
approximately $4.5 million for Reach Media and
$2.5 million for all other operations. The Company
continues to maintain a full valuation allowance for its net
deferred tax assets (DTAs).
The tax provisions and offsetting valuation allowances resulted
in effective tax rates of (17.7)% and 13.4% for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The annual
effective tax rate for Radio One reflects the increase in DTLs
associated with the amortization of certain of the
Companys radio broadcasting licenses for tax purposes.
Loss
from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,414
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,599
|
)
|
|
|
(75.5
|
)%
|
Included in the loss from discontinued operations, net of tax,
are the results of operations for station clusters sold in Los
Angeles, Miami, Augusta, Louisville, Dayton, Minneapolis and a
station in Boston
(WILD-FM).
Discontinued operations also includes the results of operations
for Giant Magazine, which ceased publication in December 2009.
The loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the year
ended December 31, 2008 resulted from a gain on the April
2008 closing on the sale of the assets of radio station
WMCU-AM,
located in the Miami metropolitan area, which was more than
offset by a loss on the May 2008 closing on the sale of the
assets of radio station
KRBV-FM,
located in the Los Angeles metropolitan area. Approximately
$5.1 million in impairment charges were recorded in 2008
based on the sale price of the Los Angeles station pursuant to
the asset purchase agreement. Net losses for Giant Magazine in
2009 and 2008 were approximately $2.0 million and
$3.3 million, respectively. The loss from discontinued
operations, net of tax, also includes a tax provision of $0 and
$84,000 for the years ended 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Noncontrolling
interests in income of subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Increase/(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
4,329
|
|
|
$
|
3,997
|
|
|
$
|
332
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
The increase in noncontrolling interests in income of
subsidiaries was due to additional net income for Reach Media
for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same
period in 2008.
Other
Data
Station
operating income
Station operating income decreased to approximately
$105.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
compared to approximately $131.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008, a decrease of approximately
$25.8 million or 19.6%. This decrease was primarily due to
declines in both radio and online net revenue as a result of
weakened advertising demand given the economic downturn. The net
revenue decline was offset in part by a decrease in operating
expenses resulting from several cost-cutting initiatives
implemented by the Company.
Station
operating income margin
Station operating income margin decreased to 38.9% for the year
ended December 31, 2009 from 42.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily attributable
to a decline in net revenue and station operating income as
described above.
65
LIQUIDITY
AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our primary source of liquidity is cash provided by operations
and, to the extent necessary, borrowings available under our
senior credit facility and other debt or equity financing.
For the purposes of the below discussion, the term
November 2010 Refinancing Transactions refers to the
Transactions.
Credit
Facilities
March
2011 Refinancing Transaction
On March 31, 2011 the Company entered into a new senior
secured credit facility (the 2011 Credit Agreement)
with a syndicate of banks, and simultaneously borrowed
$386.0 million to retire all outstanding obligations under
the Companys previous amended and restated credit
agreement and to fund our obligations with respect to the TV One
capital call. The total amount available under the 2011 Credit
Agreement is $411.0 million, consisting of a $386.0 term
loan facility that matures on March 31, 2016 and a
$25.0 million revolving loan facility that matures on
March 31, 2015. Borrowings under the credit facilities are
subject to compliance with certain covenants including, but not
limited to, certain financial covenants. Proceeds from the
credit facilities can be used for working capital, capital
expenditures made in the ordinary course of business, its common
stock repurchase program, permitted direct and indirect
investments and other lawful corporate purposes.
The 2011 Credit Agreement contains affirmative and negative
covenants that the Company is required to comply with, including:
(a) maintaining an interest coverage ratio of no less than:
|
|
|
|
|
1.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
1.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(b) maintaining a senior secured leverage ratio of no
greater than:
|
|
|
|
|
5.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
5.00 to 1.00 on September 30, 2011 and December 31,
2011; and
|
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00 on March 31, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
4.50 to 1.00 on June 30, 2012 and December 31,
2012; and
|
|
|
|
4.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal Quarter through September 30, 2013; and
|
|
|
|
3.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2014; and
|
|
|
|
3.25 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
2.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(c) maintaining a total leverage ratio of no greater than:
|
|
|
|
|
9.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through December 31, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
9.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.75 to 1.00 on June 30, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.50 to 1.00 on September 30, 2012 and December 31,
2012; and
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
8.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2013; and
|
|
|
|
7.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2014; and
|
|
|
|
6.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
6.00 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(d) limitations on:
|
|
|
|
|
liens;
|
|
|
|
sale of assets;
|
|
|
|
payment of dividends; and
|
|
|
|
mergers.
|
As of March 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with
all of its financial covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement.
As noted in the previous table, measurement of interest
coverage, senior secured leverage, and total leverage ratios
commenced on June 30, 2011.
Under the terms of the 2011 Credit Agreement, interest on base
rate loans is payable quarterly and interest on LIBOR loans is
payable monthly or quarterly. The base rate is equal to the
greater of the prime rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus
0.50% and the LIBOR Rate for a one-month period plus 1.00%. The
applicable margin on the 2011 Credit Agreement is between
(i) 4.50% and 5.50% on the revolving portion of the
facility and (ii) 5.00% (with a base rate floor of 2.5% per
annum) and 6.00% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.5% per annum) on the
term portion of the facility. Commencing on June 30, 2011,
quarterly installments of 0.25%, or $965,000, of the principal
balance on the $386.0 million term loan are payable on the
last day of each March, June, September and December.
As of March 31, 2011, the Company had approximately
$24.4 million of borrowing capacity under its revolving
credit facility. Taking into consideration the financial
covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement, approximately
$24.4 million of the revolving credit facility was
available to be borrowed.
As of March 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding
approximately $386.0 million on its term credit facility.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company
borrowed approximately $386.0 million under the 2011 Credit
Agreement and repaid approximately $353.7 million under the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Proceeds from the 2011
Credit Agreement of approximately $378.3 million, net of
original issue discount, were used to repay the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement and pay other fees and expenses, with
the balance of the proceeds to be used to fund the TV One
capital call. The original issue discount is being reflected as
an adjustment to the carrying amount of the debt obligation and
amortized to interest expense over the term of the credit
facility.
Period
between and including the November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
and March 2011 Refinancing Transaction
On November 24, 2010, the Company entered into a Credit
Agreement amendment with its prior syndicate of banks. The
Credit Agreement amendment, which amended and restated the
Credit agreement (as so amended and restated, the Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement), among other things,
replaced the existing amount of outstanding revolving loans with
a $323.0 million term loan and provided for three tranches
of revolving loans, including a $20.0 million revolver to
be used for working capital, capital expenditures, investments,
and other lawful corporate purposes, a $5.1 million
revolver to be used solely to redeem and retire the 2011 Notes,
and a $13.7 million revolver to be used solely to fund a
capital call with respect to TV One (the November 2010
Refinancing Transactions).
67
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provided for
maintenance of the following maximum fixed charge coverage ratio
as of the last day of each fiscal quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Period
|
|
Ratio
|
|
November 24, 2010 to December 30, 2010
|
|
|
1.05 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2012
|
|
|
1.07 to 1.00
|
|
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provided for
maintenance of the following maximum total leverage ratios
(subject to certain adjustments if subordinated debt is issued
or any portion of the $13.7 million revolver was used to
fund a TV One capital call):
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Period
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
November 24, 2010 to December 30, 2010
|
|
|
9.35 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2010 to December 30, 2011
|
|
|
9.00 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
9.25 to 1.00
|
|
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provided for
maintenance of the following maximum senior leverage ratios
(subject to certain adjustments if any portion of the
$13.7 million revolver was used to fund a TV One capital
call):
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
No Greater Than
|
|
|
November 24, 2010 to December 30, 2010
|
|
|
5.25 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2010 to March 30, 2011
|
|
|
5.00 to 1.00
|
|
March 31, 2011 to September 29, 2011
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
September 30, 2011 to December 30, 2011
|
|
|
4.50 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provided for
maintenance of average weekly availability at any time during
any period set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Weekly
|
Beginning
|
|
Availability no Less than
|
|
November 24, 2010 through and including June 30, 2011
|
|
$
|
10,000,000
|
|
July 1, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
$
|
15,000,000
|
|
During the period between November 24, 2010, and of
March 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all of
its financial covenants under the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement.
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
interest on both alternate base rate loans and LIBOR loans was
payable monthly. The LIBOR interest rate floor was 1.00% and the
alternate base rate was equal to the greater of the prime rate,
the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50% and the LIBOR Rate
for a one-month period plus 1.00%. Interest payable on
(i) LIBOR loans were at LIBOR plus 6.25% and
(ii) alternate base rate loans was at an alternate base
rate plus 5.25% (and, in each case, could have been permanently
increased if the Company exceeded certain senior leverage ratio
levels, tested quarterly beginning June 30, 2011). The
interest rate paid in excess of LIBOR could have been as high as
7.25% during the last quarter prior to maturity if the Company
exceeded the senior leverage ratio levels on each test date.
Commencing on September 30, 2011, quarterly installments of
0.25%, or $807,500, of the principal balance on the
$323.0 million term loan were payable on the last day of
each March, June, September and December.
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
quarterly installments of principal on the term loan facility
were payable on the last day of each March, June, September and
December commencing on September 30, 2007 in a percentage
amount of the principal balance of the term loan facility
outstanding on September 30, 2007, net of loan repayments,
of 1.25% between September 30, 2007 and June 30, 2008,
5.0% between September 30, 2008 and June 30, 2009, and
6.25% between September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2012.
Based on the (i) $174.4 million net principal balance
of the term loan facility outstanding on September 30,
2008, (ii) a $70.0 million prepayment in March 2009,
(iii) a $31.5 million prepayment in
68
May 2009 and (iv) a $5.0 million prepayment in May
2010, quarterly payments of $4.0 million are payable
between June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2012.
On December 24, 2010, all remaining outstanding 2011 Notes
were repurchased pursuant to the indenture governing the 2011
Notes. We incurred approximately $4.5 million in borrowings
under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in connection
with such repurchase.
As a result of our repurchase and refinancing of the 2011 Notes,
the expiration of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was
June 30, 2012.
On March 31, 2011, the Company repaid all obligations
under, and terminated, the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement. During the quarter ended March 31, 2011 the
Company did not borrow from the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement and repaid approximately $353.7 million.
Pre
November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
In June 2005, the Company entered into the Credit Agreement with
a syndicate of banks (the Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement), and simultaneously borrowed
$437.5 million to retire all outstanding obligations under
its previous credit agreement. The Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement was amended in April 2006 and September 2007 to modify
certain financial covenants and other provisions. Prior to the
November 2010 Refinancing Transaction, the Pre-Refinancing
Credit Agreement was to expire the earlier of (a) six
months prior to the scheduled maturity date of the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 1, 2011 (January 1, 2011)
(unless the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes have been repurchased or refinanced prior to
such date) or (b) June 30, 2012. The total amount
available under the Credit Agreement was $800.0 million,
consisting of a $500.0 million revolving facility and a
$300.0 million term loan facility. Borrowings under the
credit facilities were subject to compliance with certain
provisions including, but not limited, to financial covenants.
The Company could use proceeds from the credit facilities for
working capital, capital expenditures made in the ordinary
course of business, its common stock repurchase program,
permitted direct and indirect investments and other lawful
corporate purposes.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, we noted that
certain of our subsidiaries identified as guarantors in our
financial statements did not have requisite guarantees filed
with the trustee as required under the terms of the indentures
governing the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the 2013 Notes) and
2011 Notes (the Non-Joinder of Certain
Subsidiaries). The Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries
caused a non-monetary, technical default under the terms of the
relevant indentures at December 31, 2009, causing a
non-monetary, technical cross-default at December 31, 2009
under the terms of our Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. On
March 30, 2010, we joined the relevant subsidiaries as
guarantors under the relevant indentures (the
Joinder). Further, on March 30, 2010, we
entered into a third amendment (the Third Amendment)
to the Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. The Third Amendment
provided for, among other things: (i) a $100.0 million
revolver commitment reduction (from $500.0 million to
$400.0 million) under the bank facilities; (ii) a 1.0%
floor with respect to any loan bearing interest at a rate
determined by reference to the adjusted LIBOR (iii) certain
additional collateral requirements; (iv) certain
limitations on the use of proceeds from the revolving loan
commitments; (v) the addition of Interactive One, LLC as a
guarantor of the loans under the Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement and under the notes governed by the Companys
2011 Notes and 2013 Notes; (vi) the waiver of the technical
cross-defaults that existed as of December 31, 2009 and
through the date of the amendment arising due to the Non-Joinder
of Certain Subsidiaries; and (vii) the payment of certain
fees and expenses of the lenders in connection with their
diligence work on the amendment.
Under the terms of the Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement, upon
any breach or default under either the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 2011 or the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013, the lenders could among
other actions immediately terminate the Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement and declare the loans then outstanding under the
Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement to be due and payable in whole
immediately. Similarly, under the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes and the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes, a default under the terms of the
Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement would constitute an event of
default, and the trustees or the holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the then outstanding notes (under either
class) may declare the principal of such class of note and
interest to be due and payable immediately.
69
As of each of June 30, 2010, July 1, 2010 and
September 30, 2010, we were not in compliance with the
terms of the Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. More
specifically, (i) as of June 30, 2010, we failed to
maintain a total leverage ratio of 7.25 to 1.00 (ii) as of
each of July 1, 2010 and September 30, 2010, as a
result of a step down of the total leverage ratio from no
greater than 7.25 to 1.00 to no greater than 6.50 to 1.00
effective for the period July 1, 2010 to September 30,
2011, we also failed to maintain the requisite total leverage
ratio and (iii) as of September 30, 2010, we failed to
maintain a senior leverage ratio of 4.00 to 1.00. On
July 15, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries entered
into a forbearance agreement (the Forbearance
Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (successor by
merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as
administrative agent (the Agent), and financial
institutions constituting the majority of outstanding loans and
commitments (the Required Lenders) under the
Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement, relating to the defaults and
events of default existing as of June 30, 2010 and
July 1, 2010. On August 13, 2010, we entered into an
amendment to the Forbearance Agreement (the Forbearance
Agreement Amendment) that, among other things, extended
the termination date of the Forbearance Agreement to
September 10, 2010, unless terminated earlier by its terms,
and provided additional forbearance related to the then
anticipated default caused by an opinion of Ernst &
Young LLP expressing substantial doubt about the Companys
ability to continue as a going concern as issued in connection
with the restatement of our financial statements. Under the
Forbearance Agreement and the Forbearance Agreement Amendment,
the Agent and the Required Lenders maintained the right to
deliver payment blockage notices to the trustees for
the holders of the 2011 Notes
and/or the
2013 Notes.
On August 5, 2010, the Agent delivered a payment blockage
notice to the Trustee under the Indenture governing our 2013
Notes. As a result, neither we nor any of our guaranteeing
subsidiaries could make any payment or distribution of any kind
or character in respect of obligations under the 2013 Notes,
including the interest payment that was scheduled to be made on
August 16, 2010. The
30-day grace
period for the nonpayment of interest before such nonpayment
constituted an event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
expired on September 15, 2010. While the trustee or holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2013
Notes could have declared the principal amount, and accrued and
unpaid interest, on all outstanding 2013 Notes to be due and
payable immediately as a result of such event of default, no
such remedies were exercised as we continued to negotiate the
terms of the amended exchange offer and a new support agreement
with the members of the ad hoc group of holders of our 2011
Notes and 2013 Notes. The event of default under the 2013 Notes
Indenture also constituted an event of default under the
Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. While the Forbearance
Agreement Amendment expired by its terms on September 10,
2010, we and the Agent continued to negotiate the terms of a
credit facility amendment and the Agent and the lenders did not
exercise additional remedies under the Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement cured all
of these issues.
Senior
Subordinated Notes
Period
between and including the November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
and March 2011 Refinancing Transaction
On November 24, 2010, we issued $286.8 million of our
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016 in a private placement and
exchanged and then cancelled approximately $97.0 million of
$101.5 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of
our 2011 Notes and approximately $199.3 million of
$200.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of
our 2013 Notes (the 2013 Notes together with the 2011 Notes, the
Pre-Transaction Notes). We entered into supplemental
indentures in respect of each of the Pre-Transaction Notes which
waived any and all existing defaults and events of default that
had arisen or may have arisen that may be waived and eliminated
substantially all of the covenants in each indenture governing
the Pre-Transaction Notes, other than the covenants to pay
principal and interest on the Pre-Transaction Notes when due,
and eliminated or modified the related events of default.
Subsequently, all remaining outstanding 2011 Notes were
repurchased pursuant to the indenture governing the 2011 Notes,
effective as of December 24, 2010.
As of March 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding $747,000
of its
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013 and $292.6 million of
our
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016. During
70
the year ended December 31, 2010, pursuant to the debt
exchange, the Company repurchased $101.5 million of the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes at par and $199.3 million of the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes at an average discount of 5.0%, and recorded
a gain on the retirement of debt of approximately
$6.6 million, net of the write-off of deferred financing
costs of approximately $3.3 million. The
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016 had a carrying value of
$292.6 million and a fair value of approximately
$308.0 million as of March 31, 2011, and the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013 had a carrying value of
$747,000 and a fair value of approximately $710,000 as of
March 31, 2011. The fair values were determined based on
the trading value of the instruments as of the reporting date.
Interest payments under the terms of the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes are due in February and August. Based on the
$747,000 principal balance of the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes outstanding on March 31, 2011, interest
payments of $24,000 are payable each February and August through
February 2013.
Interest on the
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes will be payable in cash, or at our election,
partially in cash and partially through the issuance of
additional
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes (a PIK Election) on a quarterly
basis in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and
November 15, commencing on February 15, 2011. We may
make a PIK Election only with respect to interest accruing up to
but not including May 15, 2012, and with respect to
interest accruing from and after May 15, 2012 such interest
shall accrue at a rate of 12.5% per annum and shall be payable
in cash.
Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the date of
original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from
the date it was most recently paid. Interest will accrue for
each quarterly period at a rate of 12.5% per annum if the
interest for such quarterly period is paid fully in cash. In the
event of a PIK Election, including the PIK Election currently in
effect, the interest paid in cash and the interest
paid-in-kind
by issuance of additional Exchange Notes (PIK Notes)
will accrue for such quarterly period at 6.0% per annum and 9.0%
per annum, respectively.
In the absence of an election for any interest period, interest
on the Exchange Notes shall be payable according to the election
for the previous interest period, provided that interest
accruing from and after May 15, 2012 shall accrue at a rate
of 12.5% per annum and shall be payable in cash. A PIK Election
is currently in effect.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2011 the Company paid
cash interest in the amount of approximately $3.9 million
and issued approximately $5.8 million of additional
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes in accordance with the PIK Election that is
currently in effect.
The indentures governing the Companys
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes also contained covenants that restrict, among
other things, the ability of the Company to incur additional
debt, purchase common stock, make capital expenditures, make
investments or other restricted payments, swap or sell assets,
engage in transactions with related parties, secure non-senior
debt with assets, or merge, consolidate or sell all or
substantially all of its assets.
The Company conducts a portion of its business through its
subsidiaries. Certain of the Companys subsidiaries have
fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Companys
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes, the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes and the Companys obligations under the
2011 Credit Agreement.
Period
prior to November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
Subsequent to December 31, 2009, we noted that certain of
our subsidiaries identified as guarantors in our financial
statements did not have requisite guarantees filed with the
trustee as required under the terms of the indentures (the
Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries). The
Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries caused a non-monetary,
technical default under the terms of the relevant indentures at
December 31, 2009, causing a non-monetary, technical
cross-default at December 31, 2009 under the terms of our
Credit Agreement dated as of June 13, 2005. We have since
joined the relevant subsidiaries as guarantors under the
relevant indentures (the Joinder). Further, on
March 30, 2010, we entered into a third amendment (the
Third Amendment) to the Credit Agreement. The Third
Amendment provides for, among other things: (i) a
$100.0 million revolver commitment reduction under the bank
facilities; (ii) a 1.0% floor with respect to any loan
bearing interest at a
71
rate determined by reference to the adjusted LIBOR;
(iii) certain additional collateral requirements;
(iv) certain limitations on the use of proceeds from the
revolving loan commitments; (v) the addition of Interactive
One, LLC as a guarantor of the loans under the Credit Agreement
and under the notes governed by the Companys 2001 and 2005
senior subordinated debt documents; (vi) the waiver of the
technical cross-defaults that existed as of December 31,
2009 and through the date of the amendment arising due to the
Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries; and (vii) the payment
of certain fees and expenses of the lenders in connection with
their diligence in connection with the amendment.
On August 5, 2010, the Agent under our Pre-Refinancing
Credit Agreement delivered a payment blockage notice to the
Trustee under the Indenture governing our 2013 Notes. As a
result, neither we nor any of our guaranteeing subsidiaries may
make any payment or distribution of any kind or character in
respect of obligations under the 2013 Notes, including the
interest payment that was scheduled to be made on
August 16, 2010. The
30-day grace
period for the nonpayment of interest before such nonpayment
constituted an event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
expired on September 15, 2010. While the trustee or holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2013
Notes could have declared the principal amount, and accrued and
unpaid interest, on all outstanding 2013 Notes to be due and
payable immediately as a result of such event of default, no
such remedies were exercised as we continued to negotiate the
terms of the amended exchange offer and a new support agreement
with the members of the ad hoc group of holders of our 2011 and
2013 Notes. The event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
also constituted an event of default under the Pre-Refinancing
Credit Agreement. As of November 24, 2010, any and all
existing defaults and events of default that had arisen or may
have arisen were cured.
As of each of June 30, 2010, July 1, 2010 and
September 30, 2010, we were not in compliance with the
terms of our Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. More
specifically, (i) as of June 30, 2010, we failed to
maintain a total leverage ratio of 7.25 to 1.00 (ii) as of
each of July 1, 2010 and September 30, 2010, as a
result of a step down of the total leverage ratio from no
greater than 7.25 to 1.00 to no greater than 6.50 to 1.00
effective for the period July 1, 2010 to September 30,
2011, we also failed to maintain the requisite total leverage
ratio and (iii) as of September 30, 2010, we failed to
maintain a senior leverage ratio of 4.00 to 1.00. On
July 15, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries entered
into the Forbearance Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
(successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as
Agent, and the Required Lenders under our Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement, relating to the defaults and events of default
existing as of June 30, 2010 and July 1, 2010. On
August 13, 2010, we entered into an amendment to the
Forbearance Agreement Amendment that, among other things,
extended the termination date of the Forbearance Agreement to
September 10, 2010, unless terminated earlier by its terms,
and provided additional forbearance related to the then
anticipated default caused by an opinion of Ernst &
Young LLP expressing substantial doubt about the Companys
ability to continue as a going concern as issued in connection
with the restatement of our financial statements. Under the
Forbearance Agreement and the Forbearance Agreement Amendment,
the Agent and the Required Lenders maintained the right to
deliver payment blockage notices to the trustees for
the holders of the 2011 Notes
and/or the
2013 Notes.
On August 5, 2010, the Agent under our Pre-Refinancing
Credit Agreement delivered a payment blockage notice to the
Trustee under the Indenture governing our 2013 Notes. As a
result, neither we nor any of our guaranteeing subsidiaries
could make any payment or distribution of any kind or character
in respect of obligations under the 2013 Notes, including the
interest payment that was scheduled to be made on
August 16, 2010. The
30-day grace
period for the nonpayment of interest before such nonpayment
constituted an event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
expired on September 15, 2010. While the trustee or holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2013
Notes could declare the principal amount, and accrued and unpaid
interest, on all outstanding 2013 Notes to be due and payable
immediately as a result of such event of default, as of the date
of this filing, no such remedies were exercised as we continued
to negotiate the terms of the amended exchange offer and a new
support agreement with the members of the ad hoc group of
holders of our 2011 and 2013 Notes. The event of default under
the 2013 Notes Indenture also constituted an event of default
under the Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. As of
November 24, 2010, as a result of the November 2010
Refinancing Transactions, any and all existing defaults and
events of default that had arisen or may have arisen were cured.
72
The indentures governing the Companys senior subordinated
notes also contain covenants that restrict, among other things,
the ability of the Company to incur additional debt, purchase
common stock, make capital expenditures, make investments or
other restricted payments, swap or sell assets, engage in
transactions with related parties, secure non-senior debt with
assets, or merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all
of its assets.
The Company conducts a portion of its business through its
subsidiaries. Certain of the Companys subsidiaries have
fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Companys
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes, the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes and the Companys obligations under the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
The following table summarizes the interest rates in effect with
respect to our debt as of March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Applicable
|
|
Type of Debt
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior bank term debt, net of original issue discount (at
variable rates)(1)
|
|
$
|
378.3
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes (fixed rate)
|
|
$
|
292.6
|
|
|
|
15.00
|
%
|
Note payable (fixed rate)
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
7.00
|
%
|
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes (fixed rate)
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
6.38
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Subject to variable Libor Rate plus a spread currently at 6.50%
and incorporated into the applicable interest rate set forth
above. |
The indentures governing our Pre-Transaction Notes and our 2016
Notes require that we comply with certain financial covenants
limiting our ability to incur additional debt. Such terms also
place restrictions on us with respect to the sale of assets,
liens, investments, dividends, debt repayments, capital
expenditures, transactions with affiliates, consolidation and
mergers, and the issuance of equity interests, among other
things. As of November 24, 2010 and in connection with the
November 2010 Refinancing Transactions, we and the trustee under
the indentures governing our Pre-Transaction Notes entered into
supplemental indentures which waived any and all existing
defaults and events of default that had arisen or may have
arisen that may be waived and eliminated substantially all of
the covenants in each indenture other than the covenants to pay
principal of and interest on the Pre-Transaction Notes when due,
and eliminated or modified the related events of default. Our
2011 Credit Agreement also requires compliance with financial
tests based on financial position and results of operations,
including an interest coverage, senior secured leverage, and
total leverage ratios, all of which could effectively limit our
ability to borrow under the 2011 Credit Agreement.
Reach Media issued a $1.0 million promissory note payable
in November 2009 to a subsidiary of Citadel. The note was issued
in connection with Reach Media entering into a new sales
representation agreement with Radio Networks. The note bears
interest at 7.0% per annum, which is payable quarterly, and the
entire principal amount is due on December 31, 2011.
The following table provides a comparison of our statements of
cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and
2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
7,711
|
|
|
$
|
(1,128
|
)
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(1,812
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,072
|
)
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
$
|
18,726
|
|
|
$
|
(7,805
|
)
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities were
approximately $7.7 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 compared to net cash flows used in operating
activities of approximately $1.1 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2010. Cash flows from operating
activities for the three months ended March 31, 2011
increased from the prior year primarily due to changes in
operating assets and liabilities,
73
primarily an increase in cash flows from the change in accounts
receivable and prepaid expenses and other assets, offset by a
decrease in cash flows from the change in other liabilities.
Net cash flows used in investing activities were approximately
$1.8 million and $1.1 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Capital
expenditures, including digital tower and transmitter upgrades,
and deposits for station equipment and purchases were
approximately $1.8 million and $1.1 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Net cash flows provided by financing activities were
approximately $18.7 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 compared to net cash flows used in financing
activities of $7.8 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2010. During the three months ended
March 31, 2011, the Company borrowed $378.3 million
from its credit facility, while during the three months ended
March 31, 2010, the Company had no borrowings from its
credit facility. During the three months ended March 31,
2011 and 2010, we repaid approximately $353.7 million and
$4.5 million, respectively, in outstanding debt. During the
three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, we capitalized
approximately $5.9 million and $3.3 million,
respectively of costs associated with our debt refinancing and
evaluation of various alternatives associated with our
indebtedness and its upcoming maturities.
Credit
Rating Agencies
Our corporate credit ratings by Standard & Poors
Rating Services and Moodys Investors Service are
speculative-grade and have been downgraded and upgraded at
various times during the last several years. Any reductions in
our credit ratings could increase our borrowing costs, reduce
the availability of financing to us or increase our cost of
doing business or otherwise negatively impact our business
operations.
CRITICAL
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Our significant accounting policies are described in
Note 1 Organization and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies of the consolidated
financial statements in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States, which require us to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from
those estimates. In Managements Discussion and Analysis
contained in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2010, we summarized the
policies and estimates that we believe to be most critical in
understanding the judgments involved in preparing our financial
statements and the uncertainties that could affect our results
of operations, financial condition and cash flows. There have
been no material changes to our accounting policies or estimates
since we filed our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance
with ASC 718, Compensation Stock
Compensation. Under the provisions of ASC 718,
stock-based compensation cost is estimated at the grant date
based on the awards fair value as calculated by the
Black-Scholes (BSM) valuation option- pricing model
and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service
period. The BSM incorporates various highly subjective
assumptions including expected stock price volatility, for which
historical data is heavily relied upon, expected life of options
granted, forfeiture rates and interest rates. If any of the
assumptions used in the BSM model change significantly,
stock-based compensation expense may differ materially in the
future from that previously recorded.
74
Goodwill
and Radio Broadcasting Licenses
Impairment
Testing
We have made several radio station acquisitions in the past for
which a significant portion of the purchase price was allocated
to goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses. Goodwill exists
whenever the purchase price exceeds the fair value of tangible
and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business
combinations. As of March 31, 2011, we had approximately
$678.7 million in broadcast licenses and
$121.4 million in goodwill, which totaled
$800.1 million, and represented approximately 79.4% of our
total assets. Therefore, we believe estimating the fair value of
goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses is a critical
accounting estimate because of the significance of their
carrying values in relation to our total assets. We did not
record any impairment charges for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010. The recent improvements in the
economic environment, credit markets and advertising industry
have contributed to more stable valuations of these assets.
Effective January 1, 2002, in accordance with ASC 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other,
we discontinued amortizing radio broadcasting licenses and
goodwill and instead, began testing for impairment annually, or
when events or changes in circumstances or other conditions
suggest impairment may have occurred. Our annual impairment
testing is performed for assets owned as of October 1.
Impairment exists when the carrying value of these assets
exceeds its respective fair value. When the carrying value
exceeds fair value, an impairment amount is charged to
operations for the excess.
Valuation
of Broadcasting Licenses
We utilize the services of a third-party valuation firm to
provide independent analysis when evaluating the fair value of
our radio broadcasting licenses and reporting units, including
goodwill. The testing for radio broadcasting licenses is
performed at the unit of accounting level as determined by
ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and
Other. In our case, each unit of accounting is a
clustering of radio stations into one geographical market. We
use the income approach to value broadcasting licenses, which
involves a
10-year
model that incorporates several variables, including, but not
limited to: (i) estimated discounted cash flows of a
hypothetical market participant; (ii) estimated radio
market revenue and growth projections; (iii) estimated
market share and revenue for the hypothetical participant;
(iv) likely media competition within the market;
(v) estimated
start-up
costs and losses incurred in the early years;
(vi) estimated profit margins and cash flows based on
market size and station type; (vii) anticipated capital
expenditures; (viii) probable future terminal values;
(ix) an effective tax rate assumption; and (x) a
discount rate based on the weighted-average cost of capital for
the radio broadcast industry. In calculating the discount rate,
we considered: (i) the cost of equity, which includes
estimates of the risk-free return, the long-term market return,
small stock risk premiums and industry beta; (ii) the cost
of debt, which includes estimates for corporate borrowing rates
and tax rates; and (iii) estimated average percentages of
equity and debt in capital structures. Since our last annual
assessment of radio broadcasting licenses; no triggering events
have occurred requiring the Company to reassess license
valuations since our annual assessment. Since our October 2010
annual assessment, we have not made any changes to the
methodology for valuing broadcasting licenses.
Valuation
of Goodwill
The impairment testing of goodwill is performed at the reporting
unit level. We had 19 reporting units as of our October 2010
annual impairment assessment. For the purpose of valuing
goodwill, the 19 reporting units consist of the 16 radio markets
and three other business divisions. In testing for the
impairment of goodwill, with the assistance of a third-party
valuation firm, we primarily rely on the income approach. The
approach involves a
10-year
model with similar variables as described above for broadcasting
licenses, except that the discounted cash flows are generally
based on the Companys estimated and projected market
revenue, market share and operating performance for its
reporting units, instead of those for a hypothetical
participant. We follow a two-step process to evaluate if a
potential impairment exists for goodwill. The first step of the
process involves estimating the fair value of each reporting
unit. If the reporting units fair value is less than its
carrying value, a second step is performed as per the guidance
of
ASC 805-10,
Business Combinations,
75
to allocate the fair value of the reporting unit to the
individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit in order
to determine the implied fair value of the reporting units
goodwill as of the impairment assessment date. Any excess of the
carrying value of the goodwill over the implied fair value of
the goodwill is written off as a charge to operations. Since our
October 2010 annual assessment, we have not made any changes to
the methodology of valuing or allocating goodwill when
determining the carrying values of the radio markets, Reach
Media or Interactive One.
In February, May and August of 2010, the Company performed
interim impairment testing on the valuation of goodwill
associated with Reach Media. Reach Media net revenues and cash
flows declined for 2010 and full year internal projections were
revised. The revenues declined following the December 31,
2009 expiration of a sales representation agreement with Citadel
Broadcasting Corporation (Citadel) whereby a minimum
level of revenue was guaranteed over the term of the agreement.
Effective January 1, 2010, Reach Medias newly
established sales organization began selling its inventory on
the Tom Joyner Morning Show and under a new commission-based
sales representation agreement with Citadel, which sells certain
inventory owned by Reach Media in connection with its 108 radio
station affiliate agreements. Management revised its internal
projections for Reach Media by lowering the Year 1 revenue
growth rate to 2.5% in May and August 2010, versus 16.5% assumed
in the previous annual assessment. Given the relative
improvement in the credit markets since late 2009, the discount
rate was lowered to 13.5% for both the February and May 2010
assessments and again lowered to 13.0% for the August 2010
assessment. As part of the year end impairment testing, the
discount rate was increased to 13.5% and we reduced our
operating cash flow projections and assumptions compared to the
interim assessments based on declining revenue projections and
actual results which did not meet budget.
Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income
approach model for estimating the fair value for Reach Media for
all interim, annual and year end assessments since January 2010.
When compared to the discount rates used for assessing radio
market reporting units, the higher discount rates used in these
assessments reflect a premium for a riskier and broader media
business, with a heavier concentration and significantly higher
amount of programming content related intangible assets that are
highly dependent on the on-air personality Tom Joyner. As a
result of the February, May and August 2010 interim assessments,
the Company concluded no impairment to the carrying value of
Reach Media had occurred. During the fourth quarter, Reach
Medias operating performance continued to decline, but at
a decreasing rate. We believe this represented an impairment
indicator and as a result, we performed a year end impairment
assessment at December 31, 2010. We recorded an impairment
charge of $16.1 million during the quarter ended
December 31, 2010 in connection with this assessment. We
performed an interim impairment assessment at March 31,
2011 as Reach Media did not meet its budgeted operating cash
flow for the first quarter. As a result of the March 2011
interim impairment test, the Company concluded that the carrying
value of goodwill attributable to Reach Media had not been
impaired.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reach Media Goodwill (Reporting Unit
|
|
February 28,
|
|
May 31,
|
|
August 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
Within the Radio Broadcasting Segment)
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
Pre-tax impairment charge
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$16.1
|
|
$
|
Discount Rate
|
|
13.5%
|
|
13.5%
|
|
13.0%
|
|
13.5%
|
|
13.5%
|
2010 (Year 1) Revenue Growth Rate
|
|
8.5%
|
|
2.5%
|
|
2.5%
|
|
2.5%
|
|
2.5%
|
Long-term Revenue Growth Rate Range
|
|
2.5% - 3.0%
|
|
2.5% - 2.9%
|
|
2.5% - 3.3%
|
|
(2.6)% -4.4%
|
|
(1.3)% - 4.9%
|
Operating Profit Margin Range
|
|
22.7% - 31.4%
|
|
23.3% - 31.5%
|
|
25.5% - 31.2%
|
|
15.5% -25.9%
|
|
16.2% - 27.4%
|
As part of our annual testing, when arriving at the estimated
fair values for radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill, we
also performed a reasonableness test by comparing our overall
average implied multiple based on our cash flow projections and
fair values to recently completed sales transactions, and by
comparing our fair value estimates to the market capitalization
of the Company. The results of these comparisons confirmed that
the fair value estimates resulting from our annual assessment
for 2010 were reasonable.
76
Sensitivity
Analysis
We believe both the estimates and assumptions we utilized when
assessing the potential for impairment are individually and in
aggregate reasonable; however, our estimates and assumptions are
highly judgmental in nature. Further, there are inherent
uncertainties related to these estimates and assumptions and our
judgment in applying them to the impairment analysis. While we
believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to
calculate the fair values, changes in any one estimate,
assumption or a combination of estimates and assumptions, or
changes in certain events or circumstances (including
uncontrollable events and circumstances resulting from
deterioration in the economy or credit markets) could require us
to assess recoverability of broadcasting licenses and goodwill
at times other than our annual October 1 assessments, and could
result in changes to our estimated fair values and further
write-downs to the carrying values of these assets. Impairment
charges are non-cash in nature, and as with past impairment
charges, any future impairment charges will not impact our cash
needs or liquidity or our bank covenant compliance.
As of March 31, 2011, we had a total goodwill carrying
value of approximately $121.4 million across 12 of our 19
reporting units. The below table indicates the long-term cash
flow growth rates assumed in our impairment testing and the
long-term cash flow growth/decline rates that would result in
additional goodwill impairment. For three of the reporting
units, given each of their significant fair value over carrying
value excess, any future goodwill impairment is not likely.
However, should our estimates and assumptions for assessing the
fair values of the remaining reporting units with goodwill
worsen to reflect the below or lower cash flow growth/decline
rates, additional goodwill impairments may be warranted in the
future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Cash Flow
|
|
|
Long-Term Cash Flow
|
|
|
Growth/Decline Rate That
|
Reporting Unit
|
|
Growth Rate Used
|
|
|
Would Result in Impairment(a)
|
|
2
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
Impairment not likely
|
16
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
Impairment not likely
|
11
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
Impairment not likely
|
5
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
0.0%
|
12
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
0.0%
|
7
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
(0.4)%
|
6
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
(1.5)%
|
19
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
(2.1)%
|
1
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
(2.7)%
|
10
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
(6.3)%
|
13
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
(7.2)%
|
18
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
(24.0)%
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
The long-term cash flow growth/decline rate that would result in
additional goodwill impairment applies only to further goodwill
impairment and not to any future license impairment that would
result from lowering the long-term cash flow growth rates used. |
Several of the licenses in our units of accounting have no or
limited excess of fair values over their respective carrying
values. The Company last measured the fair value of its radio
broadcasting licenses as of October 1, 2010 in connection
with its 2010 annual impairment test. Economic conditions
continue to have stabilized since our 2010 annual assessment and
no triggering events have occurred requiring the Company to
update the valuation since then. Should our estimates,
assumptions, or events or circumstances for any upcoming
valuations worsen in the units with no or limited fair value
cushion, additional license impairments may be needed in the
future.
In addition to assessing the fair value of Reach Media as of
March 2011, we performed a sensitivity analysis showing the
impact resulting from: (i) a 1% or 100 basis point
decrease in Reach Media growth rates; (ii) a 1% or
100 basis point decrease in cash flow margins; (iii) a
1% or 100 basis point increase in the discount rate; and
(iv) both a 5% and 10% reduction in the fair values of
Reach Media. A hypothetical change in all of the stated factors
did not result in any impairment.
77
Impairment
of Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill and Radio Broadcasting
Licenses
Intangible assets, excluding goodwill and radio broadcasting
licenses, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. These events or
changes in circumstances may include a significant deterioration
of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in
anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is
present, we will evaluate recoverability by a comparison of the
carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash
flows expected to be generated by the assets. Assets are grouped
at the lowest level for which there is identifiable cash flows
that are largely independent of the cash flows generated by
other asset groups. If the assets are impaired, the impairment
is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds
the fair value of the assets determined by estimates of
discounted cash flows. The discount rate used in any estimate of
discounted cash flows would be the rate required for a similar
investment of like risk. There were no impairment triggering
events for these assets for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We must make estimates of the uncollectability of our accounts
receivable. We specifically review historical write-off activity
by market, large customer concentrations, customer credit
worthiness and changes in our customer payment terms when
evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.
In the past four years, including the quarter ended
March 31, 2011, our historical bad debt results have
averaged approximately 5.1% of our outstanding trade receivables
and have been a reliable method to estimate future allowances.
If the financial condition of our customers or markets were to
deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments,
additional allowances could be required.
Revenue
Recognition
We recognize revenue for broadcast advertising when the
commercial is broadcast and we report revenue net of agency and
outside sales representative commissions in accordance with
ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. When
applicable, agency and outside sales representative commissions
are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross
billing. Generally, advertisers remit the gross billing amount
to the agency or outside sales representative, and the agency or
outside sales representative remits the gross billing, less
their commission, to us.
Our online business recognizes its advertising revenue as
impressions (the number of times advertisements appear in viewed
pages) are delivered, when click through purchases
or leads are reported, or ratably over the contract period,
where applicable.
Equity
Accounting
We account for our investment in TV One under the equity method
of accounting in accordance with ASC 323,
Investments Equity Method and Joint
Ventures. We have recorded our investment at cost and
have adjusted the carrying amount of the investment to recognize
the change in Radio Ones claim on the net assets of TV One
resulting from net income or losses of TV One as well as other
capital transactions of TV One using a hypothetical liquidation
at book value approach. We will review the realizability of the
investment if conditions are present or events occur to suggest
that an impairment of the investment may exist. Beginning in the
quarter ending June 30, 2011, the Company expects to begin
to account for TV One on a consolidated basis.
Contingencies
and Litigation
We regularly evaluate our exposure relating to any contingencies
or litigation and record a liability when available information
indicates that a liability is probable and estimable. We also
disclose significant matters that are reasonably possible to
result in a loss, or are probable but for which an estimate of
the liability is not currently available. To the extent actual
contingencies and litigation outcomes differ from amounts
previously recorded, additional amounts may need to be reflected.
78
Estimate
of Effective Tax Rates
We estimate the provision for income taxes, income tax
liabilities, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any
valuation allowances in accordance with ASC 740,
Income Taxes, as it relates to accounting for
income taxes in interim periods. We estimate effective tax rates
based on local tax laws and statutory rates, apportionment
factors, taxable income for our filing jurisdictions and
disallowable items, among other factors. Audits by the Internal
Revenue Service or state and local tax authorities could yield
different interpretations from our own, and differences between
taxes recorded and taxes owed per our filed returns could cause
us to record additional taxes.
To address the exposures of unrecognized tax positions, in
January 2007, we adopted ASC 740 pertaining to the
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which recognizes the
impact of a tax position in the financial statements if it is
more likely than not that the position would be sustained on
audit based on the technical merits of the position. As of
March 31, 2011, we had approximately $5.8 million in
unrecognized tax benefits. Future outcomes of our tax positions
may be more or less than the currently recorded liability, which
could result in recording additional taxes, or reversing some
portion of the liability, and recognizing a tax benefit once it
is determined the liability is either inadequate or no longer
necessary as potential issues get resolved, or as statutes of
limitations in various tax jurisdictions close.
Realizability
of Deferred Tax Balances
Except for DTAs that may be benefited by future reversing
deferred tax liabilities (DTLs) and DTAs related to
Reach Media, the Company maintains a full valuation allowance
for its DTAs, mainly NOLs, as it was determined that more likely
than not, the DTAs would not be realized. The Company reached
this determination based on its then cumulative loss position
and the uncertainty of future taxable income. Consistent with
that prior realizability assessment, the Company has recorded a
full valuation allowance for additional NOLs generated from the
tax deductible amortization of indefinite-lived assets, as well
as DTAs created by impairment charges. For remaining DTAs that
are not fully reserved, we believe that these assets will be
realized; however, if we do not generate the projected levels of
future taxable income in those specific jurisdictions, an
additional valuation allowance may need to be recorded in the
future.
Fair
Value Measurements
The Company has accounted for an award called for in the
CEOs employment agreement (the Employment
Agreement) as a derivative instrument in accordance with
ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.
According to the Employment Agreement, which was executed in
April 2008, the CEO is eligible to receive an award amount equal
to 8% of any proceeds from distributions or other liquidity
events in excess of the return of the Companys aggregate
investment in TV One. The Companys obligation to pay the
award will be triggered only after the Companys recovery
of the aggregate amount of its capital contribution in TV One
and only upon actual receipt of distributions of cash or
marketable securities or proceeds from a liquidity event with
respect to the Companys membership interest in TV One. The
CEO was fully vested in the award upon execution of the
agreement, and the award lapses upon expiration of the
Employment Agreement, or earlier, if the CEO voluntarily left
the Company or was terminated for cause. The Company is
currently in negotiations with the Companys CEO for a new
employment agreement. Until such time as his new employment
agreement is executed, the terms of his April 2008 employment
agreement remain in effect including eligibility for the TV One
award.
The Company reassessed the estimated fair value of the award as
of March 31, 2011 at approximately $6.8 million and,
accordingly, recorded compensation expense and a liability for
that amount. The fair value of the award as of December 31,
2010 was approximately $6.8 million. The fair valuation
incorporated a number of assumptions and estimates, including
but not limited to TV Ones future financial projections,
probability factors and the likelihood of various scenarios that
would trigger payment of the award. As the Company will measure
changes in the fair value of this award at each reporting period
as warranted by certain circumstances, different estimates or
assumptions may result in a change to the fair value of the
award amount previously recorded.
79
With the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, the Company
assesses the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling
interest in Reach Media as of the end of each reporting period.
The fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests as of
March 31, 2011 was approximately $31.3 million. The
determination of fair value incorporated a number of assumptions
and estimates including, but not limited to, forecasted
operating results, discount rates and a terminal value.
Different estimates and assumptions may result in a change to
the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests amount
previously recorded.
Redeemable
noncontrolling interests
Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries that are redeemable
outside of the Companys control for cash or other assets
are classified as mezzanine equity and measured at the greater
of estimated redemption value at the end of each reporting
period or the historical cost basis of the noncontrolling
interests adjusted for cumulative earnings allocations. The
resulting increases or decreases in the estimated redemption
amount are affected by corresponding charges against retained
earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, additional
paid-in-capital.
RECENT
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 105, Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles, which establishes the
ASC as the source of authoritative non-SEC U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for
non-governmental entities. ASC 105 is effective for
financial statements issued for interim and annual periods
ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of
ASC 105 did not have a material impact on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent
Events, which addresses accounting and disclosure
requirements related to subsequent events. It requires
management to evaluate subsequent events through the date the
financial statements are either issued or available to be
issued. In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU
2010-09,
which amends ASC 855 to remove all requirements for SEC
filers to disclose the date through which subsequent events are
considered. The amendment became effective upon issuance. The
Company has provided the required disclosures regarding
subsequent events in Note 14 Subsequent
Events.
The provisions under ASC 825, Financial
Instruments, requiring disclosures about fair value of
financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly
traded companies, as well as in annual financial statements
became effective for the Company during the quarter ended
June 30, 2009. The additional disclosures required under
ASC 825 are included in Note 1
Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies.
Effective January 1, 2009, the provisions under
ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and
Other, related to the determination of the useful life
of intangible assets and requiring additional disclosures
related to renewing or extending the terms of recognized
intangible assets became effective for the Company. The adoption
of these provisions did not have a material effect on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted an
accounting standard update from the Emerging Issues Task Force
consensus regarding the accounting for contingent consideration
agreements of an equity method investment and the requirement
for the investor to recognize its share of any impairment
charges recorded by the investee. This update to ASC 323,
Investments Equity Method and Joint
Ventures, requires the investor to record share
issuances by the investee as if it has sold a portion of its
investment with any resulting gain or loss being reflected in
earnings. The adoption of this update did not have any impact on
the Companys consolidated financial statements.
CAPITAL
AND COMMERICAL COMMITMENTS
Radio
Broadcasting Licenses
Each of the Companys radio stations operates pursuant to
one or more licenses issued by the Federal Communications
Commission that have a maximum term of eight years prior to
renewal. The Companys radio broadcasting licenses expire
at various times beginning October 1, 2011 through
August 1, 2014. Although the Company may apply to renew its
radio broadcasting licenses, third parties may challenge the
80
Companys renewal applications. The Company is not aware of
any facts or circumstances that would prevent the Company from
having its current licenses renewed.
TV One
Cable Network
Pursuant to a limited liability company agreement dated
July 18, 2003, the Company and certain other investors
formed TV One for the purpose of developing and distributing a
new television programming service. At that time, we committed
to make a cumulative cash investment in TV One of
$74.0 million, of which $60.3 million had been funded
as of April 30, 2007. Since December 31, 2006, the
initial four year commitment period for funding the capital had
extended on a quarterly basis due in part to TV Ones lower
than anticipated capital needs. We funded our remaining capital
commitment amount of approximately $13.7 million on
April 19, 2011 and currently anticipate no further capital
commitment.
Indebtedness
The total amount available under our 2011 Credit Agreement is
$411.0 million, consisting of a $386.0 term loan facility
that matures on March 31, 2016 and a $25.0 million
revolving loan facility that matures on March 31, 2015. We
also have outstanding $747,000 in
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013 and $292.6 million in
our
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016. Reach Media issued a
$1.0 million promissory note payable in November 2009 to a
subsidiary of Citadel. The note was issued in connection with
Reach Media reacquiring Citadels noncontrolling stock
ownership in Reach Media as well as entering into a new sales
representation agreement with Radio Networks, a subsidiary of
Citadel. The note bears interest at 7.0% per annum, which is
payable quarterly, and the entire principal amount is due on
December 31, 2011. See Liquidity and Capital
Resources.
Royalty
Agreements
Effective December 31, 2009, our radio music license
agreements with the two largest performance rights
organizations, American Society of Composers, Authors and
Publishers (ASCAP) and Broadcast Music, Inc.
(BMI) expired. The Radio Music License Committee
(RMLC), which negotiates music licensing fees for
most of the radio industry with ASCAP and BMI, has reached an
agreement with these organizations on a temporary fee schedule
that reflects a provisional discount of 7.0% against 2009 fee
levels. The temporary fee reductions became effective in January
2010. Absent an agreement on long-term fees between the RMLC and
ASCAP and BMI, the U.S. District Court in New York has the
authority to make an interim and permanent fee ruling for the
new contract period. In May 2010 and June 2010, the
U.S. District Courts judge charged with determining
the licenses fees ruled to further reduce interim fees paid to
ASCAP and BMI, respectively, down approximately another 11.0%
from the previous temporary fees negotiated with the RMLC.
The Company has entered into other fixed and variable fee music
license agreements with other performance rights organizations,
which expire as late as December 2015. During the three months
ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company incurred
expenses of approximately $2.8 million and
$3.0 million, respectively, in connection with these
agreements.
Lease
obligations
We have non-cancelable operating leases for office space, studio
space, broadcast towers and transmitter facilities that expire
over the next 19 years.
Operating
Contracts and Agreements
We have other operating contracts and agreements including
employment contracts, on-air talent contracts, severance
obligations, retention bonuses, consulting agreements, equipment
rental agreements, programming related agreements, and other
general operating agreements that expire over the next five
years.
81
Reach
Media Noncontrolling Interests Shareholders Put
Rights
Beginning on February 28, 2012, the noncontrolling interest
shareholders of Reach Media have an annual right to require
Reach Media to purchase all or a portion of their shares at the
then current fair market value for such shares. Beginning in
2012, this annual right can be exercised for a
30-day
period beginning February 28 of each year. The purchase price
for such shares may be paid in cash
and/or
registered Class D Common Stock of Radio One, at the
discretion of Radio One. As a result, our ability to fund
business operations, new acquisitions or new business
initiatives could be limited.
Contractual
Obligations Schedule
The following table represents our contractual obligations as of
March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016 and
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Beyond
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes(1)
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
753
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
837
|
|
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes(1)
|
|
|
34,169
|
|
|
|
43,838
|
|
|
|
40,879
|
|
|
|
40,879
|
|
|
|
40,879
|
|
|
|
339,980
|
|
|
|
540,624
|
|
Credit facilities(2)
|
|
|
25,202
|
|
|
|
33,034
|
|
|
|
33,034
|
|
|
|
33,034
|
|
|
|
33,034
|
|
|
|
374,958
|
|
|
|
532,296
|
|
Note payable(3)
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
Other operating contracts/ agreements(4)
|
|
|
27,561
|
|
|
|
28,434
|
|
|
|
12,572
|
|
|
|
11,101
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
79,928
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
6,508
|
|
|
|
6,958
|
|
|
|
5,505
|
|
|
|
4,620
|
|
|
|
3,468
|
|
|
|
12,094
|
|
|
|
39,153
|
|
TV One capital commitment(5)
|
|
|
13,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
108,229
|
|
|
$
|
112,312
|
|
|
$
|
92,743
|
|
|
$
|
89,634
|
|
|
$
|
77,440
|
|
|
$
|
727,233
|
|
|
$
|
1,207,591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes interest obligations based on current effective
interest rate on senior subordinated notes outstanding as of
March 31, 2011. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes interest obligations based on current effective
interest rate and projected interest expense on credit
facilities outstanding as of March 31, 2011. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents a $1.0 million promissory note payable issued in
November 2009 by Reach Media to a subsidiary of Citadel. The
note was issued in connection with Reach Media reacquiring
Citadels noncontrolling stock ownership in Reach Media as
well as entering into a new sales representation agreement with
Radio Networks, a subsidiary of Citadel. The note bears interest
at 7.0% per annum, which is payable quarterly, and the entire
principal amount is due on December 31, 2011. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes employment contracts, severance obligations, on-air
talent contracts, consulting agreements, equipment rental
agreements, programming related agreements, and other general
operating agreements. |
|
(5) |
|
Represents funding of our remaining TV One capital commitment. |
As of December 31, 2010, we had a swap agreement in place
for a total notional amount of $25.0 million. At that
point, the period remaining on the swap agreement was
18 months. As of March 31, 2011, the remaining
$25.0 million swap agreement was terminated in conjunction
with the March 31, 2011 retirement of our previous Credit
Agreement.
Other
Contingencies
The Company has been named as a defendant in several legal
actions arising in the ordinary course of business. It is
managements opinion, after consultation with its legal
counsel, that the outcome of these claims will not have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial position
or results of operations.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
As of March 31, 2011, we had four standby letters of credit
totaling $676,500 in connection with our annual insurance policy
renewals. In addition Reach Media had a letter of credit of
$500,000.
82
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
As of March 31, 2011, our exposure related to market risk
had not changed materially since December 31, 2010.
Both the term loan facility and the revolving facility under our
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement bear interest, at our
option, at a rate equal to either the London Interbank Offered
Rate (LIBOR), subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, plus
a spread that ranges from 6.25% to 7.25%, or the prime rate plus
a spread of up to 6.25%, depending on our senior leverage ratio.
We also pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on the unused
commitment of the revolving facility. We are exposed to interest
rate volatility with respect to this variable rate debt. If the
borrowing rates under LIBOR were to increase one percentage
point above the current rates at December 31, 2010, our
interest expense on the revolving credit facility would increase
approximately $1.1 million on an annual basis, including
any interest expense associated with the use of derivative rate
hedging instruments as described above.
Under the terms of our Credit Agreement, we entered into fixed
rate swap agreements to mitigate our exposure to higher floating
interest rates. These swap agreements required that we pay a
fixed rate of interest on the notional amount to a bank and that
the bank pays to us a variable rate equal to three month LIBOR.
As of December 31, 2010, in accordance with our Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, we had one swap agreement in place
for a total notional amount of $25.0 million, and the
period remaining on this swap agreement is 18 months. The
swap agreement is tied to the three-month LIBOR, which may
fluctuate significantly on a daily basis. The valuation of each
of these swap agreements is affected by the change in the
three-month LIBOR and the remaining term of the agreement. Any
increase in the three-month LIBOR results in a more favorable
valuation, while a decrease in the three-month LIBOR results in
a less favorable valuation. As of March 31, 2011, this swap
agreement was terminated in conjunction with the March 31,
2011 retirement of our previous Credit Agreement.
We estimated the net fair value of this instrument as of
December 31, 2010 to be a payable of approximately
$1.4 million. The fair value of the interest rate swap
agreement is an estimate of the net amount that we would have
paid on December 31, 2010 if the agreements were
transferred to other parties or cancelled by us. The fair value
is estimated by obtaining quotations from the financial
institutions which are parties to our swap agreement contracts.
The determination of the estimated fair value of our fixed-rate
debt is subject to the effects of interest rate risk. The
estimated fair value of our
121/2%/15%
and 2013 Notes at December 31, 2010 were approximately
$278.2 million and $672,000, respectively, and the carrying
amounts were $286.8 million and $747,000, respectively.
The estimated fair values of our 2013 Notes and 2011 Notes at
December 31, 2009 were approximately $142.0 million
and $78.2 million, respectively, and the carrying amounts
were $200.0 million and $101.5 million, respectively.
The effect of a hypothetical one percentage point decrease in
expected current interest rate yield would be to increase the
estimated fair value of our 2013 Notes from approximately
$672,000 to $783,000 at December 31, 2010. The effect of a
hypothetical one percentage point decrease in expected current
interest rate yield would be to increase the estimated fair
value of our
121/2%/15% Notes
from approximately $278.2 million to $297.5 million at
December 31, 2010.
83
DESCRIPTION
OF OUR BUSINESS
Radio One is an urban-oriented, multi-media company that
primarily targets
African-American
consumers. We are incorporated as a Delaware corporation. Our
core business is our radio broadcasting franchise that is the
largest broadcasting operation in the United States that
primarily targets
African-American
and urban listeners. We currently own 53 broadcast stations
located in 16 urban markets in the United States. While our
primary source of revenue is the sale of local and national
advertising for broadcast on our radio stations, our strategy is
to operate the premier multi-media entertainment and information
content provider targeting
African-American
consumers. Thus, we have diversified our revenue streams by
making acquisitions and investments in other complementary media
properties. Our other media interests include our approximately
50.9% ownership interest (37% as of December 31,
2010) in TV One, LLC (TV One), an
African-American
targeted cable television network that we invested in with an
affiliate of Comcast Corporation and other investors; our 53.5%
ownership interest in Reach Media, Inc. (Reach
Media), which operates the Tom Joyner Morning Show; our
ownership of Interactive One, LLC (Interactive One),
an online platform serving the
African-American
community through social content, news, information, and
entertainment, which operates a number of branded sites,
including NewsOne, UrbanDaily, HelloBeautiful; and our ownership
of Community Connect, LLC (formerly Community Connect Inc.)
(CCI), an online social networking company, which
operates a number of branded websites, including BlackPlanet,
MiGente and Asian Avenue. CCI is now included within the
operations of Interactive One. Through our national multi-media
presence, we provide advertisers with a unique and powerful
delivery mechanism to the
African-American
and urban audiences.
In December 2009, the Company ceased publication of our
urban-themed lifestyle periodical Giant Magazine. The remaining
assets and liabilities of this publication have been classified
as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2010 and
2009, and the publications results from operations for the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, have been
classified as discontinued operations in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
As part of our consolidated financial statements, consistent
with our financial reporting structure and how the Company
currently manages its businesses, we have provided selected
financial information on the Companys two reportable
segments: (i) Radio Broadcasting and; (ii) Internet.
See Note 17 Segment Information in the
notes accompanying our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Acquisitions
In June 2008, the Company purchased the assets of
WPRS-FM, a
radio station located in the Washington, DC metropolitan area,
for $38.0 million in cash. From April 2007 and until
closing, the station had been operated under an LMA, and the
results of its operations were included in the Companys
consolidated financial statements. The station was consolidated
with the Companys existing Washington, DC operations in
April 2007.
In April 2008, the Company acquired CCI for $38.0 million
in cash. CCI is an online social networking company operating
branded websites including BlackPlanet, MiGente, and AsianAvenue.
Dispositions
Between December 2006 and May 2008, the Company sold the assets
of 20 radio stations in seven markets for approximately
$287.9 million in cash. These dispositions were consistent
with the Companys strategic plan to divest itself of
non-core radio assets.
Los Angeles Station: In May 2008, the Company
sold the assets of its radio station
KRBV-FM,
located in the Los Angeles metropolitan area, to Bonneville
International Corporation (Bonneville) for
approximately $137.5 million in cash. Bonneville began
operating the station under an LMA on April 8, 2008.
Miami Station: In April 2008, the Company sold
the assets of its radio station
WMCU-AM
(formerly
WTPS-AM),
located in the Miami metropolitan area, to Salem Communications
Holding Corporation
84
(Salem) for approximately $12.3 million in
cash. Salem began operating the station under an LMA effective
October 18, 2007.
Augusta Stations: In December 2007, the
Company sold the assets of its five radio stations in the
Augusta metropolitan area to Perry Broadcasting Company for
approximately $3.1 million in cash.
Louisville Station: In November 2007, the
Company sold the assets of its radio station
WLRX-FM in
the Louisville metropolitan area to WAY FM Media Group, Inc. for
approximately $1.0 million in cash.
Dayton and Louisville Stations: In September
2007, the Company sold the assets of its five radio stations in
the Dayton metropolitan area and five of its six radio stations
in the Louisville metropolitan area to Main Line Broadcasting,
LLC for approximately $76.0 million in cash.
Minneapolis Station: In August 2007, the
Company sold the assets of its radio station
KTTB-FM in
the Minneapolis metropolitan area to Northern Lights
Broadcasting, LLC for approximately $28.0 million in cash.
Boston Station: In December 2006, the Company
closed on the sale of the assets of its radio station
WILD-FM in
the Boston metropolitan area to Entercom Boston, LLC
(Entercom) for approximately $30.0 million in
cash. Entercom began operating the station under an LMA
effective August 18, 2006.
Our
Stations and Markets
The table below provides information about our radio stations
and the markets in which we owned or operated as of
December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio One
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entire
|
|
|
Market Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audience
|
|
|
Ranking by
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Four Book
|
|
|
Size of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
African-
|
|
|
Estimated Fall 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Ending Fall
|
|
|
American
|
|
|
Metro
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010)
|
|
|
Population
|
|
|
Population Persons 12+(c)
|
|
|
|
Number of Stations(a)
|
|
|
Audience
|
|
|
Persons
|
|
|
|
|
|
African-
|
|
Market
|
|
FM
|
|
|
AM
|
|
|
Share(b)
|
|
|
12+(c)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
American%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Atlanta(1)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.7
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
%
|
Washington, DC(1)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
26.4
|
%
|
Philadelphia(1)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
%
|
Detroit(1)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
21.9
|
%
|
Houston(1)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
Dallas(1)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
%
|
Baltimore(1)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
28.4
|
%
|
St. Louis(1)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
18.2
|
%
|
Charlotte(2)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
%
|
Cleveland(1)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
18.9
|
%
|
Richmond(3)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
29.3
|
%
|
Raleigh-Durham(2)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
%
|
Boston(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
Cincinnati(1)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
12.3
|
%
|
Columbus(2)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
%
|
Indianapolis(2)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
19.1
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
14.8
|
%
|
Total
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The four book average and rank is measured using the
12 month Portable People
Metertm
(PPMtm)
methodology. |
|
(2) |
|
The four book average is measured using a two book diary and a
two book (six months)
PPMtm
average. |
85
|
|
|
(3) |
|
The four book average and rank is measured using the four book
diary average. |
|
(4) |
|
We do not subscribe to Arbitron for our Boston market. |
|
(a) |
|
WDNI-CD (formerly WDNI-LP), the low power television station
that we acquired in Indianapolis in June 2000, is not included
in this table. |
|
(b) |
|
Audience share data are for the 12+ demographic and derived from
the Arbitron Survey four book averages ending with the Fall 2010
Arbitron Survey. |
|
(c) |
|
Population estimates are from the Arbitron Radio Market Report,
Fall 2010. |
The
African-American
Market Opportunity
We believe that urban-oriented media primarily targeting
African-Americans
continues as an attractive opportunity for the following reasons:
Steady
African-American
Population Growth. From April 2000 to July 2009,
the
African-American
population grew 9.8%, in line with a 9.7% overall population
growth rate, and accounted for 12.9% of total population growth
by July 2009. The
African-American
population is expected to grow to approximately
42.1 million by the end of 2015, a 5.5% increase from 2010.
African-Americans
are expected to make up 12.9% of total population growth during
the period from 2010 through 2015. (Source: U.S. Census
Bureau, 2008 and 2009, Projections of the Population by
Sex, Race, and Hispanic Origin for the United States: 2010 to
2050) According to the U.S. Census, the average
African-American
population is nearly five years younger than the total
U.S. population average. As a result, urban formats, in
general, tend to skew younger than formats targeted to the
general market population. As of December 2010, the
African-American
population represents almost 13% of the total
U.S. population. The
African-American
consumer market represents an attractive customer segment in
many states.
High
African-American
Geographic Concentration. An analysis of the
African-American
population shows a high degree of geographic concentration. A
recent study shows that while the five most populous
U.S. markets are home to 21.0% of the overall
U.S. population, 27.0% of the total
African-American
population resides in those same markets. Expanding the analysis
to the 20 most populous U.S. markets, 45.0% of the overall
U.S. population resides within these markets, with 57% of
the total
African-American
population residing within them. (Source: Markets Within
Markets, Cable Advertising Bureau (CAB) Race,
Relevance and Revenue, June 2007). The practical implication of
these findings is that a multi-media strategy within these
pockets of geographic concentration can have a much
proportionately more meaningful reach towards the
African-American
population than towards non-African-American
U.S. populations.
Higher
African-American
Income Growth. The economic status of
African-Americans
improved at an above-average rate over the past two decades.
African-American
buying power was estimated at $913 billion in 2008, up from
$590 billion in 2000 and is expected to increase to $1.2
trillion by 2013, up by 210.0% in 22 years. (Source:
The Multicultural Economy 2008, Selig Center for
Economic Growth, Terry College of Business, The University of
Georgia, January 2009). In addition,
African-American
consumers tend to have a different consumption profile than
non-African-Americans. A report published by the CAB notes those
products and services for which
African-American
households spent more or a higher proportion of their money than
non-African-Americans. These products and services included
apparel and accessories, appliances, consumer electronics, food,
personal care products, telephone service and transportation.
Such findings imply that utilities, telecom firms, clothing and
grocers would greatly benefit from marketing directly to
African-American
consumers. This is particularly true in those states (including
the District of Columbia) where the percentage that
African-American
buying power represents of total buying power in that state is
the largest, such as the District of Columbia (31.1%), Maryland
(22.0%), Georgia (20.5%), North Carolina (14.5%) and Virginia
(13.1%). (Source: Black Buying Power, CAB Race,
Relevance and Revenue, June 2007).
Growing Influence of
African-American
Culture. We believe that there continues to be an
ongoing urbanization of many facets of American
society as evidenced by the influence of
African-American
culture in the areas of politics, music, film, fashion, sports
and urban-oriented television shows and networks. We
86
believe that many companies from a broad range of industries
have embraced this urbanization trend in their products as well
as in their advertising messages. As noted in one recent study,
The influence of
African-American
youth culture is no accident. The black population is among the
youngest in the nation, with 56.1% under age 35 in 2009,
and nearly 30% under age 18. (Source: African
Americans Online, eMarketer, March 2009).
Growth in Advertising Targeting the
African-American
Market. We continue to believe that large
corporate advertisers are becoming more focused on reaching
minority consumers in the United States. The
African-American
community is considered an emerging growth market within a
mature domestic market. During the recession, spending on
African-American
media declined 7.3%, according to figures by The Nielsen
Company. While the decline was consistent with the trend in
overall advertising, the drop was not as severe as the general
market. In February 2010, Nielsen reported that ad spending in
general fell 9% in 2009, despite significant increases in Cable
TV. The decline in spending on
African-American
media was consistent with decreased spending in network
television and national magazines. Increased spending on cable
television helped balance out the losses. Advertisers spent 35%
more on
African-American
cable in 2009 than in 2008. Radio continued to earn the most
revenue among
African-American
media in 2009. Advertisers spent $748 million on the medium
last year. (Source: Multicultural Ad Spending Declines in
2009, but Less than Overall Ad Market, NielsenWire,
March 12, 2010). We believe many large corporations are
expanding their commitment to ethnic advertising. The companies
that successfully market to the
African-American
audience have focused on building brand relationships.
Advertisers are making an effort to fully understand
African-American
consumers, and to relate to them with messages that are relevant
to their community. These advertisers are accomplishing this by
visibly and consistently engaging the
African-American
consumer, involving themselves with the interests of the
African-American
consumer and increasing
African-American
brand loyalty.
Significant and Growing Internet Usage among
African-Americans
with Limited Targeted Online Content
Offerings. African-Americans
are becoming significant users of the internet. The same factors
driving increases in
African-American
buying power, such as improvements in education, income and
employment, are also increasing
African-American
internet usage. One study estimates that 23.7 million
African-Americans
will make up 11.2% of all U.S. internet users in 2013, up
from 9.9% in 2008. (Source: African Americans
Online, eMarketer, March 2009). This represents a 24%
increase from 2008 versus a 15% increase for the general
population and an 11% increase among white internet users.
According to another national study among more than 7,000
African American adults, the internet represents 32% of daily
media exposure for
African-Americans
and the typical amount of time spent online is 4 hours and
21 minutes per day, a figure that is 10% higher when compared to
all U.S. adults. (Source: The Media Audit National
Report 2010). Additionally, the growth of internet
penetration and high-speed internet penetration in
African-American
households is expected to remain above that of the general
population. We believe that there is no company that dominates
the
African-American
market online, and the lack of any strong competitive presence
presents a significant opportunity for us to build an online
business that is highly scalable.
The Results of our Black America Study
(www.blackamericastudy.com). In addition to
relying on third-party research and our own experience, from
time to time we conduct or commission our own proprietary
research. In early 2008, we released the groundbreaking
Black America Study. This national study, conducted
by Yankelovich, a leader in consumer research for over
50 years, is one of the largest segmentation research
studies ever done of Blacks and
African-Americans.
This study helps us to better understand the motivations of our
core demographic by segmenting the large and growing
African-American
audience so that we can highlight the diversity that exists in
Black America. This enhanced understanding helps us identify new
opportunities to serve the
African-American
community and assists us in helping advertisers and marketers
reach Black America more effectively.
The study includes insight into the feelings of
African-Americans
about their future, past and present, as well as, details on
their relationship with media, advertising and technology. The
wealth of quantifiable information about our listeners, viewers,
readers and visitors provides valuable marketing and programming
applications for us. This allows us to ensure that our content
best reflects our audience and, in turn, allows for companies,
organizations and individuals to effectively reach this vital
community.
87
Business
Strategy
Radio Station Portfolio Optimization. Within
our core radio business, our portfolio management strategy is to
make select acquisitions of radio stations, primarily in markets
where we already have a presence, and to divest stations which
are no longer strategic in nature. We may divest stations that
do not have an urban format or stations located in smaller
markets or markets where the
African-American
population is smaller, on a relative basis, than other markets
in which we operate. However, we are continually looking for
opportunities to upgrade existing radio stations by
strengthening their signals to reach a larger number of
potential listeners.
Investment in Complementary Businesses. We
continue to invest in complementary businesses in the media and
entertainment industry. The primary focus of these investments
will be on businesses that provide entertainment and information
content to
African-American
consumers. Most recently, in April 2008, we acquired CCI, an
online social networking company that hosted the website
BlackPlanet. BlackPlanet has been integrated into our online
operations, as part of Interactive One, which now includes the
largest social networking site primarily targeted at
African-Americans.
This integration is consistent with our operating strategy of
becoming a multi-media entertainment and information content
provider to
African-American
consumers. We believe that our unique position as a diversified
media company focused on the
African-American
consumer provides us with a competitive advantage in these new
businesses.
Top 50
African-American
Radio Markets in the United States
The table below notes the top 50
African-American
radio markets in the United States. The bold text indicates
markets where we own radio stations. Population estimates are
for 2010 and are based upon data provided by Arbitron.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
African-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Americans as a
|
|
|
|
|
African-American
|
|
Percentage of the
|
|
|
|
|
Population
|
|
Overall Population
|
Rank
|
|
Market
|
|
(Persons 12+)
|
|
(Persons 12+)
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
New York, NY
|
|
|
2,674
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
%
|
|
2
|
|
|
Atlanta, GA
|
|
|
1,392
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
Chicago, IL
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
|
|
17.3
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
Washington, DC
|
|
|
1,158
|
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
Philadelphia, PA
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
Detroit, MI
|
|
|
837
|
|
|
|
21.9
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
Houston-Galveston, TX
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
Los Angeles, CA
|
|
|
807
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
|
19.6
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
Baltimore, MD
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
28.4
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
Memphis, TN
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
|
43.9
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
San Francisco, CA
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
31.6
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
St. Louis, MO
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
|
18.2
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
New Orleans, LA
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
|
33.8
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
Cleveland, OH
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
18.9
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
Raleigh-Durham, NC
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
Richmond, VA
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
29.3
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
Boston, MA
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
African-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Americans as a
|
|
|
|
|
African-American
|
|
Percentage of the
|
|
|
|
|
Population
|
|
Overall Population
|
Rank
|
|
Market
|
|
(Persons 12+)
|
|
(Persons 12+)
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
Birmingham, AL
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
28.2
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
Greensboro-Winston-Salem-High Point, NC
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
Jacksonville, FL
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
Orlando, FL
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
Nassau-Suffolk (Long Island), NY
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
Cincinnati, OH
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
Columbus, OH
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
Indianapolis, IN
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
14.8
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
Kansas City, KS
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
Milwaukee-Racine, WI
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
Nashville, TN
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
Seattle-Tacoma, WA
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
Baton Rouge, LA
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
33.0
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
Middlesex-Somerset-Union, NJ
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
Jackson, MS
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
46.1
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Columbia, SC
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
Riverside-San Bernardino, CA
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Pittsburgh, PA
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
14.8
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Phoenix, AZ
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Las Vegas, NV
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Charleston, SC
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Greenville-Spartanburg, SC
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Augusta, GA
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
34.0
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Sacramento, CA
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Louisville, KY
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Greenville-New Bern-Jacksonville
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
Multi-Media
Operating Strategy
To maximize net revenue and station operating income at our
radio stations, we strive to achieve the largest audience share
of
African-American
listeners in each market, convert these audience share ratings
to advertising revenue, and control operating expenses.
Complementing our core radio franchise are our cable and online
media interests. Through our national presence across our
various media, we provide our customers with a multi-media
advertising platform that is a unique and powerful delivery
mechanism toward
African-Americans
and other urban consumers. We believe that as we continue to
diversify into other media, the strength and effectiveness of
this unique platform will become even more compelling. The
success of our strategy relies on the following:
|
|
|
|
|
market research, targeted programming and marketing;
|
|
|
|
ownership and syndication of programming content;
|
|
|
|
radio station clustering, programming segmentation and sales
bundling;
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
strategic and coordinated sales, marketing and special event
efforts;
|
|
|
|
strong management and performance-based incentives; and
|
|
|
|
significant community involvement.
|
Market
Research, Targeted Programming and Marketing
We use market research to tailor the programming, marketing and
promotion of our radio stations and the content of our
complementary media to maximize audience share. We also use our
research to reinforce and refine our current programming and
content, to identify unserved or underserved markets or segments
within the
African-American
population and to determine whether to acquire new media
properties or reprogram one of our existing media properties to
target those markets or segments.
We also seek to reinforce our targeted programming and content
by creating a distinct and marketable identity for each of our
media properties. To achieve this objective, in addition to our
significant community involvement discussed below, we employ and
promote distinct, high-profile personalities across our media
properties, many of whom have strong ties to the
African-American
community and the local communities in which a broadcasting
property is located.
Ownership
and Syndication of Programming Content
To diversify our revenue base beyond the markets in which we
physically operate, we seek to develop or acquire proprietary
African-American
targeted content. We distribute this content in a variety of
ways, utilizing our own network of multi-media distribution
assets or through distribution assets owned by others. If we
distribute content through others, we are paid for providing
this content or we receive advertising inventory which we
monetize through our adverting sales. To date, our programming
content efforts have included our investment in TV One and its
related programming, our 53.5% ownership of Reach Media, the
acquisition and development of our interactive brands including
BlackPlanet, NewsOne, TheUrbanDaily and HelloBeautiful and the
development and distribution of several syndicated radio shows,
including the Russ Parr Morning Show, the
Yolanda Adams Morning Show, the Rickey Smiley
Morning Show, CoCo Brother Live, CoCo
Brothers the Spirit program, Bishop T.D.
Jakes Empowering Moments, the Reverend
Al Sharpton Show, and the Warren Ballentine
Show. Our syndicated radio programming is available on 214
non-Radio One stations through the United States.
Radio
Station Clustering, Programming Segmentation and Sales
Bundling
We strive to build clusters of radio stations in our markets,
with each radio station targeting different demographic segments
of the
African-American
population. This clustering and programming segmentation
strategy allows us to achieve greater penetration within the
distinct segments of our overall target market. In a similar
fashion, we have multiple online brands including BlackPlanet,
NewsOne, TheUrbanDaily and HelloBeautiful. Each of these brands
focuses upon a different segment of
African-American
online users. With our radio station clusters and multiple
online brands, we are able to direct advertisers to specific
audiences within the urban communities in which we are located
or to bundle the radio stations and brands for advertising sales
purposes when advantageous.
We believe there are several potential benefits that result from
operating multiple radio stations within the same market as well
as operating multiple online brands. First, each additional
radio station in a market and online brand provides us with a
larger percentage of the prime advertising time available for
sale within that market and among online users. Second, the more
stations we program and brands we operate, the greater the
market share we can achieve in our target demographic groups
through the use of segmented programming and content delivery.
Third, we are often able to consolidate sales, promotional,
technical support and business functions across stations and
brands to produce substantial cost savings. Finally, the
purchase of additional radio stations in an existing market and
the development of additional online brands allow us to take
advantage of our market expertise and leverage our existing
relationships with advertisers.
90
Strategic
and Coordinated Sales, Marketing and Special Event
Efforts
We have assembled an effective, highly trained sales staff
responsible for converting our broadcast and online audience
shares into revenue. We operate with a focused, sales-oriented
culture, which rewards aggressive selling efforts through a
commission and bonus compensation structure. We hire and deploy
large teams of sales professionals for each of our media
properties or media clusters, and we provide these teams with
the resources necessary to compete effectively in the markets in
which we operate. We utilize various sales strategies to sell
and market our properties on a stand-alone basis, in combination
with other properties within a given market, and across our
various media properties, where appropriate.
We have created a national platform of radio stations in some of
the largest
African-American
consumer markets. This platform reaches approximately
20 million listeners weekly, more than that of any other
radio broadcaster primarily targeting
African-Americans.
Given the high degree of geographic concentration among the
African-American
population, national advertisers find advertising on our radio
stations an efficient and cost-effective way to reach this
target audience. Through our corporate sales department, we
bundle and sell our platform of radio stations to national
advertisers, thereby enhancing our revenue generating
opportunities, expanding our base of advertisers, creating
greater demand for our advertising time inventory and increasing
the capacity utilization of our inventory and making our sales
efforts more efficient. We have also created a dedicated online
sales force as part of our interactive unit. The units
national team focuses on helping marketers reach our online
audience of approximately 4 million unique visitors per
month. Our leading advertising products, custom marketing
solutions, and integrated inventory opportunities, provide our
advertising customers a unique vehicle to reach online
African-American
consumers at scale. To allow marketers to reach our audience
across all of our platforms (radio, television and online) in an
efficient way, in 2008, we launched One Solution, a
cross-platform/brand sales and marketing effort which allows top
tier advertisers to take full advantage of our complete suite of
offerings through a one-stop shop approach that reaches 82% of
African-Americans
in the United States.
In order to create advertising loyalty, we strive to be the
recognized expert in marketing to the
African-American
consumer in the markets in which we operate. We believe that we
have achieved this recognition by focusing on serving the
African-American
consumer and by creating innovative advertising campaigns and
promotional tie-ins with our advertising clients and sponsoring
numerous entertainment events each year. In these events,
advertisers buy sponsorships, signage, booth space
and/or
broadcast promotions to sell a variety of goods and services to
African-American
consumers. As we expand our presence in our existing markets and
into new markets, we may increase the number of events and the
number of markets in which we host events based upon our
evaluation of the financial viability and economic benefits of
the events.
Strong
Management and Performance-Based Incentives
We focus on hiring and retaining highly motivated and talented
individuals in each functional area of our organization who can
effectively help us implement our growth and operating
strategies. Our management team is comprised of a diverse group
of individuals who bring significant expertise to their
functional areas. To enhance the quality of our management in
the areas of sales and programming, general managers, sales
managers and program directors have significant portions of
their compensation tied to the achievement of certain
performance goals. General Managers compensation is based
partially on increasing market share and achieving station
operating income benchmarks, which creates an incentive for
management to focus on both sales growth and profitability.
Additionally, sales managers and sales personnel have incentive
packages based on sales goals, and program directors and on-air
talent have incentive packages focused on maximizing ratings in
specific target segments. Our One Solution sales approach seeks
to drive incremental revenue and value across all of our media
properties and includes performance based incentives for our
sales team.
Significant
Community Involvement
We believe our active involvement and significant relationships
in the
African-American
community across each of our brands and in each of our markets
provide a competitive advantage in targeting
African-American
audiences and significantly improve the marketability of our
advertising to businesses that
91
are targeting such communities. We believe that a media
propertys image should reflect the lifestyle and
viewpoints of the target demographic group it serves. Due to our
fundamental understanding of the
African-American
community, we are well positioned to identify music and musical
styles, as well as political and social trends and issues, early
in their evolution. This understanding is integrated into
significant aspects of our operations across all of our media
properties and enables us to create enhanced awareness and name
recognition in the marketplace. In addition, we believe our
approach to community involvement leads to increased
effectiveness in developing and updating our programming formats
and online brands and content which in turn leads to greater
listenership and users of our online properties, driving higher
ratings and online traffic over the long-term.
Our Radio
Station Portfolio
The following table sets forth selected information about our
portfolio of radio stations as of December 31, 2010. Market
population data and revenue rank data are from BIA Financials
Investing in Radio Market Report, 2010 Fourth Edition. Audience
share and audience rank data are based on Arbitron Survey four
book averages ending with the Fall 2010 Arbitron Survey unless
otherwise noted. As used in this table, n/a means
not applicable or not available and (t) means tied
with one or more radio stations. We do not subscribe to Arbitron
for our Boston market.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Four Book Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audience
|
|
|
Audience
|
|
|
|
Market Rank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Audience
|
|
|
Audience
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Rank
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Rank
|
|
|
in Target
|
|
|
in Target
|
|
|
|
Metro
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
|
Demo-
|
|
|
in 12+ Demo-
|
|
|
in 12+- Demo-
|
|
|
Demo-
|
|
|
Demo-
|
|
Market
|
|
Population
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Format
|
|
graphic
|
|
|
graphic
|
|
|
graphic
|
|
|
graphic
|
|
|
graphic
|
|
|
Atlanta(1)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WPZE-FM(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Inspirational
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
4
|
(t)
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
WHTA-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
9
|
(t)
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
WAMJ-FM(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
9
|
(t)
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
6
|
(t)
|
WUMJ-FM(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Washington, DC(1)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WKYS-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
8
|
(t)
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
WMMJ-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WPRS-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Inspirational
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
13
|
(t)
|
WYCB-AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
Gospel
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
38
|
(t)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
47
|
(t)
|
WOL-AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
News/Talk
|
|
|
35-64
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
38
|
(t)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
37
|
(t)
|
Philadelphia(1)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WPPZ-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1997
|
|
|
Inspirational
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
WPHI-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
19
|
(t)
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
WRNB-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
13
|
(t)
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Detroit(1)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WHTD-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
WDMK-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
WCHB-AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
News/Talk
|
|
|
35-64
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
30
|
(t)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
33
|
(t)
|
Houston(1)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KMJQ-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
3
|
(t)
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
KBXX-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KROI-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Inspirational
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
15
|
(t)
|
Dallas(1)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KBFB-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
12
|
(t)
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
KSOC-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Baltimore(1)
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Four Book Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Audience
|
|
|
Audience
|
|
|
|
Market Rank
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Audience
|
|
|
Audience
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Rank
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Age
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Rank
|
|
|
in Target
|
|
|
in Target
|
|
|
|
Metro
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
|
Demo-
|
|
|
in 12+ Demo-
|
|
|
in 12+- Demo-
|
|
|
Demo-
|
|
|
Demo-
|
|
Market
|
|
Population
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Format
|
|
graphic
|
|
|
graphic
|
|
|
graphic
|
|
|
graphic
|
|
|
graphic
|
|
|
WERQ-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
WWIN-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
2
|
(t)
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
WOLB-AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993
|
|
|
News/Talk
|
|
|
35-64
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
43
|
(t)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
46
|
(t)
|
WWIN-AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
Gospel
|
|
|
35-64
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
34
|
(t)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
33
|
(t)
|
St. Louis(1)
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WFUN-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
WHHL-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Cleveland(1)
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WENZ-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
WERE-AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
News/Talk
|
|
|
35-64
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
28
|
(t)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
27
|
(t)
|
WZAK-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WJMO-AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
Inspirational
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
20
|
(t)
|
Charlotte(2)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WQNC-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WPZS-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Inspirational
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Richmond(3)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WCDX-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WPZZ-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
Inspirational
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
WKJS-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
WKJM-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
WTPS-AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
News/Talk
|
|
|
35-64
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raleigh-Durham(2)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WQOK-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
WFXK-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
***
|
|
|
|
***
|
|
|
|
***
|
|
|
|
***
|
|
WFXC-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WNNL-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Inspirational
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
Columbus(2)
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WCKX-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
WXMG-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
R&B/Oldies
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WJYD-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
Inspirational
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Cincinnati(1)
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WIZF-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
Urban Contemporary
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
6
|
(t)
|
WMOJ-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
WDBZ-AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
News/Talk
|
|
|
35-64
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
23
|
(t)
|
Indianapolis(2)(4)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WHHH-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Rhythmic CHR
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
WTLC-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Urban AC
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
7
|
(t)
|
WNOU-FM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
Pop/CHR
|
|
|
18-34
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
7
|
(t)
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WTLC-AM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
Inspirational
|
|
|
25-54
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
AC refers to Adult Contemporary
CHR refers to Contemporary Hit Radio
93
R&B refers to Rhythm and Blues
Pop refers to Popular Music
* Simulcast with
WAMJ-FM
** Simulcast with
WKJS-FM
*** Simulcast with
WFXC-FM
|
|
|
(a) |
|
WPZE-FM
effective February 20, 2009 (formerly
WAMJ-FM). |
|
(b) |
|
WAMJ-FM
effective February 27, 2009 (formerly
WJZZ-FM). |
|
(c) |
|
WUMJ-FM
effective February 20, 2009 (formerly
WPZE-FM). |
|
(1) |
|
The four book average and rank is measured using the
12 month
PPMtm
methodology. |
|
(2) |
|
The four book average is measured using a two book diary and a
two book (six months)
PPMtm
average. |
|
(3) |
|
The four book average and rank is measured using the four book
diary average. |
|
(4) |
|
WDNI-CD (formerly WDNI-LP), the low power television station
that we acquired in Indianapolis in June 2000, is not included
in this table. |
Radio
Advertising Revenue
For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 83.5%
of our net revenue was generated from the sale of advertising in
our core radio business. Substantially all net revenue generated
from our radio franchise is generated from the sale of local,
national and network advertising. Local sales are made by the
sales staff located in our markets. National sales are made
primarily by Katz Communications, Inc. (Katz), a
firm specializing in radio advertising sales on the national
level. Katz is paid agency commissions on the advertising sold.
Network sales are made by third-party sales representatives in
exchange for commercial inventory made available to them.
Approximately 57.0% of our net revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2010 was generated from the sale of local
advertising and 36.5% from sales to national advertisers,
including network advertising. The balance of net revenue
generated from our radio franchise is primarily derived from
tower rental income, ticket sales and revenue related to Radio
One sponsored events, management fees and other revenue.
Advertising rates charged by radio stations are based primarily
on:
|
|
|
|
|
a radio stations audience share within the demographic
groups targeted by the advertisers;
|
|
|
|
the number of radio stations in the market competing for the
same demographic groups; and
|
|
|
|
the supply and demand for radio advertising time.
|
A radio stations listenership is measured by the
PPMtm
system or diary ratings surveys, both of which estimate the
number of listeners tuned to a radio station and the time they
spend listening to that radio station. Ratings are used by
advertisers to evaluate whether to advertise on our radio
stations, and are used by us to chart audience growth, set
advertising rates and adjust programming. Advertising rates are
generally highest during the morning and afternoon commuting
hours.
Strategic
Diversification and Other Sources of Revenue
We have expanded our operations to include other media forms
that are complementary to our core radio business. Since 2008,
we have owned and operated CCI, an online social networking
company that hosts the website BlackPlanet, the largest social
networking site primarily targeted at
African-Americans.
CCI is now included as part of the operations of Interactive One
and currently generates the majority of the Companys
internet revenue, and derives such revenue principally from
advertising services, including advertising aimed at diversity
recruiting. Advertising services include the sale of banner and
sponsorship advertisements. Advertising revenue is recognized
either as impressions (the number of times advertisements appear
in viewed pages) are delivered, when click through
purchases or leads are reported, or ratably over the contract
period, where applicable. Interactive One has a diversity
recruiting relationship with Monster, Inc.
(Monster). Monster
94
posts job listings and advertising on Interactive Ones
websites and Interactive One earns revenue for displaying the
images on its websites.
CCI is a part of our broader interactive unit, Interactive One,
which also includes the online brands NewsOne, TheUrbanDaily,
Elev8 and HelloBeautiful. Similar to CCI, these web properties
primarily derive their revenue from advertising services.
Revenue is recognized either as impressions are delivered, when
click through purchases or leads are reported, or
ratably over the contract, where applicable.
In February 2005, we acquired 51% of the common stock of Reach
Media, which operates The Tom Joyner Morning Show and related
businesses. Reach Media primarily derives its revenue from the
sale of advertising inventory in connection with its syndication
agreements. Mr. Joyner is a leading nationally syndicated
radio personality. As of December 31, 2010, The Tom Joyner
Morning Show was broadcast on 106 affiliate stations across the
United States and is a top-rated morning show in many of the
markets in which it is broadcast. Reach Media provides
programming content for TV One and operates
www.BlackAmericaWeb.com, an
African-American
targeted website. Reach Media also operates the Tom Joyner
Family Reunion and various other special event-related
activities. Prior to 2010, Reach Media used an outside sales
representative, Citadel Broadcasting Corporation
(Citadel), to sell both in-show and outside
advertising inventory. Prior to 2010, Citadel also held a
noncontrolling ownership interest in Reach. In November 2009, a
new agreement was executed (the New Sales Representation
Agreement) to replace the old agreement which expired on
December 31, 2009. Under the New Sales Representation
Agreement, effective January 1, 2010, Citadel began selling
advertising inventory for the Tom Joyner Morning Show only
outside of the show and on a non-exclusive basis. In addition to
these outside sales efforts, Reach Media has expanded its
internal sales force to sell in-show advertising inventory,
event sponsorships and BlackAmericaWeb.com advertising. As an
inducement for Reach Media to enter into the New Sales
Representation Agreement, Citadel returned its noncontrolling
ownership interest in Reach Media back to Reach Media. As a
result of classifying these shares as treasury stock, this
transaction effectively increased Radio Ones common stock
interest in Reach Media to 53.5%. In exchange for the return of
the ownership interest, Reach Media issued a $1.0 million
promissory note payable to Radio Networks, a subsidiary of
Citadel, due in December 2011.
In January 2004, the Company, together with an affiliate of
Comcast Corporation and other investors, launched TV One, an
entity formed to operate a cable television network featuring
lifestyle, entertainment and news-related programming targeted
primarily towards
African-American
viewers. At that time, we committed to make a cumulative cash
investment of $74.0 million in TV One, of which
$60.3 million had been funded as of April 30, 2007.
Since December 31, 2006, the initial four year commitment
period for funding the capital had been extended on a quarterly
basis due in part to TV Ones lower than anticipated
capital needs. In connection with the redemption financing (as
defined below) together with the remaining portion of the
members outstanding capital contribution we funded our remaining
capital commitment amount of approximately $13.7 million on
April 19, 2011 and currently anticipate no further capital
commitment. In December 2004, TV One entered into a distribution
agreement with DIRECTV and certain affiliates of DIRECTV became
investors in TV One.
On February 25, 2011, TV One completed a privately placed
debt offering of $119 million (the
Redemption Financing). The
Redemption Financing is structured as senior secured notes
bearing a 10% coupon and is due 2016. The
Redemption Financing was structured to allow for continued
distributions to the remaining members of TV One, including
Radio One, subject to certain conditions. Subsequently, on
February 28, 2011, TV One utilized $82.4 million of
the Redemption Financing to repurchase 15.4% of its
outstanding membership interests from certain financial
investors and 2.0% of its outstanding membership interests held
by TV One management (representing approximately 50% of
interests held by management). Finally, on April 25, 2011,
TV One utilized the balance of the Redemption Financing to
repurchase 12.4% of its outstanding membership interests from
DIRECTV. These redemptions by TV One, increased Radio Ones
holding in TV One from 36.8% to approximately 50.9% as of
April 25, 2011. Beginning in the quarter ended
June 30, 2011, the Company began accounting for TV One on a
consolidated basis.
We entered into separate network services and advertising
services agreements with TV One in 2003. Under the network
services agreement, we provided TV One with administrative and
operational support services and access to Radio One
personalities. This agreement, originally scheduled to expire in
January 2009, was extended to January 2011. Under the
advertising services agreement, we provided a specified
95
amount of advertising to TV One. This agreement was also
originally scheduled to expire in January 2009 and was extended
to January 2011 at which time it expired. In consideration of
providing these services, we have received equity in TV One, and
receive an annual cash fee of $500,000 for providing services
under the network services agreement. We are currently in the
process of renegotiating these agreements
We have launched websites that simultaneously stream radio
station content for each of our radio stations, and we derive
revenue from the sale of advertisements on those websites. We
generally encourage our web advertisers to run simultaneous
radio campaigns and use mentions in our radio airtime to promote
our websites. By providing streaming, we have been able to
broaden our listener reach, particularly to office
hour listeners. We believe streaming has had a positive
impact on our radio stations reach to listeners. In
addition, our station websites link to our other online
properties operated by Interactive One acting as traffic sources
for these online brands.
In December 2006, we acquired certain assets constituting Giant
Magazine, an urban-themed music and lifestyle magazine. In
December 2009, we discontinued publication of the magazine.
However, we continue to retain the Giant brand as part of our
interactive unit at the website Giantlife.com.
Future opportunities could include investments in, or
acquisitions of, companies in diverse media businesses, music
production and distribution, movie distribution, internet-based
services, and distribution of our content through emerging
distribution systems such as the internet, cellular phones,
personal digital assistants, digital entertainment devices and
the home entertainment market.
Competition
The media industry is highly competitive and we face intense
competition in both our core radio franchise and in our
complementary media properties, including our interactive unit.
Our media properties compete for audiences and advertising
revenue with other radio stations and with other media such as
broadcast and cable television, the internet, satellite radio,
newspapers, magazines, direct mail and outdoor advertising, some
of which may be controlled by horizontally-integrated companies.
Audience ratings and advertising revenue are subject to change
and any adverse change in a market could adversely affect our
net revenue in that market. If a competing station converts to a
format similar to that of one of our stations, or if one of our
competitors strengthens its signal or operations, our stations
could suffer a reduction in ratings and advertising revenue.
Other media companies which are larger and have more resources
may also enter or increase their presence in markets or segments
in which we operate. Although we believe our media properties
are well positioned to compete, we cannot assure that our
properties will maintain or increase their current ratings,
market share or advertising revenue.
The radio broadcasting industry is subject to rapid
technological change, evolving industry standards and the
emergence of new media technologies, which may impact our
business. We cannot assure you that we will have the resources
to acquire new technologies or to introduce new services that
could compete with these new technologies. Several new media
technologies are being, or have been, developed including the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
satellite delivered digital audio radio service with expansive
choice, high sound quality and availability on portable devices
and in automobiles;
|
|
|
|
audio programming by cable television systems and direct
broadcast satellite systems; and
|
|
|
|
digital audio and video content available for listening
and/or
viewing on the internet
and/or
available for downloading to portable devices.
|
Along with most other public radio companies, we have invested
in iBiquity, a developer of digital audio broadcast technology.
We committed by the end of 2009 to convert most of our analog
broadcast radio stations to in-band, on-channel digital radio
broadcasts, which could provide multi-channel, multi-format
digital radio services in the same bandwidth currently occupied
by traditional AM and FM radio services. However, we cannot
assure you that these arrangements will be successful or enable
us to adapt effectively to these new media technologies. As of
December 31, 2010, we had converted 48 stations to digital
broadcast.
96
Our interactive unit competes for the time and attention of
internet users and, thus, advertisers and advertising revenues
with a wide range of internet companies such as
Yahoo!tm
Inc.,
Googletm
and
Microsofttm,
social networking sites such as
MySpacetm
and
Facebooktm
and traditional media companies, which are increasingly offering
their own internet products and services. The internet is
dynamic and rapidly evolving, and new and popular competitors,
such as social networking sites, frequently emerge
and/or are
fragmented by new and evolving technologies.
Antitrust
Regulation
The agencies responsible for enforcing the federal antitrust
laws, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and the
Department of Justice (DOJ), may investigate
acquisitions. The DOJ has challenged a number of media property
transactions. Some of those challenges ultimately resulted in
consent decrees requiring, among other things, divestitures of
certain media properties. We cannot predict the outcome of any
specific DOJ or FTC review of a particular acquisition.
For acquisitions meeting certain size thresholds, the
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Act requires the parties to file Notification and Report Forms
concerning antitrust issues with the DOJ and the FTC and to
observe specified waiting period requirements before completing
the acquisition. If the investigating agency raises substantive
issues in connection with a proposed transaction, the parties
involved frequently engage in lengthy discussions
and/or
negotiations with the investigating agency to address those
issues, including restructuring the proposed acquisition or
divesting assets. In addition, the investigating agency could
file suit in federal court to enjoin the acquisition or to
require the divestiture of assets, among other remedies. All
acquisitions, regardless of whether they are required to be
reported under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Act, may be investigated by the DOJ or the FTC under the
antitrust laws before or after completion. In addition, private
parties may under certain circumstances bring legal action to
challenge an acquisition under the antitrust laws. The DOJ has
stated publicly that it believes that local marketing
agreements, joint sales agreements, time brokerage agreements
and other similar agreements customarily entered into in
connection with radio station transfers could violate the
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Act if such agreements take effect prior to the expiration of
the waiting period under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Act. The DOJ has established certain revenue and audience share
concentration benchmarks with respect to radio station
acquisitions, above which a transaction may receive additional
antitrust scrutiny. The DOJ has also investigated transactions
that do not meet or exceed these benchmarks and has cleared
transactions that do exceed these benchmarks.
Federal
Regulation of Radio Broadcasting
The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and
changing regulation by the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) of ownership, programming, technical
operations, employment and other business practices. The FCC
regulates radio broadcast stations pursuant to the
Communications Act (the Communications Act) of 1934,
as amended. The Communications Act permits the operation of
radio broadcast stations only in accordance with a license
issued by the FCC upon a finding that the grant of a license
would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity.
Among other things, the FCC:
|
|
|
|
|
assigns frequency bands for radio broadcasting;
|
|
|
|
determines the particular frequencies, locations, operating
power, interference standards and other technical parameters of
radio broadcast stations;
|
|
|
|
issues, renews, revokes and modifies radio broadcast station
licenses;
|
|
|
|
imposes annual regulatory fees and application processing fees
to recover its administrative costs;
|
|
|
|
establishes technical requirements for certain transmitting
equipment to restrict harmful emissions;
|
|
|
|
adopts and implements regulations and policies that affect the
ownership, operation, program content and employment and
business practices of radio broadcast stations; and
|
|
|
|
has the power to impose penalties, including monetary
forfeitures, for violations of its rules and the Communications
Act.
|
97
The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of an FCC
license, or transfer of control of an FCC licensee, without the
prior approval of the FCC. In determining whether to grant or
renew a radio broadcast license or consent to assignment or
transfer of a license, the FCC considers a number of factors,
including restrictions on foreign ownership, compliance with FCC
media ownership limits and other FCC rules, the character and
other qualifications of the licensee (or proposed licensee) and
compliance with the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988. A
licensees failure to comply with the requirements of the
Communications Act or FCC rules and policies may result in the
imposition of sanctions, including admonishment, fines, the
grant of a license renewal of less than a full eight-year term
or with conditions, denial of a license renewal application, the
revocation of an FCC license
and/or the
denial of FCC consent to acquire additional broadcast properties.
Congress, the FCC and, in some cases, local jurisdictions, are
considering and may in the future adopt new laws, regulations
and policies that could affect the operation, ownership and
profitability of our radio stations, result in the loss of
audience share and advertising revenue for our radio broadcast
stations or affect our ability to acquire additional radio
broadcast stations or finance such acquisitions. Such matters
include or may include:
|
|
|
|
|
changes to the license authorization and renewal process;
|
|
|
|
proposals to improve record keeping, including enhanced
disclosure of stations efforts to serve the public
interest;
|
|
|
|
proposals to impose spectrum use or other fees on FCC licensees;
|
|
|
|
changes to rules relating to political broadcasting including
proposals to grant free air time to candidates, and other
changes regarding political and non-political program content,
funding, political advertising rates, and sponsorship
disclosures;
|
|
|
|
proposals to restrict or prohibit the advertising of beer, wine
and other alcoholic beverages;
|
|
|
|
proposals regarding the regulation of the broadcast of indecent
or violent content;
|
|
|
|
proposals to increase the actions stations must take to
demonstrate service to their local communities;
|
|
|
|
technical and frequency allocation matters, including increased
protection of low power FM stations from interference by
full-service stations;
|
|
|
|
changes in broadcast multiple ownership, foreign ownership,
cross-ownership and ownership attribution policies;
|
|
|
|
changes to allow satellite radio operators to insert local
content into their programming service;
|
|
|
|
service and technical rules for digital radio, including
possible additional public interest requirements for terrestrial
digital audio broadcasters;
|
|
|
|
legislation that would provide for the payment of royalties to
artists and musicians whose music is played on terrestrial radio
stations;
|
|
|
|
changes to allow telephone companies to deliver audio and video
programming to homes in their service areas; and
|
|
|
|
proposals to alter provisions of the tax laws affecting
broadcast operations and acquisitions.
|
The FCC also has adopted procedures for the auction of broadcast
spectrum in circumstances where two or more parties have filed
mutually exclusive applications for authority to construct new
stations or certain major changes in existing stations. Such
procedures may limit our efforts to modify or expand the
broadcast signals of our stations.
We cannot predict what changes, if any, might be adopted or
considered in the future, or what impact, if any, the
implementation of any particular proposals or changes might have
on our business.
FCC License Grants and Renewals. In making
licensing determinations, the FCC considers an applicants
legal, technical, financial and other qualifications. The FCC
grants radio broadcast station licenses for specific periods of
time and, upon application, may renew them for additional terms.
A station may continue to operate
98
beyond the expiration date of its license if a timely filed
license renewal application is pending. Under the Communications
Act, radio broadcast station licenses may be granted for a
maximum term of eight years.
Generally, the FCC renews radio broadcast licenses without a
hearing upon a finding that:
|
|
|
|
|
the radio station has served the public interest, convenience
and necessity;
|
|
|
|
there have been no serious violations by the licensee of the
Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations; and
|
|
|
|
there have been no other violations by the licensee of the
Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations which, taken
together, indicate a pattern of abuse.
|
After considering these factors and any petitions to deny a
license renewal application (which may lead to a hearing), the
FCC may grant the license renewal application with or without
conditions, including renewal for a term less than the maximum
otherwise permitted. Historically, our licenses have been
renewed without any conditions or sanctions imposed; however,
there can be no assurance that the licenses of each of our
stations will be renewed for a full term without conditions or
sanctions.
Types of FCC Broadcast Licenses. The FCC
classifies each AM and FM radio station. An AM radio station
operates on either a clear channel, regional channel or local
channel. A clear channel serves wide areas, particularly at
night. A regional channel serves primarily a principal
population center and the contiguous rural areas. A local
channel serves primarily a community and the suburban and rural
areas immediately contiguous to it. Class A, B and C radio
stations each operate unlimited time. Class A radio
stations render primary and secondary service over an extended
area. Class B radio stations render service only over a
primary service area. Class C radio stations render service
only over a primary service area that may be reduced as a
consequence of interference. Class D radio stations operate
either daytime hours only, during limited times only, or
unlimited time with low nighttime power.
FM class designations depend upon the geographic zone in which
the transmitter of the FM radio station is located. The minimum
and maximum facilities requirements for an FM radio station are
determined by its class. In general, commercial FM radio
stations are classified as follows, in order of increasing power
and antenna height: Class A, B1, C3, B, C2, C1, C0 and C.
The FCC has adopted a rule subjecting Class C FM stations
that do not satisfy a certain antenna height requirement to an
involuntary downgrade in class to Class C0 under certain
circumstances.
Radio Ones Licenses. The following table
sets forth information with respect to each of our radio
stations. A broadcast stations market may be different
from its community of license. The coverage of an AM radio
station is chiefly a function of the power of the radio
stations transmitter, less dissipative power losses and
any directional antenna adjustments. For FM radio stations,
signal coverage area is chiefly a function of the ERP of the
radio stations antenna and the HAAT of the radio
stations antenna. ERP refers to the effective
radiated power of an FM radio station. HAAT refers
to the antenna height above average terrain of an FM radio
station.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Antenna
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERP (FM)
|
|
|
Height
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
(AM)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(AM)
|
|
|
HAAT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Station
|
|
|
Year of
|
|
|
|
|
|
in
|
|
|
(FM)
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
Market
|
|
Call Letters
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
FCC Class
|
|
|
Kilowatts
|
|
|
in Meters
|
|
|
Frequency
|
|
|
of FCC License
|
|
|
Atlanta
|
|
|
WUMJ-FM
|
(1)
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
|
C3
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
175.0
|
|
|
|
97.5 MHz
|
|
|
|
4/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WAMJ-FM
|
(2)
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
|
C3
|
|
|
|
21.5
|
|
|
|
110.0
|
|
|
|
107.5 MHz
|
|
|
|
4/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WHTA-FM
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
C2
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
|
|
176.0
|
|
|
|
107.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
4/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WPZE-FM
|
(3)
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
143.0
|
|
|
|
102.5 MHz
|
|
|
|
4/1/2012
|
|
Washington, DC
|
|
|
WOL-AM
|
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
.37
|
|
|
|
103.0
|
|
|
|
1450 kHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WMMJ-FM
|
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
146.0
|
|
|
|
102.3 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WKYS-FM
|
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
24.5
|
|
|
|
215.0
|
|
|
|
93.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WPRS-FM
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
244.0
|
|
|
|
104.1 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WYCB-AM
|
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
103.0
|
|
|
|
1340 kHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Antenna
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERP (FM)
|
|
|
Height
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
(AM)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(AM)
|
|
|
HAAT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Station
|
|
|
Year of
|
|
|
|
|
|
in
|
|
|
(FM)
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
Market
|
|
Call Letters
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
FCC Class
|
|
|
Kilowatts
|
|
|
in Meters
|
|
|
Frequency
|
|
|
of FCC License
|
|
|
Philadelphia
|
|
|
WPPZ-FM
|
(4)
|
|
|
1997
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
|
338.0
|
|
|
|
103.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2014
|
|
|
|
|
WPHI-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
263.0
|
|
|
|
100.3 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2014
|
|
|
|
|
WRNB-FM
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
0.78
|
|
|
|
276.0
|
|
|
|
107.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
6/1/2014
|
|
Detroit
|
|
|
WDMK-FM
|
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
221.0
|
|
|
|
105.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WCHB-AM
|
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
49.3
|
|
|
|
1200 kHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WHTD-FM
|
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
152.0
|
|
|
|
102.7 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
Houston
|
|
|
KMJQ-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
524.0
|
|
|
|
102.1 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2013
|
|
|
|
|
KBXX-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
585.0
|
|
|
|
97.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2013
|
|
|
|
|
KROI-FM
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
C1
|
|
|
|
21.36
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
|
92.1 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2013
|
|
Dallas
|
|
|
KBFB-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
97.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2013
|
|
|
|
|
KSOC-FM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
591.0
|
|
|
|
94.5 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2013
|
|
Baltimore
|
|
|
WWIN-AM
|
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
86.9
|
|
|
|
1400 kHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WWIN-FM
|
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
91.0
|
|
|
|
95.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WOLB-AM
|
|
|
|
1993
|
|
|
|
D
|
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
86.9
|
|
|
|
1010 kHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WERQ-FM
|
|
|
|
1993
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
37.0
|
|
|
|
174.0
|
|
|
|
92.3 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
St. Louis
|
|
|
WFUN-FM
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
|
C3
|
|
|
|
24.5
|
|
|
|
102.0
|
|
|
|
95.5 MHz
|
|
|
|
12/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WHHL-FM
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
C2
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
140.0
|
|
|
|
104.1 MHz
|
|
|
|
2/1/2013
|
|
Cleveland
|
|
|
WJMO-AM
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
128.1
|
|
|
|
1300 kHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WENZ-FM
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
|
|
272.0
|
|
|
|
107.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WZAK-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
189.0
|
|
|
|
93.1 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WERE-AM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
106.7
|
|
|
|
1490 kHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
Charlotte
|
|
|
WQNC-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
92.7 MHz
|
|
|
|
12/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WPZS-FM
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
12/1/2011
|
|
Richmond
|
|
|
WPZZ-FM
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
|
C1
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
299.0
|
|
|
|
104.7 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WCDX-FM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
B1
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
235.0
|
|
|
|
92.1 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WKJM-FM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
99.3 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WKJS-FM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
162.0
|
|
|
|
105.7 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WTPS-AM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
121.9
|
|
|
|
1240 kHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2011
|
|
Raleigh-Durham
|
|
|
WQOK-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
C2
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
146.0
|
|
|
|
97.5 MHz
|
|
|
|
12/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WFXK-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
C1
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
299.0
|
|
|
|
104.3 MHz
|
|
|
|
12/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WFXC-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
C3
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
146.0
|
|
|
|
107.1 MHz
|
|
|
|
12/1/2011
|
|
|
|
|
WNNL-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
C3
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
176.0
|
|
|
|
103.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
12/1/2011
|
|
Boston
|
|
|
WILD-AM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
D
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
59.6
|
|
|
|
1090 kHz
|
|
|
|
4/1/2014
|
|
Columbus
|
|
|
WCKX-FM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
126.0
|
|
|
|
107.5 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WXMG-FM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
154.0
|
|
|
|
98.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WJYD-FM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
106.3 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
Cincinnati
|
|
|
WIZF-FM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
155.0
|
|
|
|
101.1 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WDBZ-AM
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
C
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
60.7
|
|
|
|
1230 kHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WMOJ-FM
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
141.0
|
|
|
|
100.3 MHz
|
|
|
|
10/1/2012
|
|
Indianapolis(A)
|
|
|
WHHH-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
87.0
|
|
|
|
96.3 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WTLC-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
99.0
|
|
|
|
106.7 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WNOU-FM
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.9 MHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
WTLC-AM
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
140.0
|
|
|
|
1310 kHz
|
|
|
|
8/1/2012
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
WUMJ-FM
effective February 20, 2009 (formerly
WPZE-FM). |
100
|
|
|
(2) |
|
WAMJ-FM
effective February 27, 2009 (formerly
WJZZ-FM). |
|
(3) |
|
WPZE-FM
effective February 20, 2009 (formerly
WAMJ-FM). |
|
(4) |
|
WPPZ-FM
operates with facilities equivalent to 3kW at 100 meters. |
|
(A) |
|
WDNI-CD (formerly WDNI-LP), the low power television station
that we acquired in Indianapolis in June 2000, is not included
in this table. |
To obtain the FCCs prior consent to assign or transfer
control of a broadcast license, an appropriate application must
be filed with the FCC. If the assignment or transfer involves a
substantial change in ownership or control of the licensee, for
example, the transfer or acquisition of more than 50% of the
voting stock, the applicant must give public notice and the
application is subject to a
30-day
period for public comment. During this time, interested parties
may file petitions with the FCC to deny the application.
Informal objections may be filed any time until the FCC acts
upon the application. If the FCC grants an assignment or
transfer application, administrative procedures provide for
petitions seeking reconsideration or full FCC review of the
grant. The Communications Act also permits the appeal of a
contested grant to a federal court in certain instances.
Under the Communications Act, a broadcast license may not be
granted to or held by any persons who are not U.S. citizens
or by any corporation that has more than 20% of its capital
stock owned or voted by
non-U.S. citizens
or entities or their representatives, by foreign governments or
their representatives, or by
non-U.S. corporations.
The Communications Act prohibits indirect foreign ownership
through a parent company of the licensee of more than 25% if the
FCC determines the public interest will be served by the refusal
or revocation of such license. The FCC has interpreted this
provision of the Communications Act to require an affirmative
public interest finding before a broadcast license may be
granted to or held by any such entity, and the FCC has made such
an affirmative finding only in limited circumstances. Since we
serve as a holding company for subsidiaries that serve as
licensees for our stations, we are effectively restricted from
having more than one-fourth of our stock owned or voted directly
or indirectly by
non-U.S. citizens
or their representatives, foreign governments, representatives
of foreign governments or foreign business entities.
The FCC generally applies its media ownership limits to
attributable interests. The interests of officers,
directors and those who directly or indirectly hold five percent
or more of the total outstanding voting stock of a corporation
that holds a broadcast license are generally deemed attributable
interests, as are any limited partnership or limited liability
company interests that are not properly insulated
from management activities. Passive investors that hold stock
for investment purposes only may hold attributable interests
with the ownership of 20% or more of the voting stock of the
licensee corporation. An entity with one or more radio stations
in a market that enters into a local marketing agreement or a
time brokerage agreement with another radio station in the same
market obtains an attributable interest in the brokered radio
station, if the brokering station supplies more than 15% of the
brokered radio stations weekly broadcast hours. Similarly,
a radio station licensees right under a joint sales
agreement (JSA) to sell more than 15% per week of
the advertising time on another radio station in the same market
constitutes an attributable ownership interest in such station
for purposes of the FCCs ownership rules. Debt
instruments, non-voting stock, unexercised options and warrants,
minority voting interests in corporations having a single
majority shareholder and limited partnership or limited
liability company membership interests where the interest holder
is not materially involved in the media-related
activities of the partnership or limited liability company
generally do not subject their holders to attribution unless
such interests implicate the FCCs equity-debt-plus (or
EDP) rule. Under the EDP rule, a major programming
supplier or a same-market media entity will have an attributable
interest in a station if the supplier or same-market media
entity also holds debt or equity, or both, in the station that
is greater than 33% of the value of the stations total
debt plus equity. For purposes of the EDP rule, equity includes
all stock, whether voting or nonvoting, and interests held by
limited partners or limited liability company members that are
not materially involved. A major programming supplier is any
supplier that provides more than 15% of the stations
weekly programming hours. The FCC has adopted revisions to the
EDP rule to promote diversification of broadcast ownership,
allowing the 33% EDP benchmark to be exceeded in certain
circumstances that would enable an eligible entity
(as defined by the FCC) to acquire a broadcast station.
101
The Communications Act and FCC rules generally restrict
ownership, operation or control of, or the common holding of
attributable interests in:
|
|
|
|
|
radio broadcast stations above certain numerical limits serving
the same local market;
|
|
|
|
radio broadcast stations combined with television broadcast
stations above certain numerical limits serving the same local
market (radio/television cross ownership); and
|
|
|
|
a radio broadcast station and an
English-language
daily newspaper serving the same local market
(newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership), although in late 2007 the
FCC adopted a revised rule that would allow a degree of
same-market newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership based on certain
presumptions, criteria and limitations.
|
The media ownership rules are subject to periodic review by the
FCC. In 2003, the FCC adopted new rules to modify ownership
limits, to change the way a local radio market is defined and to
make JSAs involving more than 15% of a same-market radio
stations advertising sales attributable under
the ownership limits. The FCC grandfathered existing
combinations of radio stations that would not comply with the
modified rules. However, the FCC ruled that such noncompliant
combinations could not be sold intact except to certain
eligible entities, which the agency defined as
entities qualifying as a small business consistent with Small
Business Administration standards. The 2003 rules were
challenged in court and the Third Circuit stayed their
implementation, among other things, on the basis that the FCC
did not adequately justify its radio ownership limits.
Subsequently, the Third Circuit partially lifted its stay to
allow the new local market definition, JSA attribution rule and
grandfathering rules to go into effect. The FCC currently is
applying such revisions to pending and new applications.
The numerical limits on radio stations that one entity may own
in a local market are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
in a radio market with 45 or more commercial radio stations, a
party may own, operate or control up to eight commercial radio
stations, not more than five of which are in the same service
(AM or FM);
|
|
|
|
in a radio market with 30 to 44 commercial radio stations, a
party may own, operate or control up to seven commercial radio
stations, not more than four of which are in the same service
(AM or FM);
|
|
|
|
in a radio market with 15 to 29 commercial radio stations, a
party may own, operate or control up to six commercial radio
stations, not more than four of which are in the same service
(AM or FM); and
|
|
|
|
in a radio market with 14 or fewer commercial radio stations, a
party may own, operate or control up to five commercial radio
stations, not more than three of which are in the same service
(AM or FM), except that a party may not own, operate, or control
more than 50% of the radio stations in such market.
|
To apply these tiers, the FCC currently relies on Arbitron Metro
Survey Areas, where they exist. In other areas, the FCC relies
on a contour-overlap methodology. Under this approach, the FCC
uses one overlapping contour methodology for defining a local
radio market and counting the number of stations that the
applicant controls or proposes to control in that market, and it
employs a separate overlapping contour methodology for
determining the number of operating commercial radio stations in
the market for determining compliance with the local radio
ownership caps. For radio stations located outside Arbitron
Metro Survey Areas, the FCC is undertaking a rulemaking to
determine how to define local radio markets in areas located
outside Arbitron Metro Survey Areas. The market definition used
by the FCC in applying its ownership rules may not be the same
as that used for purposes of the
Hart-Scott-Rodino
Act.
In its 2003 media ownership decision, the FCC adopted new
cross-media limits to replace the former newspaper-broadcast and
radio-television cross-ownership rules. These provisions were
remanded by the Third Circuit for further FCC consideration and
are currently subject to a judicial stay. In 2006, the FCC
commenced a new rule making proceeding which addressed the next
periodic review and issues on remand from the Third Circuit. At
an open meeting on December 18, 2007, the FCC adopted a
decision in that proceeding. It revised the newspaper/broadcast
cross-ownership rule to allow a degree of same-market
newspaper/broadcast ownership based on certain presumptions,
criteria and limitations. It made no changes to the currently
effective local
102
radio ownership rules (as modified in 2003) or the
radio/television cross-ownership rule (as modified in 1999). The
FCCs 2007 decision is the subject of a request for
reconsideration and various court appeals.
The attribution and media ownership rules limit the number of
radio stations we may acquire or own in any particular market
and may limit the prospective buyers of any stations we want to
sell. The FCCs rules could affect our business in a number
of ways, including, but not limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
enforcement of a more narrow market definition based upon
Arbitron markets could have an adverse effect on our ability to
accumulate stations in a given area or to sell a group of
stations in a local market to a single entity;
|
|
|
|
restricting the assignment and transfer of control of radio
combinations that exceed the new ownership limits as a result of
the revised local market definitions could adversely affect our
ability to buy or sell a group of stations in a local market
from or to a single entity; and
|
|
|
|
in general terms, future changes in the way the FCC defines
radio markets or in the numerical station caps could limit our
ability to acquire new stations in certain markets, our ability
to operate stations pursuant to certain agreements, and our
ability to improve the coverage contours of our existing
stations.
|
Programming and Operations. The Communications
Act requires broadcasters to serve the public
interest by presenting programming in response to
community problems, needs and interests and maintaining records
demonstrating its responsiveness. The FCC considers complaints
from listeners about a broadcast stations programming, and
the station is required to maintain letters and emails it
receives from the public regarding station operation on public
file for three years. In November 2007, the FCC adopted rules
establishing a standardized form for reporting information on a
television stations public interest programming and
requiring television broadcasters to post the new form, as well
as other documents in their public inspection files, on station
websites. The FCC is considering whether to adopt similar rules
for radio stations. Moreover, the FCC has proposed rules
designed to increase local programming content and diversity,
including renewal application processing guidelines for
locally-oriented programming and a requirement that broadcasters
establish advisory boards in the communities where they own
stations. Stations also must follow FCC rules and policies
regulating political advertising, obscene or indecent
programming, sponsorship identification, contests and lotteries
and technical operation, including limits on human exposure to
radio frequency radiation.
The FCCs rules prohibit a broadcast licensee from
simulcasting more than 25% of its programming on another radio
station in the same broadcast service (that is, AM/AM or FM/FM).
The simulcasting restriction applies if the licensee owns both
radio broadcast stations or owns one and programs the other
through a local marketing agreement, and only if the contours of
the radio stations overlap in a certain manner.
The FCC requires that licensees not discriminate in hiring
practices on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin
or gender. It also requires stations with at least five
full-time employees to disseminate information about all
full-time job openings and undertake outreach initiatives from
an FCC list of activities such as participation in job fairs,
internships or scholarship programs. The FCC is considering
whether to apply these recruitment requirements to part-time
employment positions. Stations must retain records of their
outreach efforts and keep an annual Equal Employment Opportunity
(EEO) report in their public inspection files and
post an electronic version on their websites. Radio stations
with more than 10 full-time employees must file certain EEO
reports with the FCC midway through their license term.
From time to time, complaints may be filed against any of our
radio stations alleging violations of these or other rules. In
addition, the FCC may conduct audits or inspections to ensure
and verify licensee compliance with FCC rules and regulations.
Failure to observe these or other rules and regulations can
result in the imposition of various sanctions, including fines
or conditions, the grant of short (less than the
maximum eight year) renewal terms or, for particularly egregious
violations, the denial of a license renewal application or the
revocation of a license.
103
Employees
As of June 30, 2011, we employed 867 full-time
employees and 392 part-time employees. Our employees are
not unionized; however, some of our employees were at one point
covered by collective bargaining agreements that we assumed in
connection with certain of our station acquisitions. We have not
experienced any work stoppages and believe relations with our
employees are satisfactory.
Properties
The types of properties required to support each of our radio
stations include offices, studios and transmitter/antenna sites.
Our other media properties, such as Interactive One and CCI,
generally only require office space. We typically lease our
studio and office space with lease terms ranging from five to
10 years in length. A stations studios are generally
housed with its offices in business districts. We generally
consider our facilities to be suitable and of adequate size for
our current and intended purposes. We lease a majority of our
main transmitter/antenna sites and associated broadcast towers
and, when negotiating a lease for such sites, we try to obtain a
lengthy lease term with options to renew. In general, we do not
anticipate difficulties in renewing facility or
transmitter/antenna site leases, or in leasing additional space
or sites, if required.
We own substantially all of our equipment, consisting
principally of transmitting antennae, transmitters, studio
equipment and general office equipment. The towers, antennae and
other transmission equipment used by our stations are generally
in good condition, although opportunities to upgrade facilities
are periodically reviewed. The tangible personal property owned
by us and the real property owned or leased by us are subject to
security interests under our senior credit facility.
Legal
Proceedings
In November 2001, Radio One and certain of its officers and
directors were named as defendants in a class action shareholder
complaint filed in the United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York, captioned, In re Radio One,
Inc. Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation, Case
No. 01-CV-10160.
Similar complaints were filed in the same court against hundreds
of other public companies (Issuers) that conducted initial
public offerings of their common stock in the late 1990s
(the IPO Cases). In the complaint filed against
Radio One (as amended), the plaintiffs claimed that Radio One,
certain of its officers and directors, and the underwriters of
certain of its public offerings violated Section 11 of the
Securities Act. The plaintiffs claim was based on
allegations that Radio Ones registration statement and
prospectus failed to disclose material facts regarding the
compensation to be received by the underwriters, and the stock
allocation practices of the underwriters. The complaint also
contains a claim for violation of Section 10(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 based on allegations that these
omissions constituted a deceit on investors. The plaintiffs seek
unspecified monetary damages and other relief.
In July 2002, Radio One joined in a global motion, filed by the
Issuers, to dismiss the IPO Lawsuits. In October 2002, the court
entered an order dismissing the Companys named officers
and directors from the IPO Lawsuits without prejudice, pursuant
to an agreement tolling the statute of limitations with respect
to Radio Ones officers and directors until
September 30, 2003. In February 2003, the court issued a
decision denying the motion to dismiss the Section 11 and
Section 10(b) claims against Radio One and most of the
Issuers.
In July 2003, a Special Litigation Committee of Radio Ones
board of directors approved in principle a tentative settlement
with the plaintiffs. The proposed settlement would have provided
for the dismissal with prejudice of all claims against the
participating Issuers and their officers and directors in the
IPO Cases and the assignment to plaintiffs of certain potential
claims that the Issuers may have against their underwriters. In
September 2003, in connection with the proposed settlement,
Radio Ones named officers and directors extended the
tolling agreement so that it would not expire prior to any
settlement being finalized. In June 2004, Radio One executed a
final settlement agreement with the plaintiffs. In 2005, the
court issued a decision certifying a class action for settlement
purposes and granting preliminary approval of the settlement. On
February 24, 2006, the court dismissed litigation filed
against certain underwriters in connection with the claims to be
assigned to the plaintiffs under the settlement. On
April 24, 2006, the court held a Final Fairness Hearing to
determine whether to grant final approval of the settlement. On
December 5, 2006, the Second
104
Circuit Court of Appeals vacated the district courts
earlier decision certifying as class actions the six IPO Cases
designated as focus cases. Thereafter, the district
court ordered a stay of all proceedings in all of the IPO Cases
pending the outcome of plaintiffs petition to the Second
Circuit for rehearing en banc and resolution of the class
certification issue. On April 6, 2007, the Second Circuit
denied plaintiffs rehearing petition, but clarified that
the plaintiffs may seek to certify a more limited class in the
district court. Accordingly, the settlement was terminated
pursuant to stipulation of the parties and did not receive final
approval.
Plaintiffs filed amended complaints in the six focus
cases on or about August 14, 2007. Radio One is not a
defendant in the focus cases. In September 2007, Radio
Ones named officers and directors again extended the
tolling agreement with plaintiffs. On or about
September 27, 2007, plaintiffs moved to certify the classes
alleged in the focus cases and to appoint class
representatives and class counsel in those cases. The focus
cases issuers filed motions to dismiss the claims against them
in November 2007 and an opposition to plaintiffs motion
for the class certification in December 2007. On March 16,
2008, the district court denied the motions to dismiss in the
focus cases. In August 2008, the parties to the IPO Cases began
mediation toward a global settlement of the IPO Cases. In
September 2008, Radio Ones board of directors approved in
principle participation in a tentative settlement with the
plaintiffs. On October 2, 2008, the plaintiffs withdrew
their class certification motion. In April 2009, a global
settlement was reached in the IPO Cases and submitted to the
district court for approval. On June 9, 2009, the court
granted preliminary approval of the proposed settlement and
ordered that notice of the settlement be published and mailed to
class members. On September 10, 2009, the court held a
Final Fairness Hearing. On October 6, 2009, the court
certified the settlement class in each IPO Case and granted
final approval of the settlement. On or about October 23,
2009, three shareholders filed a Petition for Permission To
Appeal Class Certification Order, challenging the
courts certification of the settlement classes. Beginning
on October 29, 2009, a number of shareholders also filed
direct appeals, objecting to final approval of the settlement.
If the settlement is affirmed on appeal, the settlement will
result in the dismissal of all claims against Radio One and its
officers and directors with prejudice, and our pro rata share of
the settlement fund will be fully funded by insurance.
Radio One is involved from time to time in various routine legal
and administrative proceedings and threatened legal and
administrative proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of
our business. Radio One believes the resolution of such matters
will not have a material adverse effect on its business,
financial condition or results of operations.
105
DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE(1)
As of the date of this prospectus, our current directors and
executive officers are:
|
|
|
Catherine L. Hughes
Chairperson of the Board
and Secretary
Director since 1980
Age: 64
|
|
Ms. Hughes has been Chairperson of the Board and Secretary of
Radio One since 1980, and was Chief Executive Officer of Radio
One from 1980 to 1997. Since 1980, Ms. Hughes has worked in
various capacities for Radio One including President, General
Manager, General Sales Manager and talk show host. She began her
career in radio as General Sales Manager of WHUR-FM, the Howard
University-owned, urban-contemporary radio station. Ms. Hughes
is the mother of Mr. Liggins, Radio Ones Chief Executive
Officer, Treasurer, President and a Director. Over the last
5 years, Ms. Hughes has sat on the boards of directors of
numerous organizations including Broadcast Music, Inc. and Piney
Woods High School. During that period, she has also sat on an
advisory board for Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., a publicly held
company. Ms. Hughes qualifications to serve as a director
include her being the founder of Radio One, her over
30 years of operational experience with the Company and her
unique status within the African-American community. Her service
on other boards of directors and advisory boards is also
beneficial to Radio One.
|
Alfred C. Liggins, III
Chief Executive Officer,
President and Treasurer
Director since 1989
Age: 46
|
|
Mr. Liggins has been Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
of Radio One since 1997 and President since 1989. Mr. Liggins
joined Radio One in 1985 as an account manager at WOL-AM. In
1987, he was promoted to General Sales Manager and promoted
again in 1988 to General Manager overseeing Radio Ones
Washington, DC operations. After becoming President, Mr. Liggins
engineered Radio Ones expansion into new markets. Mr.
Liggins is a graduate of the Wharton School of Business
Executive MBA Program. Mr. Liggins is the son of Ms. Hughes,
Radio Ones Chairperson, Secretary and a Director. Over the
last 5 years, Mr. Liggins has sat on the boards of
directors of numerous organizations including the Apollo Theater
Foundation, Reach Media, The Boys & Girls Clubs of America,
The Ibiquity Corporation, the National Association of Black
Owned Broadcasters and the National Association of Broadcasters.
Mr. Liggins qualifications to serve as a director include
his over 25 years of operational experience with the
Company in various capacities and his nationally recognized
expertise in the entertainment and media industries.
|
106
|
|
|
D. Geoffrey Armstrong
Director since 2001
Age: 54
|
|
Mr. Armstrong is currently Chief Executive Officer of
310 Partners, a private investment firm. From March 1999
through September 2000, Mr. Armstrong was the Chief Financial
Officer of AMFM, Inc., which was publicly traded on the
New York Stock Exchange until it was purchased by Clear
Channel Communications in September 2000. Prior to that, he was
Chief Operating Officer and a director of Capstar Broadcasting
Corporation, which merged with AMFM, Inc. Mr. Armstrong was
a founder of SFX Broadcasting, which went public in 1993, and
subsequently served as Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating
Officer, and a director until the company was sold in 1998.
Since November 2003, Mr. Armstrong has also been a director
of Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc., a publicly held company.
Mr. Armstrongs qualifications to serve as a director
include his many years of senior management experience at
various public and private companies, including as a chief
financial officer and chief operating officer, and his ability
to provide insight into a number of areas including governance,
executive compensation and corporate finance.
|
Ronald E. Blaylock
Director since 2002
Age: 51
|
|
Mr. Blaylock has been the Founder and Managing Partner of
GenNx360 Capital Partners, a private equity buy out firm, since
2006. Mr. Blaylock was the Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of Blaylock & Company, Inc., an investment banking
firm, and held senior management positions with PaineWebber
Group and Citicorp before launching Blaylock & Company,
Inc. in 1993. Mr. Blaylock is also currently a director of
CarMax, Inc. (2007 to present) and W. R. Berkley Corporation
(2001 to present). Mr. Blaylocks founding and management
of two financial services companies has provided him with
valuable business, leadership and management experience. As a
result, Mr. Blaylock brings substantial financial expertise to
the board. In addition, Mr. Blaylocks experience on the
boards of directors of other public companies enables him to
bring other perspectives and experience to the board.
|
107
|
|
|
Dennis Miller
Director since 2011
Age: 54
|
|
Mr. Miller serves as a General Partner with Spark Capital, LLC,
a venture fund with an investment focus on the conflux of the
media, entertainment and technology industries. Prior to joining
Spark Capital in 2005, Mr. Miller was a Managing Director of
Constellation Ventures, the venture investment arm of Bear
Stearns. His portfolio of investments has included TV One,
College Sports Television (acquired by CBS), Widevine (acquired
by Google), K12 taken public in 2008 (NYSE:LRN), Next New
Networks (acquired by Google) and The Gospel Channel. He also
served on the Board of Directors of Capital IQ (acquired by
McGraw-Hill). From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Miller was Executive Vice
President of Lions Gate Entertainment. Prior to joining Lions
Gate, he was an Executive Vice President with Sony Pictures
Entertainment (SPE) where he was responsible for all
television operations of SPE and actively involved with
strategic planning and new media. From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Miller
was Executive Vice President of Turner Network Television. In
1993, he took on the additional responsibility for the Turner
Entertainment Company. Mr. Millers qualifications to
serve as a director include his knowledge of TV One, his many
years of senior management experience at various public and
private media enterprises, and his knowledge of new media
enterprises.
|
Terry L. Jones
Director since 1995
Age: 63
|
|
Mr. Jones is the Managing Member of the General Partner of
Syndicated Communications Venture Partners V, L.P. and the
Managing Member of Syncom Venture Management Co., LLC
(Syncom). Prior to joining Syncom in 1978, he was
co-founding stockholder and Vice President of Kiambere Savings
and Loan in Nairobi, and a Lecturer at the University of
Nairobi. He also worked as a Senior Electrical Engineer for
Westinghouse Aerospace and Litton Industries. He is a member of
the board of directors for several other Syncom portfolio
companies including Radio One, Inc. He formerly served on the
Board of the Southern African Enterprise Development Fund, a
presidential appointment, and is on the Board of Trustees of
Spellman College. Mr. Jones received a B.S. degree in Electrical
Engineering from Trinity College, an M.S. degree in Electrical
Engineering from George Washington University and a Masters of
Business Administration from Harvard University. During the last
5 years, Mr. Jones has sat on the boards of directors of TV
One, Iridium Communications, Inc., a publicly held company
(Iridium), PKS Communications, Inc., a publicly held
company, Weather Decisions Technology, Inc.,
V-me, Inc.,
Syncom and Verified Identity Pass, Inc. He currently serves on
the board of directors of Iridium (2001 to present), Syncom and
Cyber Digital, Inc., a publicly held company.
Mr. Jones qualifications to serve as a director
include his knowledge of Radio One, his many years of senior
management experience at various public and private media
enterprises, and his ability to provide insight into a number of
areas including governance, executive compensation and corporate
finance.
|
108
|
|
|
Brian W. McNeill
Director since 1995
Age: 55
|
|
Mr. McNeill is a founder and Managing General Partner of Alta
Communications. He specializes in identifying and managing
investments in the traditional sectors of the media industry,
including radio and television broadcasting, outdoor advertising
and other advertising-based or cash flow-based businesses. Over
the last 5 years, Mr. McNeill has served on the board of
directors of some of the most significant companies in the radio
and television industries including Una Vez Mas, Millennium
Radio Group, LLC and NextMedia Investors LLC. He joined Burr,
Egan, Deleage & Co. as a general partner in 1986, where he
focused on the media and communications industries. Previously,
Mr. McNeill formed and managed the Broadcasting Lending Division
at the Bank of Boston. He received an MBA from the Amos Tuck
School of Business Administration at Dartmouth College and
graduated magna cum laude with a degree in economics from the
College of the Holy Cross. Mr. McNeills
qualifications to serve as a director include his knowledge of
Radio One, the media industry and the financial markets, and his
ability to provide input into a number of areas including
governance, executive compensation and corporate finance. His
service on the boards of directors of various other media
companies also is beneficial to Radio One.
|
Peter D. Thompson
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Age: 46
|
|
Mr. Thompson has been Chief Financial Officer (CFO)
of Radio One since February 2008. Mr. Thompson joined the
Company in October 2007, as the Companys Executive Vice
President of Business Development. Prior to his employment with
the Company, Mr. Thompson worked on various business development
projects for Radio One. Prior to working with the Company, Mr.
Thompson served as a public accountant and spent 13 years
at Universal Music in the United Kingdom, including five years
serving as CFO.
|
Barry A. Mayo
President, Radio Division
Age: 59
|
|
Mr. Mayo has been President of Radio Ones Radio Division
since August 2007. Prior to joining Radio One, Mr. Mayo served
as a consultant to the Company through his firm Mayomedia, a
media consulting firm specializing in urban markets. Mr. Mayo
has held numerous senior management positions during his 30 plus
years of experience in the industry. He began as a program
director and he helped create one of the largest urban stations
in the country, WRKS-FM, in New York. Three years after joining
the programming staff at WRKS-FM, Mr. Mayo became Vice President
and General Manager of that station. In 1988, he and a group of
partners founded Broadcast Partners. While Mr. Mayo served as
President, Broadcast Partners grew into an eleven-station,
publicly traded company with stations in Dallas, New York,
Chicago and Charlotte. In 1995, Mr. Mayo sold his share of
Broadcast Partners and founded Mayomedia. In 2003, he was
recruited back to New York to become the Senior Vice
President and Market Manager for Emmis Radio. He left Emmis
Radio in 2006 to resume his consulting career and began working
with Radio One in July 2006 as a consultant.
|
109
|
|
|
Linda J. Vilardo
Vice President, Assistant
Secretary and Chief
Administrative Officer
Age: 54
|
|
Ms. Vilardo has been Chief Administrative Officer
(CAO) of Radio One since November 2004, Assistant
Secretary since April 1999, Vice President since February 2001,
and was General Counsel from January 1998 to January 2005. Prior
to joining Radio One, Ms. Vilardo was a partner in the
Washington, DC office of Davis Wright Tremaine LLP, where she
represented Radio One as outside counsel. From 1992 to 1997, she
was a shareholder of Roberts & Eckard, P.C., a firm
that she co-founded. Ms. Vilardo is a graduate of Gettysburg
College, the National Law Center at George Washington University
and the University of Glasgow.
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On May 16, 2011, prior to the 2011 annual meeting of
stockholders (the 2011 Meeting), B. Doyle Mitchell,
Jr. submitted his resignation from the Board of Directors of the
Company (the Board), including a prospective
resignation if he were re-elected at the 2011 Meeting to serve
until the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders (the 2012
Meeting). On May 18, 2011, in accordance with the
Companys bylaws, the Board appointed Dennis Miller as a
Class B director to serve until the 2012 Meeting or until
his successor is duly elected and qualified. |
Board of
Directors
The board of directors is comprised of seven members, five of
whom are neither officers nor employees of Radio One.
Ms. Hughes has been Chairperson of the board of directors
since 1980.
Committees
of the Board of Directors
The board has a standing audit committee, compensation committee
and nominating committee. Each committee has a written charter
which guides its functions. The written charters are available
on our website at www.radio-one.com/about.
110
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
The first part of the narrative below, entitled Compensation
Policies and Philosophy, discusses in detail our compensation
philosophy and practices. The second part of the Compensation
Discussion and Analysis, entitled 2010 Compensation Actions,
discusses compensation decisions and actions for our named
executives that occurred during calendar year 2010, including
certain actions with respect to fiscal year 2009. The
Companys compensation committee (for purposes of this
discussion, the Committee) is appointed by the board
of directors and has responsibility for establishing,
implementing and monitoring adherence to the Companys
compensation philosophy. The Committee oversees the compensation
of the Companys executive officers and determines the
compensation of the Chairperson and the CEO. The Committee
strives to ensure that the total compensation paid to the
Companys named executive officers is fair, reasonable and
competitive and provides an appropriate mix of different
compensation elements that find a balance between current versus
long-term compensation and cash versus equity incentive
compensation.
We are a controlled company under the NASDAQ listing
rule as more than 50% of our voting power is held by Catherine
L. Hughes, our Chairperson of the Board and Secretary, and
Alfred C. Liggins, III, our CEO and President. While we
were therefore not subject to NASDAQ rules that would require us
to have a compensation committee composed solely of independent
directors, during the year ended December 31, 2010, all of
the members of the Committee were independent directors.
Throughout this discussion, we refer to the individuals who
served during calendar year 2010 as the Companys
Chairperson, CEO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO),
Chief Administrative Officer (CAO) and
President-Radio Division (PRD), as the
Companys named executive officers.
Compensation
Policies and Philosophy
The overall objective of our compensation plan is to attract,
motivate, retain and reward the top-quality management that we
need in order to operate successfully and meet our strategic
objectives, including our diversification into a broader
multi-media company. To achieve this, we aim to provide a
compensation package that is competitive in the markets and
industries in which we compete for talent, that provides rewards
for achieving financial, operational and strategic performance
goals and aligns executives financial interests with those
of our shareholders.
We operate in the intensely competitive media industry, which is
characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry
standards, frequent introduction of new media services, price
and cost competition, limited advertising dollars, and extensive
regulation. We face many aggressive and well-financed
competitors. In this environment, our success depends on
attracting and maintaining a leadership team with the integrity,
skills, and dedication needed to manage a dynamic organization
and the vision to anticipate and respond to future market
developments. We use our executive compensation program to help
us achieve this objective. Part of the compensation package,
principally the annual salary, benefits and perquisites, is
designed to enable us to assemble and retain a group of
executives who have the collective and individual experience and
abilities necessary to run our business to meet these
challenges. Other parts, principally the annual bonus
opportunity and the stock-based awards, are intended to focus
these executives on achieving financial results that enhance the
value of our stockholders investment. At the same time,
the compensation structure is flexible, so that we can meet the
changing needs of our business over time and reward executive
officers and managers based on the financial performance of
operations under their control.
Our compensation packages also take into account the economic
and general business conditions at the time in which
compensation decisions are made. While we may adjust and refine
our compensation packages as operating conditions change, we
believe it is important to maintain consistency in our
compensation philosophy and approach. We recognize that
value-creating performance by an executive or group of
executives does not always translate immediately into
appreciation of our stock price, particularly in periods of
industry transformation
and/or
general economic volatility. Management and the Committee are
aware of the impact that industry transformation and the general
economic volatility has had on the Companys stock price,
but the Committee intends to continue to reward management
performance based on its belief that over time
111
strong operating performance, including performance in
diversifying the Companys multi-media platform will be
reflected through stock price appreciation. In the context of
industry decline, the Committee also believes that performance
as measured against the industry in general and relative to the
markets in which we operate should be given consideration. That
said, we believe that it is appropriate for certain components
of compensation to decline
and/or for
management to share in corporate-wide financial sacrifice in
challenging operating environments and during periods of
economic stress and reduced earnings.
Process
The Committee meets periodically throughout the year. In
addition, members of the Committee discuss compensation matters
with our CEO and CFO and among themselves informally outside of
meetings. The CEO may make recommendations to the Committee
concerning the amount and form of compensation to all named
executive officers. In establishing the compensation levels for
Radio Ones Chairperson and CEO in connection with their
April 2008 employment agreements, the Committee itself engaged
the services of Pearl Meyers & Partners, LLC
(Pearl Meyers), a nationally recognized compensation
consultant, and outside counsel to ensure compliance with its
fiduciary duties. In connection with the Chairpersons and
CEOs April 2008 employment agreements, the Committee used
its compensation consultant to provide advice in the development
and evaluation of compensation and the Committees
determinations of the Chairpersons and CEOs
compensation awards. The outside consultant, however, is not
consulted by the Committee on all executive compensation issues
or all aspects of any particular issue, but is used as the
Committee deems appropriate.
The Committee uses judgment and discretion rather than relying
solely on formulaic results. The Committee considers a number of
qualitative and quantitative factors, including the competitive
market for executives, the level and types of compensation paid
to executive officers in similar positions by comparable
companies, performance in the context of the economic
environment relative to other companies, vision and ability to
create further growth, the ability to lead others and an
evaluation of Radio Ones financial and operational
performance. We review the compensation paid to executives at
other radio broadcasting companies as a reference point for
determining the competitiveness of our executive compensation
and to determine a competitive range of compensation observed in
the marketplace. Generally speaking, our peer group of radio
broadcasting companies includes Citadel Broadcasting
Corporation, Emmis Communications Corp., Entercom Communications
Corp. and Saga Communications, Inc. The major compensation
elements that may be examined in that analysis could include:
base salary; actual total cash compensation (base salary plus
annual bonus); and total direct compensation (base salary plus
annual bonus plus the expected value of long-term incentives).
In addition, given the diversity of our business, the Committee
may review the compensation practices at companies with which it
competes for talent, including television, cable, film, online,
software and other publicly held businesses with a scope and
complexity similar to ours. However, the Committee does not
attempt to benchmark or set each compensation element for its
named executive officers within a particular range or percentile
related to levels provided by industry peers. Rather, the
Committee uses market comparisons as one factor in making
compensation decisions and to understand current compensation
trends and practices in the marketplace. Other factors
considered when making individual executive compensation
decisions include individual contribution and performance,
reporting structure, internal pay relationships, complexity and
importance of roles and responsibilities, leadership and growth
potential.
Principal
Components of Executive Compensation
We seek to achieve our compensation philosophy through three key
compensation elements:
|
|
|
|
|
base salary;
|
|
|
|
a performance-based annual bonus (that constitutes the
short-term incentive element of our program), which may be paid
in cash, restricted stock shares or a combination of
these; and
|
|
|
|
grants of long-term, equity-based compensation (that constitute
the long-term incentive element of our program), such as stock
options
and/or
restricted stock shares, which may be subject to time-based
and/or
performance-based vesting requirements.
|
112
The Committee believes that this three-part approach is
consistent with programs adopted by similarly situated
companies, allows us to stay competitive in our industry and
best serves the interests of our stockholders by linking
significant components of executive compensation to company
performance. The approach enables us to meet the requirements of
the competitive environment in which we operate, while ensuring
that named executive officers are compensated in a manner that
advances both the short and long-term interests of our
stockholders. Under this approach, compensation for our named
executive officers involves a high proportion of pay that is
at risk, namely, the annual bonus and the value of
stock options and restricted stock units. Stock options
and/or
restricted stock units relate a significant portion of each
named executive officers long-term remuneration directly
to the stock price appreciation realized by our stockholders.
Base salary. Our objective with respect to
base salary is to pay our executives compensation that is
competitive in the marketplace and reflects the level of
responsibility and performance of the executive, the
executives experience and tenure, the scope and complexity
of the position, the compensation of the executive compared to
the compensation of our other key salaried employees, the
compensation paid for comparable positions by other companies in
the radio broadcast industry, and the performance of our Company.
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation. Our
executives are eligible to receive an annual bonus intended to
provide financial incentives for performance and to align the
goals and performance of the executive to our overall
objectives. The Committee has significant flexibility in
awarding cash bonuses. The Committee may consider, among other
things,
year-to-year
revenue growth compared to that of the radio industry in general
or the markets in which we operate, same station revenue,
operating performance versus our business plan, acquisitions and
divestitures, employee retention, sales and operating
initiatives, and stock price performance compared to the
industry peer group. Bonus recommendations for named executive
officers other than the CEO are proposed by the CEO, reviewed,
revised when appropriate, and approved by the Committee. The
Committee establishes the bonus level for the CEO.
Long-term Incentives. We believe that equity
ownership by Company executives provides incentive to build
stockholder value, aligns the interests of the executives with
the interests of stockholders and serves as motivation for
long-term performance. The Companys equity incentive
compensation program is designed to recognize scope of
responsibilities, reward demonstrated performance and
leadership, align the interests of the named executive with
those of our shareholders and retain key employees. We believe
that providing grants of stock options
and/or
restricted stock shares effectively focuses the named executives
on delivering long-term value to our shareholders because
options only have value to the extent the price of our stock on
the date of exercise exceeds the stock price on the grant date,
and shares of restricted stock reward and retain the named
executive officer by offering them the opportunity to receive
shares of stock on the date the restrictions lapse so long as
they continue to be employed by the Company. Until May 5,
2009, stock awards were made pursuant to the Radio One Amended
and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Grant Plan,
which was approved by our stockholders (as amended, the
1999 Stock Plan). The 1999 Stock Plan expired by its
terms on May 5, 2009. At our 2009 annual stockholders
meeting held December 16, 2009, our stockholders adopted
the Radio One 2009 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Grant Plan
(the 2009 Stock Plan).
Under the 2009 Stock Plan, the Committee can award stock options
or grant restricted stock to any executive officer or other
eligible participants under the plan, on its own initiative or
at the recommendation of management. The Committee determines
the number of incentive awards granted to our named executive
officers on an individual, discretionary basis. The level of
long-term incentive compensation generally is determined with
consideration given to total compensation provided to named
executive officers, publicly available market data on total
compensation packages, the value of long-term incentive grants
at peer companies, total stockholder return, stockholder
dilution and input from the CEO. In accordance with our Stock
Plan Administration Procedures, as approved by the Committee,
the grant date and pricing date for awards approved by the
Committee to named executive officers (other than a company wide
grant) is the next monthly grant date immediately following the
meeting of the Committee at which the awards were approved.
Under our Stock Plan Administration Procedures, monthly grant
dates are generally defined as the fifth day of each month, or
the next NASDAQ trading day in the event the fifth day is not a
business day. For example, if the Committee approved an award at
any time between January 5, 2010 and February 4, 2010,
the applicable
113
monthly grant date would be February 5, 2010, and, thus,
the grant date and pricing date would be February 5, 2010.
If the Committee approved an award at any time between
February 5, 2010 and March 4, 2010, the applicable
monthly grant date would be March 5, 2010, and, thus, the
grant date and pricing date would be March 5, 2010.
However, it is also our practice in granting options or stock
awards to wait for the release of any material non-public
information and settlement of that information in the
marketplace. Thus, for example, if the Committee approved an
award at any time between January 5, 2010 and
February 4, 2010, and, it was determined that material
non-public information existed, the grant date for the awards
would be delayed until March 5, 2010, assuming the
information in question was communicated to the marketplace
prior to such date.
When authorized by the Committee to do so, the CEO or CFO may
make stock option awards or restricted stock grants to new
hires, contractors or consultants and to existing employees on
promotion or other change in employee status, in accordance with
the Committees delegation of authority. Historically, we
have utilized stock options as our primary means of providing
long-term incentive compensation. Statement of Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) 718,
Compensation Stock Compensation, sets
forth accounting requirements for share-based compensation to
employees using a fair-value based method.
2010
Compensation Actions
Base
Salary
In January 2009, the CEO directed the CFO, CAO and the PRD (the
Executive Officer Response Team) to determine
appropriate actions to take to provide for the Companys
continued covenant compliance and operational performance given
the severity of the decline in the economic environment and the
resulting impact upon the Companys operations. The
Executive Officer Response Team, in consultation with other
Company executives, determined that the Company should implement
a variety of cost savings initiatives in response to the
deteriorating economic conditions and as a preemptive measure in
response to potential further economic decline. The Executive
Officer Response Team recommended, among other actions:
(i) Company-wide salary reductions; (ii) a use
it or lose it vacation policy; and (ii) mandatory
vacation through office closings in order to provide expense
savings and financial flexibility to the Company. The Executive
Officer Response Team made this recommendation to the CEO,
including a recommendation that all named executive officers
participate in the salary reduction program. The CEO adopted the
recommendation and reported to the Committee that all named
executive officers would accept salary cuts of seven percent.
Thus, without action by the Committee, each of the named
executive officers agreed to waive all contractual rights to any
automatic salary increase for 2009 and instead accepted seven
percent salary reductions (the 2009 Salary
Reductions) from their 2008 compensation levels until such
time as it was determined that such reductions were no longer
necessary based on the financial status of the Company.
Effective April 1, 2010, the 2009 Salary Reductions were
lifted for all Company staff, including each of the named
executive officers, except for the PRD, whose salary was
reinstated January 1, 2010 as a part of his new employment
agreement as described below.
2009
and 2010 Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
This cash-based element of compensation provides executives an
incentive and a reward for achieving meaningful near-term
performance objectives. The Committee believes that it is
important for the Company to meet its performance goals in order
to pay cash bonuses to the named executive officers as a group,
but that it is also important to retain flexibility to allocate
the bonus pool among individuals. During the quarter ended
December 31, 2009, the Company accrued monies for certain
corporate bonuses, including bonus amounts that would be paid to
the named executive officers, typically in March of the year
following such accrual (e.g., bonus amounts accrued in and for
fiscal year 2009, would normally be paid in March 2010).
However, in February 2010, given continued uncertainty about the
economy and the pace of recovery in the advertising industry
generally and the radio sector in particular, the non-executive
members of the board of directors determined that it was in the
best interests of the Company to defer payment of any 2009
corporate bonuses, including bonus amounts that would be paid to
the named executive officers (the 2009 Executive
Bonuses), for a period not to extend beyond
December 31, 2010. At the time, the non-executive members
of the board of directors retained the Committees full
discretion to allocate payments to individual named executive
officers. On December 21, 2010, the Committee met to make
determinations with respect to the 2009 Executive
114
Bonuses as well as to consider executive bonuses for the
calendar year ending December 31, 2010 (the 2010
Executive Bonuses). What follows below is a discussion of
the considerations for each of the 2009 Executive Bonuses and
the 2010 Executive Bonuses.
2009
Individual Performance Criteria
Our CEO provides input into the compensation discussion and
makes recommendations to the Committee for annual compensation
changes and bonuses for the named executive officers and the
appropriateness of additional long-term incentive compensation.
The CEO considers each executive officers performance
during the year, including accomplishments, areas of strength,
and areas for development. The CEO bases his evaluation on his
knowledge of each executive officers performance. The CEO
also reviews comparable compensation data and makes a
recommendation to the committee on base salary,
performance-based annual bonus, and equity awards for each
executive officer. The Companys Vice President of Human
Resources may be asked to review the market compensation data to
assist with compensation recommendations. Performance criteria
were established for certain other named executive officers as
follows for 2009:
Performance Criteria for the Chairperson. The
Chairpersons employment agreement provides for an annual
cash bonus at the discretion of the board up to a maximum of
$250,000. In exercising its discretion whether or not to pay the
Chairperson such bonus, the Committee generally considers the
Companys overall performance for a given fiscal year and
the Chairpersons contributions to the success of the
Company.
Performance Criteria for the CEO. The
Committee establishes the bonus level for the CEO. Under the
terms of his employment agreement, the CEOs bonus award
may not in the aggregate exceed his annual base salary. The
CEOs bonus award has two components. The first component,
equaling 50% of the award, is based on the achievement of
pre-established individual and Company performance goals, as
determined by the Committee in consultation with the CEO (the
Performance Goals Portion). For calendar year 2009,
the elements and allocations of the Performance Goals Portion
were as follows: (i) Company consolidated performance as
measured by performance against each of budgeted revenue,
expenses and cash flow allocation equaled 15% (5%
per measure) or maximum payout of $73,500; (ii) radio
market performance against the top half of publicly reporting
radio companies allocation equaled 15% or maximum
payout of $73,500; (iii) balance sheet management measured
by compliance with bank covenants, resource allocation, asset
dispositions, stock buy backs and debt retirement
allocation equaled 20% or maximum payout of $98,000;
(iv) TV One performance measured by performance against
budgeted revenue and achievement of budgeted EBITDA allocation
equaled 25% (12.25% per measure) or maximum payout of $122,500;
and (v) interactive group performance measured by
performance against budgeted revenue, expenses and cash flow -
allocation equaled 25% (8.33% per measure) or maximum payout of
$122,500. A discussion of thresholds and the Committees
observations in determining Mr. Liggins
performance-based bonus compensation is included below in the
Section titled 2009 Performance-Based Annual Bonus
Decisions. In certain instances where only target levels
were established, the applicable allocated portion of the
performance portion was to be credited on an all or
nothing basis. Thus, if the performance measure was
missed, the CEO would not receive any portion of the allocation
toward his bonus payment. In other instances bonus targets were
established but a pro rata payout was triggered so long as the
Company attained 90% of the target. For example, if a budgeted
revenue target of $100 was established and the Company achieved
$95.60 of revenue, then the CEO would receive 56% of his
budgeted revenue allocation. If the Company had achieved $96.50
of revenue, the CEO would receive 65% of his budgeted revenue
allocation. In no case was the threshold level less than 90% of
the targeted level. The second component, equaling the balance
of the award, is determined at the discretion of the Committee.
In determining the amount of the discretionary portion of the
CEOs bonus, the Committee may consider factors such as
over-performance versus all or any one of the
pre-established individual and Company performance goals under
the Performance Goals Portion of the bonus.
Performance Criteria for the CFO. Effective as
of January 1, 2009, the CFO was eligible to receive
discretionary bonus compensation in an amount to be determined
by the CEO at the conclusion of each fiscal year during which
(i) the CFO remains employed by Company and (ii) the
CFOs performance satisfies certain criteria as determined
by Companys CEO. For calendar year 2009, the CFOs
performance criteria was essentially the same as that of the
CEO. In addition, the CFO had the following goals:
(i) negotiate and
115
successfully close upon refinancing or amendment of the
Companys outstanding debt instruments; (ii) develop
strategy and plans for long-term financing needs;
(iii) monitor financial results of Interactive One and
track the division against the approved budget plan; and
(iv) execution on other directives from the board of
directors and CEO. A discussion of thresholds and the
Committees observations in determining
Mr. Thompsons performance-based bonus compensation is
included below in the Section titled 2009
Performance-Based Annual Bonus Decisions.
Performance Criteria for the PRD. Under his
employment agreement that was in effect during calendar year
2009, the PRDs bonus was also comprised of a performance
based portion and a discretionary portion. Each portion had a
maximum payout of $100,000. Performance metrics and allocations
for the PRDs discretionary performance bonus were as
follows for calendar year 2009: (i) Market share
growth allocation equaled 50% or payout of $50,000
upon attainment of goal; (ii) achievement of budgeted
operating profit allocation equaled 25% or payout of
$25,000 upon attainment of goal; and (iii) achievement of
budgeted expenses allocation equaled 25% or payout
of $25,000 upon attainment of goal. Other factors that could be
considered in the PRDs final bonus determination were: (i)
recruitment and retention of key talent and employees; and
(ii) execution on other directives from the board of
directors and CEO. A discussion of thresholds and the
Committees observations in determining
Mr. Mayos performance-based bonus compensation is
included below in the Section titled 2009
Performance-Based Annual Bonus Decisions. In certain
instances where specific thresholds were established, the
applicable allocated portion of the performance portion was to
be credited on an all or nothing basis. Thus, if the
performance measure was missed, the PRD would not receive any
portion of the allocation toward his bonus payment. In other
instances, thresholds and payouts may have been on a
sliding scale basis. The second component, equaling
the balance of the award, is determined at the discretion of the
Committee. In determining the amount of the discretionary
portion of the PRDs bonus, the Committee may consider
factors such as over-performance versus all or any
one of the pre-established individual and Company performance
goals under the performance portion of the bonus.
Performance Criteria for the CAO. The
CAOs employment agreement with the Company expired on
October 31, 2008 and the CAO is now employed by the Company
as an at-will employee. The CAO is entitled to
participate in all employee benefit programs generally offered
to the Companys employees. Further, the CAO receives a
discretionary bonus in an amount determined by the CEO. In
exercising its discretion whether or not to pay the CAO such
bonus, the Committee generally considers the Companys
overall performance for a given fiscal year and the CAOs
contributions to the success of the Company, including the
CAOs execution on any directives from the board of
directors and CEO.
2009
Performance-Based Annual Bonus Decisions
In making final 2009 performance-based annual bonus decisions,
the Committee considered named executive officer performance
against the applicable performance criteria. In considering the
above-described performance criteria for the Chairperson, CEO,
CFO, CAO and PRD, the Committee made the following observations
in determining performance-based bonus compensation:
(i) The Committee considered the Companys 2009
operating performance versus our 2009 business plan. In this
regard, the Committee recognized that while a number of the plan
objectives (or bonus thresholds) were not fully achieved, the
2009 advertising market remained weak, creating a difficult
operating environment. The Committee noted that in measuring the
Companys consolidated performance as measured by
performance targets, while none of the Companys budgeted
targets were met, actual achievement of the targets for budgeted
revenue, operating profit, expenses and cash flow was in excess
of 95%.
(ii) The Committee considered that for calendar year 2009,
the Company outperformed its markets by 150 basis points
leading to approximately $4.0 million in incremental
revenue.
(iii) The Committee considered that for 2009, despite
unprecedented market conditions, The Company was able to
maintain compliance with the financial covenants contained in
its credit facility. Specifically, as of December 31, 2009,
the Companys Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined
under
116
its senior credit facility) was 3.88x versus a covenant maximum
of 4.0x, the Companys Total Leverage Ratio (as defined
under its senior credit facility) was 7.20x versus a covenant
maximum of 7.25x and the Companys Interest Coverage Ratio
(as defined under its senior credit facility) was 2.36x versus a
covenant minimum of 1.75x.
(iv) Consideration was given to balance sheet management in
light of the difficult economic conditions of 2009. It was noted
that the Company finished 2008 with total debt of approximately
$654.0 million, down from approximately $675.6 million
at year end 2008. The Committee also noted the Companys
repurchase of $2.5 million of Company debt at an average
discount of 50.0%. The Committee determined that these
opportunistic actions substantially increased the amount of
capacity that the Company had under its bank covenants.
(v) The Committee considered the Companys initiatives
to enhance shareholder value including its repurchase during
fiscal year 2009 of 27.7 million shares of Company stock
for approximately $19.7 million, at an average price per
share of $0.71.
(vi) With respect to the performance of TV One, the
Committee noted that while TV Ones budgeted revenue was
slightly below expectations, TV Ones budgeted EBITDA
surpassed budget.
(vii) With respect to the performance of Interactive One,
the Committee noted that while the division did not achieve its
budgeted revenue, expenses were approximately $5.6 million
better than budget and EBITDA surpassed the payout hurdle.
With respect to the discretionary portions of 2009 Executive
Bonuses, the Committee considered a number of non-performance
related factors, including but not limited to: (i) the
Companys successful completion on November 24, 2010
of: (x) the exchange of approximately $97.0 million of
$101.5 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of
our 2011 Notes; (y) the exchange of approximately
$199.3 million of $200.0 million in aggregate
principal amount outstanding of our 2013 Notes; and (z) the
amendment and restatement of Companys senior credit
facility (collectively, the November 2010
Transactions); (ii) the Committees
determination with respect to executive bonuses for the calendar
year ended December 31, 2008, that given the extraordinary
effects of the then current global financial and economic
crisis, the unprecedented market conditions, overall operational
performance in 2008 and the continued uncertainty with respect
to operational performance in 2009, no 2008 executive bonuses
were paid despite the named executives having satisfied a number
of their performance criteria; (iii) hardship caused by the
delay in payment although the full amount of the 2009 Executive
Bonuses had been accrued but withheld throughout substantially
all of calendar year 2010; (iv) that the named executive
officers voluntarily implemented and participated in the 2009
Salary Reductions; and (v) corporate cost saving measures
implemented to ensure continued covenant compliance and
operational performance and affecting the named executive
officers during calendar year 2009, including but not limited to
the Companys move to a use it or lose it
vacation policy and mandatory vacation through office closings
in order to provide expense savings and financial flexibility to
the Company. Finally, the Committee noted that the November 2010
Transactions provided the Company with future financial
flexibility and avoided default and maturities issues that had
prompted the non-executive members of the board of directors to
determine that it was in the best interests of the Company to
defer payment of any 2009 corporate bonuses, including the 2009
Executive Bonuses.
2010
Individual Performance Criteria
Performance Criteria for the Chairperson. For
calendar year 2010, the basis of the Chairperson bonus remained
discretionary, as discussed above.
Performance Criteria for the CEO. For calendar
year 2010, the elements and allocations of the CEOs
Performance Goals Portion were the same as for calendar year
2009, as discussed above.
Performance Criteria for the CFO. For calendar
year 2010, the elements and allocations of the CFOs
Performance Goals Portion were the same as for calendar year
2009, as discussed above.
117
Performance Criteria for the PRD. Under his
employment agreement that was in effect during calendar year
2010, the PRDs bonus was also comprised of a performance
based portion and a discretionary portion. Each portion had a
maximum payout of $100,000. Performance metrics and allocations
for the PRDs discretionary performance bonus were as
follows for calendar year 2010: (i) Market share
growth allocation equaled 50% or payout of $50,000
upon attainment of goal; (ii) achievement of budgeted
operating profit allocation equaled 20% or payout of
$20,000 upon attainment of goal; (iii) achievement of
budgeted expenses allocation equaled 10% or payout
of $10,000 upon attainment of goal; (iv) achievement of
budgeted net revenue for radio websites allocation
equaled 10% or payout of $10,000 upon attainment of goal;
(v) achievement of increased traffic for radio
websites allocation equaled 10% or payout of $10,000
upon attainment of goal. Other factors that could be considered
in the PRDs final bonus determination were:
(i) recruitment and retention of key talent and employees;
and (ii) execution on other directives from the board of
directors and CEO. While in some instances specific thresholds
were not developed, a discussion of thresholds and the
Committees observations in determining The PRDs
performance-based bonus compensation is included below in the
Section titled 2010 Performance-Based Annual Bonus
Decisions. In certain instances where specific thresholds
were established, the applicable allocated portion of the
performance portion was to be credited on an all or
nothing basis. Thus, if the performance measure was
missed, the PRD would not receive any portion of the allocation
toward his bonus payment. In other instances, thresholds and
payouts may have been on a sliding scale basis. The
second component, equaling the balance of the award, is
determined at the discretion of the Committee. In determining
the amount of the discretionary portion of the PRDs bonus,
the Committee may consider factors such as
over-performance versus all or any one of the
pre-established individual and Company performance goals under
the performance portion of the bonus.
Performance Criteria for the CAO. For calendar
year 2010, the basis of the CAOs bonus remained
discretionary, as discussed above.
2010
Performance-Based Annual Bonus Decisions
In making final 2010 performance-based annual bonus decisions,
the Committee considered named executive officer performance
against the applicable performance criteria. In considering the
criteria for the Chairperson, CEO, CFO, CAO and PRD, , the
Committee made the following observations in determining
performance-based bonus compensation:
(i) The Committee first considered the radio
divisions 2010 operating performance versus the 2010
business plan. In this regard, the Committee noted that the
radio division performed at 100% of its budgeted revenue and
cash flow targets and at 99.7% of its budgeted expense target.
The Committee also noted that the Companys radio division
achieved 115% of budgeted net revenue for radio station websites.
(ii) Consideration was given to balance sheet management in
light of the continued challenging economic conditions of 2010.
The Committee considered that during 2010, the Company reduced
its indebtedness by $11.3 million. It was also noted that
the Company successfully managed through certain weekly covenant
tests associated with its amended senior credit facilities in
place during 2010.
(iii) With respect to the performance of TV One, the
Committee noted that TV One achieved revenue at 105% of target
and cash flow at 103% of target. The Committee also noted that
TV One passed substantial dividends through to the Company.
(iv) With respect to the performance of Interactive One,
the Committee noted that while the division did not achieve its
budgeted EBITDA target, Interactive One reduced its losses by
$1.7 million versus 2009.
(v) The Committee noted that Reach Media had transitioned
from its guaranteed revenue arrangement to its own sales force
and that the division generated revenue and cash flow sufficient
to pay substantial dividends to the Company.
118
With respect to the discretionary portions of 2010 Executive
Bonuses, the Committee considered a number of non-performance
related factors, including but not limited to: (i) the
Companys successfully obtaining a bank amendment on
March 30, 2010 to cure certain defaults under the
Companys previous senior credit facility; (ii) the
Companys successful completion on November 24, 2010
of: (x) the exchange of approximately $97.0 million of
$101.5 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of
our 2011 Notes; (y) the exchange of approximately
$199.3 million of $200.0 million in aggregate
principal amount outstanding of our 2013 Notes; and (z) the
amendment and restatement of Companys previous senior
credit facility; (iii) the Companys successful work
with TV One in causing the redemption of equity interests held
by TV One management and certain financial investors effectively
increasing the Companys ownership interests in TV One to
over 50%; and (iv) the installation of a new management
team in the Washington, DC market, as well as the successful
reprogramming of certain stations in the Washington, DC market.
Long-term
Incentives
As noted above, the 2009 Stock Plan was approved by the
stockholders at the Companys annual meeting on
December 16, 2009. The 2009 Stock Plan succeeded the
Companys 1999 Stock Plan which had expired by its terms on
May 5, 2009. The terms of the 2009 Stock Plan were
substantially similar to the terms of the 1999 Stock Plan. On
December 16, 2009, the compensation committee and the
non-executive members of the board of directors reaffirmed a
decision of the compensation committee from May 21, 2009
and approved a long-term incentive plan (the 2009
LTIP) for certain key employees of the
Company. The purpose of the 2009 LTIP was to retain and incent
these key employees in light of sacrifices made as a
result of the cost savings initiatives described above in
response to the economic conditions in 2008 and 2009. These
sacrifices included not receiving performance-based bonuses in
2008, salary reductions and mandatory vacation through office
closings in order to provide expense savings and financial
flexibility to the Company. The 2009 LTIP was comprised of
3,250,000 shares of Class D Common Stock (the
LTIP Shares). On January 5, 2010, the LTIP
Shares were granted in the form of restricted stock and
allocated among 31 employees of the Company, including the
named executive officers. The named executive officers were
allocated LTIP Shares as follows: (i) the CEO
(1.0 million shares); (ii) the Chairperson
(300,000 shares); (iii) the CFO (225,000 shares);
(iv) the CAO (225,000 shares); and (v) the PRD
(130,000 shares). The remaining 1,370,000 shares were
allocated among 26 other key employees. All awards
vest in three installments of
331/3%
on: (i) June 5, 2010; (ii) June 5, 2011 and
(iii) June 5, 2012. The compensation committee and the
non-executive members of the board of directors approved a
shortened vesting period for the first installment as the
Company originally intended to implement the 2009 LTIP in June
2009. However, as the 2009 Stock Plan was not approved until
December 16, 2009, the compensation committee and the
non-executive members of the board of directors thought it was
inequitable to penalize the 2009 LTIP awardees because of the
delayed approval of the 2009 Stock
Plan.1
In accordance with the Companys Stock Plan Administration
Procedures (as described above), the grant date for the LTIP
Shares, including LTIP Shares granted to named executive
officers, was January 5, 2010. The closing price of shares
of the Companys Class D common stock on that date was
$3.17.
Employment
Agreements
Chairperson. Catherine L. Hughes, our founder,
serves as our Chairperson of the board of directors and
Secretary. Ms. Hughes three (3) year employment
agreement, dated April 16, 2008, provides for an annual
base salary of $750,000 that may be increased at the discretion
of the board. The employment agreement also provides for an
annual cash bonus at the discretion of the board up to a maximum
of $250,000. Ms. Hughes is also entitled to receive a
pro-rata portion of her bonus upon termination due to death or
disability. The Chairperson was paid a discretionary bonus of
$250,000 for fiscal year 2009. No determination as to the
Chairpersons 2010 bonus has been made as of the date of
this proxy statement. Ms. Hughes also receives
1 The
annual stockholders meeting at which the new 2009 Stock Plan was
approved was delayed as a result of the Companys receipt
of certain comment letters from the SEC regarding certain
disclosures made in our
Form 10-K/A
for the year ended December 31, 2008.
119
standard retirement, welfare and fringe benefits, as well as
vehicle and wireless communication allowances and financial
manager services.
In conjunction with her April 16, 2008 employment
agreement, the Chairperson was granted options to purchase
600,000 shares of Class D common stock as well as
150,000 restricted shares of Class D common stock. These
options and restricted shares were awarded under the 1999 Stock
Plan. Both grants will vest ratably annually over the life of
the three year employment agreement or alternatively, fully in
the event of a Change of Control of the Company (as defined in
the 1999 Stock Plan). The Committee determined the number of
incentive awards granted to the Chairperson in the manner
described above in the section titled Principal Components
of Executive Compensation, Long-term Incentives. In
accordance with the Companys Stock Plan Administration
Procedures, the grants to Ms. Hughes in connection with her
April 2008 employment agreement occurred on June 5, 2008.
The closing price of shares of the Companys Class D
common stock on that date was $1.41.
President and Chief Executive Officer. Alfred
C. Liggins, III is employed as our President and CEO and is
a member of the board of directors. Under the terms of his three
(3) year employment agreement dated April 16, 2008,
Mr. Liggins receives a base salary of $980,000 which is
subject to an annual increase at the discretion of the board of
directors. Mr. Liggins is also eligible for a bonus award
up to an amount equal to his base salary and comprised of two
components. The first component, equaling 50% of the award, is
based on the achievement of pre-established individual and
Company performance goals, as determined by the Committee in
consultation with Mr. Liggins. The second component,
equaling the balance of the award, is determined at the
discretion of the Committee. Mr. Liggins is also entitled
to receive a pro-rata portion of his bonus upon termination due
to death or disability. A discussion of the element and
allocations of the CEOs performance based bonus for fiscal
years 2009 and 2010 is included above in the Section titled
2009 and 2010 Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Compensation. The CEO was paid a performance-based bonus
of $980,000 for fiscal year 2009. No determination as to the
CEOs 2010 bonus has been made as of the date of this proxy
statement.
In recognition of his contributions in founding TV One on behalf
of the Company, Mr. Liggins is also eligible to receive an
amount equal to 8% of any dividends paid in respect of the
Companys investment in TV One and 8% of the proceeds of
the Companys investment in TV One (the TV One
Award). In both events, the Companys obligation to
pay any portion of the TV One Award is only triggered after the
Companys recovery of the full amount of its cumulative
capital contributions to TV One. Mr. Liggins will only
receive the TV One Award upon actual cash distributions or
distributions of marketable securities. Mr. Liggins
rights to the TV One Award (i) cease if he is terminated
for cause or he resigns without good reason and (ii) expire
at the end of the term of his employment agreement.
Mr. Liggins also receives standard retirement, welfare and
fringe benefits, as well as vehicle and wireless communication
allowances and a personal assistant and financial manager
services.
In conjunction with his April 16, 2008 employment
agreement, the CEO was granted options to purchase
1,150,000 shares of Class D common stock as well as
300,000 restricted shares of Class D common stock. The
grants vest ratably annually over the life of the CEOs
three year employment agreement or alternatively, fully in the
event of a Change of Control of the Company (as defined in the
1999 Stock Plan). The Committee determined the number of
incentive awards granted to the CEO in the manner described
above in the section entitled Principal Components of
Executive Compensation, Long-term Incentives. In
accordance with the Companys Stock Plan Administration
Procedures, the grants to Mr. Liggins in connection with
his April 2008 employment agreement occurred on June 5,
2008. The closing price of shares of the Companys
Class D common stock on that date was $1.41.
Chief Financial Officer. During the calendar
year ended December 31, 2010, Peter D. Thompson was
employed as Executive Vice President and CFO pursuant to a three
(3) year employment agreement dated February 2008. The
employment agreement provided for a base salary of $375,000
which was subject to an annual increase of not less than 3%. The
agreement also provided for an annual discretionary cash bonus
in an amount not to exceed $75,000 in 2008 and, thereafter, in
an amount to be determined by the CEO. Mr. Thompson is also
entitled to receive a pro-rata portion of his bonus upon
termination due to death or
120
disability. A discussion of the element and allocations of the
CFOs performance based bonus for fiscal years 2009 and
2010 is included above in the Section titled 2009 and 2010
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation. The CFO was paid a
performance-based bonus of $200,000 for fiscal year 2009. No
determination as to the CFOs 2010 bonus has been made as
of the date of this proxy statement. Mr. Thompson also
receives standard retirement, welfare and fringe benefits, as
well as a vehicle allowance.
On March 31, 2008, in connection with his appointment as
CFO, Mr. Thompson was granted 75,000 shares of
restricted stock and options for another 75,000 shares of
Class D common stock, all to vest ratably annually over the
three year term of the agreement. The Committee determined the
number of incentive awards granted to the CFO in the manner
described above in the section titled Principal Components
of Executive Compensation, Long-term Incentives. In
accordance with the Companys Stock Plan Administration
Procedures, the grants to Mr. Thompson in connection with
his March 2008 employment agreement occurred on June 5,
2008. The closing price of shares of the Companys
Class D common stock on that date was $1.41.
On March 3, 2011, the Company and Mr. Thompson entered
into a new employment agreement. The new employment agreement
provides for a base salary of $550,000. The agreement also
provided for an annual discretionary cash bonus in an amount not
to exceed $200,000 and a signing bonus in the amount
of $158,000. Mr. Thompson is also entitled to receive a
pro-rata portion of his bonus upon termination due to death or
disability. Mr. Thompson also receives standard retirement,
welfare and fringe benefits, as well as a vehicle allowance.
President, Radio Division. Until
August 5, 2009, Barry A. Mayo was employed as President,
Radio Division pursuant to an employment agreement with the
Company. The employment agreement provided for a base salary of
$500,000 which was subject to an annual increase of not less
than 3%. The employment agreement also provided for (i) a
quarterly bonus not to exceed $25,000 during each quarter
Mr. Mayo remained employed with the Company and satisfied
certain broadcast revenue flow goals established by the Company
and (ii) an annual cash bonus at the discretion of the
board of directors. Mr. Mayo was also entitled to receive a
pro-rata portion of his bonus upon termination due to death or
disability. A discussion of the PRDs performance based
bonus for fiscal years 2009 and 2010 is included above in the
Section titled 2009 and 2010 Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Compensation. Mr. Mayo received a total bonus of
$170,000 for fiscal year 2009. No determination as to the
PRDs 2010 bonus has been made as of the date of this proxy
statement. Mr. Mayo also received standard retirement,
welfare and fringe benefits, as well as a vehicle allowance and
certain expenses related to his travel to the Companys
corporate headquarters.
Effective August 5, 2009, the Company entered into a new
employment agreement with Mr. Mayo, the term of which is
through June 6, 2012. The new employment agreement provides
for a base salary of $550,000, effective January 1, 2010,
which is subject to an annual increase of not less than 3%. The
employment agreement also provides for an annual bonus comprised
of (i) a cash bonus of up to $100,000 for achieving certain
objective metrics and (ii) a cash bonus of up to $100,000
to be paid at the discretion of the board of directors for
having achieved satisfactory operating results. Mr. Mayo is
also entitled to receive a pro-rata potion of the bonus upon
termination due to death or disability. Mr. Mayo also
receives standard retirement, welfare and fringe benefits, as
well, as a vehicle allowance and certain expenses related to his
travel to the Companys corporate headquarters.
Chief Administrative Officer. Linda J. Vilardo
is employed as CAO, Vice President and Assistant Secretary of
the Company. Ms. Vilardos employment agreement with
the Company expired on October 31, 2008 and
Ms. Vilardo is now employed by the Company as an
at-will employee. Ms. Vilardo is entitled to
participate in all employee benefit programs generally offered
to the Companys employees. Ms. Vilardo received a
discretionary bonus of $200,000 for fiscal year 2009. No
determination as to Ms. Vilardos 2010 bonus has been
made as of the date of this proxy statement. Ms. Vilardo
also receives standard retirement, welfare and fringe benefits.
121
Post-Termination
and Change in Control Benefits
Under the employment agreements that we have entered into with
Catherine L. Hughes, Alfred C. Liggins, Peter D. Thompson, and
Barry A. Mayo, each executives unvested equity awards will
become fully exercisable immediately upon a Change of Control
(as defined in the Companys 2009 Stock Option and
Restricted Stock Grant Plan). Under the terms of her employment
agreement, upon termination without cause or for good reason
within two years following a change of control, Ms. Hughes
will receive an amount equal to three times the sum of
(1) her annual base salary and (2) the average of her
last three annual incentive bonus payments, in a cash lump sum
within five days of such termination, a pro-rated annual bonus
for the year of termination, and continued welfare benefits for
three years, subject to all applicable federal, state and local
deductions. Similarly, under the terms of his employment
agreement, upon termination without cause or for good reason
within two years following a change of control Mr. Liggins
will receive an amount equal to three times the sum of
(1) his annual base salary and (2) the average of his
last three annual incentive bonus payments, in a cash lump sum
within five days of such termination, a pro-rated annual bonus
for the year of termination, and continued welfare benefits for
three years, subject to all applicable federal, state and local
deductions.
Please see the table, titled Potential Payments upon
Termination or Change in Control on page 31 of this
proxy statement for quantitative information about the payments
that might occur upon various termination events.
Under Ms. Hughes and Mr. Liggins employment agreements
the terms cause and good reason are
defined generally as follows:
Cause means (i) the commission by the
executive of a felony, fraud, embezzlement or an act of serious,
criminal moral turpitude which, in case of any of the foregoing,
in the good faith judgment of the Board, is likely to cause
material harm to the business of the Company and the Company
affiliates, taken as a whole, provided, that in the
absence of a conviction or plea of nolo contendere, the
Company will have the burden of proving the commission of such
act by clear and convincing evidence, (ii) the commission
of an act by the executive constituting material financial
dishonesty against the Company or any Company affiliate,
provided, that in the absence of a conviction or plea of
nolo contendere, the Company will have the burden of
proving the commission of such act by a preponderance of the
evidence, (iii) the repeated refusal by the executive to
use his reasonable and diligent efforts to follow the lawful and
reasonable directives of the Board, or (iv) the
executives willful gross neglect in carrying out his
material duties and responsibilities under the agreement,
provided, that unless the Board reasonably determines
that a breach described in clause (iii) or (iv) is not
curable, the executive will, be given written notice of such
breach and will be given an opportunity to cure such breach to
the reasonable satisfaction of the Board within thirty
(30) days of receipt of such written notice.
Good Reason shall be deemed to exist if,
without the express written consent of the executive,
(a) the executives rate of annual base salary is
reduced, (b) the executive suffers a substantial reduction
in his title, duties or responsibilities, (c) the Company
fails to pay the executives annual base salary when due or
to pay any other material amount due to the executive hereunder
within five (5) days of written notice from the executive,
(d) the Company materially breaches the agreement and fails
to correct such breach within thirty (30) days after
receiving the executives demand that it remedy the breach,
or (e) the Company fails to obtain a satisfactory written
agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform the
agreement, which successor the executive reasonably concludes is
capable of performing the Companys financial obligations
under this Agreement.
The foregoing summaries of the definitions of cause
and good reason are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the actual terms of the employment agreements filed
with that certain
Form 8-K
filed April 18, 2008.
Under the terms of his employment agreement, in the event that
Mr. Thompson is terminated other than for cause, provided
Mr. Thompson executes a general liability release, the
Company will pay Mr. Thompson
122
severance in an amount equal to three months base
compensation, subject to all applicable federal, state and local
deductions.
Under the terms of his employment agreement, in the event that
Mr. Mayo is terminated other than for cause, provided
Mr. Mayo executes a general liability release, the Company
will pay Mr. Mayo severance in an amount equal to six
(6) months base compensation, subject to all
applicable federal, state and local deductions.
Other
Benefits and Perquisites
As part of our competitive compensation package to attract and
retain talented employees, we offer retirement, health and other
benefits to our employees. Our named executive officers
participate in the same benefit plans as our other salaried
employees. The only benefit programs offered to our named
executive officers either exclusively or with terms different
from those offered to other eligible employees are the following:
Deferred Compensation. We have a deferred
compensation plan that allows Catherine L. Hughes, our
Chairperson, to defer compensation on a voluntary, non-tax
qualified basis. Under the plan in effect during 2009 and 2010,
Ms. Hughes deferred $16,000 and $24,000, respectively, of
her base salary (and no amounts of bonus) until death,
disability, retirement or termination. The amount owed to her as
deferred compensation is an unfunded and unsecured general
obligation of our Company. Deferred amounts accrue interest
based upon the return earned on an investment account with a
designated brokerage firm established by Radio One. All deferred
amounts are payable in a lump sum 30 days after the date of
the event causing the distribution to be paid. No named
executive officer earns above-market or preferential earnings on
nonqualified deferred compensation.
Other Perquisites. We provide few perquisites
to our named executive officers. Currently, we provide or
reimburse executives for a company automobile, driver and
various administrative services including a financial manager
and a personal assistant.
We have set forth the incremental cost of providing these
benefits and perquisites to our named executives in the 2010
Summary Compensation Table in the All Other
Compensation column.
401(k)
Plan
We adopted a defined contribution 401(k) savings and retirement
plan effective October 1, 1994. In 2010, participants could
contribute up to $16,500 of their gross compensation, subject to
certain limitations. In 2011, participants may contribute up to
$16,500 of their gross compensation, subject to certain
limitations. Employees age 50 or older can make an
additional
catch-up
contribution of up to $5,500. Effective January 1, 2006, we
instituted a match of fifty cents for every dollar an employee
contributes up to 6% of the employees salary, subject to
certain limitations. However, effective January 1, 2008, we
indefinitely suspended the matching component of our 401(k)
savings and retirement plan.
Tax
Deductibility of Executive Compensation
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, imposes limitations upon the federal income tax
deductibility of compensation paid to certain named executive
officers. On June 4, 2008, the Internal Revenue Service
issued Notice
2008-4,
which defines the group of named executive officers who are
considered covered employees for purposes of Section 162(m)
of the Internal Revenue Code. The Notice specifically excludes
the chief financial officer from coverage under
Section 162(m) and provides that the only individuals who
will be considered covered employees are the chief executive
officer and the three highest compensated officers (other than
the chief executive officer or chief financial officer).
Previously, the chief executive officer and the four other
highest compensated officers were subject to
Section 162(m), and the chief financial officer was not
automatically excluded. Under the 162(m) limitations, we may
deduct up to $1,000,000 of compensation for such executive
officer in any one year or may deduct all compensation, even if
over $1,000,000, if we meet certain specified conditions (such
as certain performance-based compensation
123
that has been approved by stockholders). As the net cost of
compensation, including its deductibility, is weighed by the
Committee against many factors in determining executive
compensation, the Committee may determine that it is appropriate
and in Radio Ones best interest to authorize compensation
that is not deductible, whether by reason of Section 162(m)
or otherwise.
Summary
Compensation Table (1)
The following table sets forth the total compensation for each
of the named executive officers for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 inclusive of bonuses paid
for the year ended December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-
|
|
Non-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
qualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Plan
|
|
Compensation
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus(2)
|
|
Awards(3)
|
|
Awards(3)
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Earnings
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
Catherine L. Hughes
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
744,688
|
|
|
|
315,000
|
|
|
|
551,196
|
|
|
|
129,624
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
|
|
32,779
|
(4)
|
|
|
1,797,287
|
|
Chairperson
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
713,423
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
15,503
|
|
|
|
28,505
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
30,111
|
(4)
|
|
|
1,053,542
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
709,795
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
40,939
|
|
|
|
75,273
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
|
|
29,626
|
(4)
|
|
|
879,633
|
|
Alfred C. Liggins, III
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
959,992
|
|
|
|
1,150,000
|
|
|
|
1,743,321
|
|
|
|
264,374
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
79,673
|
(5)
|
|
|
4,197,360
|
|
CEO
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
934,267
|
|
|
|
980,000
|
|
|
|
31,006
|
|
|
|
58,136
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
74,770
|
(5)
|
|
|
2,078,179
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
846,271
|
|
|
|
5,800,000
|
|
|
|
81,878
|
|
|
|
153,521
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
76,376
|
(5)
|
|
|
6,958,046
|
|
Peter D. Thompson
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
404,043
|
|
|
|
175,000
|
|
|
|
395,772
|
|
|
|
18,375
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
993,190
|
|
CFO(6)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
360,853
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
7,839
|
|
|
|
4,086
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
572,778
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
361,607
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
25,096
|
|
|
|
13,082
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
(7)
|
|
|
425,785
|
|
Barry A. Mayo
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
546,458
|
|
|
|
147,228
|
|
|
|
208,303
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
901,989
|
|
President, Radio
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
476,667
|
|
|
|
175,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
651,667
|
|
Division(8)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
101,389
|
|
|
|
52,822
|
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
659,211
|
|
Linda J. Vilardo
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
440,409
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
360,522
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,000,931
|
|
CAO(9)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
436,146
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
636,146
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
445,145
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
2,005,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
2,450,145
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Non-equity incentive plan compensation for 2010 has been paid to
the named executive officers have as follows:
(1) Chairperson $315,000,
(2) CEO $1,150,000, (3) CFO
$175,000, (4) PRD - $147,228 and (5) CAO
$200,000. |
|
(1) |
|
On January 5, 2010, LTIP Shares were granted in the form of
restricted stock and allocated among 31 employees of the
Company, including the named executive officers. The named
executive officers were allocated LTIP Shares as follows:
(i) the CEO (1.0 million shares); (ii) the
Chairperson (300,000 shares); (iii) the CFO
(225,000 shares); (iv) the CAO (225,000 shares);
and (v) the PRD (130,000 shares). The remaining
1,370,000 shares were allocated among 26 other
key employees. All awards vest in three installments
of
331/3%
on: (i) June 5, 2010; (ii) June 5, 2011 and
(iii) June 5, 2012. There were no stock awards,
non-equity incentive plan compensation or option grants to
executive officers during 2009. Ms. Hughes was granted
options to purchase 600,000 shares of Class D common
stock and 150,000 restricted shares of Class D common stock
upon execution of her new employment agreement in April 2008.
Mr. Liggins was granted options to purchase
1,150,000 shares of Class D common stock, 300,000
restricted shares of Class D common stock and the ability
to receive an award amount equal to 8% of any proceeds from
distributions or other liquidity events in excess of the return
of the Companys aggregate investment in TV One upon
execution of his new employment agreement in April 2008.
Mr. Thompson was granted options to purchase
75,000 shares of Class D common stock and 75,000
restricted shares of Class D common stock upon execution of
his employment agreement in March 2008. Except for grants to
Barry Mayo, there were no stock awards, non-equity incentive
plan compensation or option grants to executive officers in
2007. Mr. Mayo was granted options to purchase
50,000 shares of Class D common stock and
50,000 shares of Class D common stock upon his
employment with the Company. The Company does not provide a
defined benefit pension plan and there were no above-market or
preferential earnings on deferred compensation. |
124
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Reflects purely discretionary bonuses. These amounts were paid
in the year subsequent to being awarded. For 2008,
Mr. Liggins aggregate bonus amount includes
(i) a $1,000,000 signing bonus and (ii) a
make-whole bonus of $4,800,000, both paid in
connection with Mr. Liggins 2008 employment
agreement. Mr. Thompsons bonus amount includes a
$20,000 signing bonus paid in connection with his
2008 employment agreement. |
|
(3) |
|
The dollar amount recognized for financial statement purposes in
accordance with Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) 718, Compensation Stock
Compensation, for the fair value of options and restricted
stock granted. These values are based on assumptions described
in Note 11 to the Companys audited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this proxy statement
and in Note 11 and 12 to the Companys consolidated
financial statements in its 2008 Annual Report on
Form 10-K/A. |
|
(4) |
|
For 2010, 2009 and 2008, for company automobile provided to
Ms. Hughes and financial services and administrative
support in the amounts of $3,278, $3,278 and $1,999 and $29,501,
$26,833 and $27,626, respectively. |
|
(5) |
|
For 2010, 2009 and 2008, for financial services and
administrative support provided to Mr. Liggins in the
amounts of $79,673, $74,770 and $76,376, respectively. |
|
(6) |
|
Served as Executive Vice President of Business Development
through February 19, 2008 and began as CFO on
February 20, 2008. |
|
(7) |
|
For company automobile provided to Mr. Thompson. |
|
(8) |
|
Began as President, Radio Division on August 6, 2007. |
|
(9) |
|
Ms. Vilardos 2008 non-equity incentive plan
compensation amount includes a $2,005,000 retention bonus paid
in November 2008, pursuant to her previous employment agreement. |
The following table sets forth the 2010 grant of plan-based
awards.
2010
Grants of Plan Based Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Possible Payouts Under
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts Under
|
|
Other
|
|
All Other
|
|
Price of
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards(1)
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
Action
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Target
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Target
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
Date
|
|
$
|
|
$(2)
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
#
|
|
#
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
Alfred C. Liggins, III
|
|
|
1/1/2010
|
|
|
|
12/31/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
980,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barry A. Mayo
|
|
|
1/1/2010
|
|
|
|
12/31/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter D. Thompson
|
|
|
1/1/2010
|
|
|
|
12/31/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects the possible payout amounts of non-equity incentive
plan awards that could have been earned in 2010. See the Summary
Compensation Table for amounts actually earned in 2009 and paid
out in 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
Grant and action dates reflect performance period for non-equity
incentive plan award. A $5,000 bonus was paid on January 8,
2010 for meeting 2008 budgeted expense performance criteria. |
125
The following table sets forth the number of shares of common
stock subject to exercisable and unexercisable stock options
held as of December 31, 2010. There were no option
exercises during 2009 and 2010 by the named executive officers.
No restricted stock awards and option grants were made in 2009.
Outstanding
Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Market
|
|
Plan
|
|
Market or
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
of
|
|
Value of
|
|
Awards:
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Stock
|
|
Unearned
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
That Have
|
|
That Have
|
|
Shares That
|
|
Shares That
|
|
|
Unexercised Options
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Unearned
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Expiration
|
|
Not
|
|
Not
|
|
Have Not
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
(#) Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Price ($)
|
|
Date
|
|
Vested (#)
|
|
Vested ($)
|
|
Vested (#)
|
|
Vested ($)
|
Name
|
|
Class A
|
|
Class D
|
|
Class D
|
|
Class A or D
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class D
|
|
Class D
|
|
Class D
|
|
Class D
|
|
Catherine L. Hughes(1)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
6/5/2018
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
280,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Alfred C. Liggins, III(2)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,500,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
14.80
|
|
|
|
8/10/2014
|
|
|
|
766,666
|
|
|
|
858,666
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
766,666
|
|
|
|
383,333
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
6/5/2018
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Barry Mayo(3)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
4.05
|
|
|
|
8/6/2017
|
|
|
|
86,666
|
|
|
|
97,066
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Peter D. Thompson(4)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
6/5/2018
|
|
|
|
175,000
|
|
|
|
196,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Linda J. Vilardo(5)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
168,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
200,000 options vest on April 15, 2011. 50,000 shares
vest on April 15, 2011, 100,000 shares vest on
June 5, 2011 and June 5, 2012. The Chairperson was
awarded 300,000 restricted shares of Class D common stock
on January 5, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
383,333 options vest on April 15, 2011. 100,000 shares
vest on April 15, 2011, 333,333 shares vest on
June 5, 2011 and June 5, 2012. The CEO was awarded
1,000,000 restricted shares of Class D common stock on
January 5, 2010. |
|
(3) |
|
43,333 shares vest on June 5, 2011 and June 5,
2012. The PRD was awarded 130,000 restricted shares of
Class D common stock on January 5, 2010. |
|
(4) |
|
25,000 options vested on February 19, 2011.
25,000 shares vested on February 19, 2011,
75,000 shares vest on June 5, 2011 and June 5,
2012. The CFO was awarded 225,000 restricted shares of
Class D common stock on January 5, 2010 |
|
(5) |
|
75,000 shares vest on June 5, 2011 and June 5,
2012. The CAO was awarded 225,000 restricted shares of
Class D common stock on January 5, 2010. |
The following table sets forth the number of shares of stock
that have vested and the aggregate dollar value realized upon
vesting of stock for the named executive officers during the
year ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED
|
|
|
2010 Stock Vested
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Value Realized
|
Name
|
|
Acquired on Vesting #
|
|
on Vesting $
|
|
Catherine L. Hughes
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
617,500
|
|
Alfred C. Liggins, III
|
|
|
433,334
|
|
|
|
1,749,669
|
|
Barry A. Mayo
|
|
|
43,334
|
|
|
|
167,269
|
|
Peter D. Thompson
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
371,750
|
|
Linda J. Vilardo
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
289,500
|
|
126
The following table sets forth non-qualified deferred
compensation for our named executive officers in fiscal 2010.
Non-Qualified
Deferred Compensation 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive
|
|
Registrant
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Contributions in
|
|
Contributions in
|
|
Earnings in Last
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
Balance at Last
|
Name
|
|
Last Fiscal Year
|
|
Last Fiscal Year
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
Withdrawals/Distributions
|
|
Fiscal Year End
|
|
Catherine L. Hughes
|
|
$
|
24,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
521
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
372,292
|
|
Alfred C. Liggins, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter D. Thompson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barry A. Mayo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Linda J. Vilardo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table shows the potential payments to
Ms. Hughes, Mr. Liggins, Mr. Thompson and
Mr. Mayo upon termination or change in control under their
respective employment agreements. For purposes of calculating
the potential payments set forth in the table below, we have
assumed that (i) the date of termination was
December 31, 2010, (ii) the payments are based upon
the terms of the employment agreement which was in effect on
December 31, 2010, and (iii) the stock price was
$1.12, the closing market price of our Class D common stock
on December 31, 2010, the last business day of the 2010
fiscal year. As Ms. Vilardos employment agreement
expired on October 31, 2008, Ms. Vilardo was no longer
entitled to any such payments as of December 31, 2010.
Potential
Payments upon Termination or Change of Control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination w/o
|
|
|
Termination for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cause or Upon
|
|
|
Cause or
|
|
|
|
Resignation of
|
|
|
Change of Control
|
|
|
Resignation w/o
|
|
|
|
Officer Upon Change
|
|
|
or Resignation for
|
|
|
Good Reason, Death
|
|
|
|
in Control
|
|
|
Good Reason
|
|
|
or Disability
|
|
|
Executive Benefits and Payments Upon Termination for Catherine
L. Hughes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary/Severance
|
|
$
|
2,250,000
|
|
|
$
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Medical, Dental and Vision
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
6,900
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Unvested Portion of Stock Awards
|
|
|
280,000
|
|
|
|
280,000
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Deferred Compensation
|
|
|
347,771
|
|
|
$
|
347,771
|
|
|
|
347,771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,877,771
|
|
|
$
|
1,384,671
|
|
|
$
|
347,771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Benefits and Payments Upon Termination for Alfred C.
Liggins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary/Severance
|
|
$
|
2,940,000
|
|
|
$
|
980,000
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Medical, Dental and Vision
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Unvested Portion of Stock Awards
|
|
|
858,666
|
|
|
|
858,666
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,798,666
|
|
|
$
|
1,849,766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Benefits and Payments Upon Termination for Peter D.
Thompson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary/Severance
|
|
$
|
n/a
|
|
|
$
|
93,750
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Medical, Dental and Vision
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Unvested Portion of Stock Awards(a)
|
|
|
196,000
|
|
|
|
196,000
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
196,000
|
|
|
$
|
289,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Benefits and Payments Upon Termination for Barry A.
Mayo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary/Severance
|
|
$
|
n/a
|
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Medical, Dental and Vision
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Unvested Portion of Stock Awards
|
|
|
97,066
|
|
|
|
97,066
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
97,066
|
|
|
$
|
372,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Mr. Thompsons employment agreement does not
explicitly provide for the immediate vesting of unvested stock
awards upon a Change of Control (as defined in the
Companys 2009 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Grant
Plan). However, in the event of a Change of Control, under the
terms of the Companys 2009 Stock Option and Restricted
Stock Grant Plan, the compensation committee may provide, in its
discretion, that any unvested portion of stock awards shall
become immediately vested. |
Directors
Fees
Our non-employee directors each typically receive an annual
retainer of $20,000 which is paid in equal installments on a
quarterly basis. In addition, they receive $1,000 for each board
meeting attended, and are reimbursed for all
out-of-pocket
expenses related to meetings attended. Non-employee directors
serving as chairperson of a committee of the board of directors
receive an extra $10,000 per annum. However, in 2009, due to the
economic crisis and corresponding effects on the Companys
operations, the non-employee directors were not paid a quarterly
retainer or any other amounts for service during the year except
for the first quarter of 2009. Pursuant to the Companys
Policy for Granting Stock Options and Restricted Stock Awards,
as adopted by the Committee, on an annual basis on the grant
date immediately after each annual stockholders meeting,
each non-employee directors also receives an award of stock
options in an amount as determined by the Committee (the
Non-Employee Director Annual Award). The grant date
for the Non-Employee Director Annual Award is the fifth day of
the month following the date of the annual stockholder meeting.
If the Committee does not make a determination as to the size of
the Non-Employee Director Annual Award, each non-employee
director automatically receives an award of options to purchase
that number of shares that would have a fair market value of
$25,000 on the grant date (the Automatic Non-Employee
Director Award). Under this policy, for 2009, each of our
non-officer directors received an Automatic Non-Employee
Director Award of options to purchase 7,886 shares of
Class D common stock on January 5, 2010. The number of
shares was determined by dividing $3.17, the closing share price
of our Class D common stock on January 5, 2010 into
$25,000. Our officers who serve as directors do not receive
compensation for their services as directors other than the
compensation they receive as officers of Radio One.
2010 Director
Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or Paid
|
|
Option
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
in Cash $(1)
|
|
Awards $(2)
|
|
$
|
|
Terry L. Jones(3)
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
8,528
|
|
|
|
16,028
|
|
Brian W. McNeill(3)
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
8,528
|
|
|
|
14,528
|
|
B. Doyle Mitchell, Jr.(4)
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
8,528
|
|
|
|
14,528
|
|
D. Geoffrey Armstrong(3)
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
|
|
8,528
|
|
|
|
17,028
|
|
Ronald E. Blaylock(5)
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
8,528
|
|
|
|
14,528
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting
purposes in 2010 in accordance with ASC 718. |
|
(2) |
|
On December 16, 2009 each director was awarded options to
purchase 7,886 shares of Class D common stock. The
option award grant date was January 5, 2010. The number of
shares was determined by dividing $3.17, the closing share price
of our Class D common stock on January 5, 2010 into
$25,000. |
|
(3) |
|
47,730 options outstanding in the aggregate as of
December 31, 2010. |
|
(4) |
|
17,730 options outstanding in the aggregate as of
December 31, 2010. |
|
(5) |
|
42,730 options outstanding in the aggregate as of
December 31, 2010. |
128
Equity
Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2010,
the number of shares of Class A and Class D common
stock that are issuable upon the exercise of stock options
outstanding under our 2009 Stock Plan and our 1999 Stock Plan,
as amended on May 26, 2004 to increase the shares of
Class D common stock available for issuance under the plan.
The 1999 Stock Plan, as amended, expired by its terms on
May 5, 2009 leaving no shares available for issuance under
that plan.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining Available
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
for Future Issuance
|
|
|
|
Securities to be
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under Equity
|
|
|
|
Issued Upon
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
Compensation Plans
|
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise Price of
|
|
|
(Excluding
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
Options, Warrants
|
|
|
Options, Warrants
|
|
|
Reflected in the
|
|
Plan Category
|
|
and Rights
|
|
|
and Rights
|
|
|
First Column)
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio One, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and
Restricted Stock Grant Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class D
|
|
|
4,289,092
|
|
|
$
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio One, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Grant
Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class D
|
|
|
39,430
|
|
|
$
|
3.17
|
|
|
|
5,050,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,328,522
|
|
|
$
|
9.31
|
|
|
|
5,050,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPENSATION
COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
During the last completed fiscal year, which ended on
December 31, 2010, the compensation committee was comprised
of Terry L. Jones, D. Geoffrey Armstrong and Brian W. McNeill.
None of those members is or has been an officer or employee of
the Company, and no executive officer of the Company served on
the compensation committee or board of any entity that employed
any member of the Companys compensation committee or board
of directors.
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The Company has four classes of common stock, Class A,
Class B, Class C and Class D. Generally, except
as summarized below, the shares of each class are identical in
all respects and entitle the holders thereof to the same rights
and privileges. However, with respect to voting rights, each
share of Class A common stock entitles its holder to one
vote and each share of Class B common stock entitles its
holder to ten votes. The holders of Class C and
Class D common stock are not entitled to vote on any
matters. The holders of Class A common stock can convert
such shares into shares of Class C or Class D common
stock. Subject to certain limitations, the holders of
Class B common stock can convert such shares into shares of
Class A common stock. The holders of Class C common
stock can convert such shares into shares of Class A common
stock. The holders of Class D common stock have no such
conversion rights.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 15,
2011 by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person (or group of affiliated persons) known by us to be
the beneficial owner of more than five percent of any class of
common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of the current executive officers named in the Summary
Compensation Table;
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
each of our directors and nominees for director; and
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
|
In the case of persons other than our executive officers,
directors and nominees, such information is based solely upon a
review of the latest schedules 13D or 13G, as amended. Each
individual stockholder possesses sole voting and investment
power with respect to the shares listed, unless otherwise noted.
Information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the
shares has been provided by the stockholders. The number of
shares of stock includes all shares that may be acquired within
60 days of March 15, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
Class B
|
|
Class C
|
|
Class D
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Percent
|
|
Number
|
|
Percent
|
|
Number
|
|
Percent
|
|
Number
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of
|
|
of
|
|
of
|
|
of
|
|
of
|
|
of
|
|
of
|
|
of
|
|
Economic
|
|
Voting
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Class
|
|
Shares
|
|
Class
|
|
Shares
|
|
Class
|
|
Shares
|
|
Class
|
|
Interest
|
|
Interest
|
|
Catherine L. Hughes(1)(2)(3)(4)(6)
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
851,536
|
|
|
|
29.8
|
%
|
|
|
1,579,674
|
|
|
|
50.6
|
%
|
|
|
4,942,410
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
13.56
|
%
|
|
|
27.1
|
%
|
Alfred C. Liggins, III(1)(3)(4)(5)(6)
|
|
|
574,909
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
%
|
|
|
2,010,307
|
|
|
|
70.2
|
%
|
|
|
1,541,374
|
|
|
|
49.4
|
%
|
|
|
10,190,777
|
|
|
|
22.4
|
%
|
|
|
26.32
|
%
|
|
|
65.8
|
%
|
Barry A. Mayo(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107,727
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
Linda J. Vilardo(8)
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,216
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
Terry L. Jones(9)
|
|
|
49,557
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
685,115
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
Brian W. McNeill(10)
|
|
|
26,434
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
873,108
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
D. Geoffrey Armstrong(11)
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
189,403
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
Ronald E. Blaylock(12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,673
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
B. Doyle Mitchell, Jr.(13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,673
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
Peter D. Thompson(14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165,538
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
Dimensional Fund Advisors, L.P.(15)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,004,754
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
All Directors and Named Executives as a group (10 persons)
|
|
|
662,900
|
|
|
|
23.4
|
%
|
|
|
2,861,843
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
3,121,048
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
17,252,640
|
|
|
|
37.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1%. |
|
(1) |
|
Includes 31,211 shares of Class C common stock and
62,997 shares of Class D common stock held by
Hughes-Liggins & Company, L.L.C., the members of which
are the Catherine L. Hughes Revocable Trust, dated March 2,
1999, of which Ms. Hughes is the trustee and sole
beneficiary (the Hughes Revocable Trust), and the
Alfred C. Liggins, III Revocable Trust, dated March 2,
1999, of which Mr. Liggins is the trustee and sole
beneficiary (the Liggins Revocable Trust). The
address of Ms. Hughes and Mr. Liggins is 5900 Princess
Garden Parkway, 7th Floor, Lanham, MD 20706. |
|
(2) |
|
The shares of Class B common stock, 247,366 shares of
Class C common stock and 3,810,409 shares of
Class D common stock are held by the Hughes Revocable
Trust; 192,142 shares of Class C common stock and
286,875 shares of Class D common stock are held by the
Catherine L. Hughes Charitable Lead Annuity Trust, dated
March 2, 1999, of which Harold Malloy is trustee;
1,124,560 shares of Class C common stock are held by
the Catherine L. Hughes Dynastic Trust, dated March 2,
1999, of which Ms. Hughes is the trustee and sole
beneficiary. |
|
(3) |
|
The shares of Class A common stock and Class B common
stock are subject to a voting agreement between Ms. Hughes
and Mr. Liggins with respect to the election of Radio
Ones directors. |
|
(4) |
|
As of March 15, 2011, the combined economic and voting
interests of Ms. Hughes and Mr. Liggins were 39.9% and
92.8%, respectively. |
|
(5) |
|
The shares of Class B common stock, 605,313 shares of
Class C common stock, and 5,611,565 shares of
Class D common stock are held by the Liggins Revocable
Trust; and 920,456 shares of Class C common stock are
held by the Alfred C. Liggins, III Dynastic Trust dated
March 2, 1999, of which Mr. Liggins is the trustee and
sole beneficiary. |
|
(6) |
|
Ms. Hughes total of Class D shares includes
600,000 shares of Class D common stock obtainable upon
the exercise of stock options. Mr. Liggins total of
Class D shares includes 2,650,000 shares of
Class D common stock obtainable upon the exercise of stock
options. |
130
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Includes 50,000 shares of Class D common stock
obtainable upon the exercise of stock options. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes 1,000 shares of Class A common stock. |
|
(9) |
|
Includes 51,673 shares of Class D common stock
obtainable upon the exercise of stock options and
300 shares of Class A common stock and 600 shares
of Class D common stock held by Mr. Jones as custodian
for his daughter. |
|
(10) |
|
Includes 51,673 shares of Class D common stock
obtainable upon the exercise of stock options. |
|
(11) |
|
Includes 51,673 shares of Class D common stock
obtainable upon the exercise of stock options. |
|
(12) |
|
Includes 46,673 shares of Class D common stock
obtainable upon the exercise of stock options. |
|
(13) |
|
Includes 21,673 shares of Class D common stock
obtainable upon the exercise of stock options. |
|
(14) |
|
Includes 75,000 shares of Class D common stock
obtainable upon the exercise of stock options. |
|
(15) |
|
The address of Dimensional Fund Advisors L.P. is 1299 Ocean
Avenue, Santa Monica, CA 90401. This information is based on a
Schedule 13G/A filed on February 10, 2010. |
131
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
We review all transactions and relationships in which Radio One
and our directors and executive officers or their immediate
family members are participants to determine whether such
persons have a direct or indirect material interest. In
addition, our code of ethics requires our directors, executive
officers and principal financial officers to report to the board
or the audit committee any situation that could be perceived as
a conflict of interest. Once a related person transaction has
been identified, the board of directors may appoint a special
committee of the board of directors to review and, if
appropriate, approve such transaction. The special committee
will consider the material facts, such as the nature of the
related persons interest in the transaction, the terms of
the transaction, the importance of the transaction to the
related person and to us, whether the transaction is on terms no
less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated
third party under the same or similar circumstances, and other
matters it deems appropriate. As required under the SEC rules,
we disclose in the proxy statement related party transactions
that are directly or indirectly material to us or a related
person.
WDBZ-AM
Cincinnati Purchase from Blue Chip Communications,
Inc.
In July 2007, the Company closed on an agreement to acquire the
assets of
WDBZ-AM, a
radio station located in the Cincinnati metropolitan area, from
Blue Chip Communications, Inc. (Blue Chip) for
approximately $2.6 million in seller financing. The
financing was a 5.1% interest bearing loan payable monthly
through July 2008. The Company satisfied the loan in full in
July 2008. Blue Chip was owned by L. Ross Love, a former
member of the Companys board of directors. The transaction
was approved by a special committee of independent directors
appointed by the board of directors. Additionally, the Company
retained an independent valuation firm to provide a fair value
appraisal of the station. Prior to the closing, and since
October of 2001, the Company consolidated
WDBZ-AM
within its existing Cincinnati operations, and operated
WDBZ-AM
under a local management agreement for no annual fee, the
results of which were incorporated in the Companys
financial statements.
Music
One, Inc.
The Companys CEO and Chairperson own a music company
called Music One, Inc. (Music One). The Company
sometimes engages in promoting the recorded music product of
Music One. Based on the cross-promotional value received by the
Company, we believe that the provision of such promotion is
fair. During the three months ended March 31, 2011 and
2010, Radio One paid $4,000 and $6,000, respectively, to or on
behalf of Music One, primarily for market talent event
appearances, travel reimbursement and sponsorships. For the
three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company
provided no advertising services to Music One. There were no
cash, trade or no-charge orders placed by Music One for the
three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010. As of
March 31, 2011, Music One owed Radio One $124,000 for
office space and administrative services provided. Subsequent to
March 31, 2011, this balance was satisfied in full.
Executive
Officers Loans
In 2000, an officer of the Company, the former Chief Financial
Officer (Former CFO), purchased shares of the
Companys common stock. The Former CFO purchased
333,334 shares of the Companys Class A common
stock and 666,666 shares of the Companys Class D
common stock. The stock was purchased with the proceeds of a
full recourse loan from the Company in the amount of
approximately $7.0 million for the Former CFO.
In September 2005, the Former CFO repaid a portion of his loan.
The partial repayment of approximately $7.5 million was
effected using 300,000 shares of the Companys
Class A common stock and 230,000 shares of the
Companys Class D common stock owned by the Former
CFO. All shares transferred to the Company in satisfaction of
this loan have been retired. As of December 31, 2007, the
remaining principal and interest balance on the Former
CFOs loan was approximately $1.7 million, which
included accrued interest in the amount of $175,000. The Former
CFO was employed with the Company through December 31,
2007, and pursuant to an agreement with the Company, the loan
became due in full in July 2008. Pursuant to his
132
employment agreement, the Former CFO was eligible to receive a
retention bonus in the amount of approximately $3.1 million
in cash on July 1, 2008, for having remained employed with
the Company through December 31, 2007. The
$3.1 million retention bonus was a pro-rata portion of a
$7.0 million retention bonus called for in his employment
agreement, had he remained employed with the Company for ten
years, and is based on the number of days of employment between
October 18, 2005 and December 31, 2007. In July 2008,
the Former CFO settled the remaining balance of the loan in full
by offsetting the loan with his after-tax proceeds from the
$3.1 million retention bonus, in addition to paying a cash
amount of $34,000 to the Company.
As of December 31, 2007, the Company had an additional loan
outstanding to the Former CFO in the amount of $88,000. The loan
was due on demand and accrued interest at 5.6%, totaling an
amount of $53,000 as of December 31, 2007. In January 2008,
the Former CFO repaid the full remaining balance of the loan in
cash in the amount of $140,000.
Controlled
Company Exemption
We are a controlled company under rules governing
the listing of our securities on the NASDAQ Stock Market because
more than 50% of our voting power is held by Catherine L.
Hughes, our Chairperson of the Board and Secretary, and Alfred
C. Liggins, III, our CEO and President. See
Security Ownership of Beneficial Owners and
Management above. Therefore, we are not subject to
NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules that would otherwise require
us to have (i) a majority of independent directors on the
board; (ii) a compensation committee composed solely of
independent directors; (iii) a nominating committee
composed solely of independent directors; (iv) compensation
of our executive officers determined by a majority of the
independent directors or a compensation committee composed
solely of independent directors; and (v) director nominees
selected, or recommended for the boards selection, either
by a majority of the independent directors or a nominating
committee composed solely of independent directors. In
connection with recent legislation, the SEC must adopted new
rules regarding compensation committee independence, which may
impose additional requirements to the definition of
independence determined by the applicable exchanges.
133
DESCRIPTION
OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
Senior
Credit Facility
On March 31, 2011 the Company entered into a new senior
secured credit facility (the 2011 Credit Agreement)
with a syndicate of banks, and simultaneously borrowed
$386.0 million to retire all outstanding obligations under
the Companys previous amended and restated credit
agreement and to fund our obligation with respect to the TV One
capital call. The total amount available under the 2011 Credit
Agreement is $411.0 million, consisting of a $386.0 term
loan facility that matures on March 31, 2016 and a
$25.0 million revolving loan facility that matures on
March 31, 2015. Borrowings under the credit facilities are
subject to compliance with certain covenants including, but not
limited to, certain financial covenants. Proceeds from the
credit facilities can be used for working capital, capital
expenditures made in the ordinary course of business, its common
stock repurchase program, permitted direct and indirect
investments and other lawful corporate purposes.
The 2011 Credit Agreement contains affirmative and negative
covenants that the Company is required to comply with, including:
(a) maintaining an interest coverage ratio of no less than:
|
|
|
|
|
1.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
1.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(b) maintaining a senior secured leverage ratio of no
greater than:
|
|
|
|
|
5.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
5.00 to 1.00 on September 30, 2011 and December 31,
2011; and
|
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00 on March 31, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
4.50 to 1.00 on June 30, 2012 and December 31,
2012; and
|
|
|
|
4.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal Quarter through September 30, 2013; and
|
|
|
|
3.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2014; and
|
|
|
|
3.25 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
2.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(c) maintaining a total leverage ratio of no greater than:
|
|
|
|
|
9.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through December 31, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
9.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.75 to 1.00 on June 30, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.50 to 1.00 on September 30, 2012 and December 31,
2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2013; and
|
|
|
|
7.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2014; and
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
6.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
6.00 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(d) limitations on:
|
|
|
|
|
liens;
|
|
|
|
sale of assets;
|
|
|
|
payment of dividends; and
|
|
|
|
mergers.
|
As of March 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with
all of its financial covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement.
As noted in the previous table, measurement of interest
coverage, senior secured leverage, and total leverage ratios
will commence on June 30, 2011.
Under the terms of the 2011 Credit Agreement, interest on base
rate loans is payable quarterly and interest on LIBOR loans is
payable monthly or quarterly. The base rate is equal to the
greater of the prime rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus
0.50% and the LIBOR Rate for a one-month period plus 1.00%. The
applicable margin on the 2011 Credit Agreement is between
(i) 4.50% and 5.50% on the revolving portion of the
facility and (ii) 5.00% (with a base rate floor of 2.5% per
annum) and 6.00% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.5% per annum) on the
term portion of the facility. Commencing on June 30, 2011,
quarterly installments of 0.25%, or $965,000, of the principal
balance on the $386.0 million term loan are payable on the
last day of each March, June, September and December.
As of March 31, 2011, the Company had approximately
$24.4 million of borrowing capacity under its revolving
credit facility. Taking into consideration the financial
covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement, approximately
$24.4 million of the revolving credit facility was
available to be borrowed.
As of March 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding
approximately $386.0 million on its term credit facility.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company
borrowed approximately $386.0 million under the 2011 Credit
Agreement and repaid approximately $353.7 million under the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Proceeds from the 2011
Credit Agreement of approximately $378.3 million, net of
original issue discount, were used to repay the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement and pay other fees and expenses, with
the balance of the proceeds to be used to fund the TV One
capital call. The original issue discount is being reflected as
an adjustment to the carrying amount of the debt obligation and
amortized to interest expense over the term of the credit
facility.
2013
Notes
Approximately $0.75 million aggregate principal amount of
2013 Notes remain outstanding after the completion of the
Transactions. The 2013 Notes were issued pursuant to an
indenture, dated as of February 10, 2005, by and among
Radio One, The Bank of New York (formerly United States
Trust Company of New York), as trustee, and the
guarantors named therein.
The 2013 Notes mature on February 15, 2013. The 2013 Notes
carry interest at the rate of
63/8%
per annum, payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15
each year.
The 2013 Notes rank: (i) senior to any of our and our
guarantors future debt that expressly provides that it is
subordinated to the 2013 Notes; (ii) junior to the Notes;
(iii) other than the Notes, on a parity with any of our and
our guarantors future unsecured senior subordinated
obligations that do not expressly provide that they are
subordinated to the 2013 Notes; and (iii) junior to all of
our and our guarantors existing and future senior debt.
The 2013 Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by
each of our existing and future domestic restricted
subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.
135
We may redeem some or all of the 2013 Notes at a redemption
price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and
unpaid interest.
If we experience specific kinds of changes in control, we must
offer to repurchase the 2013 Notes at a repurchase price of 101%
of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
On November 24, 2010, we, the guarantors signatory thereto
and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee, entered
into a supplemental indenture to the indenture governing the
2013 Notes which waived any and all existing defaults and events
of default that had arisen or may have arisen under each such
indenture that may be waived and eliminated substantially all of
the covenants in each such indenture, other than the covenants
to pay principal of and interest on the 2013 Notes when due, and
eliminated or modified the related events of default. On
December 20, 2010, we paid defaulted interest and interest
thereon arising from the August 16, 2010 interest
nonpayment to the holders of the 2013 Notes as of a special
record date of December 10, 2010. As a result, there is no
default or event of default under the indenture governing the
2013 Notes or the 2013 Notes.
136
DESCRIPTION
OF NOTES
In this description, Company refers only to Radio
One, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries. The Company issued
the Old Notes and will issue the Exchange Notes under an
indenture, dated as of November 24, 2010 (the
Indenture), among the Company, as issuer, the
Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the
Trustee). The terms of the Exchange Notes offered in
exchange for the Old Notes will be substantially identical to
the terms of the Old Notes, except that the Exchange Notes are
registered under the Securities Act, and the transfer
restrictions, registration rights and related special interest
terms applicable to the Old Notes will not apply to the Exchange
Notes. As a result, we refer to the Exchange Notes, any PIK
Notes (as defined below) and the Old Notes collectively as
Notes for purposes of the following summary.
The statements under this caption relating to the Indenture and
the Notes are summaries and are not a complete description
thereof, and where reference is made to particular provisions,
such provisions, including the definitions of certain terms, are
qualified in their entirety by reference to all of the
provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and those terms made
part of the Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act. The
definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following
summary are set forth under the caption
Certain Definitions. Certain defined
terms used in this description but not defined below under
Certain Definitions have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture and the Registration Rights
Agreement. Copies of the Indenture are available upon request
from the Company. We urge you to read those documents carefully
because they, and not the following description, govern your
rights as a holder.
The registered holder of a Note is treated as the owner of it
for all purposes. Only registered holders have rights under the
Indenture.
Brief
Description of the Notes and the Guarantees
The
Notes
The Notes are:
|
|
|
|
|
general unsecured obligations of the Company;
|
|
|
|
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Debt of the Company;
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to all existing and future
Subordinated Obligations of the Company; and
|
|
|
|
fully and unconditionally, jointly and severally, guaranteed by
the Guarantors as further described below.
|
The
Guarantees
The Guarantees are:
|
|
|
|
|
general unsecured obligations of each Guarantor;
|
|
|
|
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Debt of each Guarantor; and
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to all existing and any future
Subordinated Obligations of each Guarantor.
|
As indicated above and as discussed in detail below under the
caption Subordination, payments on the
Notes and under these guarantees will be subordinated to the
payment of Senior Debt. The Indenture permits us and the
Guarantors to incur additional Senior Debt.
As of the date of the Indenture, all of the Companys
domestic Subsidiaries (other than Reach Media) will be
Restricted Subsidiaries and all of the
Companys domestic Restricted Subsidiaries were Guarantors;
provided that if, at any time, the Company, any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries
and/or any
Affiliated Entities become the Beneficial Owner of 80% or more
of the Equity Interests in Reach Media, then Reach Media (and
each of its Subsidiaries, if any) shall automatically become a
Restricted Subsidiary and shall thereafter become a Guarantor.
As of the date of the Indenture, TV One was not be a Subsidiary
of the Company, but in the
137
event it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, subject to the
following proviso (i) it shall be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary and (ii) such designation shall not be subject
to the covenant described under the caption
Certain Covenants Designation of
Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided
that if, at any time, the Company, any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries
and/or any
Affiliate Entities become the Beneficial Owner of 90% or more of
the outstanding Equity Interests of TV One, then TV One (and
each of its Subsidiaries, if any) shall automatically become a
Restricted Subsidiary and shall thereafter become a Guarantor.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, under the circumstances described
below under the subheading Certain
Covenants Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted
Subsidiaries, the Company will be permitted to designate
certain of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be
subject to the restrictive covenants in the Indenture and will
not guarantee the Notes.
Principal,
Maturity and Interest
The Indenture provides for the issuance of up to $291,510,000 of
Old Notes thereunder in connection with the Transactions, any
additional Exchange Notes issued in connection with the
registered exchange offer and an unlimited amount of additional
Notes issued in respect of interest payments on any such Notes.
The Notes are issuable in fully registered form only, without
coupons, in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples of
$1.00 in excess thereof. The Notes will mature on May 24,
2016. Additional Notes issued in respect of interest payments
(PIK Notes) will be issued in integral
multiples of $1.00.
Interest will be payable in cash, or at the Companys
election, partially in cash and partially in PIK Notes (a
PIK Election) on a quarterly basis in arrears
on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of
each year (each, an Interest Payment Date),
commencing on February 15, 2011. The Company will make each
interest payment to the Holders of record on the
February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1 immediately
preceding the related Interest Payment Date.
Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original
issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it
was most recently paid. Interest will accrue at a rate of 12.5%
per annum if the interest for such interest period is paid fully
in cash. In the event that the Company makes a PIK Election in
accordance with the Indenture, cash interest will accrue and be
paid for such interest period at a rate of 6.0% per annum and
interest
paid-in-kind
through the issuance of PIK Notes (the PIK
Interest) will accrue for such interest period at 9.0%
per annum; provided that the Company may make a PIK Election
only with respect to interest accruing up to but not including
May 15, 2012, and with respect to interest accruing from
and after May 15, 2012 such interest shall accrue at a rate
per annum of 12.5% and shall be payable in cash. A PIK Election
is currently in effect.
The Company must elect the form of interest payment with respect
to each interest period by delivering a written notice to the
Trustee and the Holders prior to the beginning of such interest
period. In the absence of such an election for any interest
period, interest on the Notes shall be payable according to the
election for the previous interest period; provided that
interest accruing from and after May 15, 2012 shall accrue
at a rate of 12.5% per annum and shall be payable in cash.
Additional interest may accrue on the Notes as liquidated
damages in certain circumstances described under
Registration Rights Agreement and shall be payable
in cash. During any period in which a payment default or an
Event of Default under clause (9) of the covenant described
under the caption Events of Default and
Remedies, has occurred and is continuing, interest on all
principal and overdue interest will accrue at a rate that is
2.0% higher than the cash interest rate on the Notes in each
interest period for which no PIK Election has been made and a
rate that is 2.0% higher than the total cash interest rate and
PIK Interest rate on the Notes in each interest period for which
a PIK Election has been made (such increased interest, the
Default Interest) and shall be payable in
cash. All references to interest in the Indenture
and this Description of Notes include any additional
interest that may be payable on the Notes, including, but not
limited to, any Default Interest and additional interest payable
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Interest on the
Notes will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year
comprised of twelve
30-day
months.
138
Methods
of Receiving Payments on the Notes
If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company,
the Company will pay all principal, cash interest and premium,
if any, on that Holders Notes in accordance with those
instructions. All other cash payments on Notes will be made at
the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar unless
the Company elects to make cash interest payments by check
mailed to the Holders at their address set forth in the register
of Holders.
The Company will make all principal, premium and cash interest
payments on each Note in global form registered in the name of
DTC or its nominee in immediately available funds to DTC or its
nominee, as the case may be, as the Holder of such global Note.
On each Interest Payment Date for which the Company has made a
PIK Election, the Company shall request the Trustee to, and the
Trustee shall upon the Companys request, authenticate and
deliver PIK Notes for original issuance to the Holders of the
Notes on the relevant record date, in an aggregate principal
amount necessary to pay the PIK Interest. With respect to PIK
Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the
name of DTC or its nominee on the relevant record date, the
principal amount of such PIK Notes shall be increased by an
amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable
interest period. Any PIK Note so issued will be dated as of the
applicable Interest Payment Date, will bear interest from and
after such date and will be issued with the designation
PIK on the face thereof. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this description, the Company may not issue PIK
Notes in lieu of paying interest in cash if such interest is
default interest or is interest payable with respect to any
principal that is due and payable, whether at stated maturity,
upon redemption, repurchase or otherwise.
Paying
Agent and Registrar for the Notes
The trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar.
The Company may change the paying agent or registrar without
prior notice to the Holders of the Notes, and the Company or any
of its Domestic Subsidiaries may act as paying agent.
Transfer
and Exchange
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. The Company or the trustee may require a Holder to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in
connection with a transfer of Notes, and the Company may require
Holders to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Company is not
required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for
redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or
exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a
selection of Notes to be redeemed.
The Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.
Guarantees
Initially, all of the Companys domestic Restricted
Subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes. The Guarantees will be
joint and several obligations of the Guarantors. Each Guarantee
will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior
Debt of that Guarantor and guarantees of that Guarantor of the
Companys Senior Debt. The obligations of each Guarantor
under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that
Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under
applicable law. See Risk Factors Risks Related
to the Notes Under certain circumstances a court
could cancel the Notes or the related guarantees under
fraudulent conveyance laws.
The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be automatically released in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture:
(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the properties or assets of such
Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) other
than to the Company or another Guarantor, if the sale or other
disposition does not violate the provisions of the Indenture
described under the caption Repurchase at the
Option of Holders Asset Sales;
139
(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of the
Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including by way of merger or
consolidation) other than to the Company or another Guarantor
such that such Guarantor ceases to constitute a Subsidiary, if
the sale or other disposition does not violate the provisions of
the Indenture described under the caption
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales;
(3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary
that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture;
(4) in the case of any Subsidiary which after the date of
the Indenture is required to guarantee the Notes solely pursuant
to clause (2) of the covenant described below under the
caption Certain Covenants
Additional Guarantees, upon the release or discharge of
the guarantee incurred by such Subsidiary which resulted in the
obligation to guarantee the Notes; or
(5) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with
respect to all Notes as described below under the caption
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
or upon satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as described
below under the caption Satisfaction and
Discharge.
Subordination
The payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest,
including Special Interest, if any, on the Notes will be
subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior
Debt of the Company, including Senior Debt incurred after the
date of the Indenture.
The holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment
in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt
(including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy
proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt
whether or not a claim for such interest would be allowed in
such proceeding) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to
receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character
with respect to the Notes or on account of any purchase or
redemption or other acquisition on any Note (except that Holders
of Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and
payments from the trust described under the caption
Legal Defeasance and Covenant
Defeasance) in the event of any distribution to creditors
of the Company or any Guarantor:
(1) in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or such
Guarantor;
(2) in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or
such Guarantor or its property;
(3) in an assignment for the benefit of creditors of the
Company or such Guarantor; or
(4) in any marshaling of the Companys or such
Guarantors assets and liabilities.
Neither the Company nor any Guarantor may make any payment or
distribution of any kind or character in respect of the Notes or
on account of any purchase or redemption or other acquisition of
any Note (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the
trust described under the caption Legal
Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance) and will not make any
deposit into such trust if:
(1) a default in the payment of the principal of, or
premium, if any, or interest on, or any fees or other amounts
relating to, Designated Senior Debt (including, without
limitation, upon any acceleration of the maturity thereof)
occurs and is continuing; or
(2) any other default occurs and is continuing on any
series of Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of that
series of Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and
the trustee receives a notice of such default (a
Payment Blockage Notice) from the Company or
the holders or representatives of any Designated Senior Debt.
Payments on the Notes (including any missed payments) may and
will be resumed:
(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on
which such default is cured or waived; and
140
(2) in the case of a nonpayment default, upon the earlier
of (i) the date on which such nonpayment default is cured
or waived (so long as no other default exists),
(ii) 179 days after the date on which the applicable
Payment Blockage Notice is received, or (iii) the date on
which the trustee receives notice from or on behalf of the
holders of Designated Senior Debt to terminate the applicable
Payment Blockage Notice, unless, in each case, the maturity of
any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.
No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until
360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately
prior Payment Blockage Notice.
No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date
of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the trustee will
be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage
Notice unless such nonpayment default has been cured or waived
for a period of not less than 90 days.
If the trustee or any Holder of the Notes receives a payment in
respect of the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or
from the trust described under the caption
Legal Defeasance and Covenant
Defeasance) when the payment is prohibited by these
subordination provisions, the trustee or Holder, as the case may
be, will hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the
holders of Senior Debt. Upon the written request of the holders
of Senior Debt, the trustee or the Holder, as the case may be,
will deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of Senior Debt
or their proper representative.
The Company must promptly notify holders of Senior Debt if
payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of
Default and the Company shall promptly notify the trustee and
the paying agent of any payment that has become due and payable
that, if made, would violate these subordination provisions;
provided that any failure to give such notice in each
case shall have no effect whatsoever on the subordination
provisions described herein.
As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in
the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the
Company or any Guarantor, Holders of Notes may recover less
ratably than creditors of the Company or such Guarantor who are
holders of Senior Debt. See Risk Factors Risks
Related to the Notes.
Optional
Redemption
The Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes at any time or
from time to time upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days notice, at the redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued
and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed, if any, to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the periods
indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption Period
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Issue Date through and including May 31, 2011
|
|
|
108
|
%
|
June 1, 2011 through and including December 31, 2011
|
|
|
106
|
%
|
January 1, 2012 through and including December 31, 2012
|
|
|
103
|
%
|
January 1, 2013 through and including December 31, 2013
|
|
|
101.5
|
%
|
January 1, 2014 and thereafter
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Except as provided above, the Notes will not be redeemable at
the Companys option prior to their final maturity.
Selection
and Notice
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time,
the trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:
(1) if the relevant Notes are listed on any national
securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the
principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are
listed; or
(2) if the relevant Notes are not listed on any national
securities exchange, on a pro rata basis.
141
Notes or portions of Notes the trustee selects for redemption
will be in amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1.00 in
excess thereof. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first
class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the
redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its
registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed
more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice
is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a
satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of
redemption may not be conditional.
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of
the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed. A new
Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the
original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof
upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for
redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and
after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
portions of them called for redemption unless the Company
defaults in the payment thereof.
Mandatory
Redemption; Open Market Purchases
The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under
certain circumstances, the Company may be required to offer to
purchase Notes as described under the caption
Repurchase at the Option of Holders. The
Company or its Affiliates may at any time and from time to time
purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.
Repurchase
at the Option of Holders
Change
of Control
If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have
the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part
(equal to $1,000 or integral multiples of $1.00 in excess
thereof) of that Holders Notes pursuant to an offer (the
Change of Control Offer) on the terms set
forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the
Company will offer a payment (the Change of Control
Payment) in cash equal to the percentage of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes to be repurchased plus
accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of
purchase (the Change of Control Purchase
Date), shown below for the monthly period in which the
Change of Control Purchase Date occurs:
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption Period
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Issue Date through and including May 31, 2011
|
|
|
108
|
%
|
June 1, 2011 through and including December 31, 2011
|
|
|
106
|
%
|
January 1, 2012 through and including December 31, 2012
|
|
|
103
|
%
|
January 1, 2013 through and including December 31, 2013
|
|
|
101.5
|
%
|
January 1, 2014 and thereafter
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company
will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or
transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering
to repurchase Notes as of the Change of Control Purchase Date
specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than
30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the
Indenture and described in such notice.
The Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations
are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as
a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
the provisions of the covenant described herein, the Company
will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations
and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under
this covenant by virtue of the Companys compliance with
such securities laws or regulations.
142
On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company will, to the
extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the
Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of
Notes properly tendered; and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the
Notes so accepted together with an officers certificate
stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of
Notes being purchased by the Company.
The paying agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes
properly tendered and not withdrawn the Change of Control
Payment for such Notes, and the trustee will promptly
authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry)
to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;
provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount
of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. The
Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of
Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of
Control Purchase Date.
If the Change of Control Purchase Date is on or after an
interest payment record date and on or before the related
Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be
paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the
close of business on such record date, and no other interest
will be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer.
Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this section
but in any event within 90 days following a Change of
Control, the Company will either pay all outstanding Senior Debt
or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all the
agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the
repurchase of the Notes required by this section.
The provisions described above that require the Company to make
a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be
applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture
are applicable. The provisions of the Indenture may not afford
Holders protection in the event of a highly leveraged
transaction, reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar
transaction affecting the Company that may adversely affect
Holders, if such transaction is not the type of transaction
included within the definition of Change of Control. A
transaction involving the management of the Company or its
Affiliates, or a transaction involving a recapitalization of the
Company, will result in a Change of Control only if it is the
type of transaction specified in such definition. The definition
of Change of Control may be amended or modified with the written
consent of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes. See Amendment, Supplement
and Waiver.
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control
Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change
of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture
applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and
purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under
the Change of Control Offer.
Holders of Notes may not be entitled to require the Company to
purchase their Notes in certain circumstances involving a
significant change in the composition of the Companys
Board of Directors, including in connection with a proxy
contest, where the Companys Board of Directors initially
publicly opposes the election of a dissident slate of directors,
but subsequently approves such directors as Continuing Directors
for purposes of the Indenture. This may result in a change in
the composition of the Companys Board of Directors that,
but for such subsequent approval, would have otherwise
constituted a Change of Control requiring a Change of Control
Offer under the terms of the Indenture.
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating
to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body
of case law interpreting the phrase substantially
all, there is no precise established definition of the
phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a
Holder of Notes to require the Company to repurchase the Notes
as a result of a
143
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less
than all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be
uncertain.
Asset
Sales
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at
least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of
the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the
assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed
of; and
(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset
Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form
of cash or Cash Equivalents.
For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be
deemed to be cash:
(1) any liabilities, as shown on the Companys or such
Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet, of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent
liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated
to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation
agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from further liability; and
(2) any securities, notes or other obligations received by
the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted within 90 days by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the
cash received in that conversion.
Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from
an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply those Net Proceeds at
its option to any combination of the following:
(1) to repay, prepay, redeem or repurchase Senior Debt of
the Company or any Guarantor, provided that any related
loan commitment is permanently reduced in an amount equal to the
principal amount so repaid, prepaid, redeemed or repurchased;
(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the properties
or assets of a Permitted Business so long as such properties and
assets are acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) to acquire a majority of the Voting Stock of one or
more other Persons primarily engaged in a Permitted Business, if
after giving effect to any such acquisition of Voting Stock,
such Person is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or to finance
the TV One Investment described in clause (ii) of the
definition thereof;
(4) to make capital expenditures in a Permitted Business
owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(5) to acquire other long-term assets that are used or
useful in a Permitted Business owned by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary.
Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale that are not applied or
invested as provided in this paragraph will constitute
Excess Proceeds.
Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company
or any such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce
revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds
in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.
On the 365th day after an Asset Sale (or, at the
Companys option, any earlier date), if the aggregate
amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $10.0 million, the
Company will make an offer (the Asset Sale
Offer) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of
other Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Notes
144
containing provisions similar to those set forth in the
Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the
proceeds of sales or assets, to purchase the maximum principal
amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness,
if applicable, that may be purchased out of the aggregate Excess
Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal
to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If
any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale
Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose
not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes and other pari passu
Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee will select the
Notes and the Company, or its agent, shall select such other
pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata
basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of
Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.
If the Asset Sale Offer purchase date is on or after an interest
payment record date and on or before the related Interest
Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to
the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on such record date, and no other interest will be
payable to holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer.
The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale
Offer on or as soon as commercially practicable after the date
such Asset Sale Offer is completed.
The exercise by Holders of Notes of their right to require the
Company to repurchase the Notes upon an Asset Sale could cause a
default under the Existing Credit Agreement if the Company is
then prohibited by the terms of such agreement from making the
Asset Sale Offer under the Indenture. In the event an Asset Sale
occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited under the
Existing Credit Agreement from purchasing Notes, the Company
could seek the consent of its lenders under such agreement to
the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the
borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does
not obtain a consent or repay those borrowings, it will remain
prohibited from purchasing Notes. In that case, the
Companys failure to purchase tendered Notes could result
in an Event of Default under the Indenture, which could, in
turn, constitute a default under other indebtedness, including
the Existing Credit Agreement.
The Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations
are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
the Asset Sale provisions of the covenant described herein, the
Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this covenant by virtue of the Companys
compliance with such securities laws or regulations.
Certain
Covenants
Restricted
Payments
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment
or distribution on account of the Companys or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries Equity Interests (including,
without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the
Companys or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than
(x) dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) or in the case of Preferred
Stock of the Company, an increase in the liquidation value
thereof or (y) payable to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company);
(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for
value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or
indirect parent of the Company, including in connection with any
merger or consolidation and including the exercise of any option
to exchange any Equity Interests (other than into Equity
Interests of the Company that are not Disqualified Stock);
145
(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value prior
to scheduled maturity or scheduled sinking fund payment, any
Subordinated Obligations (other than any Subordinated
Obligations owed to and held by the Company or any
Guarantor); or
(4) make any Investment other than a Permitted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in
clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively
referred to as Restricted Payments),
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such
Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted
Payment;
(2) the Company would, both at the time of such Restricted
Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage
Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant
described below under the caption Certain
Covenants Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock; and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate
amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding
Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5),
(6), (7), (8) and (9) of the next succeeding
paragraph, but including Restricted Payments permitted by
clauses (1), (10), (11) and (12) of such paragraph),
is less than the sum, without duplication, of the following
(collectively, the Restricted Payments
Basket):
(a) 100% of the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company (or,
if Consolidated Cash Flow for such period shall be a deficit,
minus 100% of such deficit) for the period (taken as one
accounting period) from the beginning of the Fiscal Quarter
following the Issue Date to the end of the Companys most
recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which internal financial
statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment
less the product of 1.4 times the Consolidated Interest Expense
of the Company for the same period, plus
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the
Company since the Issue Date (i) as a contribution to its
common equity capital (other than from a Subsidiary of the
Company or, for so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity
but is not otherwise a Subsidiary, TV One) or (ii) from the
issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or from the
issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock
or convertible or exchangeable Designated Preferred Stock or
convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that
have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests
(other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock, Designated
Preferred Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the
Company or, for so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity
but is not otherwise a Subsidiary, TV One), plus
(c) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the net
reduction in Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date
in any Person resulting from principal payments, repurchases,
repayments or redemptions of such Investments by such Person,
proceeds realized on the sale of such Investments and proceeds
representing the return of capital (excluding dividends and
distributions on such Investments) or otherwise, in each case
received in cash by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and
(ii) in the event that the Company designates or
redesignates an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted
Subsidiary, the portion (proportionate to the Companys
equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of
such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted
Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the
case of any such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount
of Investments (excluding Permitted Investments) made after the
Issue Date (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted
Subsidiary; plus
146
(d) 100% of any dividends or other distributions received
in cash or Cash Equivalents by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary
(other than Reach Media or, in the event that and for so long as
TV One remains an Unrestricted Subsidiary, TV One); provided
that such dividends have not been included in the
calculation of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for
such period and shall not otherwise be required by the terms of
the Indenture to repay Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries.
The preceding provisions will not prohibit the following
actions, provided that, in the case of clauses (4),
(7) and (11) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or result therefrom:
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
the date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of
declaration the dividend payment would have complied with the
preceding paragraph;
(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
other acquisition of (i) any Subordinated Obligations of
the Company or any Guarantor or (ii) at any time on or
after the date that is two and one-half years after the Issue
Date, of any Equity Interests of the Company, in each case
(a) in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company or, for so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity
but is not otherwise a Subsidiary, TV One) of, Equity Interests
of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated
Preferred Stock) or (b) from the net cash proceeds of a
substantially concurrent cash contribution to the equity capital
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than cash
from the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary, Reach Media or, for
so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity, TV One);
provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds
that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase,
retirement, defeasance or other acquisition will be excluded
from clause (b) of the definition of Restricted Payments
Basket;
(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or
other acquisition Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any
Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or
in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness refinancing
such Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the caption
Certain Covenants Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock;
(4) the payment of any dividend or distribution by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its
common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;
(5) the acquisition of Equity Interests by the Company in
connection with the exercise of stock options, warrants or other
convertible or exchangeable securities to the extent such Equity
Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those
stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable
securities by way of cashless exercise;
(6) the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares of
Capital Stock in connection with any transaction otherwise
permitted under the Indenture;
(7) the declaration and payment of dividends on
Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or Designated Preferred Stock, in each case issued
in accordance with the covenant described under
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;
(8) the retirement of any shares of Disqualified Stock of
the Company by conversion into, or by exchange for, shares of
Disqualified Stock of the Company, or out of the net cash
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of other shares of
Disqualified Stock of the Company, provided that the
Disqualified Stock of the Company that replaces the retired
shares of Disqualified Stock of the Company shall not require
the direct or indirect payment of the liquidation preference
earlier in time than the final stated maturity of the retired
shares of Disqualified Stock of the Company;
147
(9) the repayment or repurchase of the Existing
Subordinated Notes in exchange for the Notes in connection with
the Transactions and any
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes that remain outstanding thereafter;
(10) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset
Sale, the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
other acquisition of any Subordinated Obligation of the Company
or any Guarantor to the extent required by the agreement
governing such Subordinated Obligation but only if the Company
shall have complied with the covenant described under
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Change of Control or
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sale, as the case may be, and
purchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant
to the relevant offer prior to purchasing or repaying such
Subordinated Obligations;
(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since
the Issue Date not to exceed $15.0 million; and
(12) the declaration and payment of a dividend or other
payment or distribution on account of the Companys Equity
Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the
Company), or the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance
or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company, in
each case in connection with a substantially concurrent Going
Private Transaction, (a) out of the net cash proceeds of a
substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company or, for so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity
but is not otherwise a Subsidiary, TV One) of Equity Interests
of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated
Preferred Stock) or (b) from the net cash proceeds of a
substantially concurrent cash contribution to the equity capital
of the Company (other than cash from the Company, a Restricted
Subsidiary, Reach Media or, for so long as TV One remains a
Designated Entity, TV One); provided that the amount of
any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such
dividend, other distribution, redemption, repurchase,
retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of the
Companys Equity Interests will be excluded from
clause (b) of the definition of Restricted Payments Basket.
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be
the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of
the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. Not later than five
Business Days after the date of making any Restricted Payment
under the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company will
deliver to the trustee an officers certificate stating
that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the
calculation of the Restricted Payments Basket prior to and after
giving effect to the Restricted Payment, together with a copy of
any fairness opinion or appraisal required by the Indenture;
provided that for purposes of determining compliance with
this covenant, in the event that a Restricted Payment (or
portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1)
through (12) above on the date such Restricted Payment is
made, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first
paragraph above, the Company will be entitled to classify such
Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date such
Restricted Payment is made in or among any of these categories
and/or the
first paragraph thereof.
In the event that TV One becomes an Unrestricted Subsidiary and
for so long as TV One remains an Unrestricted Subsidiary under
the terms of the Indenture, any Investments made by TV One or
any of its Subsidiaries, if any, in any Radio One Securities or
in any Person who is not otherwise engaged in a TV One Permitted
Business (other than any Investments of the type permitted by
clauses (2), (3), (5), (7), (9) and (12) of the
definition of Permitted Investments) will be deemed to have been
made by the Company and will reduce the amount available (if
any) for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph above or
Restricted Payments permitted under clause (11) under the
second paragraph above, as elected by the Company. If such
Investment is not permitted to be made by the Company as of such
date, then the Company will be in default of such covenant.
148
Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly
liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to
(collectively, incur) any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any
Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however,
that the Company or any Guarantor (other than ROCH) may
incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue
Disqualified Stock or the Company may issue Designated Preferred
Stock, if, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of
such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock or
Designated Preferred Stock and the receipt and application of
proceeds therefrom, (a) the Leverage Ratio would be less
than or equal to 7.0 to 1.0 in the case of the incurrence of
Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated
Preferred Stock, (b) no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence
of the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of
Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock and
(c) such Indebtedness (including (Acquired Debt)) or
Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock is subordinated
in right of payment to the Senior Debt on at least the same
terms as the Notes. The Company will not issue any Preferred
Stock (other than Designated Preferred Stock) that requires the
declaration or payment of dividends or other distributions while
any Notes are outstanding (other than dividends or distributions
payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or
an increase in the liquidation value thereof).
The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the
incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness
(collectively, Permitted Debt):
(1) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Guarantor
pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement in an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding under this
clause (1) not to exceed an amount equal to
$415 million, less (a) the aggregate amount of all
principal repayments of revolving loans under the Existing
Credit Agreement that effect a corresponding permanent
commitment reduction thereunder from and after the Issue Date,
(b) all principal repayments or principal prepayments of
term loans or other non-revolving loans thereunder from and
after the Issue Date (including regularly scheduled amortization
payments under the term loan incurred under the Existing Credit
Agreement as of the Issue Date) and (c) the aggregate
amount of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale used to finance any TV
One Investment described in clause (ii) of the definition
thereof, but, for the avoidance of doubt with respect to
clauses (a) and (b), excluding any repayment in connection
with any refinancing thereof under any agreement that satisfies
the definition of the Existing Credit Agreement to the extent of
the amount of the Indebtedness outstanding under this
clause (1) on the date thereof (plus all accrued interest
and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in
connection therewith);
(2) Indebtedness outstanding under the Notes and the
related Guarantees issued in connection with the Transactions,
the Notes and the related Guarantees issued in exchange therefor
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any PIK Notes;
(3) [Reserved];
(4) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date (other than
clauses (1) and (2) above);
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary (other than ROCH) represented by Capital Lease
Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations,
in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any
part of the purchase price or cost of construction or
improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business
of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate
principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness incurred to refund, renew, refinance or replace,
defease, discharge or extend any Indebtedness incurred pursuant
to this clause (5), not to exceed $2.5 million at any time
outstanding;
(6) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than ROCH
with respect to clauses (4), (13) or (14) hereof) in
exchange for, or the net proceeds
149
of which are used to refund, renew, refinance, defease,
discharge or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany
Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred
under clause (2), (4), (13) or (14) of this paragraph
or this clause (6); provided that a Restricted Subsidiary
that is not a Guarantor may not incur any Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness under this clause (6) to refinance any
Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor;
(7) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by the
Company or any Guarantor (other than ROCH) in exchange for, or
the net proceeds of which are used to refund, renew, refinance,
defease, discharge or replace Indebtedness (other than
intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Indenture
to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or
this clause (7);
(8) intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company
and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than ROCH) and any
issuance of Preferred Stock by any Restricted Subsidiary to
another Restricted Subsidiary or the Company; provided,
however, that:
(a) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such
Indebtedness and the obligee is neither the Company nor a
Guarantor, then such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated
to the prior payment in full in cash of the Exchange Claims;
(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity
Interests that results in any such Indebtedness or Preferred
Stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and (ii) any sale or
other transfer of any such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock to a
Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company will be deemed, in each case of clause (b)(i) and
clause (b)(ii), to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness or
an issuance of Preferred Stock by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this
clause (8); and
(c) if any Guarantor is the issuer of such Preferred Stock,
then such Preferred Stock may only be issued to and held by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Guarantor.
(9) Hedging Obligations incurred by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries for the purpose of fixing or hedging
(x) interest rates with respect to any Indebtedness that is
permitted by the Indenture to be outstanding or
(y) currency exchange rate risk in the ordinary course of
business;
(10) the guarantee (a) by the Company of Indebtedness
of any Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another
provision of this covenant and (b) by any Guarantor (other
than ROCH with respect to clauses (4), (13) or
(14) hereof) of Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another provision
of this covenant;
(11) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries arising from customary cash management services,
automated clearing house transfers, or the honoring by another
financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument
inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary
course of business, provided, however, that such
Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of
incurrence;
(12) Non-Recourse Debt incurred by the Companys
Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that if any
such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to constitute
an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that was not permitted by this clause (12);
(13) Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of bid, performance, surety and similar
bonds issued for the account of the Company and any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business,
including guarantees and obligations of the Company and any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit
supporting such obligations (in each case other than an
obligation for money borrowed);
(14) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary incurred and outstanding on the date on which such
Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by, or merged into, the
Company or any Restricted
150
Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness incurred (a) to provide
all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the
transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which
such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was
otherwise acquired by the Company or (b) otherwise in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition) in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any time
outstanding for all such Restricted Subsidiaries;
(15) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection
with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of
a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted under the Indenture,
provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect
of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross
proceeds (including the Fair Market Value of non-cash proceeds)
actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
in connection with such disposition;
(16) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount at any
time outstanding not to exceed $8.0 million;
provided, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of
payment to the Senior Debt on at least the same terms as the
Notes;
(17) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount at any
time outstanding not to exceed $2.0 million; and
(18) in the event TV One or its Subsidiaries become
Restricted Subsidiaries, Permitted TV One Indebtedness and any
refinancing thereof so long as such refinancing Indebtedness
continues to satisfy the conditions set forth in
clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition of Permitted TV
One Indebtedness.
For purposes of determining compliance with this
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
Stock and Preferred Stock covenant, (1) in the event
that an item of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt
described in clauses (1) through (18) above, or is
entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this
covenant, the Company will classify such item of Indebtedness
(or portion thereof) on the date of incurrence and may later
classify (in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such item
of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant
and such item of Indebtedness will be treated as having been
incurred pursuant to only one of such categories; provided
that notwithstanding the foregoing (i) all Indebtedness
outstanding on or incurred after the Issue Date under the
Existing Credit Agreement shall only be permitted to be incurred
under clause (1) under the definition of Permitted Debt,
(ii) all Indebtedness incurred in one or more categories of
Permitted Debt and subsequently reclassified as incurred
pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant shall be
subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Debt on at least
the same terms as the Notes and (iii) any refinancing of
Permitted TV One Indebtedness shall only be permitted to be
incurred under clause (18) of the definition of Permitted
Debt, in each case to the extent permitted under such clauses,
and may not later be reclassified and (2) for so long as TV
One remains a Designated Entity under the terms of the
Indenture, any Indebtedness incurred, or Preferred Stock issued,
by TV One or any of its Subsidiaries, if any (other than
Permitted TV One Indebtedness or Indebtedness in which the
Company or a Guarantor is the obligee or any Indebtedness of the
type permitted to be incurred by the Company pursuant to clauses
(8), (11), (13) and (15) of the definition of
Permitted Debt above), will be deemed to be indebtedness
incurred by the Company pursuant to clause (1) under the
definition of Permitted Debt above in an amount equal to the
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and the
aggregate liquidation preference of such Preferred Stock, and
such Indebtedness and Preferred Stock will otherwise reduce the
amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Guarantor can
incur under clause (1) under the definition of Permitted
Debt above on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis so long as such Indebtedness and Preferred Stock remain
outstanding. If such Indebtedness is not permitted to be
incurred by the Company as of such date under clause (1)
under the definition of Permitted Debt, then the Company will be
in default of such covenant. The limitations on the ability of
ROCH to incur Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this
covenant or clauses (5), (6), (7), (8) and (10) of the
definition of Permitted Debt shall be effective only for so long
as TV One remains a Designated Entity under the terms of the
Indenture.
Except with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the
first paragraph of this covenant or clause (16) of the
definition of Permitted Debt, and subject to clause (ii) of
the third paragraph of this covenant, the
151
Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly
or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be
by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such
Indebtedness) subordinated or junior in right of payment to any
other Indebtedness of the Company or of such Guarantor, as the
case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or
by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made
expressly subordinate and junior in right of payment to the
Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, to the same extent and
in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated or
junior in right of payment to such other Indebtedness of the
Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be; provided
that the foregoing shall not apply to the terms of the Existing
Credit Agreement with respect to the relative rights between the
lenders under the revolving credit facility and the term loan
incurred thereunder. For purposes of the foregoing, no
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor will be deemed to
be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of
the Company or any Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured
or secured by a Permitted Lien or by virtue of the fact that the
holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor
agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such
holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held
by them.
The accrual of interest or Preferred Stock dividends, the
accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the
payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of
additional Indebtedness with the same terms (including the
issuance of PIK Notes hereunder), the reclassification of
Preferred Stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting
principles, and the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock or
Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same
class of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be
deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of
Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this
covenant, but any such additional Indebtedness and issuances of
Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will be included in
subsequent calculations of the amount of outstanding
Indebtedness and Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock for
purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio of the Company.
Liens
The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or
suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind
securing Indebtedness on any of their respective assets or
properties, except for Permitted Liens.
Dividend
and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its
Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed
to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(1) agreements as in effect on the Issue Date (including
agreements related to the Existing Credit Agreement) and any
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those
agreements, provided that the amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacement or refinancings are not materially more restrictive,
taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other
payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on
the Issue Date;
(2) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;
(3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
152
(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock
of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition
(except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in
connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or
the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person,
or the property or assets of the Person (including proceeds
thereof), so acquired; provided that, in the case of
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of
the Indenture to be incurred;
(5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses
and contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business
and consistent with past practices;
(6) purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease
Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature
described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;
(7) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness to effect a
refinancing of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) and
(4), and this clause (7); provided that the encumbrances
or restrictions contained in the agreements governing such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, in respect of any Restricted
Subsidiary, or the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements
governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
(8) agreements governing other Indebtedness of the Company
and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries permitted under the
Indenture; provided that the restrictions in the
agreements governing such Indebtedness are not materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, in respect of any Restricted
Subsidiary, or the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, than those in the Indenture;
(9) any restriction on the sale or other disposition of
property or assets securing Indebtedness as a result of a
Permitted Lien on such property or assets;
(10) provisions with respect to the sale of assets or
properties (including any agreement for the sale or other
disposition of a Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture that prohibits distributions by that Subsidiary)
imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or
disposition of the assets or properties (whether by, asset sale,
stock sale or otherwise) pending the closing of such sale or
disposition;
(11) provisions with respect to the disposition or
distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements
and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course
of business or asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and
other similar agreements entered into in compliance with the
terms of the Indenture;
(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth
imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the
ordinary course of business; and
(13) in the event TV One or its Subsidiaries become
Restricted Subsidiaries, agreements governing Permitted TV One
Indebtedness.
Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets
The Company will not: (1) consolidate or merge with or into
another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving
corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey
or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related
transactions, to another Person, unless:
(a) either (i) the Company is the surviving
corporation or (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition has been made (the Surviving
Entity) is a Person organized and existing under the
laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia;
153
(b) the Surviving Entity expressly assumes by a
supplemental indenture reasonably satisfactory to the trustee
all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, the
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;
(c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction
(including, without limitation, giving effect to any
Indebtedness incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or
in respect of the transaction) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing;
(d) except with respect to a transaction solely between the
Company and a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or a merger
between the Company and one of the Companys Affiliates
incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating in
another state of the United States or the District of Columbia,
immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro
forma basis (on the assumption that the transaction occurred on
the first day of the four-quarter period immediately prior to
consummation of the transaction with the appropriate adjustments
with respect to the transaction being included in such pro forma
calculations determined in accordance with
Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act), the Company (or the Surviving Entity
if the Company is not the continuing obligor under the
Indenture) (i) shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set
forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above
under the caption Certain
Covenants Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock or (ii) if
such transaction is a Going Private Transaction, would have a
Leverage Ratio equal to or lower than the Companys
Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction and the
other Person party to the Going Private Transaction is an entity
formed for the purpose of effecting the Going Private
Transaction that does not otherwise have any assets or
liabilities in excess of $5.0 million, individually or in
the aggregate, or otherwise conduct any operations prior to the
completion of the Going Private Transaction other than those
incurred in connection with or as a result of such Going Private
Transaction, including the financing thereof;
(e) each Guarantor (unless it is the Surviving Entity, in
which case clause (b) shall apply) shall have, by a
supplemental indenture, confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply
to the Surviving Entitys obligations in respect of the
Notes; and
(f) the Company shall have delivered to the trustee an
officers certificate and an opinion of counsel, each
stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and any
such supplemental indenture comply with the Indenture.
Each Guarantor will not, and the Company will not permit a
Guarantor to, (1) merge or consolidate with or into another
Person (other than the Company or any other Guarantor), or
(2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets
on a consolidated basis, in one or more related transactions, to
any Person (other than the Company or any other Guarantor)
unless:
(a) either (i) such Guarantor is the continuing Person
or (ii) the Person (if other than such Guarantor) formed by
or surviving such consolidation or merger or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has
been made is a Person organized and existing under the laws of
the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia
and expressly assumes by a supplemental indenture reasonably
satisfactory to the trustee all the obligations of such
Guarantor under the Notes and the Indenture;
(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction
(including, without limitation, giving effect to any
Indebtedness incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or
in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(c) such Guarantor shall have delivered to the trustee an
officers certificate and an opinion of counsel, each
stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and any
such supplemental indenture comply with the Indenture.
The provisions of this section with respect to Guarantors shall
not apply to any transaction (including any Asset Sale made in
accordance with the covenant described under
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders
154
Asset Sales) with respect to any Guarantor if the
Guarantee of such Guarantor is released in connection with such
transaction in accordance with the Indenture.
Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the
phrase substantially all, there is no precise
established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of
uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve
all or substantially all of the properties or assets
of a Person.
Transactions
with Affiliates
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or
sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its
properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets
from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or
for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an
Affiliate Transaction), unless:
(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less
favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary
than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a
Person who is not an Affiliate; and
(2) the Company delivers to the trustee:
(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration
in excess of $5.0 million, a Board Resolution certifying
that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate
Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board
of Directors of the Company; and
(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration
in excess of $10.0 million, the Company delivers to the
trustee a written opinion of an Independent Qualified Party that
such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions is fair, from a financial point of view, to the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or
that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions is not less favorable to the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries than could reasonably be expected to be
obtained at the time in an arms-length transaction with a
Person who is not an Affiliate.
For so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity under the
terms of the Indenture, the Company shall be required to comply
with the provisions of this paragraph set forth above with
respect to any event or circumstance that would otherwise
constitute an Affiliate Transaction under the
definition set forth above that is between or among TV One or
any of its Subsidiaries, if any, and any other Affiliate of the
Company (a TV One Affiliate Transaction);
provided that in each such case such standards shall
relate to TV One or the relevant Subsidiaries of TV One instead
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. If any TV One
Affiliate Transaction does not comply with the provisions of
this paragraph, then the Company will be in default of this
covenant.
The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate
Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the
provisions of the prior paragraph:
(1) any employment or severance agreement or other employee
compensation agreement, arrangement or plan, or any amendment
thereto, entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent
with past practice and payments pursuant thereto;
(2) transactions solely between or among the Company
and/or its
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries;
(3) advances of expenses, payment of reasonable legal and
other fees to officers, directors, employees and consultants and
other indemnity payments or arrangements to officers, directors
and
155
employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
in each case consistent with applicable charter, bylaw or
statutory provisions;
(4) the payment of reasonable and customary directors
fees and expenses to directors of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;
(5) sales or issuances of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
(6) (a) any agreement in effect on the Issue Date, as
such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from
time to time, provided that any such amendment,
modification or supplement (taken as a whole) will not be more
disadvantageous to the Company in any material respect than such
agreement as it was in effect on the Issue Date or (b) any
transaction pursuant to any agreement referred to in the
immediately preceding clause (a);
(7) transactions between or among the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and either TV One or Reach Media, in
either case with respect to transactions involving network,
syndication, advertising, back-office, technology support or
personnel services, in each case, entered into in the ordinary
course of the Companys business; and
(8) the making of Restricted Payments that are permitted by
the provisions of the Indenture described above under the
caption Certain Covenants
Restricted Payments and the making of Permitted
Investments permitted by clause (8) or clause (11) of
the definition thereof.
Notwithstanding anything in the Indenture to the contrary, any
transfer of any property or assets of, or Equity Interests in,
any Unrestricted Subsidiary or, for so long as TV One remains a
Designated Entity, TV One to any Principal, Related Party,
Permitted Group or Person of which more than 50% of the Voting
Stock is Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by a
Principal or a Related Party or a Permitted Group must comply
with the covenants described under the captions Repurchase
at the Option of Holders Asset Sales and
Certain Covenants Transactions with
Affiliates as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary or, for so
long as TV One remains a Designated Entity, TV One were a
Restricted Subsidiary subject to such covenants.
Additional
Guarantees
The Company is obligated to cause (1) each Subsidiary that
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date (other than
a Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial
Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary) and (2) any Subsidiary
that guarantees Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement
to guarantee the Notes and the Companys other Obligations
under the Indenture.
Designation
of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, or would result therefrom and immediately after
giving effect to such designation, the Company could incur $1.00
of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of
the covenant described above under the caption
Certain Covenants Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock. If a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair
Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly
designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the
time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for
Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of the covenant
described above under the caption Certain
Covenants Restricted Payments or Restricted
Payments permitted under clause (11) under the second
paragraph under such caption, as elected by the Company. That
designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be
permitted at that time and if the Subsidiary so designated
otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company may not
designate ROCH as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time after
the Issue Date, (ii) the Company may not designate TV One
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time after it has become a
Restricted Subsidiary (if ever) and (iii) no Subsidiary may
be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless it is also an
unrestricted subsidiary for purposes of the Existing
Credit Agreement.
156
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing at the time of such designation, or would result
therefrom; provided that such designation will be deemed
as of the date of such designation to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any
outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and the
creation, incurrence, assumption or otherwise causing to exist
any Lien of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation
will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is
permitted under the covenant described above under the caption
Certain Covenants Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such
designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter
reference period, and (2) such Lien is permitted under the
covenant described above under the caption
Certain Covenants Liens.
Limitation
on Sales and Issuances of Equity Interests in Restricted
Subsidiaries
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), unless either:
(1) each of the foregoing is satisfied:
(a) as a result of such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease
or other disposition or issuance such Restricted Subsidiary no
longer constitutes a Subsidiary;
(b) the Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale,
lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
covenant described above under the caption
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales; and
(c) immediately after giving effect to such transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition, an Investment in
such Person remaining after giving effect thereto would have
been permitted to be made under the covenant described under the
caption Certain Covenants
Restricted Payments if made on the date of such transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition; or
(2) the transfer, sale or disposition is pursuant to
security documents with respect to Indebtedness permitted to be
secured under the terms of the Indenture.
In addition, the Company will not permit any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue any of its Equity
Interests (other than, if necessary, shares of its Capital Stock
constituting directors qualifying shares) to any Person
(other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company) such that such Subsidiary no longer
constitutes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary.
Business
Activities
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary or Reach Media to, engage in any business other than
a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be
material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as
a whole. For so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity under
the terms of the Indenture, ROCH shall not, directly or
indirectly, engage in any business or activity other than the
holding of Equity Interests of TV One. No License Subsidiary
shall (i) own or hold any assets other than Operating
Agreements and FCC Licenses and other Authorizations issued by
the FCC relating to Stations or engage in any business other
than the ownership (or holding) and maintenance of Operating
Agreements, FCC Licenses and other Authorizations issued by the
FCC or (ii) incur any Indebtedness (other than guarantees
of (A) the Existing Subordinated Notes, (B) the
Exchange Claims and (C) the Obligations under the Existing
Credit Agreement with respect to Hedging Obligations and
Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause (2) of the
definition of the term Permitted Debt. All License
Subsidiaries must be Guarantors.
157
ROCH
Ownership/TV One Ownership
For so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity under the
terms of the Indenture, the Company shall at all times
(1) maintain ROCH as a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company and (2) directly own all of the Equity
Interests of ROCH. For so long as TV One remains a Designated
Entity under the terms of the Indenture, the Company shall cause
all Equity Interests of TV One that are held on the Issue Date
or acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to be held directly by ROCH subject to the covenants described
under Repurchase at the Option of Holders
Asset Sales and Certain
Covenants Merger, Consolidation or Sale of
Assets.
In the event TV One becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, and in
the event that ROCH transfers, conveys, sells, leases or
otherwise disposes of Equity Interests in TV One or TV One
issues additional Equity Interests in TV One such that, in
either case, TV One no longer constitutes a Subsidiary of the
Company, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Equity Interests
owned by ROCH in TV One will be deemed to be an Investment made
as of that time and will reduce the amount available (if any)
for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of the
covenant described above under the caption
Certain Covenants Restricted
Payments or Restricted Payments permitted under
clause (11) under the second paragraph under such caption,
as elected by the Company. If such Investment is not permitted
to be made by the Company as of such date under such covenant,
then the Company will be in default of such covenant.
Payments
for Consent
Neither the Company nor any of the Companys Subsidiaries
shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to
any Beneficial Owner or Holder of any Notes for or as an
inducement to any consent to any waiver, supplement or amendment
of any terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes, unless
such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to
all Beneficial Owners and Holders of the Notes which so consent
in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent.
Reports
Whether or not the Company is subject to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the
Commission (subject to the next sentence) the annual reports,
quarterly reports and other documents which the Company would
have been required to file with the Commission pursuant to such
Section 13(a) or 15(d) if the Company were so subject (the
Required Reports), such documents to be filed
with the Commission on or prior to the respective dates by which
the Company would have been required to file such documents if
the Company were so subject (the Required Filing
Dates); provided that any audited financial
statements contained in such reports shall be reported on by an
independent public accounting firm of recognized national
standing. If at any time the Company is not subject to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for any reason,
the Company shall nevertheless continue to file the Required
Reports with the Commission by the applicable Required Filing
Date unless the Commission will not accept such a filing. The
Company agrees that it shall not take any action for the purpose
of causing the Commission not to accept any such filings;
provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Company from
filing a Form 15 with respect to any class of its common
stock following a Going Private Transaction. If notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Commission shall not accept the filing of a
Required Report for any reason, the Company shall post the
Required Report on its website by the applicable Required Filing
Date and such Required Report shall be publicly available.
The Company shall also in any event (1) on the earlier of
(a) each Required Filing Date and (b) the
90th day after the end of each fiscal year, with respect to
annual reports, or the 45th day after the end of each of
the first three Fiscal Quarters of each fiscal year, with
respect to quarterly reports, (i) transmit by mail to all
Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the security
register, without cost to such Holders, and (ii) file with
the trustee, copies of the Required Reports and (2) if the
Commission will not accept the filing of Required Reports by the
Company, promptly upon written request, supply copies of such
documents to any
158
Holder at the Companys cost. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, for purposes of this paragraph, the Company shall be
deemed to have furnished such Required Reports to the Holders if:
(A) the Company has filed such reports with the Commission
via the Commissions Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis,
and Retrieval Filing System (EDGAR) and such reports are
publicly available; or
(B) the Company is not subject to Sections 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, and the Commission will not accept
Required Reports for filing, and it has posted such Required
Reports on its website and such Required Reports are publicly
available.
Whether or not the Company is subject to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, and whether or not the Commission
will accept any Required Reports for filing, the Company shall
also hold a quarterly conference call to discuss the
consolidated financial results of the Company with the Holders
of the Notes. Such conference call shall not be later than ten
Business Days following each Required Filing Date. No fewer than
two days prior to the conference call, the Company shall issue a
press release to the appropriate wire service, announcing the
time, date and access details of such conference call.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if the Company has
designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries,
then the Companys quarterly and annual financial
information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a
reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the
financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial
condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted
Subsidiaries of the Company.
The Company shall make available to any prospective purchaser of
Notes or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale
of Notes the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under
the Securities Act so long as such Notes are not freely
transferable under the Securities Act.
Corporate
Existence
Subject to the covenants described under
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Change of Control,
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Assets Sales and
Certain Covenants Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets, as the case may be, the
Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate
existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability
company or other existence of each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational
documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and the rights
(charter and statutory), licenses (including FCC Licenses) and
franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided that the Company shall not be required to
preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate,
partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, if the loss thereof is not materially adverse to
the Holders.
Insurance
The Company shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to
maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance
companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as
are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or
similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.
Events of
Default and Remedies
Each of the following is an Event of Default:
(1) default in the payment in respect of the principal of
(or premium, if any, on) any Note at its maturity (whether at
Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional
redemption or otherwise) whether or not prohibited by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture;
(2) default in the payment of any interest upon any Note
when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default
for a period of 30 days whether or not prohibited by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture;
159
(3) failure by the Company to perform or comply with the
Indenture provisions described under Certain
Covenants Merger Consolidation or Sale of
Assets;
(4) default in the performance or breach of any covenant or
agreement of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in the Indenture described under the captions
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales or
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Change of Control and continuance of
such default or breach for a period of 30 consecutive days after
written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the
trustee or to the Company and the trustee by the Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
(other than the failure to purchase Notes under such provisions
which shall be an Event of Default described in clause (1)
above);
(5) default in the performance or breach of any covenant or
agreement of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in the Indenture (other than a default in performance or breach
of a covenant or agreement specifically dealt with in clauses
(1), (2), (3) or (4) above) and continuance of such
default or breach for a period of 60 consecutive days after
written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the
trustee or to the Company and the trustee by the Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;
(6) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures,
notes or other evidences of Indebtedness for borrowed money
(other than the Notes) by the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary
or, for so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity, TV One,
whether such Indebtedness exists on the Issue Date or shall
thereafter be created, which default or defaults (a) are
caused by a failure to pay at final maturity principal of, or
interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness within the
applicable express grace period in respect of such Indebtedness
at the time of such default (a payment
default) or (b) have resulted in the acceleration
of the maturity of the principal amount of such Indebtedness
prior to its express maturity; and, in each case, the principal
amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount
of any other Indebtedness with respect to which an event
described in clause (a) or (b) has occurred and is
continuing, aggregates $5.0 million or more;
(7) the entry against the Company, any Restricted
Subsidiary or, for so long as TV One remains a Designated
Entity, TV One, of a final judgment or final judgments for the
payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of
$10.0 million which judgments remain undischarged,
unwaived, unstayed, uninsured, unbonded or unsatisfied for a
period of 60 consecutive days;
(8) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee
shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or
invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and
effect or any Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm its obligations
under its Guarantee; and
(9) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization described in the Indenture with respect to the
Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries, any group of
Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken as a whole, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or, for so long as TV One
remains a Designated Entity, TV One, which in the case of an
involuntary bankruptcy filing continues for 60 consecutive days.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified
in clause (9) above) occurs and is continuing, then and in
every such case the trustee or the Holders of not less than 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may
declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and
unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes to be due and
payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and
to the trustee if given by Holders); provided, however,
that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree
based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain
circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events
of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal,
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, have been cured or
waived as provided in the Indenture.
In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes
solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6)
above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of
acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and
annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering
such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) above shall be
remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or
160
waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20
Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect
thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration
of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a
court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the trustee for the
payment of amounts due on the Notes. For further information as
to waiver of defaults, see Amendment,
Supplement and Waiver.
If any Event of Default specified in clause (9) above
occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and
unpaid interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso
facto become immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any
Holder.
The trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default
(except Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest) if the trustee determines that withholding notice is
in the interests of the Holders to do so.
No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any
proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy
thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to
the trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and
unless also the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request
to the trustee, and provided indemnity reasonably satisfactory
to the trustee, to institute such proceeding as the trustee, and
the trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed
to institute such proceeding within 60 days. Such
limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a
Holder of a Note directly (as opposed to through the trustee)
for enforcement of payment of the principal, premium, if any, or
interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates
expressed in such Note.
The Company is required to furnish to the trustee annually a
statement as to the performance of certain obligations under the
Indenture and as to any default in such performance. The Company
also is required to notify the trustee if it becomes aware of
the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.
In the case of (1) any Event of Default occurring by reason
of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken or on
behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of
the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the
Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the
optional redemption provisions of the Indenture or (2) an
acceleration of the Obligations with respect to the Notes
automatically by operation of law or by the terms of the
Indenture or the Notes during any period in which a premium
would have been payable by the Company if the Company then had
elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption
provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium will also
become and be immediately due and payable to the extent
permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.
No
Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder or
other owner of Capital Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary of
the Company, as such, will have any liability for any
obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the
Indenture or the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder of Notes, by accepting a Note, waives and releases
all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities
laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is
against public policy.
Legal
Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
The Company may at its option and, at any time, elect to have
all of its obligations discharged with respect to outstanding
Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with
respect to their Guarantees (Legal
Defeasance) except for:
(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive
payments in respect of the principal of, and interest or
premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from
the trust referred to below;
161
(2) the Companys obligations with respect to the
Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance
of an office or agency for payment and money for security
payments held in trust;
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of
the trustee, and the Companys obligations in connection
therewith; and
(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time,
elect to have its obligations released with respect to certain
covenants that are described in the Indenture (Covenant
Defeasance) and thereafter any omission to comply with
those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of
Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant
Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment,
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events) described under
Events of Default and Remedies will no
longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
If the Company exercises either its Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released and relieved
of any obligations under its Guarantee and any Liens or other
security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance:
(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the trustee,
in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in
U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a
combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable
Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, and interest and premium,
if any, on the outstanding Notes on the date of Stated Maturity
or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and
the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to
the date of Stated Maturity or to a particular redemption date;
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has
delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably
acceptable to the trustee confirming that:
(a) the Company has received from, or there has been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or
(b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a
change in the applicable federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such
opinion of counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance
and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts,
in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has
delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably
acceptable to the trustee confirming that the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be
applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien to secure such
borrowing);
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the
Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;
162
(6) the Company must have delivered to the trustee an
opinion of counsel to the effect that after the 121st day
following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to
the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors rights
generally;
(7) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not
cause the trustee to have a conflicting interest with respect to
any securities of the Company;
(8) the Company must deliver to the trustee an
officers certificate stating that the deposit was made by
the Company neither with the intent of preferring the Holders of
Notes over the other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor
nor with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
defrauding creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or
others; and
(9) the Company must deliver to the trustee an
officers certificate and an opinion of counsel, which
opinion may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal
Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
Amendment,
Supplement and Waiver
Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the
Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including,
without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and
any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any
provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be
waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including,
without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).
Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment,
supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by
a non-consenting Holder):
(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must
consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity
of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the
redemption or repurchase of the Notes (other than provisions
relating to the covenants described above under the caption
Repurchase at the Option of Holders);
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of
interest on any Note;
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes
(except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of
the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(5) make any Note payable in currency other than that
stated in the Notes;
(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture
relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or
premium, if any, on the Notes (other than as permitted in
clause (7) below);
(7) waive a redemption or repurchase payment with respect
to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the
covenants described above under the caption
Repurchase at the Option of Holders);
(8) modify any Guarantee in a manner adverse to Holders of
the Notes or release any Guarantor from any of its obligations
under its Guarantee or the Indenture, except in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture;
(9) modify the ranking of the Notes or the Guarantees, in
any manner that would adversely affect the Holders; or
(10) make any change in the preceding amendment, supplement
and waiver provisions.
163
Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any Holder
of Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the trustee may amend
or supplement the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or
inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or
in place of certificated Notes;
(3) to provide for the assumption of the Companys or
a Guarantors obligations to Holders of Notes in the case
of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all
of the Companys or a Guarantors properties or assets
that is permitted under the Indenture;
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any
Holder; provided that any change to conform the Indenture
to this Description of Notes will not be deemed to
adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any
Holder;
(5) to add any additional Guarantor or to evidence the
release of any Guarantor from its Guarantee, in each case as
provided in the Indenture;
(6) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order
to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under
the Trust Indenture Act; or
(7) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of
appointment under the Indenture of a successor trustee.
Satisfaction
and Discharge
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further
effect as to all Notes issued thereunder (except as to surviving
rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes and
as otherwise specified in the Indenture), when:
(1) either:
(a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost,
stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and
Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and
thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the
trustee for cancellation; or
(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the trustee
for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the
mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become
due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor
has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the
trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the
Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government
Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and
non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be
sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of
interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the
Notes not delivered to the trustee for cancellation for
principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of
Stated Maturity or redemption;
(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result
of the deposit and the deposit will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, any instrument
(other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any of the
Guarantors is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor
is bound;
(3) the Company and each Guarantor has paid or caused to be
paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and
(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to
the trustee under the Indenture to apply the deposited money
toward the payment of the Notes at Stated Maturity or the
redemption date, as the case may be.
164
In addition, the Company must deliver an officers
certificate and an opinion of counsel, which may be subject to
customary assumptions and exclusions, to the trustee stating
that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have
been satisfied.
Concerning
the Trustee
If the trustee becomes a creditor of the Company or any
Guarantor, the Indenture limits its right to obtain payment of
claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property
received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise.
The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions;
however, if it acquires any conflicting interest (as
defined in the Trust Indenture Act) after a Default has
occurred and is continuing, it must eliminate such conflict
within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to
continue or resign.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy
available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The
Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and
is continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of
its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the
conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the
trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its
rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any
Holder of Notes, unless such Holder has offered to the trustee
security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense.
Governing
Law
The Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Registration
Rights Agreement will be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
Additional
Information
Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement without charge
by writing to the Company at 5900 Princess Garden Parkway,
7th Floor, Lanham, Maryland 20706, Attn: Investor Relations
or by sending an email message to invest@radio-one.com.
Registration
Rights; Special Interest
On November 24, 2009, the Company and the Guarantors
entered into the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the
Registration Rights Agreement) in connection with
the offer and sale of the Old Notes. The following description
is a summary of the material provisions of the Registration
Rights Agreement. It does not restate such agreement in its
entirety. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is
attached to our Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed December 1, 2010 and may also be obtained by
contacting our Investor Relations Department at the address or
email address set forth above under the caption Additional
Information. We urge you to read the Registration Rights
Agreement in its entirety because it, and not this description,
defines your registration rights as holders of the Exchange
Notes.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to use
our reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC and cause to
become effective a registration statement (the
Registration Statement) with respect to a registered
offer to exchange the Old Notes for registered notes guaranteed
by the Guarantors with terms identical in all material respects
to the Old Notes, except that the registered notes issued in
such exchange offer will not contain terms for specified
transfer restrictions or for special interest. Upon the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement, we will offer the
holders of Registrable Securities (as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement) who are able to make certain
representations the opportunity to exchange their Registrable
Securities for such registered notes.
If:
(1) the Company and the guarantors are not permitted to
consummate the exchange offer because the exchange offer is not
available or would violate applicable law or the applicable
interpretations of the SEC, or the exchange offer is not
otherwise completed within 45 days after the effectiveness
of the Registration Statement; or
165
(2) any holder of Registrable Securities notifies us prior
to the 20th business day following completion of the
exchange offer that:
(a) it is prohibited by law or SEC policy from
participating in the exchange offer;
(b) it may not resell the registered exchange notes
acquired by it in the exchange offer to the public without
delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the
Registration Statement with respect to the exchange offer is not
appropriate or available for such resales; or
(c) it is a broker-dealer and owns Registrable Securities
acquired directly from us or our affiliate
we will file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement (as
defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) to cover resales
of the Registrable Securities by the holders of the Registrable
Securities who satisfy certain conditions relating to the
provision of information in connection with the Shelf
Registration Statement (the Electing Holders).
For purposes of the preceding, Registrable
Securities means any Old Note until the earliest to occur
of:
(1) the date on which such Old Note has been exchanged for
an Exchange Note in the exchange offer and may be resold under
federal securities laws (provided that, during the 180 day
period following completion of an exchange offer, such Exchange
Notes included in a prospectus for use in connection with
resales by a broker-dealer shall be deemed to be a Registrable
Security until resale of such Exchange Notes);
(2) the date on which such Old Note has been sold or
otherwise transferred pursuant to a manner contemplated by an
effective Shelf Registration Statement;
(3) the date on which such Old Note is sold pursuant to
Rule 144 under the Securities Act under circumstances in
which any legend relating to restrictions on transferability
under the Securities Act is removed (or the restrictive CUSIP
number is redesignated as non-restrictive); or
(4) such Old Note ceases to be outstanding.
The Registration Rights Agreement provides that:
(1) we will file a Registration Statement with respect to a
registered exchange offer with the SEC and will use our
reasonable best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to
be declared effective by the SEC, on or prior to 120 days
after November 24, 2010 if such Registration Statement is
not reviewed by the SEC, or on or prior to 270 days after
November 24, 2010 if such Registration Statement is
reviewed by the SEC;
(2) unless the exchange offer would not be permitted by
applicable law or SEC policy, we will use our reasonable best
efforts to:
(a) commence the exchange offer within 10 business days
following the effective time of the Registration
Statement; and
(b) use our reasonable best efforts to issue on or prior to
45th business day after the date on which the Registration
Statement was declared effective by the SEC, Exchange Notes in
exchange for all Old Notes tendered prior thereto in the
exchange offer; and
(3) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement,
we will file the Shelf Registration Statement with the SEC as
soon as reasonably practicable after such obligation arises and
use our reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration
Statement to be declared effective by the SEC on or prior to
120 days after such obligation arises if such Shelf
Registration Statement is not reviewed by the SEC, or on or
prior to 270 days after such obligation arises if such
Shelf Registration Statement is reviewed by the SEC.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, upon notice to the
Electing Holders, we may suspend the use or the effectiveness of
the Registration Statement, or extend the time period in which
it is required to file the
166
Shelf Registration Statement, for up to 30 consecutive days and
up to 60 days in the aggregate, in each case in any
12-month
period (a Suspension Period) if our Board of
Directors determines that there is a valid business purpose for
suspension of the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that we
shall promptly notify the Electing Holders (as included in the
Registration Rights Agreement) when the Shelf Registration
Statement may once again be used or is effective.
The Registration Rights Agreement provides that, if:
(1) we fail to file any of the registration statements
required by the Registration Rights Agreement on or before the
date specified for such filing;
(2) any of such registration statements is not declared
effective by the SEC on or prior to the date specified for such
effectiveness (the Effectiveness Target Date);
(3) we fail to consummate the exchange offer within 45
business days of the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement; or
(4) the Registration Statement is declared effective but
thereafter is withdrawn by us or becomes subject to a stop order
issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act (each
such event referred to in clauses (1) through
(4) above, a Registration Default),
except as specifically permitted in the Registration Rights
Agreement, including, with respect to any Shelf Registration
Statement, during any applicable Suspension Period, then we will
pay special interest to each holder of entitled securities until
all Registration Defaults have been cured.
With respect to the first
90-day
period immediately following the occurrence of the first
Registration Default, special interest will be paid in an amount
equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of entitled
securities outstanding. The amount of the special interest will
increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each
subsequent
90-day
period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a
maximum amount of special interest for all Registration Defaults
of 1.0% per annum of the principal amount of the entitled
securities outstanding. The accrual of such special interest
will be the holders exclusive remedy under the
Registration Rights Agreement with respect to any Registration
Defaults thereunder.
We will pay all accrued special interest on the next scheduled
interest payment date to DTC or its nominee by wire transfer of
immediately available funds or by federal funds check and to
holders of certificated Old Notes by wire transfer to the
accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their
registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified.
Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of
special interest will cease.
Holders of Registrable Securities will be required to make
certain representations to us (as described in the Registration
Rights Agreement) in order to participate in the exchange offer
and will be required to deliver certain information to be used
in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and to
provide comments on the Shelf Registration Statement within the
time periods set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement in
order to have their Registrable Securities included in the Shelf
Registration Statement. As a condition to including any
Registrable Securities in a Shelf Registration Statement, a
holder will agree to indemnify the Company and the Guarantors
against certain losses arising out of information furnished by
such holder in writing for inclusion in any Shelf Registration
Statement. Holders of Registrable Securities will also be
required to suspend their use of the prospectus included in the
Shelf Registration Statement under certain circumstances upon
receipt of written notice to that effect from us.
Under existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the SEC
contained in several no-action letters to third parties, and
subject to the immediately following sentence, we believe that
the Exchange Notes received in an exchange offer would generally
be freely transferable by holders thereof after the exchange
offer without further registration under the Securities Act
(subject to certain representations required to be made by each
holder of Old Notes, as set forth below). However, any purchaser
of Old Notes who is an affiliate of the Company or
any Guarantor and any holder of Old Notes who intends to
participate in the exchange offer for the purpose of
distributing the Exchange Notes (i) will not be able to
rely on the interpretation of the staff of
167
the SEC, (ii) will not be able to tender its Old Notes in
the exchange offer and (iii) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the
Old Notes unless such sale or transfer is made pursuant to an
exemption from such requirements.
As a condition to its participation in an exchange offer, each
holder of Registrable Securities must furnish us a written
representation to the effect that:
(1) it is not an affiliate of the Issuer, as
defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is such
an affiliate, it will comply with the registration
and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to
the extent applicable;
(2) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in,
and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be
issued in such exchange offer;
(3) it is acquiring such Exchange Notes in its ordinary
course of business;
(4) if it is a broker-dealer that holds Registrable
Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities (other than
Registrable Securities acquired directly from the Issuer or any
of its affiliates), it will deliver a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any
resales of the Exchange Notes received by it;
(5) if it is a broker-dealer, that it did not purchase the
Registrable Securities to be exchanged in the exchange offer
from us or any of its affiliates; and
(6) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not
truthfully and completely make the representations contained in
the foregoing.
Book
Entry; Delivery and Form
The Exchange Notes will be initially represented by one or more
notes in registered global form without interest coupons (the
Global Notes). The Global Notes will be executed by
an officer of the Company by manual or facsimile signature. Upon
delivery of the Global Notes to the trustee by the Company for
authentication, together with a company order for the
authentication and delivery of the notes, the trustee in
accordance with the company order and the terms of the indenture
will authenticate and deliver the notes. The Global Notes will
be deposited with the trustee, as custodian for the Depository
Trust Company (DTC), in New York, New York, and
registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for
the credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in
DTC as described below. We expect that, pursuant to procedures
established by DTC, (i) upon the issuance of the Global
Notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system,
the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial
interests represented by such Global Notes to the respective
accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary
(participants) and (ii) ownership of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer
of such ownership will be effected only through, records
maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of
participants) and the records of participants (with respect to
interests of persons other than participants). Such accounts
initially will be designated by or on behalf of the initial
purchasers and ownership of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes will be limited to participants or persons who hold
interests through participants. Holders may hold their interests
in the Global Notes directly through DTC if they are
participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations
that are participants in such system.
So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder
of the notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be
considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by
such Global Notes for all purposes under the indenture. No
beneficial owner of an interest in the Global Notes will be able
to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTCs
procedures, in addition to those provided for under the
indenture with respect to the notes.
Payments of the principal of, and premium (if any) and interest
on, the Global Notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the
case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of the
issuer, the trustee or any paying agent will have any
responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records
relating to or payments
168
made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global
Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records
relating to such beneficial ownership interest.
We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment
of principal of, and premium (if any) and interest on the Global
Notes, will credit participants accounts with payments in
amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests
in the principal amount of the Global Notes as shown on the
records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by
participants to owners of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes held through such participants will be governed by
standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case
with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in
the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be
the responsibility of such participants.
Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the
ordinary way through DTCs
same-day
funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in
same-day
funds.
DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of notes (including the presentation of notes
for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or
more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the
Global Notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of
the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such
participant or participants has or have given such direction.
DTC has advised us as follows: DTC is a limited-purpose trust
company organized under New York banking law, a banking
organization within the meaning of the New York banking
law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a clearing
corporation within the meaning of the New York Uniform
Commercial Code and a clearing agency registered
pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange
Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for issues of
U.S. and
non-U.S. equity,
corporate and municipal debt issues that participants deposit
with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among
participants of sales and other securities transactions in
deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry
transfers and pledges between participants accounts. This
eliminates the need for physical movement of securities
certificates. Participants include both U.S. and
non-U.S. securities
brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing
corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the DTC
system is also available to indirect participants such as both
U.S. and
non-U.S. securities
brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing
corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.
Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to
facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among
participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such
procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
None of us, the trustee or any paying agent will have any
responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or
indirect participants of their respective obligations under the
rules and procedures governing their operations.
Certificated
Securities
A Global Note is exchangeable for certificated notes in fully
registered form without interest coupons (Certificated
Securities) only in the following limited circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
depositary for the Global Notes and we fail to appoint a
successor depositary within 90 days of such notice, or
|
|
|
|
there shall have occurred and be continuing an event of default
with respect to the notes under the indenture and DTC shall have
requested the issuance of Certificated Securities.
|
The laws of some states require that certain persons take
physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they
own. Consequently, the ability to transfer the notes will be
limited to such extent.
169
Certain
Definitions
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture.
Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all
such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein
for which no definition is provided.
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes means the Companys
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013.
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes means the Companys
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2011.
Acquired Debt means, with respect to any
specified Person:
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time
such other Person was merged with or into or became a Subsidiary
of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is
incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other
Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such
specified Person;
(2) Indebtedness assumed by the specified Person in
connection with the acquisition of assets from another
Person; and
(3) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset
acquired by such specified Person.
Affiliate of any specified Person means any
other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by
or under direct or indirect common control with such specified
Person. For purposes of this definition, control, as
used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For
purposes of this definition, the terms controlling,
controlled by and under common control
with have correlative meanings.
Affiliate Entity means any Person who,
directly or indirectly, has the ability to elect one or more of
the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or any
Parent Company.
Asset Sale means:
(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any
properties or assets (including, without limitation, by means of
a sale and leaseback transaction) outside the ordinary course of
business; provided that the disposition of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by
the provisions of the Indenture described above under the
caption Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Change of Control
and/or the
provisions described above under the caption
Certain Covenants Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets and not by the provisions
of the covenant described under Repurchase at
the Option of Holders Asset Sales; and
(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the
Companys Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity
Interests in any of its Subsidiaries or the sale by ROCH of any
Equity Interests of TV One (other than directors
qualifying shares, shares required by applicable law to be held
by a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries).
Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be
deemed to be Asset Sales:
(1) any single transaction or series of related
transactions that involves properties or assets or Equity
Interests having a Fair Market Value of less than
$1.0 million;
(2) a transfer of assets by the Company to any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary or by any Restricted Subsidiary to the
Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary;
(4) the sale, lease or other disposition of equipment,
inventory, accounts receivable or other properties or assets in
the ordinary course of business;
170
(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash
Equivalents;
(6) the making of a Restricted Payment that is permitted by
the covenant described above under the caption
Certain Covenants Restricted
Payments or the making of a Permitted Investment;
(7) the sale and leaseback of any assets within
90 days of the acquisition thereof;
(8) a disposition of assets that are no longer used or
useful in the business of such entity;
(9) licensing of intellectual property in the ordinary
course of business;
(10) the creation or perfection of a Permitted Lien (but
not the sale or other disposition of the properties or assets
subject to such Lien);
(11) foreclosures on assets;
(12) Asset Swaps; and
(13) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the
settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other
claims of any kind.
Asset Swap means any transfer of assets of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other
than an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
in exchange for assets of such Person if:
(1) such exchange would qualify, whether in part or in
full, as a like- kind exchange pursuant to Section 1031 of
the Code; provided that nothing in this definition shall
require the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to elect that
Section 1031 of the Code be applicable to any Asset Swap;
(2) the Fair Market Value of any property or assets
received is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the
property or assets so transferred; and
(3) to the extent applicable, any boot or other
assets received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is
directly related to,
and/or
consists of Equity Interests issued by a Person in, a Permitted
Business and any Net Proceeds from the disposition of such boot
or other assets are applied as required by the covenant
described under the caption Repurchase at the
Option of Holders Asset Sales.
Authorizations means all filings, recordings
and registrations with, and all validations or exemptions,
approvals, orders, authorizations, consents, Licenses,
certificates and permits from, the FCC.
Beneficial Owner has the meaning assigned to
such term in
Rule 13d-3
and
Rule 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the
beneficial ownership of any particular person (as
that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act),
such person will be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all securities that such person has the
right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities,
whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable
only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms
Beneficially Owns Beneficially Owning
and Beneficially Owned have correlative meanings.
Board of Directors means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors
of the corporation;
(2) with respect to a partnership or a limited liability
company, the board of directors or similar body of the general
partner or managers of such entity; and
(3) with respect to any other entity, the functional
equivalent of the foregoing,
or, in each case of clause (1), (2) and (3), other
than for purposes of the definition of Change of
Control, any duly authorized committee of such body.
Board Resolution means a copy of a resolution
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of
Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on
the date of such certification, and delivered to the trustee.
171
Business Day means each day that is not a
Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in
New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.
Capital Lease Obligation means any obligation
under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial
reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of
Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the
capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance
with the GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date
of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such
lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be
terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For
purposes of Certain Covenants
Liens, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured
by a Lien on the property or assets (and proceeds thereof) being
leased.
Capital Stock means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any
and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a
Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses
of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
Cash Equivalents means:
(1) United States dollars;
(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or
insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government having
maturities of not more than one year from the date of
acquisition;
(3) certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits
with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities of one
year or less and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any
lender party to the Existing Credit Agreement or with any
domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of
B or better;
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than
seven days for underlying securities of the types described in
clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in
clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable
from Moodys or S&P and in each case maturing within
nine months after the date of acquisition; and
(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which
constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in
clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any
of the following:
(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to
any person (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a
Principal or a Related Party or a Permitted Group;
(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company;
(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without
limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is
that more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company or any
Parent Company, measured by voting power, rather than number of
shares, is Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by
172
any Person other than any Parent Company, the Principals and
their Related Parties or a Permitted Group; or
(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended from time to time.
Commission or SEC means
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Communications Act means the Communications
Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules, regulations, orders,
decisions and published policies thereunder.
Consolidated Cash Flow means, with respect to
any specified Person for any period, without duplication, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person:
(1) plus, in each case determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP and only to the extent deducted in
determining Consolidated Net Income,
(a) Consolidated Income Tax Expense (other than income tax
expense (either positive or negative) attributable to
extraordinary gains (or losses));
(b) Consolidated Interest Expense;
(c) Consolidated Non-cash Charges;
(d) any expenses or charges related to the Transactions or
any equity offering (whether or not successful);
(e) any extraordinary or non-recurring charges, costs or
expenses; and
(f) interest incurred in connection with Investments in
discontinued operations;
(2) minus
(a) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income,
other than (i) the accrual of revenue in the ordinary
course of business and (ii) reversals of prior accruals or
reserves for cash items previously excluded in the calculation
of Consolidated Non-cash Charges; and
(b) barter revenues to the extent such barter revenues were
included in computing such Consolidated Net Income.
Consolidated Income Tax Expense means, with
respect to any Person for any period, the provision for federal,
state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Interest Expense means, with
respect to any Person for any period the interest expense of
such Person, its Restricted Subsidiaries and, for so long as TV
One remains a Designated Entity, the TV One Percentage of the
interest expense of TV One and its Subsidiaries, in each case
for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP (whether paid or accrued and whether or not
capitalized), including without duplication:
(1) any amortization of debt discount;
(2) non-cash interest expense, including any interest paid
in kind by the issuance of additional Indebtedness;
(3) the net cost under Hedging Obligations (including any
amortization of discounts);
(4) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation;
(5) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers
acceptances, financing or similar activities (including, without
limitation, agency fees, commitment fees and similar fees);
173
(6) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations;
(7) the interest expense on any Indebtedness guaranteed by
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien
on assets of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and
(8) any cash dividends paid or payable on any Designated
Preferred Stock.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect
to any Person, for any period, the net income (or loss) of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a
consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided that there shall be excluded therefrom:
(1) all extraordinary or unusual gains and extraordinary or
unusual losses (in each case, net of fees and expenses relating
to the transaction giving rise thereto), together with any
related provision for taxes on such gains and losses;
(2) the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not
a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity
method of accounting, except to the extent of the amount of
dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person
or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;
(3) gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales or sale
or other disposition of assets or Equity Interests outside the
ordinary course of business after the Issue Date by such Person
or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses
relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), on an
after-tax basis;
(4) the net income (loss) from any operations disposed of
or discontinued after the Issue Date and any net gains or losses
on such disposition or discontinuance, on an after-tax basis;
(5) solely for purposes of the covenant described under the
caption Certain Covenants
Restricted Payments, the net income (but not loss) of any
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person to the extent the
declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that
Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of
determination permitted without any prior governmental approval
(that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by
operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement,
instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted
Subsidiary or its stockholders, partners or members, except to
the extent of any dividends or other distributions or payments
actually paid to such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries and not already included in the Consolidated Net
Income of such Person;
(6) any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principles;
(7) any fees and expenses, including deferred finance
costs, paid in connection with the Transactions (including,
without limitation, ratings agency fees);
(8) non-cash compensation charges or expenses, including
those incurred in connection with any issuance of Equity
Interests;
(9) non-cash gains and losses attributable to movement in
the
mark-to-market
valuation of Hedging Obligations pursuant to Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and
(10) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the
early extinguishment of Indebtedness (in each case, net of fees
and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto).
Consolidated Non-cash Charges means, with
respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate
depreciation, amortization (including, without limitation,
(i) amortization of goodwill, programming costs, barter
expenses and other intangibles and (ii) the effect of any
non-cash impairment charges incurred subsequent to the Issue
Date resulting from the application of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards Nos. 141, 142 or 144 and any other non-cash
items resulting from any amortization,
write-up,
write-down or write-off of assets or liabilities (including
deferred financing costs and the effect of straight-lining of
rents as a result of purchase accounting adjustments) in
connection with any future acquisition, disposition, merger,
consolidation or similar transaction, but excluding amortization
of pre-paid cash expenses that were paid in a
174
prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net
Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP excluding any such charges which require an accrual of or a
reserve for cash charges for any future period).
Continuing Directors means, as of any date of
determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the
Company who:
(1) was a member of or nominated to such Board of Directors
on the Issue Date; or
(2) was nominated for election by either (a) one or
more of the Principals or (b) the Board of Directors of the
Company, a majority of whom were members of or nominated to the
Board of Directors of the Company on the Issue Date or whose
election or nomination for election was previously approved by
one or more of the Principals Beneficially Owning at least 25%
of the Voting Stock of the Company (determined by reference to
voting power and not number of shares held) or such directors.
Default means any event that is, or with the
passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an
Event of Default.
Designated Entity means TV One at all times
that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is the
Beneficial Owner of at least 10% of the outstanding Equity
Interests of TV One and until such time as TV One becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary under the terms of the Indenture.
Designated Preferred Stock means Preferred
Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) that is
issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary, Reach
Media or, for so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity, TV
One or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, for so long as TV One
remains a Designated Entity but is not otherwise a Subsidiary,
TV One) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock,
pursuant to an Officers Certificate executed by the
principal financial officer of the Company, on the issuance date
thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the
calculation of the Restricted Payments Basket.
Designated Senior Debt means any Indebtedness
outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement.
Disqualified Stock means any Capital Stock
that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which
it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case
at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the
happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable,
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in
whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days
after the date on which the Notes mature or is convertible into
or exchangeable for debt securities at any time prior to the
date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes
mature or otherwise cease to be outstanding. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital
Stock have the right to require the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the
occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale occurring
prior to the 91st day after the final maturity date of the
Notes will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the change of
control or asset sale provisions applicable to such Disqualified
Stock specifically provide that the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary will not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock
unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant
described above under the caption Certain
Covenants Restricted Payments.
The maximum fixed repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock
that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated
in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if
such Disqualified Stock were repurchased on any date on which
Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the
Indenture; provided, however, that, if such Disqualified
Stock is not then permitted to be repurchased, the repurchase
price shall be the book value of such Disqualified Stock.
DTC means The Depository Trust Company,
its nominees and successors.
DTV Investors means collectively DIRECTV
Programming Holdings I, Inc. and DIRECTV Programming
Holdings II, Inc.
and/or their
permitted transferees.
175
Equity Interests means Capital Stock and all
warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but
excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or
exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Claims means (1) Indebtedness
under the Notes and the Guarantees and (2) all other
Obligations related to the Indebtedness described in
clause (1) above.
Existing Credit Agreement means the Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by
and among the Company, as Borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (as
successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as
Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto, which
amends and restates the Credit Agreement, dated as of
June 13, 2005, by and among the Company, as Borrower, Wells
Fargo Bank, N.A. (as successor by merger to Wachovia Bank,
National Association), as Administrative Agent, Bank of America,
N.A., as Syndication Agent, Credit Suisse, Merrill Lynch Capital
Corp. and SunTrust Bank, as Co-Documentation Agents, Wachovia
Capital Markets, LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC, as
Joint Lead Arrangers, and certain financial institutions named
therein, as lenders, including any related guarantees,
collateral documents, security agreements, mortgages,
instruments and other agreements executed in connection
therewith, as each may be amended, restated, modified,
supplemented, renewed, extended, refunded, replaced or
refinanced in whole or in part from time to time including upon
the Issue Date (including any increase in the amount of
available borrowings or obligations thereunder or addition of
Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors
thereunder) whether provided under one or more other credit
agreements, financing agreements or otherwise and whether by the
same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders; provided
that, so long as any Notes are outstanding, no such increase
may result in the principal amount of Indebtedness of the
Company under the Existing Credit Agreement exceeding the amount
specified in clause (1) of the definition of Permitted
Debt, as such amount is reduced from time to time in accordance
with such clause (1).
Existing Subordinated Notes means the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes and the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes.
Fair Market Value means, with respect to any
asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an
arms-length transaction, between a willing seller and a
willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure
or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value
will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the Company, whose determination will be conclusive and
evidenced by a Board Resolution; provided, that the Board
of Directors shall be permitted to consider the circumstances
existing at the time; provided, further, however, that if
the Fair Market Value of the property or assets in question is
so determined to be in excess of $10.0 million, such
determination must be confirmed by an Independent Qualified
Party.
FCC means the Federal Communications
Commission (or any successor agency, commission, bureau,
department or other political subdivision of the United States
of America).
FCC License means any radio or television
broadcast service, community antenna relay service, broadcast
ancillary, earth station registration, business radio,
microwave, special safety radio service license or other
license, permit, authorization or certificate issued by the FCC
pursuant to the Communications Act.
Fiscal Quarter means each three-month period
beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1
of each year.
Foreign Subsidiary means (i) a
Restricted Subsidiary that is organized and existing under the
laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, any State
thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) a Restricted
Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist, directly
or indirectly, of controlled foreign corporations
(within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code) (each, a
CFC); and (iii) a Restricted Subsidiary
that is treated as disregarded for U.S. federal income tax
purposes and owns more than 65% of the voting stock of either a
CFC or a Subsidiary described in the preceding clause (ii).
GAAP means generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States, consistently applied, as set
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of
176
Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements
of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other
statements by such other entity as may be approved by a
significant segment of the accounting profession in the United
States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.
Going Private Transaction means the initial
occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
(a) a
Rule 13e-3
transaction (as that term is defined in
Rule 13e-3
of the Exchange Act) involving the Company, or (b) any
transaction that results in the Company being eligible to cease
filing reports under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act with the SEC; provided that any transaction described in
clause (a) or (b) is not a Change of Control.
Guarantee means a guarantee by a Guarantor of
the Companys payment Obligations under the Indenture and
on the Notes.
guarantee means, as applied to any
Indebtedness of another Person, (1) a guarantee (other than
by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the
normal course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner,
of any part or all of such Indebtedness, (2) any direct or
indirect obligation, contingent, or otherwise, of a Person
guaranteeing or having the effect of guaranteeing the
Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner and (iii) an
agreement of a Person, direct or indirect, contingent or
otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way
the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event
of non-performance) of all or any part of such Indebtedness of
another Person (and guarantee or
guaranteeing shall have meanings that correspond to
the foregoing).
Guarantor means (1) on the Issue Date,
each of the Companys domestic Restricted Subsidiaries and
(2) after the Issue Date each of the Companys
domestic Restricted Subsidiaries which becomes a Guarantor
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture and their respective
successors and assigns.
Hedging Obligations means, with respect to
any specified Person, the obligations of such Person incurred in
the normal course of business and not for speculative purposes
under:
(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to
floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements entered into with
one of more financial institutions; and
(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect
such Person or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in
interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates.
Holder means a Person in whose name a Note is
registered in the security register.
Immaterial Subsidiary means, as of any date,
any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary)
whose total assets, together with all other domestic Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, as of that date, are less
than $5.0 million and whose total revenues, together with
all other domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Guarantors, for the most recent twelve-month period do not
exceed $5.0 million; provided that a Restricted
Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary
if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides
direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor.
incur has the meaning set forth under
Certain Covenants Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock (and incurrence and
incurred shall have meanings that correspond
to the foregoing).
Indebtedness means, with respect to any
specified Person, without duplication,
(1) all obligations of such Person, whether or not
contingent, in respect of:
(a) the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of
outstanding (i) Indebtedness of such Person for money
borrowed and (ii) Indebtedness evidenced notes, debentures,
bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such
Person is responsible or liable;
(b) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;
177
(c) the deferred purchase price of property, which purchase
price is due more than six months after the date of taking
delivery of title to such property, including all obligations of
such Person for the deferred purchase price of property under
any title retention agreement, but excluding accrued expenses
and trade accounts payable or non-cash barter arrangements
arising in the ordinary course of business; and
(d) the reimbursement obligation of any obligor for the
principal amount of any letter of credit, bankers
acceptance or similar transaction (excluding obligations with
respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than
obligations described in clauses (a) through
(c) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business
of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not
drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is
reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following
receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following
payment on the letter of credit);
(2) all net obligations in respect of Hedging Obligations;
(3) all liabilities of others of the kind described in the
preceding clause (1) or (2) that such Person has
guaranteed or that are otherwise its legal liability;
(4) Indebtedness (as otherwise defined in this definition)
of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person,
whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person, the
amount of such obligations being deemed to be the lesser of:
(a) the full amount of such obligations so secured; and
(b) the Fair Market Value of such asset; and
(5) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions,
refinancings and refundings (whether direct or indirect) of, or
amendments, modifications or supplements to, any liability of
the kind described in any of the preceding clauses (1), (2),
(3), (4) or this clause (5), whether or not between or
among the same parties; if and to the extent any of the
preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability on the balance sheet of
the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the
effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such
effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of
Indebtedness for any purpose under the indenture as a result of
accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of
such Indebtedness.
For purposes of the foregoing:
(a) the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness
issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of
such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the
original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as
determined in conformity with GAAP, but such Indebtedness shall
be deemed incurred only as of the date of original issuance
thereof;
(b) the amount of any Indebtedness described in
clause (3) of the preceding paragraph shall be the maximum
liability under any such Guarantee; and
(c) the amount of any other Indebtedness of any Person at
any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all
unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum
liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to
the obligations, of any contingent obligations at such date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, the
term Indebtedness will exclude (1) customary
indemnification obligations and (2) post-closing payment
adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the
extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance
sheet or such payment is otherwise contingent; provided,
however, that, such amount would not be required to be
reflected on the face of a balance sheet prepared in accordance
with GAAP.
178
Independent Qualified Party means an
investment banking firm, accounting firm or appraisal firm of
national or regional standing; provided, however, that
such firm is not an Affiliate of the Company.
Investment means, with respect to any Person,
any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of
credit (including by way of guarantee or similar arrangement) or
capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other
property to others or any payment for property or services for
the account or use of others) to another Person, or any purchase
or acquisition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other
similar instruments issued by, such other Person, together with
all items that are barter contributions or would be classified
as investments on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in
accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity
Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving
effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted
Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto
will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time. The
acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of a
Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed
to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
in such third Person at such time. Except as otherwise provided
for herein, the amount of an Investment shall be its Fair Market
Value at the time the Investment is made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value.
For purposes of the definition of Unrestricted
Subsidiary, the definition of Restricted
Payment and the covenant described under the caption
Certain Covenants Restricted
Payments, any property transferred to or from an
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value
at the time of such transfer.
Issue Date means the date on which Notes are
first issued under the Indenture.
Leverage Ratio means, as of any date of
determination (the Determination Date) the
ratio of (1) the aggregate outstanding amount of
Indebtedness of each of the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries
and, for so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity, the TV
One Percentage of the aggregate outstanding amount of
Indebtedness of TV One and its Subsidiaries as of the last day
of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter ending on or prior to
the Determination Date for which internal financial statements
are internally available as of such Determination Date,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP plus
the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding
Disqualified Stock of the Company and the Guarantors, Designated
Preferred Stock, and Preferred Stock of such Restricted
Subsidiaries and, for so long as TV One remains a Designated
Entity, TV One and its Subsidiaries (except Preferred Stock
issued to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary)
as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter ending on or prior to
the Determination Date to (2) the aggregate Consolidated
Cash Flow of the Company for the last four full Fiscal Quarters
for which financial statements are internally available ending
on or prior to the Determination Date (the Reference
Period).
For purposes of this definition, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company, its Restricted
Subsidiaries and, for so long as TV One remains a Designated
Entity, the TV One Percentage of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Indebtedness of TV One and its Subsidiaries
and the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding
Disqualified Stock of the Company and the Guarantors, Designated
Preferred Stock, and Preferred Stock of such Restricted
Subsidiaries and, for so long as TV One remains a Designated
Entity, TV One and its Subsidiaries for which such calculation
is made shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if the
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock and
Preferred Stock giving rise to the need to perform such
calculation had been incurred and issued and the proceeds
therefrom had been applied, and all other transactions in
respect of which such Indebtedness is being incurred or
Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or Preferred
Stock is being issued had occurred, on the first day of such
Reference Period. In addition to the foregoing, for purposes of
this definition, the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to (a) the incurrence of
the Indebtedness and the issuance of the Disqualified Stock,
Designated Preferred Stock or Preferred Stock (and the
application of the proceeds therefrom) giving rise to the need
to make such calculation and any incurrence (and the application
of the proceeds therefrom) or repayment of other Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or Preferred
Stock, at any time subsequent to the beginning of the Reference
Period and on or prior to the Determination Date, as if such
incurrence or issuance (and the application of the
179
proceeds thereof), or the repayment, as the case may be,
occurred on the first day of the Reference Period (except that,
in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any
revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the
average balance of such Indebtedness at the end of each month
during such period) and (b) any acquisition, disposition or
Investment at any time on or subsequent to the first day of the
Reference Period and on or prior to the Determination Date, as
if such acquisition, disposition or Investment (including the
incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Indebtedness
and the issuance of such Disqualified Stock, Designated
Preferred Stock or Preferred Stock and also including any
Consolidated Cash Flow associated with such acquisition)
occurred on the first day of the Reference Period giving pro
forma effect to any non-recurring expenses, non- recurring costs
and cost reductions. For purposes of this definition, whenever
pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma
calculations shall be made by a responsible financial officer of
the Company on a good faith basis and in accordance with
Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act. Furthermore, in calculating
Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of the calculation of
Consolidated Cash Flow, (i) interest on Indebtedness
determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Determination Date
(including Indebtedness actually incurred on the date of the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage
Ratio) and which will continue to be so determined thereafter
shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal
to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness as in effect on the
Determination Date and (ii) notwithstanding (i) above,
interest determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such
interest is covered by Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to
accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to
the operation of such agreements.
License means as to any Person, any license,
permit, certificate of need, authorization, certification,
accreditation, franchise, approval, or grant of rights by any
governmental authority or other Person necessary or appropriate
for such Person to own, maintain, or operate its business or
property, including FCC Licenses.
License Subsidiary means any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that is record owner of one or more
FCC Licenses.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any
mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance
of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed,
recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to
sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or
agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform
Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction
other than a precautionary financing statement not intended as a
security agreement.
Moodys means Moodys Investors
Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof.
Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash
proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition
of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net
of, without duplication:
(1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale,
including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment
banking fees, and sales commissions, and any employee bonus or
relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale;
(2) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in
each case, after taking into account any available tax credits
or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;
(3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of
Indebtedness, other than Senior Debt, secured by a Lien on the
properties or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale,
or that by the terms of such Indebtedness or in order to obtain
the necessary consent to such Asset Sale or by applicable law be
repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale;
(4) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price
of such properties or assets established in accordance with GAAP
or satisfaction of indemnities or commitments in respect of such
Asset Sale;
(5) all distributions and other payments required to be
made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint
ventures as a result of such Asset Sale; and
180
(6) any portion of the purchase price from an Asset Sale
placed in escrow pursuant to the terms of such Asset Sale until
the termination of such escrow.
Non-Recourse Debt means Indebtedness:
(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any
kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that
would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or
indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or
(c) constitutes the lender;
(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights
that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would
permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any
other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such
other Indebtedness or cause the payment of such other
Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated
Maturity; and
(3) as to which the holders of such Indebtedness do not
otherwise have recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Obligations means any principal, premium, if
any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the
filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization,
whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in
such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses,
indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages,
guarantees, and other liabilities or amounts payable under the
documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereto.
Operating Agreement means an Operating
Agreement as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement.
Parent Company means any Person that owns,
directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests
of the Company.
Permitted Business means any business engaged
in by the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries or Reach Media as
of the Issue Date or any business reasonably related, ancillary,
supportive or complementary thereto (including, without
limitation, any media-related business), in each case, as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company.
Permitted Group means any investor that is a
Beneficial Owner of Voting Stock of the Company or any Parent
Company and that is also a party to a stockholders
agreement with any of the Principals or their Related Parties
and any group of investors that is deemed to be a
person (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) by virtue of any such
stockholders agreement; provided that the
Principals and their Related Parties continue to collectively
Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, at all times more than
50% of the Voting Stock of the Company or Parent Company, as
applicable, and the ability to elect a majority of the members
of the Board of Directors of the Company or Parent Company
(without giving effect to any Voting Stock that may be deemed to
be beneficially owned by the Principals and their Related
Parties pursuant to
Rule 13d-3
or 13d-5
under the Exchange Act).
Permitted Investments means:
(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) Investments in existence on the Issue Date;
(3) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;
(4) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:
(a) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary; or
(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with
or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;
181
(5) any Investment made in a Person to the extent such
Investment represents non-cash consideration received from an
Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the
covenant described above under the caption
Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales;
(6) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the
issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of
the Company;
(7) notes and accounts receivable incurred in the ordinary
course of business and any Investments received in compromise of
such obligations, including pursuant to any plan of
reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or
insolvency of any trade creditor or customer;
(8) Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under the
covenant described above under the caption
Certain Covenants Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock;
(9) loans and advances (including for business travel and
relocation expenses) to employees of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in an amount not
to exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate at any one time
outstanding;
(10) guarantees by the Company or any Guarantor of
Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor otherwise permitted
by clause (10) of the definition of Permitted Debt;
(11) (a) any TV One Investment described in
clause (ii) of the definition thereof; or (b) any TV
One Investment (A) in exchange for, or out of the net cash
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a
Subsidiary of the Company or, for so long as TV One remains a
Designated Entity but is not otherwise a Subsidiary, TV One) of,
Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)
or (B) from the net cash proceeds of a substantially
concurrent cash contribution to the equity capital of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than cash from the
Company, a Restricted Subsidiary, Reach Media or, for so long as
TV One remains a Designated Entity, TV One); provided,
that in each case, no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or result therefrom; and
provided, further, that the amount of any net cash
proceeds received pursuant to clause (B) that are utilized
for a TV One Investment will be excluded from clause (b) of
the definition of Restricted Payments Basket; and
(12) any Investment due to intercompany advances or
payables resulting from any of the transactions covered by
clause (7) of the covenant described under the caption
Certain Covenants Transactions
with Affiliates.
Permitted Junior Securities means:
(1) Equity Interests in the Company or, subject to the
provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement, any
Guarantor; or
(2) debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior
Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt
to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent
than, the Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior
Debt under the Indenture.
Permitted Liens means:
(1) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to
clauses (1) or (9) of the definition of
Permitted Debt and all other Obligations related to
such Indebtedness;
(2) [Reserved];
(3) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;
(4) Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the
time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or on property or assets
acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and in
each case not created or incurred in anticipation of such
transaction), including Liens securing Acquired Debt permitted
to be incurred pursuant to clause (14) of
182
the definition of Permitted Debt; provided
that such Liens are not extended to the property and assets
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the
property or assets acquired;
(5) Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings or purchase money debt permitted to be incurred
pursuant to clause (5) of the definition of Permitted
Debt covering only the assets financed by or acquired with
such Indebtedness (and the proceeds thereof);
(6) Liens to secure the performance of statutory
obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other
obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of
business;
(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens
permitted under clause (1) above);
(8) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing
statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course
of business;
(9) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so
secured; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or
part of the same property or assets (plus improvements,
accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect
thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under
which the original Lien arose, was required to secure and under
the Indenture was permitted to secure) the Indebtedness being
refinanced;
(10) any Lien incurred in the ordinary course of business
incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or the
Restricted Subsidiaries or the ownership of their property
(including (a) easements, rights of way and similar
encumbrances or zoning or similar restrictions which do not
individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the
value of such property or materially impair the operation of the
business of the Company or any Subsidiary, (b) rights or
title of lessors under leases (other than Capital Lease
Obligations), (c) rights of collecting banks having rights
of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to
money or instruments of the Company or the Restricted
Subsidiaries on deposit with or in the possession of such banks,
(d) Liens imposed by law for sums not yet due or the
validity of which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, promptly instituted and diligently
conducted and which proceedings have the effect of preventing
the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to any
such Lien, and for which adequate reserves have been established
to the extent required by GAAP, including Liens under
workers compensation or similar legislation and
mechanics, carriers, warehousemens,
materialmens, suppliers and vendors Liens,
(e) Liens arising under licensing agreements and
(f) Liens incurred to secure performance of obligations
with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements,
workers compensation, performance or
return-of-money
bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and
incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice);
(11) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges
not yet due or the validity of which are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings, promptly instituted and
diligently conducted and which proceedings have the effect of
preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets
subject to any such Lien, and for which adequate reserves have
been established to the extent required by GAAP as in effect at
such time;
(12) Liens securing judgments not constituting a Default or
an Event of Default;
(13) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with
respect to Indebtedness that does not exceed $1.0 million
at any one time outstanding; and
(14) in the event TV One or its Subsidiaries become
Restricted Subsidiaries, Liens securing Permitted TV One
Indebtedness (and any refinancing thereof permitted in
clause (18) of the definition of Permitted Debt).
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness means any
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of
which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace,
183
defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in compliance with the
Indenture (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided
that:
(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable)
of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the
Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums
incurred in connection therewith);
(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final
maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right
of payment to any other Indebtedness, such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the holders
of such other Indebtedness on terms at least as favorable to the
holders of such other Indebtedness as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and
(4) such Indebtedness is not incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company if the Company is the obligor on the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded; provided, however, that a
Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Guarantor may guarantee
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by the Company,
whether or not such Restricted Subsidiary was an obligor or
guarantor of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
Permitted TV One Indebtedness means
Indebtedness incurred or Preferred Stock issued by TV One or any
of its Subsidiaries, the net proceeds of which are used to
finance the acquisition of TV One Equity Interests resulting
from the exercise of certain put rights pursuant to
Section 12.2 of the TV One LLC Agreement of the Financial
Investor Members (as such term is defined in the TV One LLC
Agreement), the DTV Investors and the Class D Members (as
such term is defined in the TV One LLC Agreement) and any
payment obligations arising in connection with or as a result of
such acquisition; provided that: (i) the aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding of such Indebtedness
plus the aggregate liquidation value at any time outstanding of
such Preferred Stock shall not exceed $120.0 million and
(ii) such Indebtedness at all times constitutes TV One
Non-Recourse Debt.
Person means any individual, corporation,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or
government or other entity.
Preferred Stock means, with respect to any
Person, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however
designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or
as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person over
shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
Principal means Catherine L. Hughes and
Alfred C. Liggins, III.
Radio One Securities means any Equity
Interests or debt securities of the Company, any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or any Affiliates (other than TV One or
any Subsidiary of TV One).
Reach Media means Reach Media, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, and any successor entity.
Registration Rights Agreement means the
registration rights agreement with respect to the registered
exchange offer for the Old Notes.
Related Party means:
(1) any 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary or immediate family
member of any Principal; or
(2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity,
the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons
Beneficially Owning an 80% or more controlling interest of such
entit(ies) consists of any one or more Principals
and/or such
other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause
(1).
184
Restricted Subsidiary of a Person means any
Subsidiary of the referenced Person that has not been designated
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Notes.
ROCH means Radio One Cable Holdings, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, and any successor entity.
Senior Debt means all Obligations with
respect to Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor
outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement, in each case as
permitted to be incurred under clause (1) of the definition
of Permitted Debt and all Hedging Obligations with
respect thereto.
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary
that would be a significant subsidiary as defined in
Article 1,
Rule 1-02
of
Regulation S-X,
promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation
is in effect on the Issue Date.
S&P means Standard &
Poors Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
Special Interest has the meaning set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement.
Stated Maturity means, with respect to any
security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date
on which the final payment of principal of such security is due
and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision (but excluding any provisions providing for the
repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof
upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency
has occurred).
Station means a radio station operated to
broadcast commercial radio programming over radio signals within
a specified geographic area.
Subordinated Obligation means, with respect
to a Person, any Indebtedness of such Person (whether
outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) which is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to, in the case of the
Company, the Notes, or, in the case of a Guarantor, the
Guarantee of such Guarantor, pursuant to a written agreement to
that effect, including the Existing Subordinated Notes.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any
specified Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity
(other than a partnership) of which more than 50% of the total
voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled,
directly or through another Subsidiary, by that Person or one or
more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof); and
(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or
the managing general partner of which is such Person or a
Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners
of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that
Person (or any combination thereof), or (c) as to which
such Person and its Subsidiaries are entitled to receive more
than 50% of the assets of such partnership upon its dissolution.
Transactions means, collectively, the
issuance of the Old Notes in exchange for the Existing
Subordinated Notes (including the payment of accrued interest
thereon) or otherwise to facilitate the completion of such
exchange offer and the transactions related thereto, including
the execution and delivery of the amendment to the Existing
Credit Agreement in connection therewith and the payment of fees
and expenses associated therewith.
TV One means TV One, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, and any successor entity (including by way of
merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of
the assets of TV One and its Subsidiaries, if any, taken as a
whole).
TV One Investment means: (i) the
acquisition by the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of TV One and any payment
obligations arising in connection with or as a result of such
acquisition and (ii) the contribution of any property or
assets to the capital of TV One pursuant to the provisions of
the TV One LLC Agreement
and/or
arising in connection with or as a result of any transaction
described in clause (i) hereof in a net amount (after
giving effect to a substantially concurrent dividend by TV One)
not to exceed $13.7 million (and, in each case, any
reasonable related fees and
185
expenses); provided, that any such Equity Interests of TV
One, if not acquired by ROCH, shall be immediately contributed
to ROCH so long as TV One remains a Designated Entity under the
terms of the Indenture.
TV One LLC Agreement means the Second Amended
Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of TV One, dated
as of December 28, 2004, as amended from time to time
through June 15, 2010.
TV One Non-Recourse Debt means Indebtedness:
(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TV One and its Subsidiaries)
(a) provides credit support of any kind (including any
undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute
Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a
guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;
(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights
that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would
permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any
other Indebtedness (other than the Notes and the Senior Debt) of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TV
One and its Subsidiaries) to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment of such other Indebtedness to
be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and
(3) as to which the holders of such Indebtedness do not
otherwise have recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TV One and its
Subsidiaries or Equity Interests of TV One owned by ROCH).
TV One Percentage means the Companys
direct or indirect ownership percentage of the Equity Interests
of TV One.
TV One Permitted Business means any business
engaged in by TV One as of the Issue Date or any business
reasonably related, ancillary, supportive or complementary
thereto (including, without limitation, any media-related
business), in each case, as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Company.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means:
(1) as of the Issue Date, Reach Media (and each of its
respective Subsidiaries, if any);
(2) in the event TV One becomes a Subsidiary of the Company
on or after the Issue Date, TV One (and each of its
Subsidiaries, if any), unless TV One is otherwise designated as
a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the Indenture;
(3) any other Subsidiary of the Company that is designated
by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the
extent that such Subsidiary:
(a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;
(b) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the
Company;
(c) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company
nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or
indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity
Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such
Persons financial condition or to cause such Person to
achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
(d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly
provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(4) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided that (i) in no event may ROCH be designated
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) the Company may not
designate TV One as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time after
it has become a Restricted Subsidiary (if ever) and
(iii) no Subsidiary may be
186
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless it is also an
unrestricted subsidiary for purposes of the Existing
Credit Agreement.
Any future designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by
filing with the trustee the Board Resolution giving effect to
such designation and an officers certificate certifying
that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and
was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption
Certain Covenants Restricted
Payments. If, at any time, (i) any Unrestricted
Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) the Company, any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries
and/or any
Affiliate Entities become the Beneficial Owner of 90% or more of
the outstanding Equity Interests of TV One or (iii) the
Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
and/or any
Affiliated Entities become the Beneficial Owner of 80% or more
of the outstanding Equity Interests of Reach Media, then, in
each case, such Unrestricted Subsidiary will thereafter cease to
be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for all purposes of the Indenture,
including that any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be
deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
as of such date and any Lien of such Subsidiary will be deemed
to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of
such date, and if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be
incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the
caption Certain Covenants
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
and Preferred Stock, or such Lien is not permitted to be
incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the
caption Certain Covenants
Liens, then in, in either case, the Company will be in
default of such covenant.
Voting Stock of any Person as of any date
means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time
entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency)
to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when
applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years
obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying
(a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking
fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal,
including payment at final maturity, in respect of the
Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the
nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the
making of such payment; by
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such
Indebtedness.
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary means any
Restricted Subsidiary in which 90% or more of the outstanding
Equity Interests (other than directors qualifying shares
and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) are
owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company and any other outstanding Equity
Interests are owned by officers, directors or employees of such
Restricted Subsidiary (provided that with respect to Reach Media
in the event it ceases to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, 80% or
more of the outstanding Equity Interests are owned by the
Company or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company and any other outstanding Equity Interests are owned by
officers, directors or employees of Reach Media).
187
CERTAIN
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following discussion is a summary of certain
U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the
exchange of unregistered Old Notes for registered Exchange Notes
pursuant to the exchange offer and the ownership and disposition
of the Exchange Notes.
This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), U.S. Treasury Regulations
(the Treasury Regulations), published administrative
interpretations of the Internal Revenue Service (the
IRS) and judicial decisions as of the date hereof,
all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations
at any time, possibly on a retroactive basis. We have not sought
any ruling from the IRS, nor have we sought an opinion from
counsel, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions
reached in the following summary. There can be no assurance that
the IRS will agree with these statements and conclusions, nor is
there any assurance that such statements and conclusions will be
sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS.
This summary does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal
income taxation that may be important to a particular holder of
Old Notes or Exchange Notes (collectively, the
Notes) in light of their specific circumstances,
including investors subject to special tax rules, such as
financial institutions, banks, thrift institutions, personal
holding companies, insurance companies, broker-dealers,
tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, real
estate investment trusts, retirement plans, individual
retirement accounts or other tax-deferred accounts, partnerships
and other pass-through entities (or investors therein) persons
who use or are required to use
mark-to-market
accounting for the Notes, investors that hold the Notes as part
of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other
integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, former citizens or permanent residents of the U.S.,
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or
U.S. persons that have a functional currency other than the
U.S. dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that
differ significantly from those summarized below.
This summary also does not discuss any
non-U.S. tax
considerations, any state or local tax considerations, or any
U.S. federal tax considerations other than income tax
considerations (e.g., estate or gift tax considerations). This
summary assumes that holders of Notes hold them as capital
assets (generally, property held for investment) within
the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. This summary
assumes the Notes are and will be treated as debt
for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
This summary also does not discuss the tax treatment of
partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold
the Notes through such entities. If an entity classified as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is an
owner of the Notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment
of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the
status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.
For purposes of this summary, a U.S. Holder is
a beneficial owner of a Note that is for U.S. federal
income tax purposes (1) an individual who is a citizen or
resident of the United States, (2) a corporation (or other
entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax
purposes) created in, or organized under the laws of, the United
States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,
(3) an estate the income of which is includible in gross
income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of
its source, or (4) a trust if (i) a court within the
United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its
administration and one or more United States persons have the
authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or
(ii) certain other trusts that have made a valid election
to continue to be treated as a United States person. A
Non-U.S. Holder
is a beneficial owner of a Note that is, for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, an individual, corporation, estate or trust
that is not a U.S. Holder.
EACH HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE
SPECIFIC FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF
THE AMENDED EXCHANGE OFFER.
Exchange
of Old Notes for Exchange Notes
The exchange of an Old Note for an Exchange Note pursuant to the
exchange offer (described under Exchange Offer) will
not constitute a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income
tax purposes.
188
Consequently, a holder will not recognize any gain or loss upon
the receipt of an Exchange Note pursuant to the exchange offer.
The holding period for such an Exchange Note will include the
holding period for the Old Note exchanged pursuant to the
exchange offer, and the initial tax basis in such an Exchange
Note will be the same as the adjusted tax basis in the Old Note
as of the time of the exchange. The U.S. federal income tax
consequences of holding and disposing of an Exchange Note
received pursuant to the exchange offer generally will be the
same as the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding
and disposing of an Old Note.
The following summary assumes that the exchange of the Old Notes
for the Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not
be treated as a taxable exchange and that the Old Notes and the
Exchange Notes will be treated as the same security for
U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Certain
Additional Payments
It is possible that the IRS could assert that the additional
interest which we would have been obligated to pay if the
exchange offer registration statement were not filed or declared
effective within the applicable time periods was a contingent
payment for purposes of the original issue discount
(OID) rules. It is also possible that the IRS could
assert that the payment in excess of the face amount of any note
purchased by us at the holders election after a change of
control, as described above under the heading Description
of Notes Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Change of Control, is a contingent
payment for purposes of the OID rules. If any such payment is
treated as a contingent payment, the notes may be treated as
contingent payment debt instruments, in which case the timing
and amount of income inclusions and the character of income
recognized may be different from the consequences described
herein. The Treasury regulations regarding debt instruments that
provide for one or more contingent payments state that, for
purposes of determining whether a debt instrument is a
contingent payment debt instrument, remote or incidental
contingencies are ignored. We believe that the possibility of
our making any of the above payments was and is remote and,
accordingly, we will not treat the notes as contingent payment
debt instruments. Our treatment will be binding on all holders,
except a holder that discloses its differing treatment in a
statement attached to its timely filed U.S. federal income
tax return for the taxable year during which the note was
acquired. However, our treatment is not binding on the IRS. If
the IRS were to challenge our treatment, among other things, a
holder might be required to accrue income on the notes in excess
of stated interest. In any event, if we actually make any such
payment, the timing, amount and character of a holders
income, gain or loss with respect to the notes may be affected.
The remainder of this discussion assumes that the notes will not
be contingent payment debt instruments.
Tax
Considerations for U.S. Holders
This subsection describes the U.S. federal income tax
considerations for a U.S. Holder. If you are not a
U.S. Holder, this subsection does not apply to you and you
should refer to Tax Considerations for
Non-U.S. Holders
below.
Payments
of Stated Interest
You will generally be required to include qualified stated
interest in gross income as ordinary income at the time the
interest is received or accrued, according to your method of tax
accounting. The term qualified stated interest mean
stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or in
property (other than debt instruments of the issuer) at least
annually at a single fixed rate, or, subject to certain
conditions, based on one or more interest indices.
Issue
Price
The issue price of the Exchange Notes will equal the
issue price of the Old Notes. The determination of the
issue price of Old Notes depends, in part, on
whether the notes that were surrendered in the Private Placement
(the Pre-Transaction Notes) or the Old Notes were
treated as traded on an established market at any
time during the
60-day
period ending 30 days after the date the Old Notes were
issued. In general, a debt instrument (or the property exchanged
therefor) will be treated as traded on an established market if
(a) it is
189
listed on (i) a qualifying national securities exchange,
(ii) certain qualifying interdealer quotation systems, or
(iii) certain qualifying foreign securities exchanges,
(b) it appears on a system of general circulation that
provides a reasonable basis to determine fair market value, or
(c) the price quotations are readily available from
dealers, brokers or traders. The issue price of a debt
instrument that is traded on an established market or that is
issued for another debt instrument so traded would be the fair
market value of such debt instrument or such other debt
instrument, as the case may be, on the issue date as determined
by such trading. The issue price of a debt instrument that is
neither so traded nor issued for another debt instrument so
traded would be its stated principal amount.
Accordingly, if neither of the Pre-Transaction Notes and the Old
Notes were publicly traded within the meaning of the
applicable Treasury Regulations, the issue price of
the Exchange Notes should equal their stated principal amount.
However, if the Pre-Transaction Notes or Old Notes were treated
as publicly traded within the meaning of the
applicable Treasury Regulations, the issue price of the Old
Notes would be the fair market value, at the time of the
exchange (or deemed exchange, as applicable), (1) of the
Old Notes if they are treated as publicly traded or (2) of
the Pre-Transaction Notes if they are treated as publicly traded
and the Old Notes are not treated as publicly traded. Although
not free from doubt, the Company intends to take the position
that the Old Notes and the Pre-Transaction Notes are
publicly traded.
Original
Issue Discount
Because interest on the Exchange Notes is not unconditionally
payable solely in cash at least annually, the Exchange Notes
will be considered to be issued with OID. Under the rules
governing OID, regardless of a U.S. Holders method of
accounting, a U.S. Holder will be required to accrue its
pro rata share of OID on the Exchange Notes on a constant yield
basis and include such accruals in gross income, whether or not
such U.S. Holder receives a payment of interest solely in
cash on the Exchange Notes on the scheduled interest payment
date. The amount of OID on the Exchange Notes is the difference
between their stated redemption price at maturity
(i.e., the sum of all payments to be made on the Exchange Notes
other than qualified stated interest, as defined
above) and their issue price (as defined above).
Because we have the option up to but not including May 15,
2012 to pay a combination of
payment-in-kind
(PIK) interest and cash instead of paying solely
cash, portions of the stated interest payments on the Exchange
Notes will not constitute qualified stated interest.
Additionally, we expect that the stated redemption price
at maturity on the Exchange Notes will exceed their
issue price by more than the de minimis threshold if
either the Old Notes or Pre-Transaction Notes were treated as
traded on an established market.
To determine the amount of OID that a U.S. Holder must
include in income, we will assume, as provided in the Treasury
regulations, that we will make or not make elections to call the
Exchange Notes and to accrue, rather than pay, interest in a
manner that minimizes the yield on the Exchange Notes. These
assumptions are made solely for United States federal income tax
purposes and do not constitute a representation by us regarding
the actual amounts, or the timing of amounts, that will be paid
on the Exchange Notes. If the assumptions we make are
contrary to actual circumstances (a change in
circumstances), then solely for purposes of determining
the amount of OID on the Exchange Notes, the Exchange Notes will
be treated as retired and reissued on the date of the change in
circumstances for an amount equal to the adjusted issue
price of the Exchange Notes (as defined below).
The amount of OID that a U.S. Holder is required to include
in income is the sum of the daily portions of OID
with respect to the Exchange Notes for each day during the
taxable year in which the U.S. Holder is the beneficial
owner of the Exchange Notes. The daily portions of
OID in respect of the Exchange Notes are determined by
allocating to each day in an accrual period the
ratable portion of interest on the Exchange Notes that accrues
in the accrual period. The accrual
period for the Exchange Notes may be of any length and may
vary in length over the term of the Exchange Notes, provided
that each accrual period is no longer than one year
and that each scheduled payment of interest or principal occurs
on the first or final day of an accrual period.
The amount of OID on the Exchange Notes that accrues in an
accrual period is the product of the yield to
maturity on the Exchange Notes (determined on the basis of
compounding at the close of each
190
accrual period and adjusted to reflect the length of the accrual
period) and the adjusted issue price of the exchange
notes at the beginning of such accrual period, reduced by any
qualified stated interest allocable to the accrual period. The
yield to maturity on the Exchange Notes is the
discount rate that, when used in computing the present value of
all payments to be made under the notes, produces an amount
equal to their issue price. The adjusted issue price
of the Exchange Notes at the beginning of the first
accrual period will equal their issue
price (as described above) and for any accrual
periods thereafter will be (x) the sum of the
issue price of the Exchange Notes and any OID
previously accrued thereon minus (y) the amount of any
payments previously made on the Exchange Notes other than
payments of qualified stated interest.
If we in fact pay interest solely in cash on the Exchange Notes,
a U.S. Holder will not be required to adjust its OID
inclusions. Each payment made in cash under an Exchange Note
will be treated first as a payment of any accrued OID that has
not been allocated to prior payments and second as a payment of
principal. A U.S. Holder generally will not be required to
include separately in income cash payments received on the
Exchange Notes to the extent such payments constitute payments
of previously accrued OID or payments of principal. The issuance
of additional notes in respect of PIK interest is generally not
treated as a payment of interest. Instead, the Exchange Notes
and any additional notes issued in respect of PIK interest
thereon are treated as a single debt instrument under the OID
rules.
THE RULES REGARDING OID ARE COMPLEX AND THE
RULES DESCRIBED ABOVE MAY NOT APPLY IN ALL CASES.
ACCORDINGLY, U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN
INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE OID
RULES TO THE EXCHANGE NOTES.
Applicable
High Yield Discount Obligations
The Exchange Notes may be treated, for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, as subject to the applicable high-yield discount
obligation (AHYDO) rules. The AHYDO rules apply to
debt issued by a corporation if the yield to maturity of a debt
instrument equals or exceeds the applicable federal rate
(AFR) plus five (5) percentage points,
(ii) the maturity date of the instrument is more than five
(5) years from the date of issue, and (iii) the
instrument has significant original issue discount.
In the event that the AHYDO rules apply to the Exchange Notes,
any OID deduction that we would otherwise be entitled to on the
Exchange Notes will be deferred until we pay such OID in cash or
other property. However, any OID deduction on the Exchange Notes
will be permanently disallowed to the extent the yield on the
Exchange Notes exceeds the applicable federal rate plus six
percentage points. To the extent an OID deduction is permanently
disallowed, the corresponding OID inclusion for certain
corporate U.S. Holders will be treated, for purposes of the
dividends received deduction, as a distribution in respect of
our stock, entitling such U.S. Holders to a dividends
received deduction to the extent provided under the Code.
Amortizable
Bond Premium
If you purchased an Old Note or Exchange Note for an amount that
is greater than the sum of all remaining payments on the note
other than qualified stated interest, you will be treated as
having purchased the note with amortizable bond
premium in an amount equal to such excess. Amortizable
bond premium on Old Notes should carry over to the Exchange
Notes received in exchange therefor. A U.S. Holder may
elect to amortize this premium using a constant yield method
over the remaining term of the Exchange Notes and generally may
offset interest income in respect of the Exchange Notes
otherwise required to be included in income by the amortized
amount of the premium for the taxable year. A U.S. Holder
that elects to amortize bond premium must reduce its tax basis
in its note by the amount of the premium amortized in any
taxable year. An election to amortize bond premium is binding
once made and applies to all bonds held by the U.S. Holder
at the beginning of the first taxable year to which this
election applies and to all bonds thereafter acquired. You are
urged to consult your own tax advisor concerning the computation
and amortization of any bond premium on your Exchange Notes.
191
Acquisition
Premium
If your adjusted tax basis in an Exchange Note (determined as
described above under Exchange of Old Notes for Exchange
Notes), immediately after the exchange of an Old Note for
an Exchange Note, is greater than its issue price but is less
than or equal to its principal amount, the amount by which your
basis exceeds the issue price of the Exchange Notes will be
acquisition premium. In such case, the daily portion
of OID to be included with respect to the Exchange Notes will be
reduced by an amount equal to the daily portion of OID that you
would otherwise include in its gross income multiplied by a
fraction. The numerator of such fraction is the amount of
acquisition premium, and the denominator is the OID in the
Exchange Notes. Alternatively, you may elect to amortize
acquisition premium on a constant yield to maturity basis, as
described above in Tax Considerations for
U.S. Holders Original Issue Discount.
Market
Discount
If your initial tax basis in an Exchange Note is less than its
issue price, subject to a de minimis exception, you will
be treated as having acquired the note at a market
discount. Accrued market discount on Old Notes that has
not previously been included in income by a U.S. Holder
should carry over to the Exchange Notes received in exchange
therefor. Under the market discount rules, a U.S. Holder
generally will be required to treat any principal payment on, or
any gain realized on the sale, exchange, retirement or other
disposition of an Exchange Note as ordinary income to the extent
of the lesser of (i) the amount of such payment or realized
gain or (ii) the accrued market discount on the Exchange
Note that has not previously been included in income (including
any accrued but unrecognized market discount which was carried
over from an Old Note). For this purpose, market discount will
be considered to accrue ratably during the period from the date
of the U.S. Holders acquisition of the Note to the
maturity date of the Note, unless the U.S. Holder made an
election to accrue market discount on a constant yield basis. A
U.S. Holder may be required to defer the deduction of all
or a portion of the interest paid or accrued on any indebtedness
incurred or maintained to purchase or carry an Exchange Note
with market discount until the maturity date or certain earlier
dispositions. A U.S. Holder may elect to include market
discount in income currently as it accrues on either a ratable
or a constant yield basis, in which case the rules described
above regarding (1) the treatment as ordinary income of
gain upon the disposition of the note and (2) the deferral
of interest deductions will not apply. Currently included market
discount is generally treated as ordinary interest income for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. An election to include
market discount in income as it accrues will apply to all debt
instruments with market discount acquired by the
U.S. Holder on or after the first day of the taxable year
to which the election applies and may be revoked only with the
consent of the IRS.
Sale,
Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of the Exchange
Notes
You will generally recognize gain or loss upon the sale,
exchange, redemption, repurchase or other taxable disposition of
the notes equal to the difference between (1) the amount of
cash proceeds and the fair market value of any property received
(other than amounts representing accrued but unpaid interest,
which, if not previously taxed, will be taxable as such) and
(2) your adjusted tax basis in the note. Your adjusted tax
basis in a note will, in general, be your cost for the note.
Subject to the market discount rules described above under the
heading Market Discount, any gain or
loss you recognize generally will be treated as a capital gain
or loss. The capital gain or loss generally will be long-term if
your holding period is more than one year at the time of sale,
exchange, redemption, repurchase or other taxable disposition
and will be short-term if your holding period is one year or
less. Long-term capital gains of individuals and other
non-corporate taxpayers are generally eligible for reduced rates
of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to
limitations.
Tax
Considerations for
Non-U.S.
Holders
This subsection describes the U.S. federal income tax
considerations for a
Non-U.S. Holder.
If you are not a
Non-U.S. Holder,
this subsection does not apply to you and you should refer to
Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders
above.
192
Payments
of Interest
Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding,
if you are a
Non-U.S. Holder,
you will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income
tax or the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on interest
paid on the Notes (including any additional interest) so long as
that interest is not effectively connected with your conduct of
a trade or business within the United States (or, if an income
tax treaty applies, is not attributable to a permanent
establishment maintained by you in the United States), provided
that the interest qualifies for the portfolio interest
exemption. Interest you receive on the Exchange Notes will
generally qualify for the portfolio interest exemption if each
of the following requirements is satisfied:
|
|
|
|
|
you do not (directly or indirectly, actually or constructively)
own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all
classes of our stock that are entitled to vote;
|
|
|
|
you are not a controlled foreign corporation, within the meaning
of the Code, that is actually or constructively related to us
through stock ownership;
|
|
|
|
you are not a bank whose receipt of interest on a note is
described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code;
|
|
|
|
such interest is not deemed to be contingent within the meaning
of the portfolio interest exemption provisions of the
Code; and
|
|
|
|
you provide the applicable withholding agent with, appropriate
documentation (generally an IRS
Form W-8BEN
or applicable successor form) establishing that you are not a
U.S. person.
|
Although not free from doubt, the Company believes that its
ability to pay PIK interest at specified times and in specified
amounts on the Exchange Notes should not be treated as
contingent interest within the meaning of the portfolio interest
exemption provisions of the Code. The certification requirement
for the portfolio interest exemption generally will be satisfied
if the
Non-U.S. Holder
provides the withholding agent with a statement on IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or suitable substitute form), together with all appropriate
attachments, signed under penalties of perjury, identifying the
Non-U.S. Holder
and stating, among other things, that the
Non-U.S. Holder
is not a United States person. Prospective
Non-U.S. Holders
should consult their tax advisors regarding alternative methods
for satisfying the certification requirement.
If you cannot satisfy the requirements described above, payments
of accrued but unpaid interest will be subject to the 30%
U.S. federal withholding tax (generally through withholding
by our paying agent), unless another exemption is applicable.
For example, an applicable income tax treaty may reduce or
eliminate such tax, in which event to claim the benefit of such
treaty you must provide the withholding agent with a properly
executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or suitable substitute form). Alternatively, an exemption
applies if the interest is U.S. trade or business income
and you provide the withholding agent with a properly executed
IRS
Form W-8ECI
(or suitable substitute form) or (in certain cases) IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or suitable substitute form).
Sale,
Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes
Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, you will
generally not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding tax on any gain recognized on the sale, exchange,
redemption, repurchase or other taxable disposition of a note,
unless:
|
|
|
|
|
that gain is effectively connected with the conduct by you of a
trade or business within the United States (and if an income tax
treaty applies, such gain is attributable to a permanent
establishment maintained by you in the United States); or
|
|
|
|
if you are an individual
non-U.S. holder,
you are present in the United States for at least 183 days
in the taxable year of such sale, exchange, redemption,
repurchase or disposition and certain other conditions are met.
|
If you are described in the first bullet point above, you will
be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain
derived from the sale generally in the same manner as if you
were a U.S. Holder unless an applicable income tax treaty
provides otherwise, and if you are a foreign corporation, you
may also be required to pay an
193
additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or a lower rate if
so specified by an applicable income tax treaty). If you are
described in the second bullet point above, you will generally
be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on
the amount by which your capital gains allocable to
U.S. sources, including gain from such sale, exchange,
redemption, repurchase or disposition, exceed capital losses
allocable to U.S. sources, except as otherwise required by
an applicable income tax treaty, even though you are not
considered a resident of the U.S.
To the extent that the amount realized on any sale, exchange,
redemption, repurchase or other taxable disposition of notes is
attributable to accrued but unpaid interest on the note, this
amount generally will be treated in the same manner as payments
of interest as described under the heading
Payments of Interest above.
Interest
or Gain Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or
Business
If you are engaged in a trade or business in the United States
and interest on a note or gain recognized from the sale,
exchange, redemption, repurchase or other taxable disposition of
a note is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade
or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, is
attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in
the United States), you will generally be subject to
U.S. federal income tax (but not the 30% U.S. federal
withholding tax if you provide an IRS
Form W-8ECI
with respect to interest as described above) on that interest or
gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if you were a
U.S. person as defined under the Code. In addition, if you
are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to a branch
profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax
treaty rate) of your earnings and profits for the taxable year,
subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with your
conduct of a trade or business in the United States. For this
purpose, interest and gain effectively connected with your trade
or business in the United States will be included in the
earnings and profits of a foreign corporation.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
Under certain circumstances a U.S. Holder or a
Non-U.S. Holder
may be subject to information reporting and withholding
(including backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax,
currently at a rate of 28%) with respect to payments of interest
or proceeds from a sale or exchange of the Notes. Backup
withholding generally will not apply to a Holder that is a
corporation or other exempt entity and demonstrates that status
as required by applicable Treasury Regulations, or to a Holder
that furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and
certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding on a form
acceptable under applicable Treasury Regulations (generally an
IRS
Form W-9).
Backup withholding generally will not apply to a
Non-U.S. Holder
that certifies its foreign status on a form acceptable under
applicable Treasury Regulations (generally an IRS
Form W-8BEN
or other applicable
Form W-8).
Such forms may be obtained at the IRS website at www.irs.gov.
Non-U.S. Holders
may also need to furnish an acceptable form to avoid withholding
on amounts effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business, to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty, or
to claim the benefits of any exemption from U.S. federal
income taxation described above. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax, but rather is credited against the Holders
U.S. federal income tax liability. Holders of Notes are
advised to consult their tax advisors to ensure compliance with
the procedural requirements to reduce or avoid withholding or,
if applicable, to file a claim for a refund of withheld amounts
in excess of the Holders U.S. federal income tax
liability.
194
PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
Exchange Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer
in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Old Notes if the Old Notes were acquired as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities.
We have agreed to make this prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, available to any broker-dealer to use in
connection with any such resale for a period of at least
180 days after the expiration date.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes
by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for
their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold
from time to time in one or more transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
in the
over-the-counter
market;
|
|
|
|
in negotiated transactions; or
|
|
|
|
through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a
combination of such methods of resale.
|
These resales may be made:
|
|
|
|
|
at market prices prevailing at the time of resale;
|
|
|
|
at prices related to such prevailing market prices; or
|
|
|
|
at negotiated prices.
|
Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or
through brokers or dealers. Brokers or dealers may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any
such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes.
An underwriter within the meaning of the Securities
Act includes:
|
|
|
|
|
any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received
by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer; or
|
|
|
|
any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such
Exchange Notes.
|
Any profit on any resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions
or concessions received by any persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter
of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will
deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not
be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within
the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of not less than 180 days after the expiration
of the exchange offer we will promptly send additional copies of
this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this
prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests those documents in
the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses
incident to performance of our obligations in connection with
the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any
brokers or dealers. We will indemnify the holders of the
Exchange Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and
will contribute to payments that they may be required to make in
request thereof.
195
LEGAL
MATTERS
Certain legal matters relating to the validity of the Exchange
Notes will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis
LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain matters of Michigan law will be
passed on by Clark Hill PLC, Detroit, Michigan. Certain matters
of Ohio law will be passed on by Keating Muething &
Klekamp PLL, Cincinnati, Ohio.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Radio One, Inc. at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2010 appearing in this
prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in
their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are
included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
196
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
|
|
Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-65
|
|
|
|
|
F-66
|
|
|
|
|
F-67
|
|
|
|
|
F-68
|
|
|
|
|
F-69
|
|
In accordance with SEC
Rule 3-10
of
Regulation S-X,
the consolidated financial statements of Radio One, Inc. are
included herein and separate financial statements of Radio
Ones subsidiary guarantors are not included. Condensed
financial data for Radio Ones subsidiary guarantors is
included in Note 18 to the audited consolidated financial
statements and in Note 12 to the unaudited consolidated
financial statements included herein.
F-1
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Radio One, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Radio One, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010
and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
changes in stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Our
audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in
the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and
schedule are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Radio One, Inc. and subsidiaries at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also,
in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken
as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the
information set forth therein.
Baltimore, Maryland
March 16, 2011
F-2
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
9,192
|
|
|
$
|
19,963
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $3,023 and $2,651, respectively
|
|
|
58,511
|
|
|
|
47,019
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
6,809
|
|
|
|
3,388
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,572
|
|
|
|
1,562
|
|
Current assets from discontinued operations
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
76,151
|
|
|
|
72,356
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net
|
|
|
33,460
|
|
|
|
40,585
|
|
GOODWILL
|
|
|
121,414
|
|
|
|
137,517
|
|
RADIO BROADCASTING LICENSES
|
|
|
678,697
|
|
|
|
698,645
|
|
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net
|
|
|
40,036
|
|
|
|
35,059
|
|
INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
47,470
|
|
|
|
48,452
|
|
OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
1,981
|
|
|
|
2,854
|
|
NON-CURRENT ASSETS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
999,212
|
|
|
$
|
1,035,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,011
|
|
|
$
|
4,160
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
4,558
|
|
|
|
9,499
|
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
10,720
|
|
|
|
10,249
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
1,671
|
|
|
|
1,533
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
11,725
|
|
|
|
7,236
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
18,402
|
|
|
|
652,534
|
|
Current liabilities from discontinued operations
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
50,099
|
|
|
|
688,160
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion
|
|
|
623,820
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
10,931
|
|
|
|
10,185
|
|
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
|
|
|
89,392
|
|
|
|
88,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
774,242
|
|
|
|
787,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
30,635
|
|
|
|
52,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value;
1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares outstanding at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock Class A, $.001 par value,
30,000,000 shares authorized; 2,863,912 and
2,981,841 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Common stock Class B, $.001 par value,
150,000,000 shares authorized; 2,861,843 shares issued
and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Common stock Class C, $.001 par value,
150,000,000 shares authorized; 3,121,048 shares issued
and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Common stock Class D, $.001 par value,
150,000,000 shares authorized; 45,541,082 and
42,280,153 shares issued and outstanding as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(1,424
|
)
|
|
|
(2,086
|
)
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
994,750
|
|
|
|
968,275
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(799,045
|
)
|
|
|
(770,412
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
194,335
|
|
|
|
195,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
999,212
|
|
|
$
|
1,035,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-3
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
NET REVENUE
|
|
$
|
279,906
|
|
|
$
|
272,092
|
|
|
$
|
313,443
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical, including stock-based compensation of
$0, $88 and $187, respectively
|
|
|
75,044
|
|
|
|
75,635
|
|
|
|
79,304
|
|
Selling, general and administrative, including stock-based
compensation of $994, $321 and $513, respectively
|
|
|
103,324
|
|
|
|
91,016
|
|
|
|
103,108
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, including
stock-based compensation of $4,805, $1,240 and $1,077,
respectively
|
|
|
32,922
|
|
|
|
24,732
|
|
|
|
36,356
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
17,439
|
|
|
|
21,011
|
|
|
|
19,022
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
|
|
65,937
|
|
|
|
423,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
264,792
|
|
|
|
278,331
|
|
|
|
661,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
15,114
|
|
|
|
(6,239
|
)
|
|
|
(347,567
|
)
|
INTEREST INCOME
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
46,834
|
|
|
|
38,404
|
|
|
|
59,689
|
|
GAIN ON RETIREMENT OF DEBT
|
|
|
6,646
|
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
|
|
74,017
|
|
EQUITY IN INCOME (LOSS) OF AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
5,558
|
|
|
|
3,653
|
|
|
|
(3,652
|
)
|
OTHER EXPENSE, net
|
|
|
3,061
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes,
noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries and loss from
discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(22,450
|
)
|
|
|
(39,729
|
)
|
|
|
(336,716
|
)
|
PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
3,971
|
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
(45,183
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(26,421
|
)
|
|
|
(46,743
|
)
|
|
|
(291,533
|
)
|
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
|
(7,414
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET LOSS
|
|
|
(26,625
|
)
|
|
|
(48,558
|
)
|
|
|
(298,947
|
)
|
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO RADIO ONE, INC.
|
|
$
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
$
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
$
|
(302,944
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC AND DILUTED NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO RADIO ONE, INC.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(0.55
|
)*
|
|
$
|
(0.86
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.14
|
)
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)*
|
|
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Radio One, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(0.56
|
)*
|
|
$
|
(0.89
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.22
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
51,509,239
|
|
|
|
59,465,252
|
|
|
|
94,118,699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
51,509,239
|
|
|
|
59,465,252
|
|
|
|
94,118,699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Earnings per share amounts may not add due to rounding. |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
For
The Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio One, Inc. Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Subscriptions
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
Class D
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
In thousands, except share data
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
|
(1,717
|
)
|
|
|
989,425
|
|
|
|
(414,581
|
)
|
|
|
573,870
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(302,944
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(302,944
|
)
|
|
|
(302,944
|
)
|
Change in unrealized net loss on derivative and hedging
activities, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,625
|
)
|
|
|
(3,625
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,625
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(306,569
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of 421,661 shares of Class A common stock
and 20,029,538 shares of Class D common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,084
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,104
|
)
|
Conversion of 882,987 shares of Class A common stock
to 882,987 shares of Class D common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of non-employee restricted stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Interest income on stock subscriptions receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Repayment of officers loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,737
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,643
|
|
Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to estimated
redemption value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,981
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
992,479
|
|
|
|
(717,525
|
)
|
|
|
272,052
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
|
(52,887
|
)
|
Change in unrealized gain on derivative and hedging activities,
net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(51,992
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of 34,889 shares of Class A common stock
and 27,691,398 shares of Class D common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,670
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,698
|
)
|
Vesting of non-employee restricted stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
554
|
|
Reach Media stock return from noncontrolling shareholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,388
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,388
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,095
|
|
Accretion of redeemable noncontrolling interests to estimated
redemption value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,795
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,795
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, as of December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,086
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
968,275
|
|
|
$
|
(770,412
|
)
|
|
$
|
195,828
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio One, Inc. Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Subscriptions
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
Class D
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
In thousands, except share data
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
|
(28,633
|
)
|
Change in unrealized gain on derivative and hedging activities,
net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(27,971
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,799
|
|
Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to estimated
redemption value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, as of December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,424
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
994,750
|
|
|
$
|
(799,045
|
)
|
|
$
|
194,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(26,625
|
)
|
|
|
(48,558
|
)
|
|
|
(298,947
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net loss to net cash from
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
17,439
|
|
|
|
21,011
|
|
|
|
19,022
|
|
Amortization of debt financing costs
|
|
|
2,970
|
|
|
|
2,419
|
|
|
|
2,591
|
|
Write off of debt financing costs
|
|
|
3,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,311
|
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
|
|
(49,687
|
)
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
|
|
65,937
|
|
|
|
423,220
|
|
Equity in (income) loss of affiliated company
|
|
|
(5,558
|
)
|
|
|
(3,653
|
)
|
|
|
3,652
|
|
Stock-based and other non-cash compensation
|
|
|
5,799
|
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
1,732
|
|
Gain on retirement of debt
|
|
|
(6,646
|
)
|
|
|
(1,221
|
)
|
|
|
(74,017
|
)
|
Amortization of contract inducement and termination fee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,263
|
)
|
|
|
(1,895
|
)
|
Change in interest due on stock subscriptions receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Effect of change in operating assets and liabilities, net of
assets acquired and disposed of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
|
(11,491
|
)
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
|
|
(1,800
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(3,431
|
)
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
(571
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
7,123
|
|
|
|
4,829
|
|
|
|
(966
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(1,150
|
)
|
|
|
837
|
|
|
|
(266
|
)
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
(4,941
|
)
|
|
|
(584
|
)
|
|
|
(8,921
|
)
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
(5,439
|
)
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
1,503
|
|
|
|
(4,433
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
3,397
|
|
|
|
(2,743
|
)
|
|
|
4,899
|
|
Net cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities from
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
|
5,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
|
|
|
17,836
|
|
|
|
45,443
|
|
|
|
13,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(4,322
|
)
|
|
|
(4,528
|
)
|
|
|
(12,541
|
)
|
Cash paid for acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,455
|
)
|
Deposits for station equipment and purchases of other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(215
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,224
|
|
Purchase of intangible assets
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
|
|
(343
|
)
|
|
|
(816
|
)
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities from discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(4,664
|
)
|
|
|
(4,871
|
)
|
|
|
66,031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from credit facility
|
|
|
342,000
|
|
|
|
116,500
|
|
|
|
227,000
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
286,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of senior subordinated notes
|
|
|
(290,800
|
)
|
|
|
(1,220
|
)
|
|
|
(120,787
|
)
|
Payment of dividend to noncontrolling interest shareholders of
Reach Media
|
|
|
(2,844
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,364
|
)
|
Repayment of credit facility
|
|
|
(339,343
|
)
|
|
|
(136,670
|
)
|
|
|
(170,299
|
)
|
Repayment of other debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
(1,004
|
)
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Repayment of stock subscriptions receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,737
|
|
Debt refinancing and modification costs
|
|
|
(19,750
|
)
|
|
|
(1,658
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,697
|
)
|
|
|
(12,104
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in financing activities
|
|
|
(23,943
|
)
|
|
|
(42,898
|
)
|
|
|
(81,821
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(10,771
|
)
|
|
|
(2,326
|
)
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year
|
|
|
19,963
|
|
|
|
22,289
|
|
|
|
24,247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year
|
|
$
|
9,192
|
|
|
$
|
19,963
|
|
|
$
|
22,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$
|
48,805
|
|
|
$
|
36,568
|
|
|
$
|
68,611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
$
|
2,560
|
|
|
$
|
3,639
|
|
|
$
|
7,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-8
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
|
|
1.
|
ORGANIZATION
AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
|
Radio One, Inc. (a Delaware corporation referred to as
Radio One) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the
Company) is an urban-oriented, multi-media company
that primarily targets
African-American
consumers. Our core business is our radio broadcasting franchise
that is the largest radio broadcasting operation that primarily
targets
African-American
and urban listeners. We currently own 53 broadcast stations
located in 16 urban markets in the United States. While our
primary source of revenue is the sale of local and national
advertising for broadcast on our radio stations, our operating
strategy is to operate the premier multi-media entertainment and
information content provider targeting
African-American
consumers. Thus, we have diversified our revenue streams by
making acquisitions and investments in other complementary media
properties. Our other media interests include our approximately
37% ownership interest (as of December 31, 2010) in TV
One, LLC (TV One), an
African-American
targeted cable television network that we invested in with an
affiliate of Comcast Corporation and other investors; our 53.5%
ownership interest in Reach Media, Inc. (Reach
Media), which operates the Tom Joyner Morning Show; our
ownership of Interactive One, LLC (Interactive One),
an online platform serving the
African-American
community through social content, news, information, and
entertainment, which operates a number of branded sites,
including News One, UrbanDaily and HelloBeautiful; and our
ownership of Community Connect, LLC (formerly Community Connect
Inc.) (CCI), an online social networking company,
which operates a number of branded websites, including
BlackPlanet, MiGente and Asian Avenue. CCI is included within
the operations of Interactive One. Through our national
multi-media presence, we provide advertisers with a unique and
powerful delivery mechanism to the
African-American
and urban audience.
In December 2009, the Company ceased publication of our
urban-themed lifestyle periodical Giant Magazine. The remaining
assets and liabilities of this publication have been classified
as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2010 and
2009, and the publications results of operations for the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, have been
classified as discontinued operations in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
During the period December 2006 to May 2008, we completed the
sale of 20 non-core radio stations for approximately
$287.9 million. While we maintained our core radio
franchise, these dispositions have allowed the Company to more
strategically allocate its resources consistent with its
long-term multi-media operating strategy.
As part of our consolidated financial statements, consistent
with our financial reporting structure and how the Company
currently manages its businesses, we have provided selected
financial information on the Companys two reportable
segments: (i) Radio Broadcasting and (ii) Internet.
(See Note 17 Segment Information.)
|
|
(b)
|
Basis
of Presentation
|
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States and require management to make certain estimates and
assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the
financial statements. The Company bases these estimates on
historical experience, current economic environment or various
other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances. However, uncertainties associated with the
continuing economic downturn and disruption in financial markets
increase the possibility that actual results may differ from
these estimates.
F-9
|
|
(c)
|
Principles
of Consolidation
|
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Radio One and subsidiaries in which Radio One has a controlling
interest. In February 2005, the Company acquired a controlling
interest in Reach Media and began consolidating Reach Media for
financial reporting purposes. All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Noncontrolling interests have been recognized where a
controlling interest exists, but the Company owns less than 100%
of the controlled entity. The equity method of accounting is
used for investments in affiliates over which Radio One has
significant influence (ownership between 20% and 50%), but does
not control the affiliate. Investments in affiliates in which
Radio One cannot exercise significant influence (ownership
interest less than 20%) are accounted for using the cost method.
The Company accounts for its investment in TV One under the
equity method of accounting in accordance with Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) 323,
Investments Equity Method and Joint
Ventures. The Company has recorded its investment at
cost and has adjusted the carrying amount of the investment to
recognize the change in Radio Ones claim on the net assets
of TV One resulting from income or losses of TV One, as well as
other capital transactions of TV One using a hypothetical
liquidation at book value approach. The Company will review the
realizability of the investment if conditions are present or
events occur to suggest that an impairment of the investment may
exist. (See Note 6 Investment in Affiliated
Company.)
|
|
(d)
|
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
|
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, repurchase agreements
and money market funds at various commercial banks. All cash
equivalents have original maturities of 90 days or less.
For cash and cash equivalents, cost approximates fair value.
|
|
(e)
|
Trade
Accounts Receivable
|
Trade accounts receivable is recorded at the invoiced amount.
The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Companys
estimate of the amount of probable losses in the Companys
existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the
allowance based on the aging of the receivables, the impact of
economic conditions on the advertisers ability to pay and
other factors. Inactive delinquent accounts that are past due
beyond a certain amount of days are written off and often
pursued by other collection efforts. Bankruptcy accounts are
immediately written off upon receipt of the bankruptcy notice
from the courts. In bankruptcy instances, we file a proof of
claim with the courts in order to receive any later distribution
of funds that may be forthcoming.
|
|
(f)
|
Goodwill
and Radio Broadcasting Licenses
|
In connection with past acquisitions, a significant amount of
the purchase price was allocated to radio broadcasting licenses,
goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill consists of the
excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and
identifiable intangible net assets acquired. In accordance with
ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and
Other, goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses are
not amortized, but are tested annually for impairment at the
reporting unit level and unit of accounting level, respectively.
We test for impairment annually, on October 1 of each year, or
more frequently when events or changes in circumstances or other
conditions suggest impairment may have occurred. Impairment
exists when the asset carrying values exceed their respective
fair values, and the excess is then recorded to operations as an
impairment charge. With the assistance of a third-party
valuation firm, we test for license impairment at the unit of
accounting level using the income approach, which involves, but
is not limited to, judgmental estimates and assumptions about
projected revenue growth, future operating margins, discount
rates and terminal values. In testing for goodwill impairment,
we follow a two-step approach, also relying primarily on the
income approach that first estimates the fair value of the
reporting unit. If the carrying value of the reporting unit
exceeds its fair value, we then determine the implied goodwill
after allocating the reporting units fair value of assets
and liabilities in accordance with
ASC 805-10,
Business Combinations. Any excess of carrying
value of the reporting units goodwill balance over its
respective implied goodwill is written off as a charge to
F-10
operations. We then perform a market-based reasonableness test
by comparing the average implied multiple arrived at based on
our cash flow projections and estimated fair values to multiples
for actual recently completed sale transactions and by comparing
our estimated fair values to the market capitalization of the
Company.
For the three years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
the Company recorded broadcasting license and goodwill
impairment charges of approximately $36.1 million,
$65.6 million, $420.2 million, respectively. See
Note 5 Goodwill, Radio Broadcasting Licenses
and Other Intangible Assets for a further discussion of
impairment considerations for the financial statement periods
presented.
|
|
(g)
|
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets, Excluding Goodwill and Radio Broadcasting
Licenses
|
The Company accounts for the impairment of long-lived intangible
assets, excluding goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses, in
accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and
Equipment. Long-lived intangible assets, excluding
goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses, are reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not
be fully recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances
may include a significant deterioration in operating results,
changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated future cash
flows. If an impairment indicator is present, the Company
evaluates recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount
of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to
be generated by the assets. Assets are grouped at the lowest
levels for which there are identifiable cash flows that are
largely independent of the cash flows generated by other asset
groups. If the assets are impaired, the impairment recognized is
measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the
fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined by
estimates of discounted future cash flows. The discount rate
used in any estimate of discounted cash flows would be the rate
of return for a similar investment of like risk. During 2010,
impairment indicators existed for Reach and Philadelphia, and as
a result, we performed impairment testing for asset groups
within these reporting units. The Company reviewed other
intangibles during 2010 and concluded that no impairment to the
carrying value of the other intangibles was appropriate. For the
years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, $297,000 and
approximately $3.2 million were recorded, respectively, for
impairment of intangible assets other than goodwill and FCC
licenses.
|
|
(h)
|
Financial
Instruments
|
Financial instruments as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
consisted of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts
receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, note payable,
long-term debt and redeemable noncontrolling interests. The
carrying amounts approximated fair value for each of these
financial instruments as of December 31, 2010 and 2009,
except for the Companys outstanding senior subordinated
notes. The
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 2011 had a carrying value of
$101.5 million and a fair value of approximately
$78.2 million as of December 31, 2009. The
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013 had a carrying value of
$747,000 and a fair value of approximately $672,000 as of
December 31, 2010 and a carrying value of
$200.0 million and a fair value of approximately
$142.0 million as of December 31, 2009. The
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016 had a carrying value of
$286.8 million and a fair value of approximately
$278.2 million as of December 31, 2010. The fair
values were determined based on the trading values of these
instruments as of the reporting date.
|
|
(i)
|
Derivative
Financial Instruments
|
The Company recognizes all derivatives at fair value in the
balance sheet as either an asset or liability. The accounting
for changes in the fair value of a derivative, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, depends on
the intended use of the derivative and the resulting
designation. If the derivative is designated as a fair value
hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the
hedged item are recognized in the statement of operations. If
the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, changes in
the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other
comprehensive income and are recognized in the statement of
operations when the hedged item affects net income. If a
derivative does not qualify as a hedge, it is marked
F-11
to fair value through the statement of operations. (See
Note 8 Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities.)
The Company recognizes revenue for broadcast advertising when a
commercial is broadcast and is reported, net of agency and
outside sales representative commissions, in accordance with
ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. Agency and
outside sales representative commissions are calculated based on
a stated percentage applied to gross billing. Generally, clients
remit the gross billing amount to the agency or outside sales
representative, and the agency or outside sales representative
remits the gross billing, less their commission, to the Company.
Agency and outside sales representative commissions were
approximately $32.0 million, $28.4 million and
$34.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
Interactive One currently generates the majority of the
Companys internet revenue, and derives such revenue
principally from advertising services, including advertising
aimed at diversity recruiting. Advertising services include the
sale of banner and sponsorship advertisements. Advertising
revenue is recognized either as impressions (the number of times
advertisements appear in viewed pages) are delivered, when
click through purchases or leads are reported, or
ratably over the contract period, where applicable. Interactive
One has a diversity recruiting relationship with Monster, Inc.
(Monster). Monster posts job listings and
advertising on Interactive Ones websites and Interactive
One earns revenue for displaying the images on its websites.
The Company provides broadcast advertising time in exchange for
programming content and certain services and accounts for these
exchanges in accordance with ASC 605, Revenue
Recognition. The terms of these exchanges generally
permit the Company to preempt such broadcast time in favor of
advertisers who purchase time in exchange for cash. The Company
includes the value of such exchanges in both broadcasting net
revenue and station operating expenses. The valuation of barter
time is based upon the fair value of the network advertising
time provided for the programming content and services received.
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
barter transaction revenues were approximately
$3.2 million, $3.2 million and $2.6 million,
respectively. Additionally, barter transaction costs were
reflected in programming and technical expenses and selling,
general and administrative expenses of approximately
$2.9 million, $3.0 million and $2.5 million, and
$244,000, $166,000 and $166,000, for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
(l)
|
Network
Affiliation Agreements
|
The Company has network affiliation agreements classified as
Other Intangible Assets. These agreements are amortized over
their useful lives. Losses on contract terminations are
determined based on the specifics of each contract in accordance
with
ASC 920-350,
Entertainment Broadcasters. (See
Note 5 Goodwill, Radio Broadcasting Licenses
and Other Intangible Assets.)
|
|
(m)
|
Advertising
and Promotions
|
The Company expenses advertising and promotional costs as
incurred. Total advertising and promotional expenses, including
expenses related to discontinued operations, were approximately
$5.2 million, $4.9 million and $6.4 million for
the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Total advertising and promotional expenses for
continuing operations, for the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008, were approximately $5.2 million,
$4.8 million and $6.2 million, respectively.
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with
ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under
ASC 740, deferred tax assets or liabilities are computed
based upon the difference between financial statement and income
tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal
tax rate. The Company has provided a
F-12
valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets where it is
more likely than not such assets will not be realized. The
Company maintains certain deferred tax liabilities that cannot
be used to offset deferred tax assets and, therefore, does not
consider these attributes in evaluating the realizability of its
deferred tax assets. This has occurred for all entities except
for Reach Media. Deferred income tax expense or benefits are
based upon the changes in the asset or liability from period to
period.
|
|
(o)
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance
with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock
Compensation. Under the provisions of ASC 718,
stock-based compensation cost is estimated at the grant date
based on the awards fair value as calculated by the
Black-Scholes (BSM) valuation option-pricing model
and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service
period. The BSM incorporates various highly subjective
assumptions including expected stock price volatility, for which
historical data is heavily relied upon, expected life of options
granted, forfeiture rates and interest rates. (See
Note 11 Stockholders Equity.)
The Companys comprehensive loss consists of net loss and
other items recorded directly to the equity accounts. The
objective is to report a measure of all changes in equity of an
enterprise that result from transactions and other economic
events during the period, other than transactions with owners.
The Companys comprehensive loss consists of gains and
losses on derivative instruments that qualify for cash flow
hedge treatment.
The following table sets forth the components of comprehensive
loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated net loss
|
|
$
|
(26,625
|
)
|
|
$
|
(48,558
|
)
|
|
$
|
(298,947
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income (loss) (net of tax of $0 for all
periods):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative and hedging activities
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
|
(3,625
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(25,963
|
)
|
|
|
(47,663
|
)
|
|
|
(302,572
|
)
|
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss attributable to Radio One, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(27,971
|
)
|
|
$
|
(51,992
|
)
|
|
$
|
(306,569
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(q)
|
Segment
Reporting and Major Customers
|
In accordance with ASC 280, Segment
Reporting, and given its diversification strategy, the
Company has determined it has two reportable segments:
(i) Radio Broadcasting; and (ii) Internet. These two
segments operate in the United States and are consistently
aligned with the Companys management of its businesses and
its financial reporting structure.
The Radio Broadcasting segment consists of all broadcast and
Reach Media results of operations. The Internet segment includes
the results of our online business. Intercompany revenue earned
and expenses charged between segments are recorded at fair value
and eliminated in consolidation.
We derived a significant portion of our net revenue during 2009
and in prior years from a single customer, Radio Networks, a
media representation firm which is owned by Citadel. During
those years, Reach Media derived a substantial majority of its
net revenue from a sales representation agreement (the
Sales Representation Agreement) with Radio Networks.
The Sales Representation Agreement called for Radio Networks to
act as Reach Medias sales representative primarily for
advertising airing on 106 affiliate radio stations broadcasting
the Tom Joyner Morning Show, and to also serve as its sales
representative for internet
F-13
and events sales. The Sales Representation Agreement provided
for Radio Networks to retain a portion of Reach Medias
advertising revenues only after satisfying certain revenue
guarantee obligations to Reach Media. Further, but to a lesser
extent, in accordance with ASC 605, Revenue
Recognition, revenue for Company owned radio stations
is also generated from Radio Networks for barter agreements
whereby the Company provides advertising time in exchange for
programming content (the RN Barter Revenue). As a
result of our 53.5% ownership of Reach Media, we consolidate net
revenue derived by Reach Media from the Sales Representation
Agreement into our financial statements. For the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, net revenue attributable to the
Sales Representation Agreement and the RN Barter Revenue
accounted for 11.9% and 10.6%, respectively, of our total
consolidated net revenues. No single customer accounted for over
10% of our consolidated net revenues during the year ended
December 31, 2010.
A new Sales Representation Agreement was executed in November
2009 to replace the old agreement, whereby, effective
January 1, 2010, Citadel will only sell advertising
inventory outside the Tom Joyner Morning Show. As an inducement
for Reach Media to enter into the new Sales Representation
Agreement, Citadel returned its noncontrolling ownership
interest in Reach Media back to Reach Media. This ownership
interest was part of the original agreement signed in 2003. As a
result of classifying these shares as treasury stock, this
transaction effectively increased Radio Ones common stock
interest in Reach Media to 53.5%. In exchange for the returned
ownership interest, Reach Media issued a $1.0 million
promissory note payable to Radio Networks due in December 2011.
Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding
during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the
basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock
plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding
during the period using the treasury stock method.
The Companys potentially dilutive securities include stock
options and unvested restricted stock. Diluted earnings per
share considers the impact of potentially dilutive securities
except in periods in which there is a net loss, as the inclusion
of the potentially dilutive common shares would have an
anti-dilutive effect.
|
|
(s)
|
Discontinued
Operations
|
For those businesses where management has committed to a plan to
divest or discontinue operations, each business is valued at the
lower of its carrying amount or estimated fair value less cost
to sell. If the carrying amount of the business exceeds its
estimated fair value, a loss is recognized. The fair values are
estimated using accepted valuation techniques such as a
discounted cash flow model, valuations performed by third
parties, earnings multiples, or indicative bids, when available.
A number of significant estimates and assumptions are involved
in the application of these techniques, including the
forecasting of markets and market share, revenues, costs and
expenses, and multiple other factors. Management considers
historical experience and all available information at the time
the estimates are made. However, the fair values that are
ultimately realized upon the sale of the businesses to be
divested may differ from the estimated fair values reflected in
the consolidated financial statements.
Businesses to be divested or operationally cease are classified
in the consolidated financial statements as discontinued
operations. For businesses classified as discontinued
operations, the balance sheet amounts and statement of
operations results are reclassified from their historical
presentation to assets and liabilities of discontinued
operations on the consolidated balance sheet and to discontinued
operations in the consolidated statement of operations for all
periods presented. The gains or losses associated with these
divested or ceased businesses are recorded in income or loss
from discontinued operations on the consolidated statement of
operations. The consolidated statement of cash flows is also
reclassified for discontinued operations for all periods
presented. For businesses reclassified as discontinued, other
than the collection of outstanding accounts receivable,
management does not expect any continuing involvement with these
businesses.
F-14
|
|
(t)
|
Fair
Value Measurements
|
We report our financial and non-financial assets and liabilities
measured at fair value on a recurring basis under the provisions
of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a
framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about
fair value measurements. Effective January 1, 2009, we
adopted the provisions of ASC 820 for all non-financial
instruments accounted for at fair value on a non-recurring
basis. The adoption of ASC 820 for non-financial assets and
liabilities did not have a significant impact on our financial
condition or results of operations.
The fair value framework requires the categorization of assets
and liabilities into three levels based upon the assumptions
(inputs) used to price the assets or liabilities. Level 1
provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas
Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment.
The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities
that can be accessed at the measurement date.
Level 2: Observable inputs other than
those included in Level 1 (i.e., quoted prices for similar
assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for
identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets).
Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting
managements own assumptions about the inputs used in
pricing the asset or liability.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the fair values of our
financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring
basis are categorized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities subject to fair value measurement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps(a)
|
|
$
|
1,426
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,426
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Employment agreement award(b)
|
|
|
6,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
8,250
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,426
|
|
|
$
|
6,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mezzanine equity subject to fair value measurement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interests(c)
|
|
$
|
30,635
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities subject to fair value measurement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps(a)
|
|
$
|
2,086
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,086
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Employment agreement award(b)
|
|
|
4,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6,743
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,086
|
|
|
$
|
4,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mezzanine equity subject to fair value measurement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interests(c)
|
|
$
|
52,225
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
52,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Based on London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). |
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Pursuant to an employment agreement (the Employment
Agreement) executed in April 2008, the Chief Executive
Officer (CEO) is eligible to receive an award amount
equal to 8% of any proceeds from distributions or other
liquidity events in excess of the return of the Companys
aggregate investment in TV One. The Company reviews the factors
underlying this award at the end of each quarter including the
valuation of TV One and an assessment of the probability that
the employment agreement will be renewed and contain this
provision. The Companys obligation to pay the award will
be triggered only after the Companys recovery of the
aggregate amount of its capital contribution in TV One and only
upon actual |
F-15
|
|
|
|
|
receipt of distributions of cash or marketable securities or
proceeds from a liquidity event with respect to the
Companys membership interest in TV One. The CEO was fully
vested in the award upon execution of the Employment Agreement,
and the award lapses upon expiration of the Employment Agreement
in April 2011, or earlier if the CEO voluntarily leaves the
Company or is terminated for cause. In calculating the fair
valuation of the award, the Company utilized the value assessed
for TV One in connection with the buyout of financial investors.
(See Note 8 Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities and Note 19
Subsequent Events. The Company is currently in
negotiations with the Companys CEO to renew the Employment
Agreement that expired in April 2011. |
|
(c) |
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interest in Reach Media is measured at
fair value using a discounted cash flow methodology. A
third-party valuation firm assisted the Company in calculating
the fair value. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flow
analysis include forecasted operating results, discount rate and
a terminal value. |
The following table presents the changes in Level 3
liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the
years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable
|
|
|
|
Employment
|
|
|
Noncontrolling
|
|
|
|
Agreement Award
|
|
|
Interests
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
4,326
|
|
|
$
|
43,423
|
|
Losses included in earnings (unrealized)
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
Stock repurchase from noncontrolling shareholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
Change in fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
4,657
|
|
|
$
|
52,225
|
|
Losses included in earnings (unrealized)
|
|
|
2,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,844
|
)
|
Change in fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,754
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
6,824
|
|
|
$
|
30,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amount of total losses for the period included in earnings
attributable to the change in unrealized losses relating to
assets and liabilities still held at the reporting date
|
|
$
|
(2,167
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Losses included in earnings were recorded in the consolidated
statement of operations as corporate selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended December 31,
2010.
Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a
non-recurring basis using level 3 inputs as defined in
ASC 820. These assets are not measured at fair value on an
ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in
certain circumstances. Included in this category are goodwill,
radio broadcasting licenses and other intangible assets, net,
that are written down to fair value when they are determined to
be impaired.
As of December 31, 2010, the total recorded carrying values
of goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses were approximately
$121.4 million and $678.7 million, respectively.
Pursuant to ASC 350, Intangibles
Goodwill and Other, and in connection with its annual
impairment testing performed in October 2010, the Company
determined the carrying value for radio broadcasting licenses in
one market was impaired, and recorded an impairment charge of
approximately $19.9 million for the quarter ended
December 31, 2010, thus reducing the total license carrying
values to approximately $678.7 million as of
December 31, 2010. In addition during the fourth quarter of
2010, the Company determined the carrying value for goodwill in
Reach Media was impaired and recorded an impairment charge of
approximately $16.1 million for the quarter ended
December 31, 2010, thus reducing the total carrying value
of goodwill to approximately $121.4 million as of
F-16
December 31, 2010. A description of the Level 3 inputs
and the information used to develop the inputs is discussed in
Note 5 Goodwill, Radio Broadcasting Licenses
and Other Intangible Assets.
|
|
(u)
|
Software
and Web Development Costs
|
The Company capitalizes direct internal and external costs
incurred to develop internal-use computer software during the
application development stage pursuant to
ASC 350-40,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other.
Internal-use software is amortized under the straight-line
method using an estimated life of three years. All web
development costs incurred in connection with operating our
websites are accounted for under the provisions of
ASC 350-40,
unless a plan exists or is being developed to market the
software externally. The Company has no plans to market software
externally.
|
|
(v)
|
Redeemable
noncontrolling interests
|
Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries that are redeemable
outside of the Companys control for cash or other assets
are classified as mezzanine equity and measured at the greater
of estimated redemption value at the end of each reporting
period or the historical cost basis of the noncontrolling
interests adjusted for cumulative earnings allocations. The
resulting increases or decreases in the estimated redemption
amount are affected by corresponding charges against retained
earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, additional
paid-in-capital.
|
|
(w)
|
Impact
of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
|
In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 105, Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles, which establishes the
ASC as the source of authoritative non-SEC U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for
non-governmental entities. ASC 105 is effective for
financial statements issued for interim and annual periods
ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of
ASC 105 did not have a material impact on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent
Events, which addresses accounting and disclosure
requirements related to subsequent events. It requires
management to evaluate subsequent events through the date the
financial statements are either issued or available to be
issued. In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU
2010-09,
which amends ASC 855 to remove all requirements for SEC
filers to disclose the date through which subsequent events are
considered. The amendment became effective upon issuance. The
Company has provided the required disclosures regarding
subsequent events in Note 19 Subsequent
Events.
The provisions under ASC 825, Financial
Instruments, requiring disclosures about fair value of
financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly
traded companies, as well as in annual financial statements
became effective for the Company during the quarter ended
June 30, 2009. The additional disclosures required under
ASC 825 are included in Note 1
Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies.
Effective January 1, 2009, the provisions under
ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and
Other, related to the determination of the useful life
of intangible assets and requiring additional disclosures
related to renewing or extending the terms of recognized
intangible assets, became effective for the Company. The
adoption of these provisions did not have a material effect on
the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted an
accounting standard update from the Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF) consensus regarding the accounting for
contingent consideration agreements of an equity method
investment and the requirement for the investor to recognize its
share of any impairment charges recorded by the investee. This
update to ASC 323, Investments Equity
Method and Joint Ventures, requires the investor to
record share issuances by the investee as if it has sold a
portion of its investment with any resulting gain or loss being
reflected in earnings. The adoption of this update did not have
any impact on the Companys consolidated financial
statements.
In March 2008, the FASB issued an update to ASC 815,
Derivatives and Hedging, related to
disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities.
It requires disclosure of the fair value of
F-17
derivative instruments and their gains and losses in a tabular
format. It also provides for more information about an
entitys liquidity by requiring disclosure of derivative
features that are credit risk related. Finally, it requires
cross referencing within footnotes to enable financial statement
users to locate important information about derivative
instruments. Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted
the updated provisions of ASC 815. The Companys
adoption of the updates had no impact on its financial condition
or results of operations. (See Note 8
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.)
In February 2008, the FASB delayed the effective date for
applying the fair value provisions of ASC 820,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to
non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those
that are recognized or disclosed on a recurring basis, to fiscal
years beginning after November 15, 2008. Effective
January 1, 2009, we adopted the provisions of ASC 820
for all non-financial instruments accounted for at fair value on
a non-recurring basis. The adoption of ASC 820 for
non-financial assets and liabilities did not have a significant
impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
In December 2007, the FASB issued
ASC 805-10,
Business Combinations, which requires the
acquirer of a business to recognize and measure the identifiable
assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling
interest in the acquiree at fair value.
ASC 805-10
also requires transaction costs related to the business
combination to be expensed as incurred. In April 2009, the FASB
issued
ASC 805-20,
Business Combinations, which amends and
clarifies
ASC 805-10
to address application issues associated with initial
recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and
accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising
from contingencies in a business combination.
ASC 805-10
and ASC
805-20 are
effective for business combinations for which the acquisition
date is on or after the January 1, 2009. Effective
January 1, 2009, the Company adopted
ASC 805-10
and
ASC 805-20,
which has had no effect on the Companys consolidated
financial statements. The Company expects
ASC 805-10
and
ASC 805-20
to have an impact on its accounting for future business
combinations, but the effect is dependent upon the acquisitions
that are made in the future.
In December 2007, the FASB issued updated guidance on
ASC 810, Consolidation, which changed
the accounting and reporting requirements for the noncontrolling
interests in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a
subsidiary. It clarifies that a noncontrolling interests in a
subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity
that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial
statements. The requirements became effective for the Company on
January 1, 2009 and changed the accounting and reporting
for minority interests, which is now characterized as
noncontrolling interests. The updated guidance required
retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure
requirements for existing minority interests, with all other
requirements applied prospectively.
In February 2007, the FASB issued provisions under ASC 825,
Financial Instruments, which permit companies
to choose to measure certain financial instruments and other
items at fair value that are not currently required to be
measured at fair value. Effective January 1, 2008, the
Company adopted the provisions under ASC 825, which
provides entities the option to measure many financial
instruments and certain other items at fair value. Entities that
choose the fair value option will recognize unrealized gains and
losses on items for which the fair value option was elected in
earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The Company has
chosen not to elect the fair value option for any items that are
not already required to be measured at fair value in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles.
|
|
(x)
|
Liquidity
and Uncertainties Related to Going Concern
|
The Company continually projects its anticipated cash needs,
which include, but are not limited to, its operating needs,
capital requirements, the TV One funding commitment and
principal and interest payments on its indebtedness.
Managements most recent revenue, operating income and cash
flow projections considered the recent gradual improvement in
both the economy and advertising environment, and the
projections compare more favorably to prior periods during which
the economic downturn persisted. As of the filing of this
Form 10-K,
management believes the Company can meet its liquidity needs
through at least December 31, 2011 with cash and cash
equivalents on hand, projected cash flows from operations and,
to the extent necessary, through additional borrowing available
under the amended senior secured credit facility.
F-18
Based on these projections, management also believes it is
probable that the Company will be in compliance with its debt
covenants through at least December 31, 2011.
Managements projections are highly dependent on the
continuation of the recently improving economic and advertising
environments, and any adverse fluctuations, or other unforeseen
circumstances, may negatively impact the Companys
operations beyond those assumed. Management considered the risks
that the current economic conditions may have on its liquidity
projections, as well as the Companys ability to meet its
debt covenant requirements. If economic conditions deteriorate
unexpectedly or do not continue to rebound, or if other adverse
factors outside the Companys control arise, our operations
could be negatively impacted, which could reduce, negate or even
prevent the Company from maintaining compliance with its debt
covenants. If it appears that we could not meet our liquidity
needs or that noncompliance with debt covenants is likely to
result, the Company would implement several remedial measures,
which could include further operating cost and capital
expenditure reductions and deferrals, seeking its share of
distributions from TV One.
During the fourth quarter 2010, the Company completed the
Amended Exchange Offer relating to all its Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2011 and 2013. In addition, the amendment to our
senior secured credit facility became effective which cured all
prior defaults that were triggered in each of the second and
third quarters under the terms of our credit facility.
Our senior credit facility matures on June 30, 2012. Under
United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(U.S. GAAP), debt coming due within one year
must be classified as a current liability. Therefore, unless we
have refinanced our senior credit facility prior to July 1,
2011, we will be required to reclassify the senior credit
facility as current indebtedness under U.S. GAAP beginning
on June 30, 2011. We are currently evaluating a number of
alternatives with respect to the upcoming maturity of the senior
credit facility and recently announced a possible refinancing
transaction on March 7, 2011. Our ability to consummate any
such alternatives will depend on prevailing market conditions,
our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other
factors, some of which may be beyond our control. Accordingly,
there is no assurance that the Company will successfully enter
into any definitive agreements for such alternatives.
In June 2008, the Company purchased the assets of
WPRS-FM, a
radio station located in the Washington, DC metropolitan area,
for $38.0 million in cash. Since April 2007 and until
closing the station had been operated under a local marketing
agreement (LMA), and the results of its operations
had been included in the Companys consolidated financial
statements since the inception of the LMA. The station was
consolidated with the Companys existing Washington, DC
operations in April 2007. The Companys final purchase
price allocation consisted of approximately $33.9 million
to radio broadcasting license, approximately $1.3 million
to definitive-lived intangibles (acquired favorable income
leases), $965,000 to goodwill and approximately
$1.8 million to fixed assets on the Companys
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008.
In April 2008, the Company acquired CCI for $38.0 million
in cash. CCI is an online social networking company operating
branded websites including BlackPlanet, MiGente, and
AsianAvenue. The Companys purchase price allocation
consisted of approximately $10.2 million to current assets,
$4.6 million to fixed assets, $20.4 million to
goodwill, $9.9 million to definitive-lived intangibles
(brand names, advertiser relationships and lists, favorable
subleases, trademarks, trade names, etc.), and $5.0 million
to current liabilities on the Companys consolidated
balance sheet as of December 31, 2008.
In July 2007, the Company purchased the assets of
WDBZ-AM, a
radio station located in the Cincinnati metropolitan area, for
approximately $2.6 million financed by the seller. Since
August 2001 and up until closing the station had been operated
under a LMA, and the results of its operations had been included
in the Companys consolidated financial statements since
the LMA. The station was consolidated with the Companys
existing Cincinnati operations in 2001. In accordance with
ASC 350, Intangibles -Goodwill and
Other, for the years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008, we
recorded an impairment charge for radio broadcasting licenses
and goodwill, and intellectual property for all stations in the
Cincinnati market by approximately $0, $3.3 million and
$27.9 million, respectively. (See Note 5
Goodwill, Radio Broadcasting Licenses and Other
Intangible Assets and Note 12 Related
Party Transactions.)
F-19
|
|
3.
|
DISPOSITION
OF ASSETS AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:
|
In December 2009, the Company ceased publication of Giant
Magazine. The remaining assets and liabilities of this
publication have been classified as discontinued operations as
of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the publications
results of operations for the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008, have been classified as discontinued
operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Between December 2006 and May 2008, the Company sold the assets
of 20 radio stations in seven markets for approximately
$287.9 million in cash. The remaining assets and
liabilities of these stations have been classified as
discontinued operations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009,
and the stations results of operations for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, have been classified as
discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements. For the period beginning December 1,
2006 and ending December 31, 2008, the Company used
approximately $262.0 million of the proceeds from these
asset sales to pay down debt.
Los Angeles Station: In May 2008, the Company
sold the assets of its radio station
KRBV-FM,
located in the Los Angeles metropolitan area, to Bonneville
International Corporation (Bonneville) for
approximately $137.5 million in cash. Bonneville began
operating the station under an LMA on April 8, 2008.
Miami Station: In April 2008, the Company sold
the assets of its radio station
WMCU-AM,
located in the Miami metropolitan area, to Salem Communications
Holding Corporation (Salem) for approximately
$12.3 million in cash. Salem began operating the station
under an LMA effective October 18, 2007.
Augusta Stations: In December 2007, the
Company sold the assets of its five radio stations in the
Augusta metropolitan area to Perry Broadcasting Company for
approximately $3.1 million in cash.
Louisville Station: In November 2007, the
Company sold the assets of its radio station
WLRX-FM in
the Louisville metropolitan area to WAY FM Media Group, Inc. for
approximately $1.0 million in cash.
Dayton and Louisville Stations: In September
2007, the Company sold the assets of its five radio stations in
the Dayton metropolitan area and five of its six radio stations
in the Louisville metropolitan area to Main Line Broadcasting,
LLC for approximately $76.0 million in cash.
Minneapolis Station: In August 2007, the
Company sold the assets of its radio station
KTTB-FM in
the Minneapolis metropolitan area to Northern Lights
Broadcasting, LLC for approximately $28.0 million in cash.
Boston Station: In December 2006, the Company
sold the assets of its radio station
WILD-FM in
the Boston metropolitan area to Entercom Boston, LLC
(Entercom) for approximately $30.0 million in
cash. Entercom began operating the station under an LMA
effective August 18, 2006.
The following table summarizes the operating results for Giant
Magazine and all of the stations sold and classified as
discontinued operations for all periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,766
|
|
|
$
|
5,336
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
3,306
|
|
|
|
8,999
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
Impairment of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,077
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
Loss on investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
(Loss) Gain on sale of assets
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
1,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
|
(7,330
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(204
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,414
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
The assets and liabilities of Giant Magazine and the stations
sold are classified as discontinued operations in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Currents assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
424
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
$
|
498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
2,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
PROPERTY
AND EQUIPMENT:
|
Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated using
the straight-line method over the related estimated useful
lives. Property and equipment consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Useful Lives
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Land and improvements
|
|
$
|
3,765
|
|
|
$
|
3,765
|
|
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
1,566
|
|
|
|
1,535
|
|
|
31 years
|
Transmitters and towers
|
|
|
35,491
|
|
|
|
34,724
|
|
|
7-15 years
|
Equipment
|
|
|
44,044
|
|
|
|
45,628
|
|
|
3-7 years
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
7,023
|
|
|
|
7,383
|
|
|
7 years
|
Software and web development
|
|
|
12,216
|
|
|
|
11,597
|
|
|
3 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
18,706
|
|
|
|
18,712
|
|
|
Lease Term
|
Construction-in-progress
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
1,398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,118
|
|
|
|
124,742
|
|
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(89,658
|
)
|
|
|
(84,157
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
33,460
|
|
|
$
|
40,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was approximately
$17.4 million, $21.0 million and $19.0 million,
respectively.
Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
F-21
|
|
5.
|
GOODWILL,
RADIO BROADCASTING LICENSES AND OTHER INTANGIBLE
ASSETS:
|
Impairment
Testing
In the past, we have made acquisitions whereby a significant
amount of the purchase price was allocated to radio broadcasting
licenses, goodwill and other intangible assets. In accordance
with ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and
Other, we do not amortize our radio broadcasting
licenses and goodwill. Instead, we perform a test for impairment
annually or on an interim basis when events or changes in
circumstances or other conditions suggest impairment may have
occurred. Other intangible assets continue to be amortized on a
straight-line basis over their useful lives. We perform our
annual impairment test as of October 1 of each year. For the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recorded
impairment charges against radio broadcasting licenses and
goodwill of approximately $36.1 million, $65.6 million
and $420.2 million, respectively.
2010
Interim Impairment Testing
Given the considerable reductions to our internal projections
used in our 2009 annual impairment testing, there were no
impairment indicators noted for the broadcasting licenses, other
intangible assets and radio market goodwill (excluding Reach
Media) and Interactive One goodwill during the year ended
December 31, 2010 prior to our annual impairment
assessment. Given the December 31, 2009 expiration of the
Sales Representation Agreement with Citadel, net revenues
continued to decline during 2010 and we deemed that this decline
warranted interim impairment testing. We performed such testing
as of February, May and August 2010 for Reach Media. There were
no impairment charges recorded as part of our interim impairment
testing.
2010
Annual Impairment Testing
We completed our annual impairment assessment as of
October 1, 2010. As a result of our testing, we recorded
impairment charges of approximately $19.9 million against
radio broadcasting licenses in one of our radio markets. Our
October 1, 2010 annual impairment testing indicated the
carrying values for Interactive One were not impaired.
2010 Year
End Impairment Testing
We completed an impairment assessment as of December 31,
2010 for Reach Media due to declining revenue and cash flow
projections as well as actual results which did not meet budget.
As a result of our testing, we recorded an impairment charge of
$16.1 million against Reach Media goodwill.
Valuation
of Broadcasting Licenses
We utilize the services of a third-party valuation firm to
provide independent analysis when evaluating the fair value of
our radio broadcasting licenses. Fair value is estimated to be
the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. Effective January 1,
2002, we began using the income approach to test for impairment
of radio broadcasting licenses. A projection period of
10 years is used, as we believe that is the time horizon in
which operators and investors generally expect to recover their
investments. When evaluating our radio broadcasting licenses for
impairment, the testing is done at the unit of accounting level
as determined by ASC 350, Intangibles
Goodwill and Other. In our case, each unit of
accounting is a clustering of radio stations into one of our 16
geographical markets. Broadcasting license fair values are based
on the estimated after-tax discounted future cash flows of the
applicable unit of accounting assuming an initial hypothetical
start-up
operation which possesses FCC licenses as the only asset. Over
time, it is assumed the operation acquires other tangible assets
such as advertising and programming contracts, employment
agreements and going concern value, and matures into an average
performing operation in a specific radio market. The income
approach model incorporates several variables, including, but
not limited to: (i) radio market revenue estimates and
growth projections; (ii) estimated market share and revenue
for the hypothetical participant; (iii) likely media
competition within the market; (iv) estimated
start-up
costs and losses incurred in the early years; (v) estimated
profit margins and cash flows based on market size and station
type; (vi) anticipated capital
F-22
expenditures; (vii) probable future terminal values;
(viii) an effective tax rate assumption; and (ix) a
discount rate based on the weighted-average cost of capital for
the radio broadcast industry. In calculating the discount rate,
we considered: (i) the cost of equity, which includes
estimates of the risk-free return, the long-term market return,
small stock risk premiums and industry beta; (ii) the cost
of debt, which includes estimates for corporate borrowing rates
and tax rates; and (iii) estimated average percentages of
equity and debt in capital structures.
Our 2009 impairment testing was reflective of the economic
downturn and tightened credit markets, in that it incorporated
more conservative assumptions than previous tests. Given the
improving economic conditions for the radio marketplace, our
2010 annual testing reflects a more positive outlook for the
marketplace with Year 1 growth rates of 1.5% 3.0%
and long-term market growth rates that range from 1.0% to 2.5%.
Our methodology for valuing broadcasting licenses has been
consistent for all periods presented.
Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income
approach model for estimating broadcasting licenses fair values
for all annual and interim impairments assessments performed
since August 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
October 1,
|
|
February 28,
|
|
August 31,
|
|
October 1,
|
|
October 1,
|
Radio Broadcasting Licenses
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009(a)
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Pre-tax impairment charge
|
|
$337.9
|
|
$51.2
|
|
$49.0
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$16.1
|
|
$19.9
|
Discount Rate
|
|
10.0%
|
|
10.5%
|
|
10.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5%
|
|
10.0%
|
Year 1 Market Revenue Growth or Decline Rate or Range
|
|
(2.0)%
|
|
(8.0)%
|
|
(13.1)% - (17.7)%
|
|
|
(22.3
|
)%
|
|
1.0%
|
|
1.0% -3.0%
|
Long-term Market Revenue Growth Rate Range (Years 6
10)
|
|
1.5% - 2.5%
|
|
1.5% -2.5%
|
|
1.5% - 2.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.0% - 2.5%
|
|
1.0% - 2.5%
|
Mature Market Share Range
|
|
5.8% - 27.0%
|
|
1.2% - 27.0%
|
|
1.2% - 27.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.8% - 28.1%
|
|
0.8% - 28.3%
|
Operating Profit Margin Range
|
|
34.0% - 50.7%
|
|
20.0% - 50.7%
|
|
17.7% - 50.7%
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.5% - 50.7%
|
|
19.0% - 47.3%
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects changes only to the key assumptions used in the
February 2009 interim testing for a certain reporting unit. |
Broadcasting
Licenses Valuation Results
The Companys total broadcasting licenses carrying value
decreased to approximately $678.7 million as of
December 31, 2010, compared to approximately
$698.6 million as of December 31, 2009. The decrease
of approximately $19.9 million was for license impairment
charges recorded in one of our 16 markets. The table below
represents the changes to the carrying values of the
Companys radio broadcasting licenses for the year ended
December 31, 2010 for each unit of accounting. As noted
above, each unit of accounting is a clustering of radio stations
into one geographical market. The units of accounting are not
disclosed on a specific market
F-23
basis so as to not make sensitive information publicly available
that could be competitively harmful to the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting Licenses
|
|
|
|
Carrying Balances
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
Unit of Accounting
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Unit of Accounting 3
|
|
$
|
1,289
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,289
|
|
Unit of Accounting 2
|
|
|
3,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,086
|
|
Unit of Accounting 4
|
|
|
9,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,482
|
|
Unit of Accounting 5
|
|
|
18,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,657
|
|
Unit of Accounting 7
|
|
|
19,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,265
|
|
Unit of Accounting 14
|
|
|
20,435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,435
|
|
Unit of Accounting 15
|
|
|
20,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,886
|
|
Unit of Accounting 11
|
|
|
21,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,135
|
|
Unit of Accounting 9
|
|
|
34,270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,270
|
|
Unit of Accounting 6
|
|
|
26,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,243
|
|
Unit of Accounting 16
|
|
|
52,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,965
|
|
Unit of Accounting 13
|
|
|
52,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,556
|
|
Unit of Accounting 8
|
|
|
66,715
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,715
|
|
Unit of Accounting 12
|
|
|
78,726
|
|
|
|
(19,948
|
)
|
|
|
58,778
|
|
Unit of Accounting 1
|
|
|
93,394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93,394
|
|
Unit of Accounting 10
|
|
|
179,541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179,541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
698,645
|
|
|
$
|
(19,948
|
)
|
|
$
|
678,697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation
of Goodwill
The impairment testing of goodwill is performed at the reporting
unit level. We had 19 reporting units as of our October 2010
annual impairment assessments. For the purpose of valuing
goodwill, the 19 reporting units consist of the 16 radio markets
and three other business divisions. In testing for the
impairment of goodwill, we primarily rely on the income
approach. The approach involves a
10-year
model with similar variables as described above for broadcasting
licenses, except that the discounted cash flows are based on the
Companys estimated and projected market revenue, market
share and operating performance for its reporting units, instead
of those for a hypothetical participant. We follow a two-step
process to evaluate if a potential impairment exists for
goodwill. The first step of the process involves estimating the
fair value of each reporting unit. If the reporting units
fair value is less than its carrying value, a second step is
performed as per the guidance of
ASC 805-10,
Business Combinations, to allocate the fair
value of the reporting unit to the individual assets and
liabilities of the reporting unit in order to determine the
implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill as of
the impairment assessment date. Any excess of the carrying value
of the goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill is
written off as a charge to operations.
While our internal projections considered the recent revenue and
cash flow declines experienced by the Company, those results may
not be necessarily indicative of our future results. Given the
recent gradual improvement in the economy, we have included
modest improvement estimates and projections compared to our
2009 annual assessment. We have decreased the discount rate from
10.5% to 10.0% in the current year. In addition, since our
assessment in October 2009, we have not made any changes to the
methodology for valuing or allocating goodwill when determining
the carrying values of the radio markets.
F-24
Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income
approach model for estimating reporting unit fair values for all
interim and annual impairment assessments performed since August
2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill (Radio Market
|
|
August 31,
|
|
October 1,
|
|
February 28,
|
|
August 31,
|
|
|
October 1,
|
|
October 1,
|
Reporting Units)
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009(a)
|
|
|
2009(b)
|
|
2010(c)
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Pre-tax impairment charge
|
|
$
|
|
$31.1
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$0.6
|
|
$
|
Discount Rate
|
|
10.0%
|
|
10.5%
|
|
10.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5%
|
|
10.0%
|
Year 1 Market Revenue Decline or Growth Rate or Range
|
|
(2.0)%
|
|
(8.0)%
|
|
(13.1)% - (17.7)%
|
|
|
(19.9
|
)%
|
|
1.0%
|
|
1.5% -3.0%
|
Long-term Market Revenue Growth Rate Range (Years 6
10)
|
|
1.5% - 2.5%
|
|
1.5% -2.5%
|
|
1.5% - 2.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5% - 2.5%
|
|
1.5% - 2.5%
|
Mature Market Share Range
|
|
5.2% - 16.5%
|
|
1.1% - 23.0%
|
|
2.8% - 22.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.0% - 16.5%
|
|
7.0% - 23.0%
|
Operating Profit Margin Range
|
|
31.0% - 58.5%
|
|
18.0% - 60.0%
|
|
15.0% - 61.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
30.0% - 57.5%
|
|
27.5% - 58.0%
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects changes only to the key assumptions used in the
February 2009 interim testing for a certain reporting unit. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects some of the key assumptions for testing only those
radio markets with remaining goodwill for October 2009, compared
to all markets tested in October 2008 and February 2009. |
|
(c) |
|
Reflects some of the key assumptions for testing only those
radio markets with remaining goodwill for October 2010 |
The outcome of our annual testing in October 2009 was to
eliminate the remaining goodwill of $628,000 in one of our radio
market reporting units. There were no impairment charges
recorded in the radio market reporting units (excluding Reach
Media as noted below) for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Due to the September 2009 amendment of Reach Medias Sales
Representation Agreement with Citadel, Reach began to sell
advertising inventory within the Tom Joyner Morning Show through
an internal salesforce. This shift from a guaranteed revenue
arrangement with Citadel resulted in reduced revenues and
operating cash flow in 2010 compared to the original budget and
interim forecasts. As a result, we performed a number of interim
impairment tests in 2010. Given the continued decline in
revenues and cash flows during 2010, we reduced the revenue and
operating cash flow projections for Reach at each interim
impairment assessment and at our year end assessment. Since our
annual assessment in October 2009, we have not made any changes
to the methodology for valuing or allocating goodwill when
determining the carrying value for Reach Media.
Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income
approach model for estimating the fair value for Reach Media for
all interim, annual and year end assessments since October 2008.
When compared to the discount rates used for assessing radio
market reporting units, the higher discount rates used in these
assessments reflect a premium for a riskier and broader media
business, with a heavier concentration and significantly higher
amount of programming content related intangible assets that are
highly dependent on the on-air personality Tom Joyner. As a
result of October 2009 annual assessment and the February, May
and August 2010 interim assessments, the Company concluded no
impairment to the carrying value of Reach Media had occurred.
During the fourth quarter, Reach Medias operating
performance continued to decline, but at a decreasing rate. We
believe this represented an impairment indicator and as a
result, we performed a year end impairment assessment at
December 31, 2010. We recorded an impairment charge of
$16.1 million during the quarter ended December 31,
2010 in connection with this assessment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reach Media Goodwill (Reporting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit Within the Radio Broadcasting
|
|
October 1,
|
|
February 28,
|
|
May 31,
|
|
August 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
Segment)
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Pre-tax impairment charge
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$16.1
|
Discount Rate
|
|
14.00%
|
|
13.50%
|
|
13.50%
|
|
13.00%
|
|
13.50%
|
2010 (Year 1) Revenue Growth Rate
|
|
16.5%(a)
|
|
8.50%
|
|
2.50%
|
|
2.50%
|
|
2.50%
|
Long-term Revenue Growth Rate Range
|
|
2.5% - 3.0%
|
|
2.5% - 3.0%
|
|
2.5% - 2.9%
|
|
2.5% -3.3%
|
|
(2.6)% - 4.4%
|
Operating Profit Margin Range
|
|
27.2% - 35.3%
|
|
22.7% - 31.4%
|
|
23.3% - 31.5%
|
|
25.5% -31.2%
|
|
15.5% - 25.9%
|
F-25
|
|
|
(a) |
|
The Year 1 revenue growth rate is driven by the September 2009
amendment of Reach Medias Sales Representation Agreement
with Citadel, whereby the guaranteed revenue paid to Reach Media
by Citadel was reduced by $2.0 million in the fourth
quarter of 2009, the final quarter for the term of the
agreement. Effective January 2010, Reach Media and Citadel are
now party to a commission based sales representation agreement,
whereby Citadel sells
out-of-show
inventory for the Tom Joyner Morning Show. Reach Media now sells
all in-show inventory. |
CCI, an online social networking company, was acquired by the
Company in April 2008 and is now included within the operations
of the Interactive One reporting unit, which is part of the
internet segment. With the weak economy and its negative impact
on online advertising, the Company lowered its internal
projections for the reporting unit, and performed its first
interim impairment testing in August 2009. Below are some of the
key assumptions used in the income approach model for
determining the fair value as of August 2009, as of
October 1, 2009 and finally as of October 1, 2010.
When compared to discount rates for the radio reporting units,
the higher discount rate used to value the reporting unit is
reflective of discount rates applicable to internet media
businesses. As a result of the testing performed, the Company
concluded no impairment to the carrying value had occurred. We
did not make any changes to the methodology for valuing or
allocating goodwill when determining the carrying value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 31,
|
|
October 1,
|
|
October 1,
|
Goodwill (Internet Segment)
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Pre-tax impairment charges
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
Discount Rate
|
|
17.0%
|
|
16.5%
|
|
15.0%
|
Year 1 Revenue Growth Rate
|
|
13.7%
|
|
13.7%
|
|
24.5%
|
Long-term Revenue Growth Rate (Year 10)
|
|
3.5%
|
|
3.5%
|
|
3.0%
|
Operating Profit Margin Range
|
|
8.8% - 42.9%
|
|
10.8% - 42.2%
|
|
(0.6)% - 32.7%
|
The above three goodwill tables reflect some of the key
valuation assumptions used for 12 of our 19 reporting units. As
a result of our testing in 2010, goodwill of $16.1 million
was impaired in one of our reporting units. There are seven
remaining reporting units that had no goodwill carrying value
balances as of December 31, 2010.
Goodwill
Valuation Results
The table below presents the changes in the Companys
goodwill carrying values for its two reportable segments. The
Companys goodwill balance decreased from approximately
$137.5 million at December 31, 2009 to
$121.4 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease was
due to the impairment of $16.1 million of remaining
goodwill in one of our reporting units. As noted above, the 19
reporting units consist of the 16 radio markets plus three other
business divisions. The actual reporting units are not disclosed
so as to not make sensitive information publicly available that
could potentially be competitively harmful to the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill Carrying Balances
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
Reporting Unit
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Decrease
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting Segment
|
|
$
|
115.7
|
|
|
$
|
(16.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
99.6
|
|
Internet Segment
|
|
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
137.5
|
|
|
$
|
(16.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
121.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In arriving at the estimated fair values for radio broadcasting
licenses and goodwill, we also performed a reasonableness test
by comparing our overall average implied multiple based on our
cash flow projections and fair values to recently completed
sales transactions, and by comparing our estimated fair values
to the market capitalization of the Company. The results of
these comparisons confirmed that the fair value estimates
resulting from our annual assessments in 2010 were reasonable.
F-26
Intangible
Assets Excluding Goodwill and Radio Broadcasting
Licenses
Other intangible assets, excluding goodwill and radio
broadcasting licenses, are being amortized on a straight-line
basis over various periods. Other intangible assets consist of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
Period of
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names
|
|
$
|
17,138
|
|
|
$
|
16,965
|
|
|
2-5 Years
|
Talent agreement
|
|
|
19,549
|
|
|
|
19,549
|
|
|
10 Years
|
Debt financing and modification costs
|
|
|
19,374
|
|
|
|
17,527
|
|
|
Term of debt
|
Intellectual property
|
|
|
14,151
|
|
|
|
13,011
|
|
|
4-10 Years
|
Affiliate agreements
|
|
|
7,769
|
|
|
|
7,769
|
|
|
1-10 Years
|
Acquired income leases
|
|
|
1,282
|
|
|
|
1,282
|
|
|
3-9 Years
|
Non-compete agreements
|
|
|
1,260
|
|
|
|
1,260
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
Advertiser agreements
|
|
|
6,613
|
|
|
|
6,613
|
|
|
2-7 Years
|
Favorable office and transmitter leases
|
|
|
3,358
|
|
|
|
3,358
|
|
|
2-60 Years
|
Brand names
|
|
|
2,539
|
|
|
|
2,539
|
|
|
2.5 Years
|
Other intangibles
|
|
|
1,258
|
|
|
|
1,260
|
|
|
1-5 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94,291
|
|
|
|
91,133
|
|
|
|
Less: Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(54,255
|
)
|
|
|
(56,074
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
$
|
40,036
|
|
|
$
|
35,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense of intangible assets for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was approximately
$7.0 million, $8.4 million and $7.3 million,
respectively. The amortization of deferred financing costs was
charged to interest expense for all periods presented. The
amount of deferred financing costs included in interest expense
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was
approximately $3.0 million, $2.4 million and
$2.6 million, respectively.
The following table presents the Companys estimate of
amortization expense for the years 2011 through 2015 for
intangible assets, excluding deferred financing costs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
5,550
|
|
2012
|
|
$
|
5,278
|
|
2013
|
|
$
|
4,727
|
|
2014
|
|
$
|
4,125
|
|
2015
|
|
$
|
247
|
|
Actual amortization expense may vary as a result of future
acquisitions and dispositions.
|
|
6.
|
INVESTMENT
IN AFFILIATED COMPANY:
|
In January 2004, the Company, together with an affiliate of
Comcast Corporation and other investors, launched TV One, an
entity formed to operate a cable television network featuring
lifestyle, entertainment and news-related programming targeted
primarily towards
African-American
viewers. At that time, we committed to make a cumulative cash
investment of $74.0 million in TV One, of which
$60.3 million had been funded as of April 30, 2007,
with no additional funding investment made since then. Since
December 31, 2006, the initial four year commitment period
for funding the capital has been extended on a quarterly basis
due in part to TV Ones lower than anticipated capital
needs. Currently, the commitment period has been extended to
April 1, 2011. We anticipate funding our remaining capital
commitment amount of approximately $13.7 million at or
about that time. In December 2004, TV One entered into a
distribution agreement with DIRECTV and
F-27
certain affiliates of DIRECTV became investors in TV One. As of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company owned approximately
37% of TV One on a fully-converted basis.
The Company has recorded its investment at cost and has adjusted
the carrying amount of the investment to recognize the change in
the Companys claim on the net assets of TV One resulting
from operating income or losses of TV One as well as other
capital transactions of TV One using a hypothetical liquidation
at book value approach. For the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008, the Companys allocable share of TV
Ones operating income or (losses) was approximately
$5.6 million, $3.7 million and $(3.7) million,
respectively.
At each of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the carrying value
of the Companys investment in TV One was approximately
$47.5 million and $48.5 million, respectively, and is
presented on the consolidated balance sheets as investment in
affiliated company. At December 31, 2010, the
Companys maximum exposure to loss as a result of its
involvement with TV One was determined to be approximately
$61.2 million, which is the Companys carrying value
of its investment plus its future contractual funding commitment.
We entered into separate network services and advertising
services agreements with TV One in 2003. Under the network
services agreement, we provided TV One with administrative and
operational support services and access to Radio One
personalities. This agreement, originally scheduled to expire in
January 2009, but was extended to January 2010 and has been
further extended to January 2011. Under the advertising services
agreement, we provided a specified amount of advertising to TV
One. This agreement was also originally scheduled to expire in
January 2009 and has been extended to January 2011. In
consideration of providing these services, we have received
equity in TV One, and receive an annual cash fee of $500,000 for
providing services under the network services agreement. While
each of these agreements has expired, we are currently
evaluating the agreements given new and anticipated synergies.
The Company is currently negotiating the renewal of these
agreements.
The Company is accounting for the services provided to TV One
under the advertising and network services agreements in
accordance with
ASC 505-50-30,
Equity. As services are provided to TV One,
the Company is recording revenue based on the fair value of the
most reliable unit of measurement in these transactions. For the
advertising services agreement, the most reliable unit of
measurement has been determined to be the value of underlying
advertising time that is being provided to TV One. For the
network services agreement, the most reliable unit of
measurement has been determined to be the value of the equity
received in TV One. The Company recognized $1.8 million,
$2.3 million and $3.6 million in revenue relating to
these two agreements for the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
Summarized unaudited financial information for our significant
equity investment is reported below (in thousands, amounts
represent 100% of investee financial information):
Statement
of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
107,283
|
|
Costs and expenses
|
|
|
87,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings from continuing operations
|
|
|
19,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
19,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
Balance
Sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
50,619
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
|
110,833
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
8,663
|
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
|
53,792
|
|
Equity
|
|
$
|
98,997
|
|
|
|
7.
|
OTHER
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
Other current liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
$
|
6,389
|
|
|
$
|
2,964
|
|
Deferred barter revenue
|
|
|
1,204
|
|
|
|
1,344
|
|
Deferred contract credits
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
237
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
Accrued national representative fees
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
720
|
|
Accrued miscellaneous taxes
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
2,454
|
|
|
|
1,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
11,725
|
|
|
$
|
7,236
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
DERIVATIVE
INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES:
|
ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, establishes
disclosure requirements related to derivative instruments and
hedging activities with the intent to provide users of financial
statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and
why an entity uses derivative instruments; (b) how
derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted
for and its related interpretations; and (c) how derivative
instruments and related hedged items affect an entitys
financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.
ASC 815 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives
and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures
about the fair value of gains and losses on derivative
instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related
contingent features in derivative instruments.
F-29
The fair values and the presentation of the Companys
derivative instruments in the consolidated balance sheets are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability Derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
Balance Sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Location
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
Other Current Liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Other Current
Liabilities
|
|
$
|
486
|
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
Other Long-Term
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Long-Term
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
1,426
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employment agreement award
|
|
Other Long-Term
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Long-Term
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
6,824
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
4,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivatives
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,250
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The effect and the presentation of the Companys derivative
instruments on the consolidated statements of operations are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For The Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Other Comprehensive
|
|
|
Gain (Loss) Reclassified from
|
|
|
Gain (Loss) in Income (Ineffective
|
|
|
|
Income on Derivative
|
|
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive
|
|
|
Portion and Amount Excluded from
|
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Loss into Income (Effective Portion)
|
|
|
Effectiveness Testing)
|
|
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Relationships
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Location
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Location
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
$
|
662
|
|
|
$
|
895
|
|
|
$
|
(3,625
|
)
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
$
|
(1,510
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,749
|
)
|
|
$
|
(601
|
)
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss) in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income of Derivative
|
|
|
|
Location of Gain
|
|
For the Years Ended
|
|
Derivatives Not Designated as
|
|
(Loss) in Income of
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Hedging Instruments
|
|
Derivative
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Employment agreement award
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
$
|
(2,167
|
)
|
|
$
|
(331
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,326
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hedging
Activities
In June 2005, pursuant to the Credit Agreement (as defined in
Note 9 Long-Term Debt), the Company
entered into four fixed rate swap agreements to reduce interest
rate fluctuations on certain floating rate debt commitments.
Three of the four $25.0 million swap agreements have
expired, one in each of June 2007, 2008, and 2010, respectively.
The remaining swap agreement has the following terms:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional Amount
|
|
Expiration
|
|
Fixed Rate
|
|
Swap Agreement
|
|
$
|
25.0 million
|
|
|
|
June 16, 2012
|
|
|
|
4.47
|
%
|
The remaining swap agreement has been accounted for as a
qualifying cash flow hedge of the Companys senior bank
debt, in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and
Hedging, whereby changes in the fair market value are
reflected as adjustments to the fair value of the derivative
instruments as reflected on the accompanying consolidated
financial statements.
F-30
The Companys objectives in using interest rate swaps are
to manage interest rate risk associated with the Companys
floating rate debt commitments and to add stability to future
cash flows. To accomplish this objective, the Company uses
interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management
strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges
involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty
in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the
life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying
notional amount.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of
derivatives designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges is
recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and is
subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the
hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. During 2010 and
2009, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash
flows associated with existing floating rate debt commitments.
The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the
derivatives, if any, is recognized directly in earnings. There
was no hedging ineffectiveness during the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
Amounts reported in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss related
to derivatives are reclassified to interest expense as interest
payments are made on the Companys floating rate debt.
During the next 12 months, the Company estimates that an
additional amount of approximately $1.0 million will be
reclassified as an increase to interest expense.
Under the swap agreement, the Company pays the fixed rate listed
in the table above. The counterparties to the agreement pay the
Company a floating interest rate based on the three month LIBOR,
for which measurement and settlement is performed quarterly. The
counterparty to the agreement is an international financial
institution. The Company estimates the net fair value of the
instrument as of December 31, 2010 to be a liability of
approximately $1.4 million. The fair value of the interest
rate swap agreement is estimated by obtaining a quotation from
the financial institution, which is a party to the
Companys swap agreement and adjusted for credit risk.
The amounts incurred by the Company, representing the effective
difference between the fixed rate under the swap agreement and
the variable rate on the underlying term of the debt, are
included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations.
Other
Derivative Instruments
The Company recognizes all derivatives at fair value, whether
designated in hedging relationships or not, in the balance sheet
as either an asset or liability. The accounting for changes in
the fair value of a derivative, including certain derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts, depends on the intended
use of the derivative and the resulting designation. If the
derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in
the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item are
recognized in the statement of operations. If the derivative is
designated as a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of
the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and
are recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged
item affects net income. If a derivative does not qualify as a
hedge, it is marked to fair value through the statement of
operations. Any fees associated with these derivatives are
amortized over their term.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company was party to an
Employment Agreement executed in April 2008 with the CEO which
calls for an award that has been accounted for as a derivative
instrument without a hedging relationship in accordance with the
guidance under ASC 815, Derivatives and
Hedging. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, the CEO
is eligible to receive an award amount equal to 8% of any
proceeds from distributions or other liquidity events in excess
of the return of the Companys aggregate investment in TV
One. The primary inputs used by the Company to establish a value
for this award include the enterprise valuation of TV One using
a discounted cash flow model and the assessment of certain
probability factors to evaluate the likelihood that the award
will be paid. The Company reassessed the estimated fair value of
the award at December 31, 2010 to be approximately
$6.8 million, and accordingly, adjusted its liability to
this amount. The Companys obligation to pay the award will
be triggered only after the Companys recovery of the
aggregate amount of its capital contribution in TV One and only
upon actual receipt of distributions of cash or marketable
securities or proceeds from a liquidity event with respect to
the Companys membership interest in TV One. The CEO was
fully vested in the award upon execution of the Employment
Agreement,
F-31
and the award lapses upon expiration of the Employment Agreement
in April 2011, or earlier if the CEO voluntarily leaves the
Company, or is terminated for cause. The Company is currently in
negotiations with the Companys CEO to renew the Employment
Agreement that expires in April 2011.
Long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Senior bank term debt
|
|
$
|
346,681
|
|
|
$
|
45,024
|
|
Senior bank revolving debt
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
306,000
|
|
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101,510
|
|
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016
|
|
|
286,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note payable
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
642,222
|
|
|
|
653,534
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
18,402
|
|
|
|
652,534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
$
|
623,820
|
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit
Facilities
Post
November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
On November 24, 2010, the Company entered into a Credit
Agreement amendment with the existing syndicate of banks. The
Credit Agreement amendment, which amends and restates the Credit
agreement (as so amended and restated, the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement), among other things, replaced
the existing amount of outstanding revolving loans with a
$323.0 million term loan and provided for three tranches of
revolving loans, including a $20.0 million revolver to be
used for working capital, capital expenditures, investments, and
other lawful corporate purposes, a $5.1 million revolver to
be used solely to redeem and retire the 2011 Notes, and a
$13.7 million revolver to be used solely to fund a capital
call with respect to TV One. See Note 19
Subsequent Events.
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for
maintenance of the following maximum fixed charge coverage ratio
as of the last day of each fiscal quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Period
|
|
Ratio
|
|
November 24, 2010 to December 30, 2010
|
|
|
1.05 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2012
|
|
|
1.07 to 1.00
|
|
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provides for
maintenance of the following maximum total leverage ratios
(subject to certain adjustments if subordinated debt is issued
or any portion of the $13.7 million revolver is used to
fund a TV One capital call):
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Period
|
|
Ratio
|
|
November 24, 2010 to December 30, 2010
|
|
|
9.35 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2010 to December 30, 2011
|
|
|
9.00 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
9.25 to 1.00
|
|
F-32
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provides for
maintenance of the following maximum senior leverage ratios
(subject to certain adjustments if any portion of the
$13.7 million revolver is used to fund a TV One capital
call):
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
No greater than
|
|
November 24, 2010 to December 30, 2010
|
|
|
5.25 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2010 to March 30, 2011
|
|
|
5.00 to 1.00
|
|
March 31, 2011 to September 29, 2011
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
September 30, 2011 to December 30, 2011
|
|
|
4.50 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for
maintenance of average weekly availability at any time during
any period set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average weekly availability no
|
Beginning
|
|
less than
|
|
November 24, 2010 through and including June 30, 2011
|
|
$
|
10,000,000
|
|
July 1, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
$
|
15,000,000
|
|
Since November 24, 2010, and as of December 31, 2010,
the Company has been in compliance with all of its financial
covenants under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
As of December 31, 2010, approximate ratios calculated in
accordance with the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Covenant Limit
|
|
Cushion
|
|
Pro Forma Last Twelve Months Covenant EBITDA (In millions)
|
|
$
|
78.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma Last Twelve Months Fixed Charges (In millions)
|
|
$
|
65.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Debt (In millions)
|
|
$
|
354.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Debt (In millions)
|
|
$
|
642.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Secured Leverage:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Secured Debt / Covenant EBITDA
|
|
|
4.50
|
x
|
|
|
5.00
|
x
|
|
|
0.50
|
x
|
Total Leverage:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Debt / Covenant EBITDA
|
|
|
8.15
|
x
|
|
|
9.00
|
x
|
|
|
0.85
|
x
|
Fixed Charge Coverage:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covenant EBITDA / Fixed Charges
|
|
|
1.21
|
x
|
|
|
1.07
|
x
|
|
|
0.14
|
x
|
EBITDA Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Senior bank term debt outstanding at December 31,
2010 was approximately $346.7 million which consisted of a
new term loan of approximately $323.0 million in addition
to $23.7 million outstanding on the existing term loan
facility.
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
interest on both alternate base rate loans and LIBOR loans is
payable monthly. The LIBOR interest rate floor is 1.00% and the
alternate base rate is equal to the greater of the prime rate,
the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50% and the LIBOR Rate
for a one-month period plus 1.00%. Interest payable on
(i) LIBOR loans will be at LIBOR plus 6.25% and
(ii) alternate base rate loans will be at alternate base
rate plus 5.25% (and, in each case, may be permanently increased
if the Company exceeds certain senior leverage ratio levels,
tested quarterly beginning June 30, 2011). The interest
rate paid in excess of LIBOR could be as high as 7.25% during
the last quarter prior to maturity if the Company exceeds the
senior leverage ratio levels on each test date. Commencing on
F-33
September 30, 2011, quarterly installments of 0.25%, or
$807,500, of the principal balance on the $323.0 million
term loan are payable on the last day of each March, June,
September and December.
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
quarterly installments of principal on the term loan facility
were payable on the last day of each March, June, September and
December commencing on September 30, 2007 in a percentage
amount of the principal balance of the term loan facility
outstanding on September 30, 2007, net of loan repayments,
of 1.25% between September 30, 2007 and June 30, 2008,
5.0% between September 30, 2008 and June 30, 2009, and
6.25% between September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2012.
Based on the (i) $174.4 million net principal balance
of the term loan facility outstanding on September 30,
2008, (ii) a $70.0 million prepayment in March 2009,
(iii) a $31.5 million prepayment in May 2009 and
(iv) a $5.0 million prepayment in May 2010, quarterly
payments of $4.0 million are payable between June 30,
2010 and June 30, 2012.
On December 24, 2010, all remaining outstanding 2011 Notes
were repurchased pursuant to the indenture governing the 2011
Notes. We incurred approximately $4.5 million in borrowings
under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in connection
with such repurchase.
As a result of our repurchase and refinancing of the 2011 Notes,
the expiration of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is
June 30, 2012.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately
$16.9 million of borrowing capacity under its revolving
credit facility. Taking into consideration the financial
covenants under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the
entire amount of that borrowing capacity was available for
borrowing.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had outstanding
approximately $353.7 million on its credit facility. During
the year ended December 31, 2010 the Company borrowed
approximately $24.0 million and repaid approximately
$21.5 million.
Pre
November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
In June 2005, the Company entered into the Credit Agreement with
a syndicate of banks, and simultaneously borrowed
$437.5 million to retire all outstanding obligations under
its previous credit agreement. The Credit Agreement was amended
in April 2006 and September 2007 to modify certain financial
covenants and other provisions. Prior to the November 2010
Refinancing Transaction, the Credit Agreement was to expire the
earlier of (a) six months prior to the scheduled maturity
date of the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 1, 2011 (January 1, 2011)
(unless the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes have been repurchased or refinanced prior to
such date) or (b) June 30, 2012. The total amount
available under the Credit Agreement was $800.0 million,
consisting of a $500.0 million revolving facility and a
$300.0 million term loan facility. Borrowings under the
credit facilities were and remain subject to compliance with
certain provisions including, but not limited, to financial
covenants. The Company could use proceeds from the credit
facilities for working capital, capital expenditures made in the
ordinary course of business, its common stock repurchase
program, permitted direct and indirect investments and other
lawful corporate purposes.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, we noted that
certain of our subsidiaries identified as guarantors in our
financial statements did not have requisite guarantees filed
with the trustee as required under the terms of the indentures
governing the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the 2013 Notes) and
2011 Notes (the Non-Joinder of Certain
Subsidiaries). The Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries
caused a non-monetary, technical default under the terms of the
relevant indentures at December 31, 2009, causing a
non-monetary, technical cross-default at December 31, 2009
under the terms of our Credit Agreement. On March 30, 2010,
we joined the relevant subsidiaries as guarantors under the
relevant indentures (the Joinder). Further, on
March 30, 2010, we entered into a third amendment (the
Third Amendment) to the Credit Agreement. The Third
Amendment provides for, among other things: (i) a
$100.0 million revolver commitment reduction (from
$500.0 million to $400.0 million) under the bank
facilities; (ii) a 1.0% floor with respect to any loan
bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the
adjusted LIBOR (iii) certain additional collateral
requirements; (iv) certain limitations on the use of
proceeds from the revolving loan commitments; (v) the
addition of Interactive One, LLC as a guarantor of the loans
under the Credit Agreement
F-34
and under the notes governed by the Companys 2011 Notes
and 2013 Notes; (vi) the waiver of the technical
cross-defaults that existed as of December 31, 2009 and
through the date of the amendment arising due to the Non-Joinder
of Certain Subsidiaries; and (vii) the payment of certain
fees and expenses of the lenders in connection with their
diligence work on the amendment.
The Credit Agreement, as of November 23, 2010 contained
affirmative and negative covenants that the Company was required
to comply with, including:
(a) maintaining an interest coverage ratio of no less than:
|
|
|
|
|
1.90 to 1.00 from January 1, 2006 to September 13,
2007;
|
|
|
|
1.60 to 1.00 from September 14, 2007 to June 30, 2008;
|
|
|
|
1.75 to 1.00 from July 1, 2008 to December 31, 2009;
|
|
|
|
2.00 to 1.00 from January 1, 2010 to December 31,
2010; and
|
|
|
|
2.25 to 1.00 from January 1, 2011 and thereafter;
|
(b) maintaining a total leverage ratio of no greater than:
|
|
|
|
|
7.00 to 1.00 beginning April 1, 2006 to September 13,
2007;
|
|
|
|
7.75 to 1.00 beginning September 14, 2007 to March 31,
2008;
|
|
|
|
7.50 to 1.00 beginning April 1, 2008 to September 30,
2008;
|
|
|
|
7.25 to 1.00 beginning October 1, 2008 to June 30,
2010;
|
|
|
|
6.50 to 1.00 beginning July 1, 2010 to September 30,
2011; and
|
|
|
|
6.00 to 1.00 beginning October 1, 2011 and thereafter;
|
(c) maintaining a senior leverage ratio of no greater than:
|
|
|
|
|
5.00 to 1.00 beginning June 13, 2005 to September 30,
2006;
|
|
|
|
4.50 to 1.00 beginning October 1, 2006 to
September 30, 2007; and
|
|
|
|
4.00 to 1.00 beginning October 1, 2007 and
thereafter; and
|
(d) limitations on:
|
|
|
|
|
liens;
|
|
|
|
sale of assets;
|
|
|
|
payment of dividends; and
|
|
|
|
mergers.
|
Based on its fiscal year end 2007 excess cash flow calculation,
the Company made a principal prepayment of approximately
$6.0 million in May 2008. For the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, no excess cash calculation was
required and, therefore, no payment was required. However, in
March 2009 and May 2009, based on the excess proceeds
calculation (which included asset acquisition and disposition
activity for the twelve month period ending May 31, 2008),
the Company made prepayments of $70.0 million and
$31.5 million, respectively, on the term loan facility.
These prepayments were funded with $70.0 million and
$31.5 million in loan proceeds from the revolving facility
in March 2009 and May 2009, respectively.
Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, upon any breach or
default under either the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 2011 or the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013, the lenders could among
other actions immediately terminate the Credit Agreement and
declare the loans then outstanding under the Credit Agreement to
be due and payable in whole immediately. Similarly, under the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes and the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes, a default under the terms of the Credit
F-35
Agreement would constitute an event of default, and the trustees
or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding notes (under either class) may declare the principal
of such class of note and interest to be due and payable
immediately.
As of each of June 30, 2010, July 1, 2010 and
September 30, 2010, we were not in compliance with the
terms of our Existing Credit Facility. More specifically,
(i) as of June 30, 2010, we failed to maintain a total
leverage ratio of 7.25 to 1.00 (ii) as of each of
July 1, 2010 and September 30, 2010, as a result of a
step down of the total leverage ratio from no greater than 7.25
to 1.00 to no greater than 6.50 to 1.00 effective for the period
July 1, 2010 to September 30, 2011, we also failed to
maintain the requisite total leverage ratio and (iii) as of
September 30, 2010, we failed to maintain a senior leverage
ratio of 4.00 to 1.00. On July 15, 2010, the Company and
its subsidiaries entered into a forbearance agreement (the
Forbearance Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
(successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as
administrative agent (the Agent), and financial
institutions constituting the majority of outstanding loans and
commitments (the Required Lenders) under our
Existing Credit Facility, relating to the defaults and events of
default existing as of June 30, 2010 and July 1, 2010.
On August 13, 2010, we entered into an amendment to the
Forbearance Agreement (the Forbearance Agreement
Amendment) that, among other things, extended the
termination date of the Forbearance Agreement to
September 10, 2010, unless terminated earlier by its terms,
and provided additional forbearance related to the then
anticipated default caused by an opinion of Ernst &
Young LLP expressing substantial doubt about the Companys
ability to continue as a going concern as issued in connection
with the restatement of our financial statements. Under the
Forbearance Agreement and the Forbearance Agreement Amendment,
the Agent and the Required Lenders maintained the right to
deliver payment blockage notices to the trustees for
the holders of the 2011 Notes
and/or the
2013 Notes.
On August 5, 2010, the Agent delivered a payment blockage
notice to the Trustee under the Indenture governing our 2013
Notes. As a result, neither we nor any of our guaranteeing
subsidiaries may make any payment or distribution of any kind or
character in respect of obligations under the 2013 Notes,
including the interest payment that was scheduled to be made on
August 16, 2010. The
30-day grace
period for the nonpayment of interest before such nonpayment
constituted an event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
expired on September 15, 2010. While the trustee or holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2013
Notes could declare the principal amount, and accrued and unpaid
interest, on all outstanding 2013 Notes to be due and payable
immediately as a result of such event of default, no such
remedies were exercised as we continued to negotiate the terms
of the amended exchange offer and a new support agreement with
the members of the ad hoc group of holders of our 2011 Notes and
2013 Notes. The event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
also constituted an event of default under the Existing Credit
Facility. While the Forbearance Agreement Amendment expired by
its terms on September 10, 2010, we and the Agent continued
to negotiate the terms of a credit facility amendment and the
Agent and the lenders did not exercise additional remedies under
the Existing Credit Facility. The Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement cured these issues.
Senior
Subordinated Notes
Post
November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
On November 24, 2010, we issued $286.8 million of our
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016 in a private placement and
exchanged and then cancelled approximately $97.0 million of
$101.5 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of
our 2011 Notes and approximately $199.3 million of
$200.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of
our 2013 Notes (the 2013 Notes together with the 2011 Notes, the
Prior Notes). We entered into supplemental
indentures in respect of each of the Prior Notes which waived
any and all existing defaults and events of default that had
arisen or may have arisen that may be waived and eliminated
substantially all of the covenants in each indenture governing
the Prior Notes, other than the covenants to pay principal and
interest on the Prior Notes when due, and eliminated or modified
the related events of default. Subsequently, all remaining
outstanding 2011 Notes were repurchased pursuant to the
indenture governing the 2011 Notes, effective as of
December 24, 2010.
F-36
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had outstanding
$747,000 of its
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013 and $286.8 million of
our
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, pursuant to the debt exchange, the
Company repurchased $101.5 million of the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes at par and $199.3 million of the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes at an average discount of 5.0%, and recorded
a gain on the retirement of debt of approximately
$6.6 million, net of the write-off of deferred financing
costs of approximately $3.3 million. The
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016 had a carrying value of
$286.8 million and a fair value of approximately
$278.2 million as of December 31, 2010, and the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013 had a carrying value of
$747,000 and a fair value of approximately $672,000 as of
December 31, 2010. The fair values were determined based on
the trading value of the instruments as of the reporting date.
Interest payments under the terms of the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes are due in February and August. Based on the
$747,000 principal balance of the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes outstanding on December 31, 2010,
interest payments of $24,000 are payable each February and
August through February 2013.
Interest on the
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes will be payable in cash, or at our election,
partially in cash and partially through the issuance of
additional
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes (a PIK Election) on a quarterly
basis in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and
November 15, commencing on February 15, 2011. We may
make a PIK Election only with respect to interest accruing up to
but not including May 15, 2012, and with respect to
interest accruing from and after May 15, 2012 such interest
shall accrue at a rate of 12.5% per annum and shall be payable
in cash.
Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the date of
original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from
the date it was most recently paid. Interest will accrue for
each quarterly period at a rate of 12.5% per annum if the
interest for such quarterly period is paid fully in cash. In the
event of a PIK Election, including the PIK Election currently in
effect, the interest paid in cash and the interest
paid-in-kind
by issuance of additional Exchange Notes (PIK Notes)
will accrue for such quarterly period at 6.0% per annum and 9.0%
per annum, respectively.
In the absence of an election for any interest period, interest
on the Exchange Notes shall be payable according to the election
for the previous interest period; provided that interest
accruing from and after May 15, 2012 shall accrue at a rate
of 12.5% per annum and shall be payable in cash. A PIK Election
is currently in effect.
Pre
November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
Subsequent to December 31, 2009, we noted that certain of
our subsidiaries identified as guarantors in our financial
statements did not have requisite guarantees filed with the
trustee as required under the terms of the indentures (the
Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries). The
Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries caused a non-monetary,
technical default under the terms of the relevant indentures at
December 31, 2009, causing a non-monetary, technical
cross-default at December 31, 2009 under the terms of our
Credit Agreement dated as of June 13, 2005. We have since
joined the relevant subsidiaries as guarantors under the
relevant indentures (the Joinder). Further, on
March 30, 2010, we entered into a third amendment (the
Third Amendment) to the Credit Agreement. The Third
Amendment provides for, among other things: (i) a
$100.0 million revolver commitment reduction under the bank
facilities; (ii) a 1.0% floor with respect to any loan
bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the
adjusted LIBOR (iii) certain additional collateral
requirements; (iv) certain limitations on the use of
proceeds from the revolving loan commitments; (v) the
addition of Interactive One, LLC as a guarantor of the loans
under the Credit Agreement and under the notes governed by the
Companys 2001 and 2005 senior subordinated debt documents;
(vi) the waiver of the technical cross-defaults that
existed as of December 31, 2009 and through the date of the
amendment arising due to the Non-Joinder of Certain
Subsidiaries; and (vii) the payment of certain fees and
expenses of the lenders in connection with their diligence in
connection with the amendment.
On August 5, 2010, the Agent under our Existing Credit
Facility delivered a payment blockage notice to the Trustee
under the Indenture governing our 2013 Notes. As a result,
neither we nor any of our guaranteeing
F-37
subsidiaries may make any payment or distribution of any kind or
character in respect of obligations under the 2013 Notes,
including the interest payment that was scheduled to be made on
August 16, 2010. The
30-day grace
period for the nonpayment of interest before such nonpayment
constituted an event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
expired on September 15, 2010. While the trustee or holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2013
Notes could declare the principal amount, and accrued and unpaid
interest, on all outstanding 2013 Notes to be due and payable
immediately as a result of such event of default, no such
remedies had been exercised as we continued to negotiate the
terms of the amended exchange offer and a new support agreement
with the members of the ad hoc group of holders of our 2011 and
2013 Notes. The event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
also constituted an event of default under the Existing Credit
Facility. As of November 24, 2010, any and all existing
defaults and events of default that had arisen or may have
arisen were cured.
As of each of June 30, 2010, July 1, 2010 and
September 30, 2010, we were not in compliance with the
terms of our Existing Credit Facility. More specifically,
(i) as of June 30, 2010, we failed to maintain a total
leverage ratio of 7.25 to 1.00 (ii) as of each of
July 1, 2010 and September 30, 2010, as a result of a
step down of the total leverage ratio from no greater than 7.25
to 1.00 to no greater than 6.50 to 1.00 effective for the period
July 1, 2010 to September 30, 2011, we also failed to
maintain the requisite total leverage ratio and (iii) as of
September 30, 2010, we failed to maintain a senior leverage
ratio of 4.00 to 1.00. On July 15, 2010, the Company and
its subsidiaries entered into the Forbearance Agreement with
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Wachovia Bank,
National Association), as Agent, and the Required Lenders under
our Existing Credit Facility, relating to the defaults and
events of default existing as of June 30, 2010 and
July 1, 2010. On August 13, 2010, we entered into an
amendment to the Forbearance Agreement Amendment that, among
other things, extended the termination date of the Forbearance
Agreement to September 10, 2010, unless terminated earlier
by its terms, and provided additional forbearance related to the
then anticipated default caused by an opinion of
Ernst & Young LLP expressing substantial doubt about
the Companys ability to continue as a going concern as
issued in connection with the restatement of our financial
statements. Under the Forbearance Agreement and the Forbearance
Agreement Amendment, the Agent and the Required Lenders
maintained the right to deliver payment blockage
notices to the trustees for the holders of the 2011 Notes
and/or the
2013 Notes.
On August 5, 2010, the Agent under our Existing Credit
Facility delivered a payment blockage notice to the Trustee
under the Indenture governing our 2013 Notes. As a result,
neither we nor any of our guaranteeing subsidiaries may make any
payment or distribution of any kind or character in respect of
obligations under the 2013 Notes, including the interest payment
that was scheduled to be made on August 16, 2010. The
30-day grace
period for the nonpayment of interest before such nonpayment
constituted an event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
expired on September 15, 2010. While the trustee or holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2013
Notes could declare the principal amount, and accrued and unpaid
interest, on all outstanding 2013 Notes to be due and payable
immediately as a result of such event of default, as of the date
of this filing, no such remedies had been exercised as we
continued to negotiate the terms of the amended exchange offer
and a new support agreement with the members of the ad hoc group
of holders of our 2011 and 2013 Notes. The event of default
under the 2013 Notes Indenture also constituted an event of
default under the Existing Credit Facility. As of
November 24, 2010, any and all existing defaults and events
of default that had arisen or may have arisen were cured.
The indentures governing the Companys senior subordinated
notes also contain covenants that restrict, among other things,
the ability of the Company to incur additional debt, purchase
common stock, make capital expenditures, make investments or
other restricted payments, swap or sell assets, engage in
transactions with related parties, secure non-senior debt with
assets, or merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all
of its assets.
The Company conducts a portion of its business through its
subsidiaries. Certain of the Companys subsidiaries have
fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Companys
12.5/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes, the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes and the Companys obligations under the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
F-38
Note
Payable
Reach Media issued a $1.0 million promissory note payable
in November 2009 to Radio Networks, a subsidiary of Citadel. The
note was issued in connection with Reach Media entering into a
new sales representation agreement with Radio Networks. The note
bears interest at 7.0% per annum, which is payable quarterly,
and the entire principal amount is due on December 31, 2011.
Future scheduled minimum principal payments of debt as of
December 31, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Subordinated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Credit Facilities
|
|
|
Note Payable
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,402
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
336,279
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016 and thereafter
|
|
|
286,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Debt
|
|
$
|
287,541
|
|
|
$
|
353,681
|
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys provision for income taxes from continuing
operations was approximately $4.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 2010, compared to a provision for income
taxes of approximately $7.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009, and compared to a benefit from income
taxes of $45.2 million for 2008. A reconciliation of the
statutory federal income taxes to the recorded benefit from and
provision for income taxes from continuing operations is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Statutory tax (@ 35% rate)
|
|
$
|
(7,858
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,905
|
)
|
|
$
|
(117,851
|
)
|
Effect of state taxes, net of federal
|
|
|
(613
|
)
|
|
|
(2,267
|
)
|
|
|
(8,651
|
)
|
Effect of state rate and tax law changes
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of equity adjustments including ASC 718
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
321
|
|
Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 162(m)
|
|
|
2,504
|
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
|
3,684
|
|
Interest disallowed under IRC Section 163(i)
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of permanent impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
5,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,429
|
|
Other permanent items
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
220
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
3,171
|
|
|
|
22,259
|
|
|
|
65,478
|
|
Other
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
(212
|
)
|
|
|
1,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
$
|
3,971
|
|
|
$
|
7,014
|
|
|
$
|
(45,183
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
The components of the benefit from and provision for income
taxes from continuing operations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Federal:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
$
|
2,199
|
|
|
$
|
3,834
|
|
|
$
|
4,186
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
1,010
|
|
|
|
5,679
|
|
|
|
(42,805
|
)
|
State:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
|
(3,683
|
)
|
|
|
(6,865
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
$
|
3,971
|
|
|
$
|
7,014
|
|
|
$
|
(45,183
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the tax provision
consisted of $2.2 million for Reach Media,
$2.7 million for the increase in the deferred tax liability
(DTL) associated with certain indefinite-lived intangibles,
$358,000 for state taxes and FIN 48 items, and a tax
benefit of $1.3 million for Reach Media purchase price
accounting amortization. For the year ended December 31,
2009, the tax provision consisted of approximately
$4.5 million for Reach Media, $4.8 million for the
increase in the DTL associated with certain indefinite-lived
intangibles, and $94,000 for state taxes and FIN 48 items,
which were offset by a $1.4 million tax benefit for
true-up
items and a $1.0 million benefit for Reach Media purchase
price accounting amortization. The decrease of $3.0 million
consisted primarily of a $2.3 million decrease for Reach
Media due to a decline in book income. The tax benefit for
December 31, 2008 of $45.2 million was due primarily
to a tax benefit related to impairments of certain
indefinite-lived intangibles. The Company continues to maintain
a full valuation allowance for its net deferred tax assets
(DTAs) other than DTAs for Reach Media.
The loss from discontinued operations for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009
did not result in any tax benefit due to the Companys
valuation allowance. The provision for 2008 for discontinued
operations related to the disposition of certain
indefinite-lived intangibles from the sale of the Los Angeles
and Miami stations. The components of the provision for income
taxes from discontinued operations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Federal:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,078
|
|
State:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,077
|
)
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-40
The significant components of the Companys deferred tax
assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
1,180
|
|
|
$
|
1,095
|
|
Accruals
|
|
|
1,455
|
|
|
|
2,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
|
|
|
2,635
|
|
|
|
3,542
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(2,456
|
)
|
|
|
(3,365
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
21,252
|
|
|
|
49,753
|
|
Fixed Assets
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
1,857
|
|
Other accruals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
208,805
|
|
|
|
181,344
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,336
|
|
|
|
2,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
|
|
|
234,495
|
|
|
|
235,308
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(227,903
|
)
|
|
|
(224,654
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets
|
|
|
6,592
|
|
|
|
10,654
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
6,771
|
|
|
$
|
10,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
|
|
(186
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax liability
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
|
|
(186
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
(87,400
|
)
|
|
|
(87,592
|
)
|
Fixed Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,041
|
)
|
Partnership interests
|
|
|
(7,956
|
)
|
|
|
(9,496
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(628
|
)
|
|
|
(667
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(95,984
|
)
|
|
|
(98,796
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(96,141
|
)
|
|
|
(98,982
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(89,370
|
)
|
|
$
|
(88,151
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had Federal, state,
and city NOL carryforward amounts of approximately
$523.3 million, $496.2 million, and $67.0 million
respectively. The state and city NOLs are applied separately
from the Federal NOL as the Company generally files separate
state and city returns for each subsidiary. Additionally, the
amount of the state NOLs can change whenever future state
apportionment factors differ from current factors. The NOLs may
be subject to limitation under Internal Revenue Code
Section 382. The NOLs begin to expire as early as 2011,
with the final expirations in 2030.
Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary
differences between the assets and liabilities recognized for
financial reporting purposes and amounts recognized for tax
purposes. Deferred taxes are based on tax laws as currently
enacted.
The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately
$4.4 million related to state NOLs of approximately
$56.6 million as of December 31, 2010.
F-41
The Company concluded it was more likely than not that the
benefit from certain of its DTAs would not be realized. The
Company considered its historically profitable jurisdictions,
its sources of future taxable income and tax planning strategies
in determining the amount of valuation allowance recorded. As
part of that assessment, the Company also determined that it was
not appropriate under generally accepted accounting principles
to benefit its DTAs based on DTLs related to indefinite-lived
intangibles that cannot be scheduled to reverse in the same
period. Because the DTL in this case would not reverse until
some future indefinite period when the intangibles are either
sold or impaired, any resulting temporary differences cannot be
considered a source of future taxable income to support
realization of the DTAs. As a result of the assessment, and
given the current total three year cumulative loss position, the
uncertainty of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax
planning strategies, the Company recorded a valuation allowance
of approximately $230.4 million, $228.0 million and
$205.8 million as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
As disclosed in Note 1 Organization and
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Company
accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740,
Income Taxes. The nature of the uncertainties
pertaining to our income taxes is primarily due to various state
tax positions. As of December 31, 2010, we had unrecognized
tax benefits of approximately $5.8 million, of which a net
amount of approximately $3.8 million, if recognized, would
impact the effective tax rate if there was no valuation
allowance. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax
expense. Accordingly, during the year ended December 31,
2010, we recorded interest related to unrecognized tax benefits
of $60,000, and at December 31, 2010, we had recorded a
liability for accrued interest of $265,000. The Company
estimates the possible change to its unrecognized tax benefits
prior to December 31, 2011 would be up to $14,000, due to
closed statutes. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending
amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1
|
|
$
|
6,326
|
|
|
$
|
4,953
|
|
|
$
|
4,534
|
|
Additions (reductions) for tax position related to current year
|
|
|
(475
|
)
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
Additions for tax positions related to prior years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,525
|
|
|
|
457
|
|
Reductions for tax positions as a result of the lapse of
applicable statutes of limitations
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31
|
|
$
|
5,822
|
|
|
$
|
6,326
|
|
|
$
|
4,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, the Company was not under audit in
any jurisdiction for Federal or state income tax purposes.
However, the Companys open tax years for Federal income
tax examinations include the tax years ended December 31,
2008 through 2010. Additionally, prior years are open to the
extent of the amount of the net operating loss from that year.
For state and local purposes, the open years for tax
examinations include the tax years ended December 31, 2006
through 2010.
|
|
11.
|
STOCKHOLDERS
EQUITY:
|
Common
Stock
The Company has four classes of common stock, Class A,
Class B, Class C and Class D. Generally, the
shares of each class are identical in all respects and entitle
the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges. However,
with respect to voting rights, each share of Class A Common
Stock entitles its holder to one vote and each share of
Class B Common Stock entitles its holder to ten votes. The
holders of Class C and Class D Common Stock are not
entitled to vote on any matters. The holders of Class A
Common Stock can convert such shares into shares of Class C
or Class D Common Stock. Subject to certain limitations,
the holders of Class B Common Stock can convert such shares
into shares of Class A Common Stock. The holders of
Class C Common Stock can convert such shares into shares of
Class A Common Stock. The holders of Class D Common
Stock have no such conversion rights.
F-42
Stock
Repurchase Program
In March 2008, the Companys board of directors authorized
a repurchase of shares of the Companys Class A and
Class D Common Stock through December 31, 2009, in an
amount of up to $150.0 million, the maximum amount
allowable under the Credit Agreement. The amount and timing of
such repurchases was based on pricing, general economic and
market conditions, and the restrictions contained in the
agreements governing the Companys credit facilities and
subordinated debt and certain other factors. While
$150.0 million is the maximum amount allowable under the
Credit Agreement, in 2005, under a prior board authorization,
the Company utilized approximately $78.0 million to
repurchase common stock leaving capacity of $72.0 million
under the Credit Agreement. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, the Company did not repurchase any
Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock. During
the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company repurchased
34,889 shares of Class A Common Stock at an average
price of $0.68 and 27.7 million shares of Class D
Common Stock at an average price of $0.71. The Company did not
have any capacity available to repurchase stock in 2010 since
the authorization expired by its terms on December 31, 2009
and has not been renewed.
Stock
Option and Restricted Stock Grant Plan
Under the Companys 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock
Grant Plan (Plan), the Company had the authority to
issue up to 10,816,198 shares of Class D Common Stock
and 1,408,099 shares of Class A Common Stock. The Plan
expired March 10, 2009. The options previously issued under
this plan are exercisable in installments determined by the
compensation committee of the Companys board of directors
at the time of grant. These options expire as determined by the
compensation committee, but no later than ten years from the
date of the grant. The Company uses an average life for all
option awards. The Company settles stock options upon exercise
by issuing stock.
A new stock option and restricted stock plan (the 2009
Stock Plan) was approved by the stockholders at the
Companys annual meeting on December 16, 2009. The
terms of the 2009 Stock Plan are substantially similar to the
prior Plan. The Company has the authority to issue up to
8,250,000 shares of Class D Common Stock under the
2009 Stock Plan. As of December 31, 2010,
5,050,570 shares of Class D Common Stock were
available for grant under the 2009 Stock Plan.
The compensation committee and the non-executive members of the
Board of Directors approved a long-term incentive plan (the
2009 LTIP) for certain key employees of
the Company. The purpose of the 2009 LTIP was to retain and
incent these key employees in light of sacrifices
they made as a result of the cost savings initiatives in
response to current economic conditions. These sacrifices
included not receiving performance-based bonuses in 2008 and
salary reductions and shorter work weeks in 2009 in order to
provide expense savings and financial flexibility to the
Company. The 2009 LTIP is comprised of 3,250,000 shares
(the LTIP Shares) of the 2009 Stock Plans
8,250,000 shares of Class D Common Stock. Awards of
the LTIP Shares were granted in the form of restricted stock and
allocated among 31 employees of the Company, including the
named executive officers. The named executive officers were
allocated LTIP Shares as follows: (i) Chief Executive
Officer (CEO) (1.0 million shares);
(ii) the Chairperson (300,000 shares); (iii) the
Chief Financial Officer (CFO) (225,000 shares);
(iv) the Chief Administrative Officer (CAO)
(225,000 shares); and (v) the President of the Radio
Division (PRD) (130,000 shares). The remaining
1,370,000 shares were allocated among 26 other
key employees. All awards will vest in three
installments. The awards were granted effective January 5,
2010 and the first installment of 33% vested on June 5,
2010. The remaining two installments will vest equally on
June 5, 2011 and June 5, 2012. Pursuant to the terms
of the 2009 Stock Plan, subject to the Companys insider
trading policy, a portion of each recipients vested shares
may be sold into the open market for tax purposes on or about
the vesting dates.
The Company follows the provisions under ASC 718,
Compensation Stock Compensation,
using the modified prospective method, which requires
measurement of compensation cost for all stock-based awards at
fair value on date of grant and recognition of compensation over
the service period for awards expected to vest. These
stock-based awards do not participate in dividends until fully
vested. The fair value of stock options is determined using the
Black-Scholes (BSM) valuation model. Such fair value
is recognized as an
F-43
expense over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures,
using the straight-line method. Estimating the number of stock
awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the
extent actual forfeitures differ substantially from our current
estimates, amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment
in the period the estimated number of stock awards are revised.
We consider many factors when estimating expected forfeitures,
including the types of awards, employee classification and
historical experience. Actual forfeitures may differ
substantially from our current estimate.
The Company also uses the BSM valuation model to calculate the
fair value of stock-based awards. The BSM incorporates various
assumptions including volatility, expected life, and interest
rates. For options granted, the Company uses the BSM
option-pricing model and determines: (i) the term by using
the simplified plain-vanilla method as allowed under
SAB No. 110; (ii) a historical volatility over a
period commensurate with the expected term, with the observation
of the volatility on a daily basis; and (iii) a risk-free
interest rate that was consistent with the expected term of the
stock options and based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in
effect at the time of the grant.
The Company granted 39,430 stock options during the year ended
December 31, 2010, did not grant stock options during the
year ended December 31, 2009, and granted 1,913,650 stock
options during the year ended December 31, 2008. The per
share weighted-average fair value of options granted during the
years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008 was $2.45 and $0.74,
respectively.
These fair values were derived using the BSM with the following
weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Average risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.28
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.37
|
%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
Expected lives
|
|
|
6.25 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.5 years
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
111.27
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49.7
|
%
|
F-44
Transactions and other information relating to stock options for
the years December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are summarized
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
Term
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
(In Years)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
4,384,000
|
|
|
$
|
14.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
1,913,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired
|
|
|
(750,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
14.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
5,547,000
|
|
|
$
|
9.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired
|
|
|
(182,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
9.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
5,365,000
|
|
|
$
|
9.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
39,000
|
|
|
$
|
3.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired
|
|
|
(405,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
11.57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
4,999,000
|
|
|
$
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
5.04
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
4,875,000
|
|
|
$
|
9.60
|
|
|
|
4.98
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
673,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
|
|
7.47
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
4,326,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.60
|
|
|
|
4.66
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the
difference between the Companys stock closing price on the
last day of trading during the year ended December 31, 2010
and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares that
would have been received by the holders of
in-the-money
options had all the option holders exercised their options on
December 31, 2010. This amount changes based on the fair
market value of the Companys stock. There were no options
exercised during year ended December 31, 2010. The number
of options that vested during the year ended December 31,
2010 was 699,406.
As of December 31, 2010, approximately $227,000 of total
unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of
3.3 months. The stock option weighted-average fair value
per share was $4.11 at December 31, 2010.
F-45
Transactions and other information relating to restricted stock
grants for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
at Grant Date
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
232,000
|
|
|
$
|
6.20
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
525,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.41
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(84,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
5.05
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired
|
|
|
(45,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
7.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
628,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.14
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(235,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.48
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
393,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
3,375,000
|
|
|
$
|
3.09
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(1,226,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.01
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired
|
|
|
(232,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
2,310,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The restricted stock grants were included in the Companys
outstanding share numbers on the effective date of grant. As of
December 31, 2010, $4.9 million of total unrecognized
compensation cost related to restricted stock grants was
expected to be recognized over the next 1.1 years.
|
|
12.
|
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
|
In 2000, an officer of the Company, the former Chief Financial
Officer (Former CFO), purchased shares of the
Companys common stock. The Former CFO purchased
333,334 shares of the Companys Class A common
stock and 666,666 shares of the Companys Class D
common stock. The stock was purchased with the proceeds of full
recourse loans from the Company in the amount of approximately
$7.0 million. In September 2005, the Former CFO repaid a
portion of his loan. The partial repayment of approximately
$7.5 million, which included accrued interest, was effected
using 300,000 shares of the Companys Class A
common stock and 230,000 shares of the Companys
Class D common stock owned by the Former CFO. All shares
transferred to the Company in satisfaction of this loan have
been retired. As of December 31, 2008, there was no
remaining principal and interest balance on the Former
CFOs loan. The Former CFO was employed with the Company
through December 31, 2007, and pursuant to an agreement
with the Company, the loan became due in full in July 2008.
Pursuant to his employment agreement, the Former CFO was
eligible to receive a retention bonus in the amount of
approximately $3.1 million in cash on July 1, 2008,
for having remained employed with the Company through
December 31, 2007. The $3.1 million retention bonus
was a pro rata portion of a $7.0 million retention bonus
called for in his employment agreement, had he remained employed
with the Company for ten years, and is based on the number of
days of employment between October 18, 2005 and
December 31, 2007. In July 2008, the Former CFO settled the
remaining balance of the loan in full by offsetting the loan
with his after-tax proceeds from the $3.1 million retention
bonus, in addition to paying a cash amount of $34,000 to the
Company.
As of December 31, 2007, the Company had an additional loan
outstanding to the Former CFO in the amount of $88,000. The loan
was due on demand and accrued interest at 5.6%, totaling an
amount of $53,000 as of December 31, 2007. In January 2008,
the former CFO repaid the full remaining balance of the loan in
cash in the amount of $140,000.
In July 2007, the Company acquired the assets of
WDBZ-AM, a
radio station located in the Cincinnati metropolitan area, from
Blue Chip Communications, Inc. (Blue Chip) for
approximately $2.6 million in seller financing. The
financing was a 5.1% interest bearing loan payable monthly,
which was fully paid in
F-46
July 2008. In addition to the principal repayment, interest in
the amount of $15,000 and $79,000 was paid for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Blue Chip was
owned by L. Ross Love, a former member of the Companys
board of directors. The transaction was approved by a special
committee of independent directors appointed by the board of
directors. Additionally, the Company retained an independent
valuation firm to provide a fair value appraisal of the station.
Prior to the closing, and since August of 2001, the Company
consolidated
WDBZ-AM
within its existing Cincinnati operations, and operated
WDBZ-AM
under a LMA for no annual fee, the results of which were
incorporated in the Companys financial statements.
The Companys CEO and Chairperson own a music company
called Music One, Inc. (Music One). The Company
sometimes engages in promoting the recorded music product of
Music One. Based on the cross-promotional value received by the
Company, we believe that the provision of such promotion is
fair. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008, Radio One paid $6,000, $38,000 and $151,000, respectively,
to or on behalf of Music One, primarily for market talent event
appearances, travel reimbursement and sponsorships. For the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company
provided advertising to Music One in the amount of $0, $0 and
$61,000, respectively. There were no cash, trade or no-charge
orders placed by Music One in 2010 or 2009. As of
December 31, 2010, Music One owed Radio One $124,000 for
office space and administrative services provided.
The office space and administrative support transactions between
Radio One and Music One are conducted at cost and all expenses
associated with the transactions are passed through at actual
costs. Costs associated with office space on behalf of Music One
are calculated based on square footage used by Music One
multiplied by Radio Ones actual per square foot lease
costs for the appropriate time period. Administrative services
are calculated based on the approximate hours provided by each
Radio One employee to Music One multiplied by such
employees applicable hourly rate and related benefits
allocation. Advertising spots are priced at an average unit
rate. Based on the cross-promotional nature of the activities
provided by Music One and received by the Company, we believe
that these methodologies of charging average unit rates or
passing through the actual costs incurred are fair and reflect
terms no less favorable than terms generally available to a
third-party.
|
|
13.
|
PROFIT
SHARING AND EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN:
|
The Company maintains a profit sharing and employee savings plan
under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This
plan allows eligible employees to defer allowable portions of
their compensation on a pre-tax basis through contributions to
the savings plan. The Company may contribute to the plan at the
discretion of its board of directors. Effective January 1,
2006, the Company began matching employee contributions to the
employee savings plan. As of January 1, 2008, the Company
suspended the matching employer contribution indefinitely. For
the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, no
employer contributions were paid.
|
|
14.
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES:
|
Radio
Broadcasting Licenses
Each of the Companys radio stations operates pursuant to
one or more licenses issued by the Federal Communications
Commission that have a maximum term of eight years prior to
renewal. The Companys radio broadcasting licenses expire
at various times through August 1, 2014. Although the
Company may apply to renew its radio broadcasting licenses,
third parties may challenge the Companys renewal
applications. The Company is not aware of any facts or
circumstances that would prevent the Company from having its
current licenses renewed.
TV One
Cable Network
Pursuant to a limited liability company agreement dated
July 18, 2003, the Company and certain other investors
formed TV One for the purpose of developing and distributing a
new television programming service. At that time, we committed
to make a cumulative cash investment in TV One of
$74.0 million, of which $60.3 million had been funded
as of April 30, 2007, with no additional funding investment
made since
F-47
then. Since December 31, 2006, the initial four year
commitment period for funding the capital has been extended on a
quarterly basis due in part to TV Ones lower than
anticipated capital needs during the initial commitment period.
Currently, the commitment period has been extended to
April 1, 2011. We anticipate funding our remaining capital
commitment amounts at or about that time.
Royalty
Agreements
Effective December 31, 2009, our radio music license
agreements with the two largest performance rights
organizations, American Society of Composers, Authors and
Publishers (ASCAP) and Broadcast Music, Inc.
(BMI), expired. The Radio Music License Committee
(RMLC), which negotiates music licensing fees for
most of the radio industry with ASCAP and BMI, had reached an
agreement with these organizations on a temporary fee schedule
that reflects a provisional discount of 7.0% against 2009 fee
levels. The temporary fee reductions became effective in January
2010. Absent an agreement on long-term fees between the RMLC and
ASCAP and BMI, the U.S. District Court in New York has the
authority to make an interim and permanent fee ruling for the
new contract period. In May 2010 and June 2010, the
U.S. District Courts judge charged with determining
the licenses fees ruled to further reduce interim fees paid to
ASCAP and BMI, respectively, down approximately another 11.0%
from the previous temporary fees negotiated with the RMLC.
The Company has entered into fixed fee and variable share
agreements with music performance rights organizations that
expire as late as 2015. During the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company incurred expenses, including
discontinued operations, of approximately $11.4 million,
$12.6 million and $12.2 million, respectively, in
connection with these agreements. For continuing operations, for
the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the
Company incurred expenses of approximately $11.4 million,
$12.6 million and $11.8 million, respectively, in
connection with these agreements.
Leases
and Other Operating Contracts and Agreements
The Company has noncancelable operating leases for office space,
studio space, broadcast towers and transmitter facilities that
expire over the next 20 years. The Companys leases
for broadcast facilities generally provide for a base rent plus
real estate taxes and certain operating expenses related to the
leases. Certain of the Companys leases contain renewal
options, escalating payments over the life of the lease and rent
concessions. Scheduled rent increases and rent concessions are
being amortized over the terms of the agreements using the
straight-line method, and are included in other liabilities in
the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The future rentals
under non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2010 are
shown below.
The Company has other operating contracts and agreements
including employment contracts, on-air talent contracts,
severance obligations, retention bonuses, consulting agreements,
equipment rental agreements, programming related agreements, and
other general operating agreements that expire over the next
five years. The amounts the Company is obligated to pay for
these agreements are shown below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Other Operating
|
|
|
|
Lease
|
|
|
Contracts and
|
|
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
Agreements
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Years ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
8,485
|
|
|
$
|
37,041
|
|
2012
|
|
|
6,334
|
|
|
|
27,603
|
|
2013
|
|
|
4,866
|
|
|
|
12,558
|
|
2014
|
|
|
3,966
|
|
|
|
11,092
|
|
2015
|
|
|
2,803
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
2016 and thereafter
|
|
|
10,780
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
37,234
|
|
|
$
|
88,554
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-48
Rent expense included in continuing operations for the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was approximately
$8.1 million, $8.8 million and $8.9 million,
respectively. Rent expense, including discontinued operations,
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was
approximately $8.1 million, $8.8 million and
$9.0 million, respectively.
Reach
Media Noncontrolling Interest Shareholders Put
Rights
Beginning on February 28, 2012, the noncontrolling interest
shareholders of Reach Media have an annual right to require
Reach Media to purchase all or a portion of their shares at the
then current fair market value for such shares. Beginning in
2012, this annual right can be exercised for a
30-day
period beginning February 28 of each year. The purchase price
for such shares may be paid in cash
and/or
registered Class D Common Stock of Radio One, at the
discretion of Radio One. As a result, our ability to fund
business operations, new acquisitions or new business
initiatives could be limited.
Letters
of Credit
As of December 31, 2010, we had three standby letters of
credit totaling $610,000 in connection with our annual insurance
policy renewals. In addition, we had a letter of credit of
$500,000 for Reach Media in connection with an upcoming event.
Other
Contingencies
The Company has been named as a defendant in several legal
actions arising in the ordinary course of business. It is
managements opinion, after consultation with its legal
counsel, that the outcome of these claims will not have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial position
or results of operations.
|
|
15.
|
CONTRACT
TERMINATION:
|
In connection with the September 2005 termination of the
Companys sales representation agreements with Interep
National Radio Sales, Inc. (Interep), and its
subsequent agreements with Katz Communications, Inc.
(Katz) making Katz the Companys sole national
sales representative, Katz paid the Company $3.4 million as
an inducement to enter into new agreements and paid Interep
approximately $5.3 million to satisfy the Companys
termination obligations. In August 2009, the Company completed
amortizing both over the four-year life of the subsequent Katz
agreements as a reduction to selling, general, and
administrative expense. For each of the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, selling, general and
administrative expense was reduced by $0, approximately
$1.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
F-49
|
|
16.
|
QUARTERLY
FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarters Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
December 31(a)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
59,018
|
|
|
$
|
75,194
|
|
|
$
|
74,491
|
|
|
$
|
71,203
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
3,809
|
|
|
|
13,798
|
|
|
|
17,293
|
|
|
|
(19,787
|
)
|
Net (loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(4,660
|
)
|
|
|
2,638
|
|
|
|
2,173
|
|
|
|
(26,571
|
)
|
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
Consolidated net (loss) income attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
(4,568
|
)
|
|
|
2,048
|
|
|
|
1,038
|
|
|
|
(27,151
|
)
|
BASIC NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income from continuing operations per share
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
(0.52
|
)
|
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations per share
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net (loss) income per share attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DILUTED NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income from continuing operations per share
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
(0.52
|
)
|
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations per share
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net (loss) income per share attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
(0.52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
50,844,148
|
|
|
|
51,054,572
|
|
|
|
52,064,108
|
|
|
|
52,087,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding diluted
|
|
|
50,844,148
|
|
|
|
54,302,885
|
|
|
|
54,262,885
|
|
|
|
52,087,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
The net loss from continuing operations for the quarter ended
December 31, 2010 includes approximately $36.1 million
of pre-tax impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses. |
F-50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarters Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31(a)
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
December 31(a)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
60,310
|
|
|
$
|
69,874
|
|
|
$
|
74,652
|
|
|
$
|
67,258
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(42,821
|
)
|
|
|
18,823
|
|
|
|
22,352
|
|
|
|
(4,590
|
)
|
Net (loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(59,103
|
)
|
|
|
7,627
|
|
|
|
14,315
|
|
|
|
(13,909
|
)
|
Net loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(334
|
)
|
|
|
(412
|
)
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
(979
|
)
|
Consolidated net (loss) income attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
(59,437
|
)
|
|
|
7,215
|
|
|
|
14,225
|
|
|
|
(14,888
|
)
|
BASIC NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income from continuing operations per share
|
|
$
|
(0.84
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
Net loss from discontinued operations per share
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net (loss) income per share attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(0.84
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
(0.28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DILUTED NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income from continuing operations per share
|
|
$
|
(0.84
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
Net loss from discontinued operations per share
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated net (loss) income per share attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(0.84
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
(0.28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
70,719,332
|
|
|
|
59,421,562
|
|
|
|
56,242,964
|
|
|
|
52,735,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding diluted
|
|
|
70,719,332
|
|
|
|
60,034,168
|
|
|
|
56,684,369
|
|
|
|
52,735,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
The net loss from continuing operations for the quarters ended
March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2009 includes
approximately $49.0 million and $17.0 million of
pre-tax impairment of long-lived assets, respectively. The
quarter ended December 31, 2009 includes an approximate
$21.9 million charge for recording a valuation allowance
against deferred tax assets. |
The Company has two reportable segments: (i) Radio
Broadcasting; and (ii) Internet. These two segments operate
in the United States and are consistently aligned with the
Companys management of its businesses and its financial
reporting structure.
The Radio Broadcasting segment consists of all broadcast and
Reach Media results of operations. The Internet segment includes
the results of our online business, including the operations of
Interactive One. Corporate/Eliminations/Other represents
financial activity associated with our corporate staff and
offices, intercompany activity between the two segments and
activity associated with a small film venture.
F-51
Operating loss or income represents total revenues less
operating expenses, depreciation and amortization, and
impairment of long-lived assets. Intercompany revenue earned and
expenses charged between segments are recorded at fair value and
eliminated in consolidation.
The accounting policies described in the summary of significant
accounting policies in Note 1 Organization
and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies are applied
consistently across the two segments.
Detailed segment data for the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008 is presented in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
271,273
|
|
|
$
|
264,058
|
|
|
$
|
304,976
|
|
Internet
|
|
|
16,027
|
|
|
|
14,044
|
|
|
|
12,325
|
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
(7,394
|
)
|
|
|
(6,010
|
)
|
|
|
(3,858
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
279,906
|
|
|
$
|
272,092
|
|
|
$
|
313,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Expenses (including stock-based compensation):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
170,917
|
|
|
$
|
157,777
|
|
|
$
|
175,706
|
|
Internet
|
|
|
22,737
|
|
|
|
23,046
|
|
|
|
19,002
|
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
17,636
|
|
|
|
10,560
|
|
|
|
24,060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
211,290
|
|
|
$
|
191,383
|
|
|
$
|
218,768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and Amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
11,383
|
|
|
$
|
13,364
|
|
|
$
|
13,483
|
|
Internet
|
|
|
4,942
|
|
|
|
6,408
|
|
|
|
4,159
|
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
1,114
|
|
|
|
1,239
|
|
|
|
1,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
17,439
|
|
|
$
|
21,011
|
|
|
$
|
19,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
36,063
|
|
|
$
|
65,937
|
|
|
$
|
423,220
|
|
Internet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
36,063
|
|
|
$
|
65,937
|
|
|
$
|
423,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
52,910
|
|
|
$
|
26,980
|
|
|
$
|
(307,433
|
)
|
Internet
|
|
|
(11,652
|
)
|
|
|
(15,410
|
)
|
|
|
(10,836
|
)
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
(26,144
|
)
|
|
|
(17,809
|
)
|
|
|
(29,298
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
15,114
|
|
|
$
|
(6,239
|
)
|
|
$
|
(347,567
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Total Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
894,160
|
|
|
$
|
921,946
|
|
Internet/Publishing
|
|
|
33,698
|
|
|
|
37,784
|
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
71,354
|
|
|
|
75,812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
999,212
|
|
|
$
|
1,035,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.
|
CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
|
The Company conducts a portion of its business through its
subsidiaries. All of the Companys Subsidiary Guarantors
have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Companys
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 2011, the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013, the
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016, and the Companys
obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
Set forth below are consolidated balance sheets for the Company
and the Subsidiary Guarantors as of December 31, 2010 and
2009, and related consolidated statements of operations and cash
flow for each of the three years ended December 31, 2010.
The equity method of accounting has been used by the Company to
report its investments in subsidiaries. Separate financial
statements for the Subsidiary Guarantors are not presented based
on managements determination that they do not provide
additional information that is material to investors.
F-53
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING
BALANCE SHEETS
As of
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio One,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,043
|
|
|
$
|
8,149
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,192
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
30,511
|
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,511
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,331
|
|
|
|
7,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
32,824
|
|
|
|
43,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,151
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net
|
|
|
19,811
|
|
|
|
13,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,460
|
|
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net
|
|
|
568,802
|
|
|
|
271,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
840,147
|
|
INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
609,199
|
|
|
|
(609,199
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,470
|
|
OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
1,484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,981
|
|
NON-CURRENT ASSESTS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
621,937
|
|
|
$
|
986,474
|
|
|
$
|
(609,199
|
)
|
|
$
|
999,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
413
|
|
|
$
|
2,598
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,011
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,558
|
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
2,331
|
|
|
|
8,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,720
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,671
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
8,404
|
|
|
|
3,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,402
|
|
Current liabilities from discontinued operations
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
11,170
|
|
|
|
38,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,099
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
623,820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
623,820
|
|
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
1,568
|
|
|
|
9,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,931
|
|
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89,392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89,392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
12,738
|
|
|
|
761,504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
774,242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,635
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Accumulated comprehensive income adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,424
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,424
|
)
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
237,515
|
|
|
|
994,750
|
|
|
|
(237,515
|
)
|
|
|
994,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
371,684
|
|
|
|
(799,045
|
)
|
|
|
(371,684
|
)
|
|
|
(799,045
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
609,199
|
|
|
|
194,335
|
|
|
|
(609,199
|
)
|
|
|
194,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
621,937
|
|
|
$
|
986,474
|
|
|
$
|
(609,199
|
)
|
|
$
|
999,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-54
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING
BALANCE SHEETS
As of
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio One,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
127
|
|
|
$
|
19,836
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,963
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
27,934
|
|
|
|
19,085
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,019
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,818
|
|
|
|
3,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,950
|
|
Current assets from discontinued operations
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
30,179
|
|
|
|
42,177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,356
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net
|
|
|
23,429
|
|
|
|
17,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,585
|
|
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net
|
|
|
572,449
|
|
|
|
298,772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
871,221
|
|
INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
610,712
|
|
|
|
(610,712
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,452
|
|
OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
1,482
|
|
|
|
1,372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,854
|
|
NON-CURRENT ASSESTS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
627,613
|
|
|
$
|
1,018,641
|
|
|
$
|
(610,712
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,035,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
828
|
|
|
$
|
3,332
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,160
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,499
|
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
2,659
|
|
|
|
7,590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,249
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,533
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
8,007
|
|
|
|
(771
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,236
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
652,534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
652,534
|
|
Current liabilities from discontinued operations
|
|
|
2,924
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
14,418
|
|
|
|
673,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
688,160
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
2,483
|
|
|
|
7,702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,185
|
|
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
16,901
|
|
|
|
770,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
787,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Accumulated comprehensive income adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,086
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,086
|
)
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
270,985
|
|
|
|
968,275
|
|
|
|
(270,985
|
)
|
|
|
968,275
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
339,727
|
|
|
|
(770,412
|
)
|
|
|
(339,727
|
)
|
|
|
(770,412
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
610,712
|
|
|
|
195,828
|
|
|
|
(610,712
|
)
|
|
|
195,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
627,613
|
|
|
$
|
1,018,641
|
|
|
$
|
(610,712
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,035,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-55
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
NET REVENUE
|
|
$
|
135,058
|
|
|
$
|
144,848
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
279,906
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical, including stock-based compensation
|
|
|
34,399
|
|
|
|
40,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,044
|
|
Selling, general and administrative, including stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
58,963
|
|
|
|
44,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,324
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, including
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,922
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,922
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,879
|
|
|
|
7,560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,439
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
103,241
|
|
|
|
161,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
264,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
31,817
|
|
|
|
(16,703
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,114
|
|
INTEREST INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,834
|
|
EQUITY IN INCOME OF AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,558
|
|
GAIN ON RETIREMENT OF DEBT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,646
|
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
(3,203
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,061
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (Loss) before provision for income taxes, noncontrolling
interests in income of subsidiaries and discontinued operations
|
|
|
31,959
|
|
|
|
(54,409
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,450
|
)
|
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) before equity in income of subsidiaries and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
31,959
|
|
|
|
(58,380
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26,421
|
)
|
EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,957
|
|
|
|
(31,957
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
31,959
|
|
|
|
(26,423
|
)
|
|
|
(31,957
|
)
|
|
|
(26,421
|
)
|
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
31,957
|
|
|
|
(26,625
|
)
|
|
|
(31,957
|
)
|
|
|
(26,625
|
)
|
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Radio One, Inc.
|
|
$
|
31,957
|
|
|
$
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
$
|
(31,957
|
)
|
|
$
|
(28,633
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-56
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
NET REVENUE
|
|
$
|
124,672
|
|
|
$
|
147,420
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
272,092
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical, including stock-based compensation
|
|
|
34,654
|
|
|
|
40,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,635
|
|
Selling, general and administrative, including stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
53,830
|
|
|
|
37,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,016
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, including
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,732
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
11,960
|
|
|
|
9,051
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,011
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
50,933
|
|
|
|
15,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
151,377
|
|
|
|
126,954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
278,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(26,705
|
)
|
|
|
20,466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,239
|
)
|
INTEREST INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
38,401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,404
|
|
EQUITY IN INCOME OF AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,653
|
|
GAIN ON RETIREMENT OF DEBT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes, noncontrolling interests
in income of subsidiaries and discontinued operations
|
|
|
(26,672
|
)
|
|
|
(13,057
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39,729
|
)
|
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss before equity in loss of subsidiaries and discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(26,672
|
)
|
|
|
(20,071
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(46,743
|
)
|
EQUITY IN LOSS OF SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28,579
|
)
|
|
|
28,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(26,672
|
)
|
|
|
(48,650
|
)
|
|
|
28,579
|
|
|
|
(46,743
|
)
|
(LOSS) INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
|
|
|
(1,907
|
)
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,815
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(28,579
|
)
|
|
|
(48,558
|
)
|
|
|
28,579
|
|
|
|
(48,558
|
)
|
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Radio One, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(28,579
|
)
|
|
$
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
$
|
28,579
|
|
|
$
|
(52,887
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-57
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
NET REVENUE
|
|
$
|
142,933
|
|
|
$
|
170,510
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
313,443
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical, including stock-based compensation
|
|
|
35,697
|
|
|
|
43,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,304
|
|
Selling, general and administrative, including stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
56,768
|
|
|
|
46,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,108
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, including
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,356
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,929
|
|
|
|
9,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,022
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
328,971
|
|
|
|
94,249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
423,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
431,365
|
|
|
|
229,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
661,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
|
(288,432
|
)
|
|
|
(59,135
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(347,567
|
)
|
INTEREST INCOME
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
59,665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,689
|
|
EQUITY IN LOSS OF AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,652
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,652
|
)
|
GAIN ON RETIREMENT OF DEBT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74,017
|
|
OTHER EXPENSE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(316
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(316
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes, noncontrolling interests
in income of subsidiaries and discontinued operations
|
|
|
(288,452
|
)
|
|
|
(48,264
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(336,716
|
)
|
(BENEFIT FROM) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
(56,025
|
)
|
|
|
10,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45,183
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss before equity in loss of subsidiaries and discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(232,427
|
)
|
|
|
(59,106
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(291,533
|
)
|
EQUITY IN LOSS OF SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(234,470
|
)
|
|
|
234,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(232,427
|
)
|
|
|
(293,576
|
)
|
|
|
234,470
|
|
|
|
(291,533
|
)
|
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
|
|
|
(2,043
|
)
|
|
|
(5,371
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,414
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(234,470
|
)
|
|
|
(298,947
|
)
|
|
|
234,470
|
|
|
|
(298,947
|
)
|
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Radio One, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(234,470
|
)
|
|
$
|
(302,944
|
)
|
|
$
|
234,470
|
|
|
$
|
(302,944
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-58
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
31,957
|
|
|
|
(58,582
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26,625
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net loss to net cash from
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,879
|
|
|
|
7,560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,439
|
|
Amortization of debt financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,970
|
|
Write off of debt financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,055
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,311
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,063
|
|
Equity in net income of affiliated company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,558
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,558
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation and other non-cash compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,799
|
|
Gain on retirement of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,646
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,646
|
)
|
Effect of change in operating assets and liabilities, net of
assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(2,577
|
)
|
|
|
(8,914
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,491
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
(3,918
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,431
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
|
6,138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,123
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(414
|
)
|
|
|
(736
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,150
|
)
|
Due to corporate/from subsidiaries
|
|
|
(35,711
|
)
|
|
|
35,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,941
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,941
|
)
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
(328
|
)
|
|
|
801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
473
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(518
|
)
|
|
|
3,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,397
|
|
Net cash flows used in operating activities from discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
|
|
|
3,760
|
|
|
|
14,076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,322
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,322
|
)
|
Purchase of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,664
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,664
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
342,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
342,000
|
|
Repayment of credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(339,343
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(339,343
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286,794
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286,794
|
|
Repayment of Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(290,800
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(290,800
|
)
|
Payment of dividend to noncontrolling interest shareholders of
Reach Media
|
|
|
(2,844
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,844
|
)
|
Payment of bank financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,750
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,750
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in financing activities
|
|
|
(2,844
|
)
|
|
|
(21,099
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23,943
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
|
(11,687
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,771
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
19,836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period
|
|
$
|
1,043
|
|
|
$
|
8,149
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-59
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(28,579
|
)
|
|
|
(19,979
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(48,558
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net loss to net cash from
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
11,960
|
|
|
|
9,051
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,011
|
|
Amortization of debt financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,419
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
50,933
|
|
|
|
15,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,937
|
|
Equity in net losses of affiliated company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,653
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,653
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation and other non-cash compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
Gain on retirement of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,221
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,221
|
)
|
Amortization of contract inducement and termination fee
|
|
|
(598
|
)
|
|
|
(665
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,263
|
)
|
Effect of change in operating assets and liabilities, net of
assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(2,533
|
)
|
|
|
4,922
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
353
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(272
|
)
|
|
|
5,101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,829
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(378
|
)
|
|
|
1,215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
837
|
|
Due to corporate/from subsidiaries
|
|
|
(30,646
|
)
|
|
|
30,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(584
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(584
|
)
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
|
(583
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,503
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(634
|
)
|
|
|
(2,109
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,743
|
)
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities from
discontinued operations
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
|
44,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(3,058
|
)
|
|
|
(1,470
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,528
|
)
|
Purchase of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(343
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(343
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
|
(3,058
|
)
|
|
|
(1,813
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,871
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,220
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,220
|
)
|
Repayment of other debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(153
|
)
|
Proceeds from credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116,500
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,697
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,697
|
)
|
Payment of credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(136,670
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(136,670
|
)
|
Payment of bank financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,658
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,658
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42,898
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42,898
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(2,474
|
)
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,326
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period
|
|
|
2,601
|
|
|
|
19,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period
|
|
$
|
127
|
|
|
$
|
19,836
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-60
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(234,470
|
)
|
|
|
(298,947
|
)
|
|
|
234,470
|
|
|
|
(298,947
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net loss to net cash from
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,929
|
|
|
|
9,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,022
|
|
Amortization of debt financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,591
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,687
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,687
|
)
|
Impairment of long-lived assets
|
|
|
328,972
|
|
|
|
94,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
423,220
|
|
Equity in net losses of affiliated company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,652
|
|
Stock-based compensation and other non-cash compensation
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
1,343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,732
|
|
Gain on retirement of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(74,017
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(74,017
|
)
|
Amortization of contract inducement and termination fee
|
|
|
(896
|
)
|
|
|
(999
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,895
|
)
|
Change in interest due on stock subscription receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Effect of change in operating assets and liabilities, net of
assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(2,921
|
)
|
|
|
1,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,800
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(571
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(165
|
)
|
|
|
(801
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(966
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,648
|
|
|
|
(1,914
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(266
|
)
|
Due to corporate/from subsidiaries
|
|
|
(50,128
|
)
|
|
|
50,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,921
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,921
|
)
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
(6,029
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,439
|
)
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,433
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,433
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(11,733
|
)
|
|
|
16,632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,899
|
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities from
discontinued operations
|
|
|
1,322
|
|
|
|
4,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
42,339
|
|
|
|
(262,977
|
)
|
|
|
234,470
|
|
|
|
13,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(5,002
|
)
|
|
|
(7,539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,541
|
)
|
Cash paid for acquisitions
|
|
|
(34,918
|
)
|
|
|
(35,537
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,455
|
)
|
Investment in subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
234,470
|
|
|
|
(234,470
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,224
|
|
Purchase of intangible assets
|
|
|
(474
|
)
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(816
|
)
|
Deposits and payments for station purchases and other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(215
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(215
|
)
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities from discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(40,560
|
)
|
|
|
341,061
|
|
|
|
(234,470
|
)
|
|
|
66,031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of Senior Subordinated Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120,787
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120,787
|
)
|
Repayment of other debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,004
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,004
|
)
|
Proceeds from credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
227,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
227,000
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,104
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,104
|
)
|
Payment of credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(170,299
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(170,299
|
)
|
Payment of stock subscriptions receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,737
|
|
Payment to noncontrolling interest shareholders of Reach Media
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,364
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,364
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81,821
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81,821
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
1,779
|
|
|
|
(3,737
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period
|
|
|
822
|
|
|
|
23,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period
|
|
$
|
2,601
|
|
|
$
|
19,688
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-61
Certain
TV One Transactions
On February, 25, 2011, TV One, the Companys joint venture
agreement with an affiliate of Comcast Corporation, completed a
privately placed debt offering of $119 million (the
Redemption Financing). The
Redemption Financing is structured as senior secured notes
bearing a 10% coupon and is due 2016. The
Redemption Financing was structured to allow for continued
distributions to the remaining members of TV One, including
Radio One, subject to certain conditions. Subsequently, on
February 28, 2011, TV One utilized $82.4 million of
the Redemption Financing to repurchase 15.4% of its
outstanding membership interests from certain financial
investors and 2.0% of its outstanding membership interests held
by TV One management (representing approximately 50% of
interests held by management). These redemptions by TV One,
increased Radio Ones holding in TV One from 36.8% to
approximately 44.6%. TV One intends to use the balance of the
Redemption Financing as part of the upcoming redemption of
DirecTVs 12.4% interest in TV One, which is expected to
occur in the first half of 2011. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact that these transactions related to the
Redemption Financing has on the Companys accounting
for its investment in TV One.
Credit
Ratings
On March 7, 2011, Moodys assigned a B1 rating to the
Companys proposed new $25.0 million first out, first
lien revolver due 2015 and a B2 rating to the Companys
proposed new $386.0 million term loan due 2016.
Moodys also raised the Companys Probability of
Default rating to Caa1 (from Caa2), raised the rating on the
Companys
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2016 to Caa2 (from Caa3) and affirmed the
Companys Caa1 Corporate Family Rating.
On March 8, 2011, S&P assigned a B+ rating to the
Companys proposed new $25.0 million first out, first
lien revolver due 2015 and a B rating to the Companys
proposed new $386.0 million term loan due 2016. S&P
also raised the rating on the Companys
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2016 to CCC (from CCC-) and raised the
Companys Corporate Credit Rating to B- (from CCC+).
CFO
Employment Agreement
On March 3, 2011, the Company executed an employment
agreement with Peter D. Thompson, the Companys Chief
Financial Officer. The employment agreement is through
mid-November 2013 with an initial annual base salary of
$550,000. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Thompson is
eligible for an annual bonus of $200,000. A copy of the
employment agreement is attached to the Companys
Form 8-K
filed March 9, 2011 and the foregoing summary of its terms
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual terms of
the agreement.
Supplemental
Indenture
On March 11, 2011, the Company executed the First
Supplemental Indenture among Radio One, Inc., the Wilmington
Trust Company, as trustee, relating to the
12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the
Supplemental Indenture). The Supplemental Indenture
expands the definition of Permitted TV One
Indebtedness to mean indebtedness incurred by TV One or
any of its subsidiaries, the net proceeds of which are used to
finance the acquisition of TV One equity interests from the
Financial Investor Members, the DTV Investors and the
Class D Members and any payment obligations arising in
connection with or as a result of such acquisition A copy of the
Supplement Indenture is attached to the Companys
Form 10-K
and the foregoing summary of its terms is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the actual terms of the agreement.
F-62
Credit
Facilities
On March 7, 2011, the Company announced that it has engaged
Credit Suisse and Deutsche Bank to arrange a new senior credit
facility. The new senior secured credit facility is to be
comprised of a $25.0 million super-priority
revolving credit facility and a $386.0 million term loan
(the New Senior Credit Facility). Upon completion,
the proceeds of the New Senior Credit Facility will be used to
refinance all of the Companys outstanding indebtedness
under its existing senior credit facility and general corporate
purposes. Radio One anticipates that affiliates of Credit Suisse
and Deutsche Bank will provide the $25.0 million
super-priority revolving credit facility and will
use commercially reasonable efforts to syndicate the
$386.0 million term loan. The Company expects to complete
the transaction during the first quarter, subject to meeting
customary conditions, including but not limited to, successful
syndication and entry into a credit agreement and security
documents for the New Senior Credit Facility.
F-63
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at
|
|
|
Charged
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at End
|
|
Description
|
|
of Year
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
of Year
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
2,651
|
|
|
$
|
2,616
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,244
|
|
|
$
|
3,023
|
|
2009
|
|
|
3,520
|
|
|
|
2,124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,993
|
|
|
|
2,651
|
|
2008
|
|
|
1,862
|
|
|
|
4,946
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
3,343
|
|
|
|
3,520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at
|
|
|
Charged
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
Acquired from
|
|
|
|
|
|
at End of
|
|
Description
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
Deductions(1)
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
228,019
|
|
|
$
|
2,084
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
256
|
|
|
$
|
230,359
|
|
2009
|
|
|
205,756
|
|
|
|
21,958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
|
228,019
|
|
2008
|
|
|
133,977
|
|
|
|
69,212
|
|
|
|
1,088
|
|
|
|
(1,479
|
)
|
|
|
205,756
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Relates to an increase or (decrease) to the valuation allowance
for deferred tax assets pertaining to interest rate swaps
charged to accumulated other comprehensive income instead of
provision for income taxes. |
F-64
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
NET REVENUE
|
|
$
|
65,045
|
|
|
$
|
59,018
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical
|
|
|
18,883
|
|
|
|
18,585
|
|
Selling, general and administrative, including stock-based
compensation of $164 and $402, respectively
|
|
|
28,520
|
|
|
|
23,007
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, including
stock-based compensation of $773 and $1,611, respectively
|
|
|
8,022
|
|
|
|
8,896
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
4,099
|
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
59,524
|
|
|
|
55,209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
5,521
|
|
|
|
3,809
|
|
INTEREST INCOME
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
19,333
|
|
|
|
9,235
|
|
LOSS ON RETIREMENT OF DEBT
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUITY IN INCOME OF AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), net
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before provision for (benefit from) income taxes,
noncontrolling interests in (loss) income of subsidiaries and
income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(18,443
|
)
|
|
|
(4,969
|
)
|
PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
45,619
|
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss from continuing operations
|
|
|
(64,062
|
)
|
|
|
(4,660
|
)
|
INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET LOSS
|
|
|
(64,042
|
)
|
|
|
(4,597
|
)
|
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO RADIO ONE, INC.
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,568
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC AND DILUTED NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO RADIO ONE,
INC.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(1.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
Discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
(0.00
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Radio One, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(1.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
52,117,552
|
|
|
|
50,844,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
52,117,552
|
|
|
|
50,844,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-65
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
33,817
|
|
|
$
|
9,192
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $2,480 and $3,023, respectively
|
|
|
47,312
|
|
|
|
58,511
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
4,569
|
|
|
|
6,809
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,203
|
|
|
|
1,572
|
|
Current assets from discontinued operations
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
86,965
|
|
|
|
76,151
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net
|
|
|
32,484
|
|
|
|
33,460
|
|
GOODWILL
|
|
|
121,414
|
|
|
|
121,414
|
|
RADIO BROADCASTING LICENSES
|
|
|
678,697
|
|
|
|
678,697
|
|
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net
|
|
|
35,174
|
|
|
|
40,036
|
|
INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
50,455
|
|
|
|
47,470
|
|
OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
2,215
|
|
|
|
1,981
|
|
NON-CURRENT ASSETS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,007,427
|
|
|
$
|
999,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,673
|
|
|
$
|
3,011
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
5,695
|
|
|
|
4,558
|
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
9,494
|
|
|
|
10,720
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
2,253
|
|
|
|
1,671
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
8,359
|
|
|
|
11,725
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
4,860
|
|
|
|
18,402
|
|
Current liabilities from discontinued operations
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
32,384
|
|
|
|
50,099
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion and original issue
discount
|
|
|
667,769
|
|
|
|
623,820
|
|
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
9,572
|
|
|
|
10,931
|
|
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
|
|
|
134,413
|
|
|
|
89,392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
844,138
|
|
|
|
774,242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
31,269
|
|
|
|
30,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value,
1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares outstanding at
March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock Class A, $.001 par value,
30,000,000 shares authorized; 2,828,912 and
2,863,912 shares issued and outstanding as of
March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Common stock Class B, $.001 par value,
150,000,000 shares authorized; 2,861,843 shares issued
and outstanding as of March 31, 2011 and December 31,
2010, respectively
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Common stock Class C, $.001 par value,
150,000,000 shares authorized; 3,121,048 shares issued
and outstanding as of March 31, 2011 and December 31,
2010, respectively
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Common stock Class D, $.001 par value,
150,000,000 shares authorized; 45,576,082 and
45,541,082 shares issued and outstanding as of
March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,424
|
)
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
995,256
|
|
|
|
994,750
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(863,290
|
)
|
|
|
(799,045
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
132,020
|
|
|
|
194,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
1,007,427
|
|
|
$
|
999,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-66
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
FOR
THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2011 (UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Class
|
|
|
Class
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Class
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
A
|
|
|
B
|
|
|
Class C
|
|
|
D
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
BALANCE, as of December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,424
|
)
|
|
$
|
994,750
|
|
|
$
|
(799,045
|
)
|
|
$
|
194,335
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
|
(64,245
|
)
|
Change in unrealized loss on derivative and hedging activities,
net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
Termination of interest rate swap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to estimated
redemption value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(431
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(431
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE, as of March 31, 2011
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
995,256
|
|
|
$
|
(863,290
|
)
|
|
$
|
132,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-67
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(64,042
|
)
|
|
|
(4,597
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
4,099
|
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
Amortization of debt financing costs
|
|
|
1,591
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
Write off of debt financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
645
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
45,042
|
|
|
|
(383
|
)
|
Equity in income of affiliated company
|
|
|
(3,079
|
)
|
|
|
(909
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
2,013
|
|
Non-cash interest
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on retirement of debt
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of change in operating assets and liabilities, net of
assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
|
11,199
|
|
|
|
(463
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
2,609
|
|
|
|
(752
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(1,338
|
)
|
|
|
(2,059
|
)
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
(5,548
|
)
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
(1,226
|
)
|
|
|
1,381
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(3,471
|
)
|
|
|
3,751
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) by operating activities
|
|
|
7,711
|
|
|
|
(1,128
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(1,812
|
)
|
|
|
(1,072
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
|
(1,812
|
)
|
|
|
(1,072
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from credit facility, net of original issue discount
|
|
|
378,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of credit facility
|
|
|
(353,681
|
)
|
|
|
(4,502
|
)
|
Debt refinancing and modification costs
|
|
|
(5,873
|
)
|
|
|
(3,303
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
18,726
|
|
|
|
(7,805
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
24,625
|
|
|
|
(10,005
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period
|
|
|
9,192
|
|
|
|
19,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period
|
|
$
|
33,817
|
|
|
$
|
9,958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid (received) for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$
|
10,797
|
|
|
$
|
14,171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes, net
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-68
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
1.
|
ORGANIZATION
AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
|
Radio One, Inc. (a Delaware corporation referred to as
Radio One) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the
Company) is an urban-oriented, multi-media company
that primarily targets
African-American
consumers. Our core business is our radio broadcasting franchise
that is the largest radio broadcasting operation that primarily
targets
African-American
and urban listeners. We currently own 53 broadcast stations
located in 16 urban markets in the United States. While our
primary source of revenue is the sale of local and national
advertising for broadcast on our radio stations, our operating
strategy is to operate the premier multi-media entertainment and
information content provider targeting
African-American
consumers. Thus, we have diversified our revenue streams by
making acquisitions and investments in other complementary media
properties. Our other media interests include our approximately
45% (as of March 31, 2011 but see Note 14 -
Subsequent Events) ownership interest in TV One, LLC
(TV One), an
African-American
targeted cable television network that we invested in with an
affiliate of Comcast Corporation and other investors; our 53.5%
ownership interest in Reach Media, Inc. (Reach
Media), which operates the Tom Joyner Morning Show; our
ownership of Interactive One, LLC (Interactive One),
an online platform serving the
African-American
community through social content, news, information, and
entertainment, which operates a number of branded sites,
including News One, UrbanDaily and HelloBeautiful; and our
ownership of Community Connect, LLC (formerly Community Connect
Inc.) (CCI), an online social networking company,
which operates a number of branded websites, including
BlackPlanet, MiGente and Asian Avenue. CCI is included within
the operations of Interactive One. Through our national
multi-media presence, we provide advertisers with a unique and
powerful delivery mechanism to the
African-American
and urban audience.
In December 2009, the Company ceased publication of our
urban-themed lifestyle periodical, Giant Magazine. The remaining
assets and liabilities of this publication have been classified
as discontinued operations as of March 31, 2011 and
December 31, 2010, and the publications results from
operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and
2010, have been classified as discontinued operations in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
As part of our consolidated financial statements, consistent
with our financial reporting structure and how the Company
currently manages its businesses, we have provided selected
financial information on the Companys two reportable
segments: (i) Radio Broadcasting; and (ii) Internet.
(See Note 10 Segment Information.)
|
|
(b)
|
Interim
Financial Statements
|
The interim consolidated financial statements included herein
have been prepared by the Company, without audit, pursuant to
the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC). In managements opinion, the
interim financial data presented herein include all adjustments
(which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary for
a fair presentation. Certain information and footnote
disclosures normally included in the financial statements
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States (GAAP) have been
condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations.
Results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of
results to be expected for the full year. This
Form 10-Q
should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and
notes thereto included in the Companys 2010 Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
|
|
(c)
|
Financial
Instruments
|
Financial instruments as of March 31, 2011 and
December 31, 2010 consisted of cash and cash equivalents,
trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses,
note payable, long-term debt and
F-69
redeemable noncontrolling interests. The carrying amounts
approximated fair value for each of these financial instruments
as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, except for
the Companys outstanding senior subordinated notes. The
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013 had a carrying value of
$747,000 and a fair value of approximately $710,000 as of
March 31, 2011, and a carrying value of $747,000 and a fair
value of approximately $672,000 as of December 31, 2010.
The
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016 had a carrying value of
$292.6 million and a fair value of approximately
$308.0 million as of March 31, 2011, and a carrying
value of $286.8 million and a fair value of approximately
$278.2 million as of December 31, 2010. The fair
values were determined based on the trading values of these
instruments as of the reporting date.
The Company recognizes revenue for broadcast advertising when a
commercial is broadcast and is reported, net of agency and
outside sales representative commissions, in accordance with
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 605,
Revenue Recognition. Agency and outside sales
representative commissions are calculated based on a stated
percentage applied to gross billing. Generally, clients remit
the gross billing amount to the agency or outside sales
representative, and the agency or outside sales representative
remits the gross billing, less their commission, to the Company.
Agency and outside sales representative commissions were
approximately $6.8 million and $6.6 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Interactive One currently generates the majority of the
Companys internet revenue, and derives such revenue
principally from advertising services, including advertising
aimed at diversity recruiting. Advertising services include the
sale of banner and sponsorship advertisements. Advertising
revenue is recognized either as impressions (the number of times
advertisements appear in viewed pages) are delivered, when
click through purchases or leads are reported, or
ratably over the contract period, where applicable. Interactive
One has a diversity recruiting relationship with Monster, Inc.
(Monster). Monster posts job listings and
advertising on Interactive Ones websites and Interactive
One earns revenue for displaying the images on its websites.
The Company provides broadcast advertising time in exchange for
programming content and certain services and accounts for these
exchanges in accordance with ASC 605, Revenue
Recognition. The terms of these exchanges generally
permit the Company to preempt such broadcast time in favor of
advertisers who purchase time in exchange for cash. The Company
includes the value of such exchanges in both broadcasting net
revenue and station operating expenses. The valuation of barter
time is based upon the fair value of the network advertising
time provided for the programming content and services received.
For the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, barter
transaction revenues were $854,000 and $815,000, respectively.
Additionally, barter transaction costs were reflected in
programming and technical expenses and selling, general and
administrative expenses of $771,000 and $764,000 and $83,000 and
$51,000, for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and
2010, respectively.
The Companys comprehensive loss consists of net loss and
other items recorded directly to the equity accounts. The
objective is to report a measure of all changes in equity of an
enterprise that result from transactions and other economic
events during the period, other than transactions with owners.
The Companys other comprehensive loss consists of income
on derivative instruments that qualify for cash flow hedge
treatment. (See Note 6 Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities.)
F-70
The following table sets forth the components of comprehensive
loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(64,042
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,597
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income (net of tax benefit of $0 for all
periods):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative and hedging activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(64,042
|
)
|
|
|
(4,463
|
)
|
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling
interests
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss attributable to Radio One, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,434
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding
during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the
basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock
plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding
during the period using the treasury stock method. The
Companys potentially dilutive securities include stock
options and restricted stock. Diluted earnings per share
considers the impact of potentially dilutive securities except
in periods in which there is a net loss, as the inclusion of the
potentially dilutive common shares would have an anti-dilutive
effect.
The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and
diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except share and per
share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Radio One, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,568
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for basic net loss per share - weighted-average
outstanding shares
|
|
|
52,117,552
|
|
|
|
50,844,148
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options and restricted stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for diluted net loss per share - weighted-average
outstanding shares
|
|
|
52,117,552
|
|
|
|
50,844,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Radio One, Inc. per share
basic
|
|
$
|
(1.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Radio One, Inc. per share
diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.09
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-71
All stock options and restricted stock were excluded from the
diluted calculation as their inclusion would have been
anti-dilutive. The following table summarizes the potential
common shares excluded from the diluted calculation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
5,111
|
|
|
|
5,404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock
|
|
|
2,260
|
|
|
|
3,592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(h)
|
Fair
Value Measurements
|
We report our financial and non-financial assets and liabilities
measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis
under the provisions of ASC 820, Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures. ASC 820 defines fair
value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements.
The fair value framework requires the categorization of assets
and liabilities into three levels based upon the assumptions
(inputs) used to price the assets or liabilities. Level 1
provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas
Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment.
The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities
that can be accessed at measurement date.
Level 2: Observable inputs other than
those included in Level 1. For example, quoted prices for
similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices
for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting
managements own assumptions about the inputs used in
pricing the asset or liability.
As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the fair
values of our financial liabilities are categorized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited) (In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities subject to fair value measurement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employment agreement award(b)
|
|
$
|
6,784
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mezzanine equity subject to fair value measurement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interests(c)
|
|
$
|
31,269
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities subject to fair value measurement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps(a)
|
|
$
|
1,426
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,426
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Employment agreement award(b)
|
|
|
6,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
8,250
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,426
|
|
|
$
|
6,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mezzanine equity subject to fair value measurement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interests(c)
|
|
$
|
30,635
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Based on London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). |
F-72
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Pursuant to an employment agreement (the Employment
Agreement) executed in April 2008, the Chief Executive
Officer (CEO) is eligible to receive an award amount
equal to 8% of any proceeds from distributions or other
liquidity events in excess of the return of the Companys
aggregate investment in TV One. The Company reviews the factors
underlying this award at the end of each quarter including the
valuation of TV One and an assessment of the probability that
the employment agreement will be renewed and contain this
provision. The Companys obligation to pay the award will
be triggered only after the Companys recovery of the
aggregate amount of its capital contribution in TV One and only
upon actual receipt of distributions of cash or marketable
securities or proceeds from a liquidity event with respect to
the Companys membership interest in TV One. The CEO was
fully vested in the award upon execution of the Employment
Agreement, and the award lapses upon expiration of the
Employment Agreement, or earlier if the CEO voluntarily left the
Company or was terminated for cause. In calculating the fair
valuation of the award, the Company utilized the value assessed
for TV One in connection with the buyout of financial investors.
(See Note 6 Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities.) The Company is currently in
negotiations with the Companys CEO for a new employment
agreement. Until such time as his new employment agreement is
executed, the terms of his April 2008 employment agreement
remain in effect including eligibility for the TV One award. |
|
(c) |
|
Redeemable noncontrolling interest in Reach Media is measured at
fair value using a discounted cash flow methodology. A
third-party valuation firm assisted the Company in calculating
the fair value. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flow
analysis include forecasted operating results, discount rate and
a terminal value. |
The following table presents the changes in Level 3
liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the
three months ended March 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable
|
|
|
|
Employment
|
|
|
Noncontrolling
|
|
|
|
Agreement Award
|
|
|
Interests
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
6,824
|
|
|
$
|
30,635
|
|
(Gains) Losses included in earnings (unrealized)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
Change in fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2011
|
|
$
|
6,784
|
|
|
$
|
31,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amount of total gains for the period included in earnings
attributable to the change in unrealized gains relating to
assets and liabilities still held at the reporting date
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gains (losses) included in earnings were recorded in the
consolidated statement of operations as corporate selling,
general and administrative expenses for the three months ended
March 31, 2011.
Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a
non-recurring basis using Level 3 inputs as defined in
ASC 820. These assets are not measured at fair value on an
ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in
certain circumstances. Included in this category are goodwill,
radio broadcasting licenses and other intangible assets, net,
that are written down to fair value when they are determined to
be impaired. These assets were not impaired during the three
months ended March 31, 2011, and therefore were not
reported at fair value.
|
|
(i)
|
Impact
of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
|
In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 105, Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles, which establishes the
ASC as the source of authoritative non-SEC U.S. GAAP for
non-governmental entities. ASC 105 is effective for financial
statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 105 did not
have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
F-73
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent
Events, which addresses accounting and disclosure
requirements related to subsequent events. It requires
management to evaluate subsequent events through the date the
financial statements are either issued or available to be
issued. In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU
2010-09,
which amends ASC 855 to remove all requirements for SEC
filers to disclose the date through which subsequent events are
considered. The amendment became effective upon issuance. The
Company has provided the required disclosures regarding
subsequent events in Note 14 Subsequent
Events.
The provisions under ASC 825, Financial
Instruments, requiring disclosures about fair value of
financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly
traded companies, as well as in annual financial statements
became effective for the Company during the quarter ended
June 30, 2009. The additional disclosures required under
ASC 825 are included in Note 1
Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies.
Effective January 1, 2009, the provisions under
ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and
Other, related to the determination of the useful life
of intangible assets and requiring additional disclosures
related to renewing or extending the terms of recognized
intangible assets became effective for the Company. The adoption
of these provisions did not have a material effect on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted an
accounting standard update from the Emerging Issues Task Force
consensus regarding the accounting for contingent consideration
agreements of an equity method investment and the requirement
for the investor to recognize its share of any impairment
charges recorded by the investee. This update to ASC 323,
Investments Equity Method and Joint
Ventures, requires the investor to record share
issuances by the investee as if it has sold a portion of its
investment with any resulting gain or loss being reflected in
earnings. The adoption of this update did not have any impact on
the Companys consolidated financial statements.
|
|
(j)
|
Liquidity
and Uncertainties Related to Going Concern
|
On March 31, 2011, the Company entered into a new senior
credit facility (the 2011 Credit Agreement). Under
the 2011 Credit Agreement, we must maintain compliance with
certain financial covenants beginnning June 30, 2011. Based
on our current projections, we expect to be in compliance with
these financial covenants over the next twelve months.
Under agreements between the Companys owned radio stations
and Radio Networks, and in accordance with ASC 605,
Revenue Recognition, the Company generated
revenue through barter agreements whereby advertising time was
exchanged for programming content.
Under a separate sales representation agreement between our
subsidiary Reach Media, and Radio Networks (the Sales
Representation Agreement), Reach Media was paid an annual
guarantee in exchange for providing the rights to Radio Networks
to sell advertising inventory on Reach Medias 108
affiliate radio stations broadcasting the Tom Joyner Morning
Show. Radio Networks also served as sales representative for
Reach Medias Internet advertising and special events. This
agreement, which commenced in 2003, expired on December 31,
2009.
In November 2009, Reach Media entered into a new sales
representation agreement (the New Sales Representation
Agreement) with Radio Networks whereby Radio Networks
serves as the sales representative for the out of show portions
of Reach Medias advertising inventory for the period
beginning January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2012.
Under the New Sales Representation Agreement, which is now
commissioned based, there are no minimum guarantees on revenue.
Consequently, since January 1, 2010, total revenue
generated from Radio Networks has not exceeded 10% of our total
revenues and we believe it is unlikely to exceed 10% of our
total revenues in future periods.
F-74
|
|
(l)
|
Redeemable
noncontrolling interests
|
Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries that are redeemable
outside of the Companys control for cash or other assets
are classified as mezzanine equity and measured at the greater
of estimated redemption value at the end of each reporting
period or the historical cost basis of the noncontrolling
interests adjusted for cumulative earnings allocations. The
resulting increases or decreases in the estimated redemption
amount are affected by corresponding charges against retained
earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, additional
paid-in-capital.
In February 2005, the Company acquired approximately 51% of the
common stock of Reach Media for approximately $55.8 million
in a combination of approximately $30.4 million of cash and
1,809,648 shares of the Companys Class D common
stock valued at approximately $25.4 million. A subsidiary
of Citadel, Reach Medias sales representative and an
investor in the company, owned a noncontrolling interest in
Reach Media. In November 2009, that subsidiary sold its
ownership interest to Reach Media in exchange for a
$1.0 million note due in December 2011 (See
Note 7 Long-Term Debt) as an inducement
for Reach Media to execute a new sales representation agreement.
This transaction increased Radio Ones common stock
interest in Reach Media to 53.5%.
|
|
3.
|
DISCONTINUED
OPERATIONS:
|
In December 2009, the Company ceased publication of Giant
Magazine. The remaining assets and liabilities of this
publication have been classified as discontinued operations as
of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the publications
results from operations for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010, have been classified as
discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements.
The following table summarizes the operating results for Giant
Magazine and all of the stations sold and classified as
discontinued operations for all periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
Station operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
(Gain) loss on sale of assets
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-75
The assets and liabilities of these stations classified as
discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Currents assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
64
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
GOODWILL,
RADIO BROADCASTING LICENSES AND OTHER INTANGIBLE
ASSETS
|
Impairment
Testing
In the past, we have made acquisitions whereby a significant
amount of the purchase price was allocated to radio broadcasting
licenses, goodwill and other intangible assets. Effective
January 1, 2002, in accordance with ASC 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other,
we do not amortize our radio broadcasting licenses and
goodwill. Instead, we perform a test for impairment annually or
on an interim basis when events or changes in circumstances or
other conditions suggest impairment may have occurred. Other
intangible assets continue to be amortized on a straight-line
basis over their useful lives. We perform our annual impairment
test as of October 1 of each year.
Valuation
of Broadcasting Licenses
We utilize the services of a third-party valuation firm to
provide independent analysis when evaluating the fair value of
our radio broadcasting licenses and reporting units, including
goodwill. Fair value is estimated to be the price that would be
received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. Effective January 1, 2002, we began using
the income approach to test for impairment of radio broadcasting
licenses. We believe this method of valuation to be consistent
with
ASC 805-20-S-99-3,
Use of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets
Other Than Goodwill. A projection period of
10 years is used, as that is the time horizon in which
operators and investors generally expect to recover their
investments. When evaluating our radio broadcasting licenses for
impairment, the testing is done at the unit of accounting level
as determined by ASC 350, Intangibles
Goodwill and Other. In our case, each unit of
accounting is a clustering of radio stations into one of our 16
geographical radio markets. Broadcasting license fair values are
based on the estimated after-tax discounted future cash flows of
the applicable unit of accounting assuming an initial
hypothetical
start-up
operation which possesses FCC licenses as the only asset. Over
time, it is assumed the operation acquires other tangible assets
such as advertising and programming contracts, employment
agreements and going concern value, and matures into an average
performing operation in a specific radio market. The income
approach model incorporates several variables, including, but
not limited to: (i) radio market revenue estimates and
growth projections; (ii) estimated market share and revenue
for the hypothetical participant; (iii) likely media
competition within the market; (iv) estimated
start-up
costs and losses incurred in the early years; (v) estimated
profit margins and cash flows based on market size and station
type; (vi) anticipated capital expenditures;
(vii) probable future terminal values; (viii) an
effective tax rate assumption; and (ix) a discount rate
based on the weighted-average cost of capital for the radio
broadcast industry. In calculating the discount rate, we
considered: (i) the cost of equity,
F-76
which includes estimates of the risk-free return, the long-term
market return, small stock risk premiums and industry beta;
(ii) the cost of debt, which includes estimates for
corporate borrowing rates and tax rates; and
(iii) estimated average percentages of equity and debt in
capital structures. Since our annual October 2010 assessment, we
have not made any changes to the methodology for valuing
broadcasting licenses.
Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income
approach model for estimating broadcasting licenses fair values
for all annual and interim impairments assessments performed
since January 2010.
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting Licenses
|
|
October 1, 2010
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Pre-tax impairment charge
|
|
$19.9
|
Discount Rate
|
|
10.0%
|
Year 1 Market Revenue Growth or Decline Rate or Range
|
|
1.0% -3.0%
|
Long-term Market Revenue Growth Rate Range (Years 6
10)
|
|
1.0% - 2.5%
|
Mature Market Share Range
|
|
0.8% - 28.3%
|
Operating Profit Margin Range
|
|
19.0% - 47.3%
|
The continued improving economy and credit markets and recovery
of the advertising industry have contributed to more stable
valuations for these intangible assets. In addition, there were
no impairment triggering events warranting impairment testing of
our radio broadcasting licenses for the three month period ended
March 31, 2011.
Valuation
of Goodwill
The impairment testing of goodwill is performed at the reporting
unit level. We had 19 reporting units as of our October 2010
annual impairment assessment. For the purpose of valuing
goodwill, the 19 reporting units consist of the 16 radio markets
and three other business divisions. In testing for the
impairment of goodwill, with the assistance of a third-party
valuation firm, we primarily rely on the income approach. The
approach involves a
10-year
model with similar variables as described above for broadcasting
licenses, except that the discounted cash flows are generally
based on the Companys estimated and projected market
revenue, market share and operating performance for its
reporting units, instead of those for a hypothetical
participant. We follow a two-step process to evaluate if a
potential impairment exists for goodwill. The first step of the
process involves estimating the fair value of each reporting
unit. If the reporting units fair value is less than its
carrying value, a second step is performed as per the guidance
of
ASC 805-10,
Business Combinations, to allocate the fair
value of the reporting unit to the individual assets and
liabilities of the reporting unit in order to determine the
implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill as of
the impairment assessment date. Any excess of the carrying value
of the goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill is
written off as a charge to operations. We have not made any
changes to the methodology for determining the fair value of our
reporting units.
In February, May and August of 2010, the Company performed
interim impairment testing on the valuation of goodwill
associated with Reach Media. Reach Media net revenues and cash
flows declined for 2010 and full year internal projections were
revised. The revenues declined following the December 31,
2009 expiration of a sales representation agreement with Citadel
Broadcasting Corporation (Citadel) whereby a minimum
level of revenue was guaranteed over the term of the agreement.
Effective January 1, 2010, Reach Medias newly
established sales organization began selling its inventory on
the Tom Joyner Morning Show and under a new commission-based
sales representation agreement with Citadel, which sells certain
inventory owned by Reach Media in connection with its 108 radio
station affiliate agreements. Management revised its internal
projections for Reach Media by lowering the Year 1 revenue
growth rate to 2.5% in May and August 2010, versus 16.5% assumed
in the previous annual assessment. Given the relative
improvement in the credit markets since late 2009, the discount
rate was lowered to 13.5% for both the February and May 2010
assessments and again lowered to 13.0% for the August 2010
assessment. As part of the year end impairment testing, the
discount rate was increased to 13.5% and we reduced our
operating cash flow projections and assumptions compared to the
interim assessments based on declining revenue projections and
actual results
F-77
which did not meet budget. The Company recorded an impairment
charge of $16.1 million for the quarter ended
December 31, 2010.
Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income
approach model for estimating the fair value for Reach Media for
all interim, annual and year end assessments since January 2010.
When compared to the discount rates used for assessing radio
market reporting units, the higher discount rates used in these
assessments reflect a premium for a riskier and broader media
business, with a heavier concentration and significantly higher
amount of programming content related intangible assets that are
highly dependent on the on-air personality Tom Joyner. As a
result of the February, May and August 2010 interim assessments,
the Company concluded no impairment to the carrying value of
Reach Media had occurred. During the fourth quarter of 2010,
Reach Medias operating performance continued to decline,
but at a decreasing rate. We believe this represented an
impairment indicator and as a result, we performed a year end
impairment assessment at December 31, 2010. We performed an
interim impairment assessment at March 31, 2011 as Reach
Media did not meet its budgeted operating cash flow for the
first quarter. As a result of the March 2011 interim impairment
test, the Company concluded that the carrying value of goodwill
attributable to Reach Media had not been impaired.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reach Media Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Reporting Unit Within the
|
|
February 28,
|
|
May 31,
|
|
August 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
Radio Broadcasting Segment)
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
Pre-tax impairment charge
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
$16.1
|
|
$
|
Discount Rate
|
|
13.5%
|
|
13.5%
|
|
13.0%
|
|
13.5%
|
|
13.5%
|
2010 (Year 1) Revenue Growth Rate
|
|
8.5%
|
|
2.5%
|
|
2.5%
|
|
2.5%
|
|
2.5%
|
Long-term Revenue Growth Rate Range
|
|
2.5% - 3.0%
|
|
2.5% - 2.9%
|
|
2.5% - 3.3%
|
|
(2.6)% -4.4%
|
|
(1.3)% - 4.9%
|
Operating Profit Margin Range
|
|
22.7% - 31.4%
|
|
23.3% - 31.5%
|
|
25.5% - 31.2%
|
|
15.5% -25.9%
|
|
16.2% - 27.4%
|
Goodwill
Valuation Results
The table below presents the changes in the carrying amount of
goodwill by segment during the three month period ended
March 31, 2011. The goodwill balances for each reporting
unit are not disclosed so as to not make publicly available
sensitive information that could potentially be competitively
harmful to the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill Carrying Balances
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
Segment
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting Segment
|
|
$
|
99.6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
99.6
|
|
Internet Segment
|
|
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
121.4
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
121.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-78
Intangible
Assets Excluding Goodwill and Radio Broadcasting
Licenses
Other intangible assets, excluding goodwill and radio
broadcasting licenses, are amortized on a straight-line basis
over various periods. Other intangible assets consist of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
Period of
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names
|
|
$
|
17,139
|
|
|
$
|
17,138
|
|
|
|
2-5 Years
|
|
Talent agreement
|
|
|
19,549
|
|
|
|
19,549
|
|
|
|
10 Years
|
|
Debt financing and modification costs
|
|
|
15,729
|
|
|
|
19,374
|
|
|
|
Term of debt
|
|
Intellectual property
|
|
|
14,151
|
|
|
|
14,151
|
|
|
|
4-10 Years
|
|
Affiliate agreements
|
|
|
7,769
|
|
|
|
7,769
|
|
|
|
1-10 Years
|
|
Acquired income leases
|
|
|
1,282
|
|
|
|
1,282
|
|
|
|
3-9 Years
|
|
Non-compete agreements
|
|
|
1,260
|
|
|
|
1,260
|
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
Advertiser agreements
|
|
|
6,613
|
|
|
|
6,613
|
|
|
|
2-7 Years
|
|
Favorable office and transmitter leases
|
|
|
3,358
|
|
|
|
3,358
|
|
|
|
2-60 Years
|
|
Brand names
|
|
|
2,539
|
|
|
|
2,539
|
|
|
|
2.5 Years
|
|
Other intangibles
|
|
|
1,258
|
|
|
|
1,258
|
|
|
|
1-5 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,647
|
|
|
|
94,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(55,473
|
)
|
|
|
(54,255
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
$
|
35,174
|
|
|
$
|
40,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense of intangible assets for the three months
ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately
$1.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The
amortization of deferred financing costs was charged to interest
expense for all periods presented. The amount of deferred
financing costs included in interest expense for the three
months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately
$1.6 million and $612,000, respectively.
The following table presents the Companys estimate of
amortization expense for the remainder of 2011 and years 2012
through 2016 for intangible assets, excluding deferred financing
costs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2011 (April through December)
|
|
$
|
4,083
|
|
2012
|
|
$
|
5,268
|
|
2013
|
|
$
|
4,723
|
|
2014
|
|
$
|
4,125
|
|
2015
|
|
$
|
247
|
|
2016
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
Actual amortization expense may vary as a result of future
acquisitions and dispositions.
|
|
5.
|
INVESTMENT
IN AFFILIATED COMPANY:
|
In January 2004, the Company, together with an affiliate of
Comcast Corporation and other investors, launched TV One, an
entity formed to operate a cable television network featuring
lifestyle, entertainment and news-related programming targeted
primarily towards
African-American
viewers. At that time, we committed to make a cumulative cash
investment of $74.0 million in TV One, of which
$60.3 million had been funded as of April 30, 2007.
Since December 31, 2006, the initial four year commitment
period for funding the capital had been extended on a quarterly
basis due in part to TV Ones lower than anticipated
capital needs. In connection with the redemption financing (as
defined below) together with the remaining portion of the
members outstanding capital contribution we funded our remaining
capital commitment amount of
F-79
approximately $13.7 million on April 19, 2011 and
currently anticipate no further capital commitment. In December
2004, TV One entered into a distribution agreement with DIRECTV
and certain affiliates of DIRECTV became investors in TV One.
On February 25, 2011, TV One completed a privately placed
debt offering of $119 million (the
Redemption Financing). The
Redemption Financing is structured as senior secured notes
bearing a 10% coupon and is due 2016. The
Redemption Financing was structured to allow for continued
distributions to the remaining members of TV One, including
Radio One, subject to certain conditions. Subsequently, on
February 28, 2011, TV One utilized $82.4 million of
the Redemption Financing to repurchase 15.4% of its
outstanding membership interests from certain financial
investors and 2.0% of its outstanding membership interests held
by TV One management (representing approximately 50% of
interests held by management). Finally, on April 25, 2011,
TV One utilized the balance of the Redemption Financing to
repurchase 12.4% of its outstanding membership interests from
DIRECTV. These redemptions by TV One, increased Radio Ones
holding in TV One from 36.8% to approximately 50.9% as of
April 25, 2011. Beginning in the quarter ending
June 30, 2011, the Company expects to begin accounting for
TV One on a consolidated basis.
The Company has recorded its investment at cost and has adjusted
the carrying amount of the investment to recognize the change in
the Companys claim on the net assets of TV One resulting
from operating income or losses of TV One as well as other
capital transactions of TV One using a hypothetical liquidation
at book value approach. For the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Companys allocable share
of TV Ones operating income was approximately
$3.1 million and $909,000, respectively.
At each of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the
carrying value of the Companys investment in TV One was
approximately $50.5 million and $47.5 million,
respectively, and is presented on the consolidated balance
sheets as investment in affiliated company. At March 31,
2011, the Company had future contractual funding commitments of
$13.7 million and the Companys maximum exposure to
loss as a result of its involvement with TV One was determined
to be approximately $64.2 million, which is the
Companys carrying value of its investment plus its future
contractual funding commitment. As noted above, we funded this
commitment on April 19, 2011 and currently anticipate no
further capital commitment.
We entered into separate network services and advertising
services agreements with TV One in 2003. Under the network
services agreement, we provided TV One with administrative and
operational support services and access to Radio One
personalities. This agreement, originally scheduled to expire in
January 2009, was extended to January 2011. Under the
advertising services agreement, we provided a specified amount
of advertising to TV One. This agreement was also originally
scheduled to expire in January 2009 and was extended to January
2011 at which time it expired. In consideration of providing
these services, we have received equity in TV One, and receive
an annual cash fee of $500,000 for providing services under the
network services agreement. We are currently in the process of
renegotiating these agreements.
The Company is accounting for the services provided to TV One
under the advertising services agreement in accordance with
ASC 505-50-30,
Equity. As services are provided to TV One,
the Company is recording revenue based on the fair value of the
most reliable unit of measurement in these transactions. The
most reliable unit of measurement has been determined to be the
value of underlying advertising time that is being provided to
TV One. The Company recognized $373,000 and $457,000 in revenue
relating to this agreement for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
F-80
Summarized unaudited financial information for our significant
equity investment is reported below (in thousands, amounts
represent 100% of investee financial information):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
Statement of Operations
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
30,832
|
|
|
$
|
107,268
|
|
Costs and expenses
|
|
|
24,408
|
|
|
|
87,648
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings from continuing operations
|
|
|
6,424
|
|
|
|
19,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
6,424
|
|
|
$
|
19,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
Balance Sheet
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
58,011
|
|
|
$
|
45,074
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
$
|
151,092
|
|
|
$
|
116,901
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$
|
8,885
|
|
|
$
|
112,894
|
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
$
|
169,648
|
|
|
$
|
24,899
|
|
Equity
|
|
$
|
30,570
|
|
|
$
|
24,182
|
|
|
|
6.
|
DERIVATIVE
INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
|
ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, establishes
disclosure requirements related to derivative instruments and
hedging activities with the intent to provide users of financial
statements with an enhanced understanding of: (i) how and
why an entity uses derivative instruments; (ii) how
derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted
for and its related interpretations; and (iii) how
derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an
entitys financial position, financial performance, and
cash flows. ASC 815 requires qualitative disclosures about
objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative
disclosures about the fair value of gains and losses on
derivative instruments, and disclosures about
credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative
instruments.
The fair values and the presentation of the Companys
derivative instruments in the consolidated balance sheets are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability Derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2011
|
|
|
Balance Sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Location
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
Other Long-Term
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Long-Term Liabilities
|
|
|
1,426
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employment agreement award
|
|
Other Long-Term
Liabilities
|
|
|
6,784
|
|
|
Other Long-Term Liabilities
|
|
|
6,824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivatives
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,784
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-81
The effect and the presentation of the Companys derivative
instruments on the consolidated statements of operations are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
on Derivative
|
|
|
Loss Reclassified from Accumulated Other
|
|
|
Gain (Loss) in Income (Ineffective
|
|
|
|
(Effective
|
|
|
Comprehensive Loss into Income (Effective
|
|
|
Portion and Amount Excluded from
|
|
Derivatives in Cash
|
|
Portion)
|
|
|
Portion)
|
|
|
Effectiveness Testing)
|
|
Flow Hedging
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Location
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Location
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Relationships
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
134
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
$
|
(258
|
)
|
|
$
|
(514
|
)
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss) in
|
|
Derivatives Not
|
|
|
|
Income of Derivative
|
|
Designated as Hedging
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Location of Gain (Loss) in Income of Derivative
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Employment agreement award
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hedging
Activities
In June 2005, pursuant to our previous Credit Agreement (as
defined in Note 7 Long-Term Debt), the
Company entered into four fixed rate swap agreements to reduce
interest rate fluctuations on certain floating rate debt
commitments. One of the four $25.0 million swap agreements
expired in each of June 2007 and 2008, and 2010, respectively.
The remaining $25.0 million swap agreement was terminated
on March 31, 2011 in conjunction with the March 31,
2011 retirement of our previous Credit Agreement. We have no
swap agreements in connection with our current credit facilities.
Each swap agreement had been accounted for as a qualifying cash
flow hedge of the Companys senior bank debt, in accordance
with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging,
whereby changes in the fair market value are reflected as
adjustments to the fair value of the derivative instruments as
reflected on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
The Companys objectives in using interest rate swaps were
to manage interest rate risk associated with the Companys
floating rate debt commitments and to add stability to future
cash flows. To accomplish this objective, the Company used
interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management
strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges
involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty
in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the
life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying
notional amount.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of
derivatives designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges was
recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and
subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the
hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. During the three
months ended March 31, 2011, such derivatives were used to
hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing floating
rate debt commitments. The ineffective portion of the change in
fair value of the derivatives, if any, is recognized directly in
earnings.
Amounts reported in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss related
to derivatives were reclassified to interest expense as interest
payments were made on the Companys floating rate debt.
F-82
Under the swap agreements, the Company paid a fixed rate. The
counterparties to the agreements paid the Company a floating
interest rate based on the three month LIBOR, for which
measurement and settlement is performed quarterly. The
counterparties to these agreements were international financial
institutions.
Costs incurred to execute the swap agreements were deferred and
amortized over the term of the swap agreements. The amounts
incurred by the Company, representing the effective difference
between the fixed rate under the swap agreements and the
variable rate on the underlying term of the debt, are included
in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements
of operations.
Other
Derivative Instruments
The Company recognizes all derivatives at fair value, whether
designated in hedging relationships or not, on the balance sheet
as either an asset or liability. The accounting for changes in
the fair value of a derivative, including certain derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts, depends on the intended
use of the derivative and the resulting designation. If the
derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in
the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item are
recognized in the statement of operations. If the derivative is
designated as a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of
the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and
are recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged
item affects net income. If a derivative does not qualify as a
hedge, it is marked to fair value through the statement of
operations. Any fees associated with these derivatives are
amortized over their term.
As of March 31, 2011, the Company was party to an
Employment Agreement executed in April 2008 with the CEO, which
called for an award that has been accounted for as a derivative
instrument without a hedging relationship in accordance with the
guidance under ASC 815, Derivatives and
Hedging. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, the CEO
is eligible to receive an award amount equal to 8% of any
proceeds from distributions or other liquidity events in excess
of the return of the Companys aggregate investment in TV
One. The Company reassessed the estimated fair value of the
award at March 31, 2011 to be approximately
$6.8 million, and accordingly, adjusted its liability to
this amount. The Companys obligation to pay the award will
be triggered only after the Companys recovery of the
aggregate amount of its capital contribution in TV One and only
upon actual receipt of distributions of cash or marketable
securities or proceeds from a liquidity event with respect to
the Companys membership interest in TV One. The CEO was
fully vested in the award upon execution of the Employment
Agreement, and the award lapses upon expiration of the
Employment Agreement, or earlier if the CEO voluntarily left the
Company, or was terminated for cause. The Company is currently
in negotiations with the Companys CEO for a new employment
agreement. Until such time as his new employment agreement is
executed, the terms of his April 2008 employment agreement
remain in effect including eligibility for the TV One award.
Long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Senior bank term debt
|
|
$
|
386,000
|
|
|
$
|
346,681
|
|
Senior bank revolving debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
|
747
|
|
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016
|
|
|
292,602
|
|
|
|
286,794
|
|
Note payable
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
680,349
|
|
|
|
642,222
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
4,860
|
|
|
|
18,402
|
|
Less: original issue discount
|
|
|
7,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net
|
|
$
|
667,769
|
|
|
$
|
623,820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-83
Credit
Facilities
March
2011 Refinancing Transaction
On March 31, 2011 the Company entered into a new senior
secured credit facility (the 2011 Credit Agreement)
with a syndicate of banks, and simultaneously borrowed
$386.0 million to retire all outstanding obligations under
the Companys previous amended and restated credit
agreement and to fund our obligation with respect to the TV One
capital call. The total amount available under the 2011 Credit
Agreement is $411.0 million, consisting of a $386.0 term
loan facility that matures on March 31, 2016 and a
$25.0 million revolving loan facility that matures on
March 31, 2015. Borrowings under the credit facilities are
subject to compliance with certain covenants including, but not
limited to, certain financial covenants. Proceeds from the
credit facilities can be used for working capital, capital
expenditures made in the ordinary course of business, its common
stock repurchase program, permitted direct and indirect
investments and other lawful corporate purposes.
The 2011 Credit Agreement contains affirmative and negative
covenants that the Company is required to comply with, including:
(a) maintaining an interest coverage ratio of no less than:
|
|
|
|
|
1.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
1.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(b) maintaining a senior secured leverage ratio of no
greater than:
|
|
|
|
|
5.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
5.00 to 1.00 on September 30, 2011 and December 31,
2011; and
|
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00 on March 31, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
4.50 to 1.00 on June 30, 2012 and December 31,
2012; and
|
|
|
|
4.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal Quarter through September 30, 2013; and
|
|
|
|
3.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2014; and
|
|
|
|
3.25 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
2.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
(c) maintaining a total leverage ratio of no greater than:
|
|
|
|
|
9.25 to 1.00 on June 30, 2011 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through December 31, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
9.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.75 to 1.00 on June 30, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.50 to 1.00 on September 30, 2012 and December 31,
2012; and
|
|
|
|
8.00 to 1.00 on March 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2013; and
|
|
|
|
7.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2013 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2014; and
|
|
|
|
6.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
|
|
|
|
6.00 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each
fiscal quarter thereafter.
|
F-84
(d) limitations on:
|
|
|
|
|
liens;
|
|
|
|
sale of assets;
|
|
|
|
payment of dividends; and
|
|
|
|
mergers.
|
As of March 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with
all of its financial covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement.
As noted in the previous table, measurement of interest
coverage, senior secured leverage, and total leverage ratios
will commence on June 30, 2011.
Under the terms of the 2011 Credit Agreement, interest on base
rate loans is payable quarterly and interest on LIBOR loans is
payable monthly or quarterly. The base rate is equal to the
greater of the prime rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus
0.50% and the LIBOR Rate for a one-month period plus 1.00%. The
applicable margin on the 2011 Credit Agreement is between
(i) 4.50% and 5.50% on the revolving portion of the
facility and (ii) 5.00% (with a base rate floor of 2.5% per
annum) and 6.00% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.5% per annum) on the
term portion of the facility. Commencing on June 30, 2011,
quarterly installments of 0.25%, or $965,000, of the principal
balance on the $386.0 million term loan are payable on the
last day of each March, June, September and December.
As of March 31, 2011, the Company had approximately
$24.4 million of borrowing capacity under its revolving
credit facility. Taking into consideration the financial
covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement, approximately
$24.4 million of the revolving credit facility was
available to be borrowed.
As of March 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding
approximately $386.0 million on its term credit facility.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company
borrowed approximately $386.0 million under the 2011 Credit
Agreement and repaid approximately $353.7 million under the
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Proceeds from the 2011
Credit Agreement of approximately $378.3 million, net of
original issue discount, were used to repay the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement and pay other fees and expenses, with
the balance of the proceeds to be used to fund the TV One
capital call. The original issue discount is being reflected as
an adjustment to the carrying amount of the debt obligation and
amortized to interest expense over the term of the credit
facility.
Period
between and including the November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
and March 2011 Refinancing Transaction
On November 24, 2010, the Company entered into a Credit
Agreement amendment with its prior syndicate of banks. The
Credit Agreement amendment, which amended and restated the
Credit agreement (as so amended and restated, the Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement), among other things,
replaced the existing amount of outstanding revolving loans with
a $323.0 million term loan and provided for three tranches
of revolving loans, including a $20.0 million revolver to
be used for working capital, capital expenditures, investments,
and other lawful corporate purposes, a $5.1 million
revolver to be used solely to redeem and retire the 2011 Notes,
and a $13.7 million revolver to be used solely to fund a
capital call with respect to TV One (the November 2010
Refinancing Transaction).
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provided for
maintenance of the following maximum fixed charge coverage ratio
as of the last day of each fiscal quarter:
|
|
|
Effective Period
|
|
Ratio
|
|
November 24, 2010 to December 30, 2010
|
|
1.05 to 1.00
|
December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2012
|
|
1.07 to 1.00
|
F-85
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provided for
maintenance of the following maximum total leverage ratios
(subject to certain adjustments if subordinated debt is issued
or any portion of the $13.7 million revolver was used to
fund a TV One capital call):
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Period
|
|
Ratio
|
|
November 24, 2010 to December 30, 2010
|
|
|
9.35 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2010 to December 30, 2011
|
|
|
9.00 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
9.25 to 1.00
|
|
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement also provided for
maintenance of the following maximum senior leverage ratios
(subject to certain adjustments if any portion of the
$13.7 million revolver was used to fund a TV One capital
call):
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
No greater than
|
|
November 24, 2010 to December 30, 2010
|
|
|
5.25 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2010 to March 30, 2011
|
|
|
5.00 to 1.00
|
|
March 31, 2011 to September 29, 2011
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
September 30, 2011 to December 30, 2011
|
|
|
4.50 to 1.00
|
|
December 31, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
4.75 to 1.00
|
|
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provided for
maintenance of average weekly availability at any time during
any period set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average weekly availability
|
Beginning
|
|
no less than
|
|
November 24, 2010 through and including June 30, 2011
|
|
$
|
10,000,000
|
|
July 1, 2011 and thereafter
|
|
$
|
15,000,000
|
|
During the period between November 24, 2010, and of
March 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with all of
its financial covenants under the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement.
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
interest on both alternate base rate loans and LIBOR loans was
payable monthly. The LIBOR interest rate floor was 1.00% and the
alternate base rate was equal to the greater of the prime rate,
the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50% and the LIBOR Rate
for a one-month period plus 1.00%. Interest payable on
(i) LIBOR loans were at LIBOR plus 6.25% and
(ii) alternate base rate loans was at an alternate base
rate plus 5.25% (and, in each case, could have been permanently
increased if the Company exceeded certain senior leverage ratio
levels, tested quarterly beginning June 30, 2011). The
interest rate paid in excess of LIBOR could have been as high as
7.25% during the last quarter prior to maturity if the Company
exceeded the senior leverage ratio levels on each test date.
Commencing on September 30, 2011, quarterly installments of
0.25%, or $807,500, of the principal balance on the
$323.0 million term loan were payable on the last day of
each March, June, September and December.
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
quarterly installments of principal on the term loan facility
were payable on the last day of each March, June, September and
December commencing on September 30, 2007 in a percentage
amount of the principal balance of the term loan facility
outstanding on September 30, 2007, net of loan repayments,
of 1.25% between September 30, 2007 and June 30, 2008,
5.0% between September 30, 2008 and June 30, 2009, and
6.25% between September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2012.
Based on the (i) $174.4 million net principal balance
of the term loan facility outstanding on September 30,
2008, (ii) a $70.0 million prepayment in March 2009,
(iii) a $31.5 million prepayment in May 2009 and
(iv) a $5.0 million prepayment in May 2010, quarterly
payments of $4.0 million are payable between June 30,
2010 and June 30, 2012.
On December 24, 2010, all remaining outstanding 2011 Notes
were repurchased pursuant to the indenture governing the 2011
Notes. We incurred approximately $4.5 million in borrowings
under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in connection
with such repurchase.
F-86
As a result of our repurchase and refinancing of the 2011 Notes,
the expiration of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was
June 30, 2012.
On March 31, 2011, the Company repaid all obligations
under, and terminated, the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement. During the quarter ended March 31, 2011 the
Company did not borrow from the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement and repaid approximately $353.7 million.
Pre
November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
In June 2005, the Company entered into the Credit Agreement with
a syndicate of banks (the Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement), and simultaneously borrowed
$437.5 million to retire all outstanding obligations under
its previous credit agreement. The Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement was amended in April 2006 and September 2007 to modify
certain financial covenants and other provisions. Prior to the
November 2010 Refinancing Transaction, the Pre-Refinancing
Credit Agreement was to expire the earlier of (a) six
months prior to the scheduled maturity date of the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 1, 2011 (January 1, 2011)
(unless the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes have been repurchased or refinanced prior to
such date) or (b) June 30, 2012. The total amount
available under the Credit Agreement was $800.0 million,
consisting of a $500.0 million revolving facility and a
$300.0 million term loan facility. Borrowings under the
credit facilities were subject to compliance with certain
provisions including, but not limited, to financial covenants.
The Company could use proceeds from the credit facilities for
working capital, capital expenditures made in the ordinary
course of business, its common stock repurchase program,
permitted direct and indirect investments and other lawful
corporate purposes.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, we noted that
certain of our subsidiaries identified as guarantors in our
financial statements did not have requisite guarantees filed
with the trustee as required under the terms of the indentures
governing the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the 2013 Notes) and
2011 Notes (the Non-Joinder of Certain
Subsidiaries). The Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries
caused a non-monetary, technical default under the terms of the
relevant indentures at December 31, 2009, causing a
non-monetary, technical cross-default at December 31, 2009
under the terms of our Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. On
March 30, 2010, we joined the relevant subsidiaries as
guarantors under the relevant indentures (the
Joinder). Further, on March 30, 2010, we
entered into a third amendment (the Third Amendment)
to the Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. The Third Amendment
provided for, among other things: (i) a $100.0 million
revolver commitment reduction (from $500.0 million to
$400.0 million) under the bank facilities; (ii) a 1.0%
floor with respect to any loan bearing interest at a rate
determined by reference to the adjusted LIBOR (iii) certain
additional collateral requirements; (iv) certain
limitations on the use of proceeds from the revolving loan
commitments; (v) the addition of Interactive One, LLC as a
guarantor of the loans under the Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement and under the notes governed by the Companys
2011 Notes and 2013 Notes; (vi) the waiver of the technical
cross-defaults that existed as of December 31, 2009 and
through the date of the amendment arising due to the Non-Joinder
of Certain Subsidiaries; and (vii) the payment of certain
fees and expenses of the lenders in connection with their
diligence work on the amendment.
Under the terms of the Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement, upon
any breach or default under either the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due July 2011 or the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013, the lenders could among
other actions immediately terminate the Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement and declare the loans then outstanding under the
Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement to be due and payable in whole
immediately. Similarly, under the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes and the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes, a default under the terms of the
Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement would constitute an event of
default, and the trustees or the holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the then outstanding notes (under either
class) may declare the principal of such class of note and
interest to be due and payable immediately.
As of each of June 30, 2010, July 1, 2010 and
September 30, 2010, we were not in compliance with the
terms of the Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. More
specifically, (i) as of June 30, 2010, we failed to
maintain a total leverage ratio of 7.25 to 1.00 (ii) as of
each of July 1, 2010 and September 30, 2010, as a
result of a step down of the total leverage ratio from no
greater than 7.25 to 1.00 to no greater than 6.50 to
F-87
1.00 effective for the period July 1, 2010 to
September 30, 2011, we also failed to maintain the
requisite total leverage ratio and (iii) as of
September 30, 2010, we failed to maintain a senior leverage
ratio of 4.00 to 1.00. On July 15, 2010, the Company and
its subsidiaries entered into a forbearance agreement (the
Forbearance Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
(successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as
administrative agent (the Agent), and financial
institutions constituting the majority of outstanding loans and
commitments (the Required Lenders) under the
Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement, relating to the defaults and
events of default existing as of June 30, 2010 and
July 1, 2010. On August 13, 2010, we entered into an
amendment to the Forbearance Agreement (the Forbearance
Agreement Amendment) that, among other things, extended
the termination date of the Forbearance Agreement to
September 10, 2010, unless terminated earlier by its terms,
and provided additional forbearance related to the then
anticipated default caused by an opinion of Ernst &
Young LLP expressing substantial doubt about the Companys
ability to continue as a going concern as issued in connection
with the restatement of our financial statements. Under the
Forbearance Agreement and the Forbearance Agreement Amendment,
the Agent and the Required Lenders maintained the right to
deliver payment blockage notices to the trustees for
the holders of the 2011 Notes
and/or the
2013 Notes.
On August 5, 2010, the Agent delivered a payment blockage
notice to the Trustee under the Indenture governing our 2013
Notes. As a result, neither we nor any of our guaranteeing
subsidiaries could make any payment or distribution of any kind
or character in respect of obligations under the 2013 Notes,
including the interest payment that was scheduled to be made on
August 16, 2010. The
30-day grace
period for the nonpayment of interest before such nonpayment
constituted an event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
expired on September 15, 2010. While the trustee or holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2013
Notes could have declared the principal amount, and accrued and
unpaid interest, on all outstanding 2013 Notes to be due and
payable immediately as a result of such event of default, no
such remedies were exercised as we continued to negotiate the
terms of the amended exchange offer and a new support agreement
with the members of the ad hoc group of holders of our 2011
Notes and 2013 Notes. The event of default under the 2013 Notes
Indenture also constituted an event of default under the
Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. While the Forbearance
Agreement Amendment expired by its terms on September 10,
2010, we and the Agent continued to negotiate the terms of a
credit facility amendment and the Agent and the lenders did not
exercise additional remedies under the Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement cured all
of these issues.
Senior
Subordinated Notes
Period
between and including the November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
and March 2011 Refinancing Transaction
On November 24, 2010, we issued $286.8 million of our
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016 in a private placement and
exchanged and then cancelled approximately $97.0 million of
$101.5 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of
our 2011 Notes and approximately $199.3 million of
$200.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of
our 2013 Notes (the 2013 Notes together with the 2011 Notes, the
Prior Notes). We entered into supplemental
indentures in respect of each of the Prior Notes which waived
any and all existing defaults and events of default that had
arisen or may have arisen that may be waived and eliminated
substantially all of the covenants in each indenture governing
the Prior Notes, other than the covenants to pay principal and
interest on the Prior Notes when due, and eliminated or modified
the related events of default. Subsequently, all remaining
outstanding 2011 Notes were repurchased pursuant to the
indenture governing the 2011 Notes, effective as of
December 24, 2010.
As of March 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding $747,000
of its
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013 and $292.6 million of
our
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, pursuant to the debt exchange, the
Company repurchased $101.5 million of the
87/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes at par and $199.3 million of the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes at an average discount of 5.0%, and recorded
a gain on the retirement of debt of approximately
$6.6 million, net of the write-off of deferred financing
costs of approximately $3.3 million.
F-88
The
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016 had a carrying value of
$292.6 million and a fair value of approximately
$308.0 million as of March 31, 2011, and the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013 had a carrying value of
$747,000 and a fair value of approximately $710,000 as of
March 31, 2011. The fair values were determined based on
the trading value of the instruments as of the reporting date.
Interest payments under the terms of the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes are due in February and August. Based on the
$747,000 principal balance of the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes outstanding on March 31, 2011, interest
payments of $24,000 are payable each February and August through
February 2013.
Interest on the
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes will be payable in cash, or at our election,
partially in cash and partially through the issuance of
additional
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes (a PIK Election) on a quarterly
basis in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and
November 15, commencing on February 15, 2011. We may
make a PIK Election only with respect to interest accruing up to
but not including May 15, 2012, and with respect to
interest accruing from and after May 15, 2012 such interest
shall accrue at a rate of 12.5% per annum and shall be payable
in cash.
Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the date of
original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from
the date it was most recently paid. Interest will accrue for
each quarterly period at a rate of 12.5% per annum if the
interest for such quarterly period is paid fully in cash. In the
event of a PIK Election, including the PIK Election currently in
effect, the interest paid in cash and the interest
paid-in-kind
by issuance of additional Exchange Notes (PIK Notes)
will accrue for such quarterly period at 6.0% per annum and 9.0%
per annum, respectively.
In the absence of an election for any interest period, interest
on the Exchange Notes shall be payable according to the election
for the previous interest period, provided that interest
accruing from and after May 15, 2012 shall accrue at a rate
of 12.5% per annum and shall be payable in cash. A PIK Election
is currently in effect.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2011 the Company paid
cash interest in the amount of approximately $3.9 million
and issued approximately $5.8 million of additional
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes in accordance with the PIK Election that is
currently in effect.
The indentures governing the Companys
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes also contained covenants that restrict, among
other things, the ability of the Company to incur additional
debt, purchase common stock, make capital expenditures, make
investments or other restricted payments, swap or sell assets,
engage in transactions with related parties, secure non-senior
debt with assets, or merge, consolidate or sell all or
substantially all of its assets.
The Company conducts a portion of its business through its
subsidiaries. Certain of the Companys subsidiaries have
fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Companys
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes, the
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes and the Companys obligations under the
2011 Credit Agreement.
Period
prior to November 2010 Refinancing Transactions
Subsequent to December 31, 2009, we noted that certain of
our subsidiaries identified as guarantors in our financial
statements did not have requisite guarantees filed with the
trustee as required under the terms of the indentures (the
Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries). The
Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries caused a non-monetary,
technical default under the terms of the relevant indentures at
December 31, 2009, causing a non-monetary, technical
cross-default at December 31, 2009 under the terms of our
Credit Agreement dated as of June 13, 2005. We have since
joined the relevant subsidiaries as guarantors under the
relevant indentures (the Joinder). Further, on
March 30, 2010, we entered into a third amendment (the
Third Amendment) to the Credit Agreement. The Third
Amendment provides for, among other things: (i) a
$100.0 million revolver commitment reduction under the bank
facilities; (ii) a 1.0% floor with respect to any loan
bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the
adjusted LIBOR; (iii) certain additional collateral
requirements; (iv) certain limitations on the use of
proceeds from the revolving loan commitments; (v) the
addition of Interactive One, LLC as a guarantor of the loans
under the Credit Agreement and under the notes governed by the
Companys
F-89
2001 and 2005 senior subordinated debt documents; (vi) the
waiver of the technical cross-defaults that existed as of
December 31, 2009 and through the date of the amendment
arising due to the Non-Joinder of Certain Subsidiaries; and
(vii) the payment of certain fees and expenses of the
lenders in connection with their diligence in connection with
the amendment.
On August 5, 2010, the Agent under our Pre-Refinancing
Credit Agreement delivered a payment blockage notice to the
Trustee under the Indenture governing our 2013 Notes. As a
result, neither we nor any of our guaranteeing subsidiaries may
make any payment or distribution of any kind or character in
respect of obligations under the 2013 Notes, including the
interest payment that was scheduled to be made on
August 16, 2010. The
30-day grace
period for the nonpayment of interest before such nonpayment
constituted an event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
expired on September 15, 2010. While the trustee or holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2013
Notes could have declared the principal amount, and accrued and
unpaid interest, on all outstanding 2013 Notes to be due and
payable immediately as a result of such event of default, no
such remedies were exercised as we continued to negotiate the
terms of the amended exchange offer and a new support agreement
with the members of the ad hoc group of holders of our 2011 and
2013 Notes. The event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
also constituted an event of default under the Pre-Refinancing
Credit Agreement. As of November 24, 2010, any and all
existing defaults and events of default that had arisen or may
have arisen were cured.
As of each of June 30, 2010, July 1, 2010 and
September 30, 2010, we were not in compliance with the
terms of our Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. More
specifically, (i) as of June 30, 2010, we failed to
maintain a total leverage ratio of 7.25 to 1.00 (ii) as of
each of July 1, 2010 and September 30, 2010, as a
result of a step down of the total leverage ratio from no
greater than 7.25 to 1.00 to no greater than 6.50 to 1.00
effective for the period July 1, 2010 to September 30,
2011, we also failed to maintain the requisite total leverage
ratio and (iii) as of September 30, 2010, we failed to
maintain a senior leverage ratio of 4.00 to 1.00. On
July 15, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries entered
into the Forbearance Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
(successor by merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association), as
Agent, and the Required Lenders under our Pre-Refinancing Credit
Agreement, relating to the defaults and events of default
existing as of June 30, 2010 and July 1, 2010. On
August 13, 2010, we entered into an amendment to the
Forbearance Agreement Amendment that, among other things,
extended the termination date of the Forbearance Agreement to
September 10, 2010, unless terminated earlier by its terms,
and provided additional forbearance related to the then
anticipated default caused by an opinion of Ernst &
Young LLP expressing substantial doubt about the Companys
ability to continue as a going concern as issued in connection
with the restatement of our financial statements. Under the
Forbearance Agreement and the Forbearance Agreement Amendment,
the Agent and the Required Lenders maintained the right to
deliver payment blockage notices to the trustees for
the holders of the 2011 Notes
and/or the
2013 Notes.
On August 5, 2010, the Agent under our Pre-Refinancing
Credit Agreement delivered a payment blockage notice to the
Trustee under the Indenture governing our 2013 Notes. As a
result, neither we nor any of our guaranteeing subsidiaries
could make any payment or distribution of any kind or character
in respect of obligations under the 2013 Notes, including the
interest payment that was scheduled to be made on
August 16, 2010. The
30-day grace
period for the nonpayment of interest before such nonpayment
constituted an event of default under the 2013 Notes Indenture
expired on September 15, 2010. While the trustee or holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding 2013
Notes could declare the principal amount, and accrued and unpaid
interest, on all outstanding 2013 Notes to be due and payable
immediately as a result of such event of default, as of the date
of this filing, no such remedies were exercised as we continued
to negotiate the terms of the amended exchange offer and a new
support agreement with the members of the ad hoc group of
holders of our 2011 and 2013 Notes. The event of default under
the 2013 Notes Indenture also constituted an event of default
under the Pre-Refinancing Credit Agreement. As of
November 24, 2010, as a result of the November 2010
Refinancing Transactions, any and all existing defaults and
events of default that had arisen or may have arisen were cured.
F-90
Note
Payable
Reach Media issued a $1.0 million promissory note payable
in November 2009 to a subsidiary of Citadel. The note was issued
in connection with Reach Media reacquiring Citadels
noncontrolling stock ownership in Reach Media as well as
entering into a new sales representation agreement with Radio
Networks, a subsidiary of Citadel. The note bears interest at
7.0% per annum, which is payable quarterly, and the entire
principal amount is due on December 31, 2011.
Future scheduled minimum principal payments of debt as of
March 31, 2011 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
|
Credit
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Payable
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
April December 2011
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,895
|
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,860
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
|
3,860
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,860
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,860
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016 and thereafter
|
|
|
292,602
|
|
|
|
367,665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Debt
|
|
$
|
293,349
|
|
|
$
|
386,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recorded a tax expense of approximately
$45.6 million on a pre-tax loss from continuing operations
of approximately $18.4 million for the three month period
ended March 31, 2011, which resulted in a tax rate of
(247.4)%. This rate is based on the blending of an estimated
annual effective tax rate of (250.3)% for Radio One, which has a
full valuation allowance for most of its deferred tax assets
(DTAs), with an estimated annual effective tax rate
of 35.3% for Reach Media, which does not have a valuation
allowance. For the three month period ended March 31, 2011,
Reach Media generated a tax benefit of $72,000 and therefore it
had a negligible impact on the tax rate.
In 2007, the Company concluded it was more likely than not that
the benefit from certain of its DTAs would not be realized. The
Company considered its historically profitable jurisdictions,
its sources of future taxable income and tax planning strategies
in determining the amount of valuation allowance recorded. As
part of that assessment, the Company also determined that it was
not appropriate under generally accepted accounting principles
to benefit its DTAs based on DTLs related to indefinite-lived
intangibles, consisting principally of certain of the
Companys radio broadcasting licenses, which cannot be
scheduled to reverse in the same period. Because the DTL in this
case would not reverse until some future indefinite period when
the intangibles are either sold or impaired, any resulting
temporary differences cannot be considered a source of future
taxable income to support realization of the DTAs. As a result
of this assessment, and given the then three year cumulative
loss position, the uncertainty of future taxable income and the
feasibility of tax planning strategies, the Company recorded a
valuation allowance for its DTAs in 2007. For the three month
period ended March 31, 2011, an additional valuation
allowance for the current year anticipated increase to DTAs
related to net operating loss carryforwards from the
amortization of indefinite-lived intangibles was included in the
annual effective tax rate calculation.
On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of
ASC 740, Income Taxes, related to
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which recognizes the
impact of a tax position in the financial statements if it is
more likely than not that the position would be sustained on
audit based on the technical merits of the position. The nature
of the uncertainties pertaining to our income tax position is
primarily due to various state tax positions. As of
March 31, 2011, we had approximately $5.8 million in
unrecognized tax benefits. Accrued interest and penalties
related to unrecognized tax benefits is recognized as a
component of tax expense. During the three months ended
March 31, 2011, the Company recorded an expense for
interest
F-91
and penalties of $13,000. As of March 31, 2011, the Company
had a liability of $278,000 for unrecognized tax benefits for
interest and penalties. The Company estimates the possible
change in unrecognized tax benefits prior to March 31, 2011
which could range from $0 to a reduction of $15,000, due to
expiring statutes.
Common
Stock
The Company has four classes of common stock, Class A,
Class B, Class C and Class D. Generally, the
shares of each class are identical in all respects and entitle
the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges. However,
with respect to voting rights, each share of Class A common
stock entitles its holder to one vote and each share of
Class B common stock entitles its holder to ten votes. The
holders of Class C and Class D common stock are not
entitled to vote on any matters. The holders of Class A
common stock can convert such shares into shares of Class C
or Class D common stock. Subject to certain limitations,
the holders of Class B common stock can convert such shares
into shares of Class A common stock. The holders of
Class C common stock can convert such shares into shares of
Class A common stock. The holders of Class D common
stock have no such conversion rights.
Stock
Repurchase Program
The Company did not have the ability to repurchase stock in 2010
as its prior board approved stock repurchase authorization had
expired by its terms on December 31, 2009 and had not been
renewed. In April 2011, the Companys board of directors
authorized a repurchase of shares of the Companys
Class A and Class D common stock (the 2011
Repurchase Authorization.) Under the 2011 Repurchase
Authorization, the Company is authorized, but is not obligated,
to repurchase up to $15 million worth of its Class A
and/or
Class D common stock prior to April 13, 2013.
Repurchases will be made from time to time in the open market or
in privately negotiated transactions in accordance with
applicable laws and regulations. The timing and extent of any
repurchases will depend upon prevailing market conditions, the
trading price of the Companys Class A
and/or
Class D common stock and other factors, and subject to
restrictions under applicable law. The Company expects to
implement this stock repurchase program in a manner consistent
with market conditions and the interests of the stockholders,
including maximizing stockholder value.
Stock
Option and Restricted Stock Grant Plan
Under the Companys 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock
Grant Plan (Plan), the Company had the authority to
issue up to 10,816,198 shares of Class D common stock
and 1,408,099 shares of Class A common stock. The Plan
expired March 10, 2009. The options previously issued under
this plan are exercisable in installments determined by the
compensation committee of the Companys board of directors
at the time of grant. These options expire as determined by the
compensation committee, but no later than ten years from the
date of the grant. The Company uses an average life for all
option awards. The Company settles stock options upon exercise
by issuing stock.
A new stock option and restricted stock plan (the 2009
Stock Plan) was approved by the stockholders at the
Companys annual meeting on December 16, 2009. The
terms of the 2009 Stock Plan are substantially similar to the
prior Plan. The Company has the authority to issue up to
8,250,000 shares of Class D common stock under the
2009 Stock Plan. As of March 31, 2011,
4,935,895 shares of Class D common stock were
available for grant under the 2009 Stock Plan.
The compensation committee and the non-executive members of the
Board of Directors have approved a long-term incentive plan (the
2009 LTIP) for certain key employees of
the Company. The purpose of the 2009 LTIP is to retain and
incent these key employees in light of sacrifices
they have made as a result of the cost savings initiatives in
response to economic conditions. These sacrifices included not
receiving performance-based bonuses in 2008 and salary
reductions and shorter work weeks in 2009 in order to provide
expense savings and financial flexibility to the Company. The
2009 LTIP is comprised of 3,250,000 shares (the LTIP
Shares) of the 2009 Stock Plans
8,250,000 shares of Class D common stock. Awards of
the LTIP
F-92
Shares were granted in the form of restricted stock and
allocated among 31 employees of the Company, including the
named executive officers. The named executive officers were
allocated LTIP Shares as follows: (i) Chief Executive
Officer (CEO) (1.0 million shares);
(ii) the Chairperson (300,000 shares); (iii) the
Chief Financial Officer (CFO) (225,000 shares);
(iv) the Chief Administrative Officer (CAO)
(225,000 shares); and (v) the President of the Radio
Division (PRD) (130,000 shares). The remaining
1,370,000 shares were allocated among 26 other
key employees. All awards will vest in three
installments. The awards were granted effective January 5,
2010 and the first installment of 33% vested on June 5,
2010. The remaining two installments will vest equally on
June 5, 2011 and June 5, 2012. Pursuant to the terms
of the 2009 Stock Plan, subject to the Companys insider
trading policy, a portion of each recipients vested shares
may be sold into the open market for tax purposes on or about
the vesting dates.
The Company follows the provisions under ASC 718,
Compensation Stock Compensation,
using the modified prospective method, which requires
measurement of compensation cost for all stock-based awards at
fair value on date of grant and recognition of compensation over
the service period for awards expected to vest. These
stock-based awards do not participate in dividends until fully
vested. The fair value of stock options is determined using the
Black-Scholes (BSM) valuation model. Such fair value
is recognized as an expense over the service period, net of
estimated forfeitures, using the straight-line method.
Estimating the number of stock awards that will ultimately vest
requires judgment, and to the extent actual forfeitures differ
substantially from our current estimates, amounts will be
recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimated
number of stock awards are revised. We consider many factors
when estimating expected forfeitures, including the types of
awards, employee classification and historical experience.
Actual forfeitures may differ substantially from our current
estimate.
The Company also uses the BSM valuation model to calculate the
fair value of stock-based awards. The BSM incorporates various
assumptions including volatility, expected life, and interest
rates. For options granted, the Company uses the BSM
option-pricing model and determines: (i) the term by using
the simplified plain-vanilla method as allowed under
SAB No. 110; (ii) a historical volatility over a
period commensurate with the expected term, with the observation
of the volatility on a daily basis; and (iii) a risk-free
interest rate that was consistent with the expected term of the
stock options and based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in
effect at the time of the grant.
Stock-based compensation expense for the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $937,000 and
$2.0 million, respectively.
The Company granted 114,675 stock options during the three
months ended March 31, 2011 and granted 39,430 stock
options during the three months ended March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Average risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.86
|
%
|
|
|
3.28
|
%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
Expected lives
|
|
|
6.25 years
|
|
|
|
6.25 years
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
117.1
|
%
|
|
|
111.3
|
%
|
F-93
Transactions and other information relating to stock options for
the three months ended March 31, 2011 are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Term (In
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Years)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
4,999,000
|
|
|
$
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
115,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
12.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of March 31, 2011
|
|
|
5,111,000
|
|
|
$
|
9.21
|
|
|
|
4.91
|
|
|
$
|
1,131,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2011
|
|
|
4,952,000
|
|
|
$
|
9.40
|
|
|
|
4.85
|
|
|
$
|
1,064,775
|
|
Unvested at March 31, 2011
|
|
|
775,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
7.64
|
|
|
$
|
413,620
|
|
Exercisable at March 31, 2011
|
|
|
4,356,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.49
|
|
|
|
4.46
|
|
|
$
|
718,371
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the
difference between the Companys stock closing price on the
last day of trading during the three months ended March 31,
2011 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares
that would have been received by the holders of
in-the-money
options had all the option holders exercised their options on
March 31, 2011. This amount changes based on the fair
market value of the Companys stock. There were no options
exercised or vested during three months ended March 31,
2011.
As of March 31, 2011, $187,000 of total unrecognized
compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be
recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 months.
The stock option weighted-average fair value per share was $4.04
at March 31, 2011.
Transactions and other information relating to restricted stock
grants for the three months ended March 31, 2011 are
summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
at Grant Date
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
2,310,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.92
|
|
Grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(50,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.23
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested at March 31, 2011
|
|
|
2,260,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The restricted stock grants were included in the Companys
outstanding share numbers on the effective date of grant. As of
March 31, 2011, approximately $4.1 million of total
unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock
grants is expected to be recognized over the next
8.1 months.
As of March 31, 2011, the Company had two reportable
segments: (i) Radio Broadcasting; and (ii) Internet.
These two segments operate in the United States and are
consistently aligned with the Companys management of its
businesses and its financial reporting structure. Beginning in
the quarter ending June 30, 2011, in conjunction with the
consolidation of TV One, the Company will have an additional
reportable segment.
The Radio Broadcasting segment consists of all broadcast and
Reach Media results of operations. The Internet segment includes
the results of our online business, including the operations of
Interactive One.
F-94
Corporate/Eliminations/Other represents financial activity
associated with our corporate staff and offices, intercompany
activity between the two segments and activity associated with a
small film venture.
Operating income or loss represents total revenues less
operating expenses, depreciation and amortization, and
impairment of long-lived assets. Intercompany revenue earned and
expenses charged between segments are recorded at fair value and
eliminated in consolidation.
The accounting policies described in the summary of significant
accounting policies in Note 1 Organization
and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies are applied
consistently across the two segments.
Detailed segment data for the three months ended March 31,
2011 and 2010 is presented in the following tables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
63,019
|
|
|
$
|
57,232
|
|
Internet
|
|
|
3,515
|
|
|
|
3,479
|
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
(1,489
|
)
|
|
|
(1,693
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
65,045
|
|
|
$
|
59,018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Expenses (excluding depreciation, amortization and
impairment charges and including stock-based compensation):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
45,950
|
|
|
$
|
39,866
|
|
Internet
|
|
|
5,072
|
|
|
|
5,622
|
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
4,403
|
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
55,425
|
|
|
$
|
50,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and Amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
2,751
|
|
|
$
|
3,151
|
|
Internet
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
1,271
|
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
4,099
|
|
|
$
|
4,721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
14,318
|
|
|
$
|
14,215
|
|
Internet
|
|
|
(2,675
|
)
|
|
|
(3,414
|
)
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
(6,122
|
)
|
|
|
(6,992
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
5,521
|
|
|
$
|
3,809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Total Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Radio Broadcasting
|
|
$
|
871,597
|
|
|
$
|
894,160
|
|
Internet
|
|
|
31,525
|
|
|
|
33,698
|
|
Corporate/Eliminations/Other
|
|
|
104,305
|
|
|
|
71,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
1,007,427
|
|
|
$
|
999,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-95
|
|
11.
|
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
|
The Companys CEO and Chairperson own a music company
called Music One, Inc. (Music One). The Company
sometimes engages in promoting the recorded music product of
Music One. Based on the cross-promotional value received by the
Company, we believe that the provision of such promotion is
fair. During the three months ended March 31, 2011 and
2010, Radio One paid $4,000 and $6,000, respectively, to or on
behalf of Music One, primarily for market talent event
appearances, travel reimbursement and sponsorships. For the
three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company
provided no advertising services to Music One. There were no
cash, trade or no-charge orders placed by Music One for the
three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010. As of
March 31, 2011, Music One owed Radio One $124,000 for
office space and administrative services provided. Subsequent to
March 31, 2011, this balance was satisfied in full.
The office space and administrative support transactions between
Radio One and Music One are conducted at cost and all expenses
associated with the transactions are passed through at actual
costs. Costs associated with office space on behalf of Music One
are calculated based on square footage used by Music One,
multiplied by Radio Ones actual per square foot lease
costs for the appropriate time period. Administrative services
are calculated based on the approximate hours provided by each
Radio One employee to Music One, multiplied by such
employees applicable hourly rate and related benefits
allocation. Advertising spots are priced at an average unit
rate. Based on the cross-promotional nature of the activities
provided by Music One and received by the Company, we believe
that these methodologies of charging average unit rates or
passing through the actual costs incurred are fair and reflect
terms no more favorable than terms generally available to a
third-party.
|
|
12.
|
CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
|
The Company conducts a portion of its business through its
subsidiaries. All of the Companys Subsidiary Guarantors
have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Companys
63/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due February 2013, the
121/2%/15% Senior
Subordinated Notes due May 2016, and the Companys
obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement.
Set forth below are consolidated balance sheets for the Company
and the Subsidiary Guarantors as of March 31, 2011 and
December 31, 2010, and related consolidated statements of
operations and cash flows for each of the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010. The equity method of accounting
has been used by the Company to report its investments in
subsidiaries. Separate financial statements for the Subsidiary
Guarantors are not presented based on managements
determination that they do not provide additional information
that is material to investors.
F-96
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Three Months Ended March 31,
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
NET REVENUE
|
|
$
|
28,131
|
|
|
$
|
36,914
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
65,045
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical
|
|
|
8,570
|
|
|
|
10,313
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,883
|
|
Selling, general and administrative, including stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
12,896
|
|
|
|
15,624
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,520
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, including
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,022
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,203
|
|
|
|
1,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
23,669
|
|
|
|
35,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
4,462
|
|
|
|
1,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,521
|
|
INTEREST INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,333
|
|
LOSS ON RETIREMENT OF DEBT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
EQUITY IN INCOME OF AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
OTHER INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes, noncontrolling
interests in income of subsidiaries and discontinued operations
|
|
|
4,462
|
|
|
|
(22,905
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,443
|
)
|
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,619
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,619
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) before equity in income of subsidiaries and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
4,462
|
|
|
|
(68,524
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64,062
|
)
|
EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,482
|
|
|
|
(4,482
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
4,462
|
|
|
|
(64,042
|
)
|
|
|
(4,482
|
)
|
|
|
(64,062
|
)
|
INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
4,482
|
|
|
|
(64,042
|
)
|
|
|
(4,482
|
)
|
|
|
(64,042
|
)
|
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET LOSS INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO RADIO ONE, INC.
|
|
$
|
4,482
|
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,482
|
)
|
|
$
|
(64,245
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-97
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Three Months Ended March 31,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
NET REVENUE
|
|
$
|
28,794
|
|
|
$
|
30,224
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
59,018
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programming and technical
|
|
|
8,352
|
|
|
|
10,233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,585
|
|
Selling, general and administrative, including stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
13,894
|
|
|
|
9,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,007
|
|
Corporate selling, general and administrative, including
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,896
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,555
|
|
|
|
2,166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
24,801
|
|
|
|
30,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
3,993
|
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,809
|
|
INTEREST INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,235
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,235
|
|
EQUITY IN INCOME OF AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(588
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before benefit from income taxes, noncontrolling
interests in loss of subsidiaries and discontinued operations
|
|
|
4,104
|
|
|
|
(9,073
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,969
|
)
|
BENEFIT FROM INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) before equity in income of subsidiaries and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
4,104
|
|
|
|
(8,764
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,660
|
)
|
EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,255
|
|
|
|
(4,255
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
4,104
|
|
|
|
(4,509
|
)
|
|
|
(4,255
|
)
|
|
|
(4,660
|
)
|
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
4,255
|
|
|
|
(4,597
|
)
|
|
|
(4,255
|
)
|
|
|
(4,597
|
)
|
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET LOSS INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO RADIO ONE, INC.
|
|
$
|
4,255
|
|
|
$
|
(4,568
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,255
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,568
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-98
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
As of March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
931
|
|
|
$
|
32,886
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
33,817
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
23,630
|
|
|
|
23,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,312
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
4,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,772
|
|
Current assets from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
25,797
|
|
|
|
61,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86,965
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net
|
|
|
18,838
|
|
|
|
13,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,484
|
|
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net
|
|
|
568,310
|
|
|
|
266,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
835,285
|
|
INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
601,068
|
|
|
|
(601,068
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,455
|
|
OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
1,606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,215
|
|
NON-CURRENT ASSESTS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
613,577
|
|
|
$
|
994,918
|
|
|
$
|
(601,068
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,007,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
642
|
|
|
$
|
1,031
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,673
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,695
|
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
1,947
|
|
|
|
7,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,494
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,253
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
8,270
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,359
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,860
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,860
|
|
Current liabilities from discontinued operations
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
10,871
|
|
|
|
21,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,384
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
667,769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
667,769
|
|
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
1,638
|
|
|
|
7,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,572
|
|
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
12,509
|
|
|
|
831,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
844,138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
224,902
|
|
|
|
995,256
|
|
|
|
(224,902
|
)
|
|
|
995,256
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
376,166
|
|
|
|
(863,290
|
)
|
|
|
(376,166
|
)
|
|
|
(863,290
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
601,068
|
|
|
|
132,020
|
|
|
|
(601,068
|
)
|
|
|
132,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
613,577
|
|
|
$
|
994,918
|
|
|
$
|
(601,068
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,007,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-99
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio One,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,043
|
|
|
$
|
8,149
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,192
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
30,511
|
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,511
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
1,331
|
|
|
|
7,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,381
|
|
Current assets from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
32,824
|
|
|
|
43,327
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,151
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net
|
|
|
19,811
|
|
|
|
13,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,460
|
|
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net
|
|
|
568,802
|
|
|
|
271,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
840,147
|
|
INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
609,199
|
|
|
|
(609,199
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,470
|
|
OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
1,484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,981
|
|
NON-CURRENT ASSESTS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
621,937
|
|
|
$
|
986,474
|
|
|
$
|
(609,199
|
)
|
|
$
|
999,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
413
|
|
|
$
|
2,598
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,011
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,558
|
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
2,331
|
|
|
|
8,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,720
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,671
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
8,404
|
|
|
|
3,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,725
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,402
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,402
|
|
Current liabilities from discontinued operations
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
11,170
|
|
|
|
38,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,099
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
623,820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
623,820
|
|
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
|
|
|
1,568
|
|
|
|
9,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,931
|
|
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89,392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89,392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
12,738
|
|
|
|
761,504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
774,242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Accumulated comprehensive income adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,424
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,424
|
)
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
237,515
|
|
|
|
994,750
|
|
|
|
(237,515
|
)
|
|
|
994,750
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
371,684
|
|
|
|
(799,045
|
)
|
|
|
(371,684
|
)
|
|
|
(799,045
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
609,199
|
|
|
|
194,335
|
|
|
|
(609,199
|
)
|
|
|
194,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
621,937
|
|
|
$
|
986,474
|
|
|
$
|
(609,199
|
)
|
|
$
|
999,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-100
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Three Months Ended March 31,
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
4,482
|
|
|
$
|
(64,042
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,482
|
)
|
|
$
|
(64,042
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,203
|
|
|
|
1,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,099
|
|
Amortization of debt financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,591
|
|
Loss on retirement of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,743
|
|
Non-cash interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,042
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,042
|
|
Equity in net income of affiliated company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,079
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,079
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation and other non-cash compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
Effect of change in operating assets and liabilities, net of
assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
6,881
|
|
|
|
4,318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,199
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
2,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,609
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
(1,567
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,338
|
)
|
Due to corporate/from subsidiaries
|
|
|
(13,509
|
)
|
|
|
13,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
425
|
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
(384
|
)
|
|
|
(842
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,226
|
)
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
582
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(3,407
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,471
|
)
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities from
discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
12,305
|
|
|
|
(4,482
|
)
|
|
|
7,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,812
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,812
|
)
|
Investment in subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,482
|
)
|
|
|
4,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,294
|
)
|
|
|
4,482
|
|
|
|
(1,812
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from credit facility, net of original issue discount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
378,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
378,280
|
|
Repayment of credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(353,681
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(353,681
|
)
|
Debt refinancing and modification costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,873
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,873
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,726
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,726
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
24,737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,625
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
8,149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period
|
|
$
|
931
|
|
|
$
|
32,886
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
33,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-101
RADIO
ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Three Months Ended March 31,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantor
|
|
|
Radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
One, Inc.
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
4,255
|
|
|
$
|
(4,597
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,255
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,597
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,555
|
|
|
|
2,166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
Amortization of debt financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
Write off of debt financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
645
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(383
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(383
|
)
|
Equity in net income of affiliated company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(909
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(909
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation and other non-cash compensation
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
1,789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,013
|
|
Effect of change in operating assets and liabilities, net of
assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
3,082
|
|
|
|
(3,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(463
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(318
|
)
|
|
|
(434
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(752
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(421
|
)
|
|
|
(1,638
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,059
|
)
|
Due to corporate/from subsidiaries
|
|
|
(8,825
|
)
|
|
|
8,825
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,548
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,548
|
)
|
Accrued compensation and related benefits
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
1,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,381
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,751
|
|
Net cash flows used in operating activities from discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
1,382
|
|
|
|
1,745
|
|
|
|
(4,255
|
)
|
|
|
(1,128
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(812
|
)
|
|
|
(260
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,072
|
)
|
Investment in subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,255
|
)
|
|
|
4,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
|
(812
|
)
|
|
|
(4,515
|
)
|
|
|
4,255
|
|
|
|
(1,072
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,502
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,502
|
)
|
Debt refinancing and modification costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,303
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,303
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used in financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,805
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,805
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
(10,575
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,005
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
19,836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,963
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period
|
|
$
|
697
|
|
|
$
|
9,261
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-102
|
|
13.
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES:
|
Royalty
Agreements
Effective December 31, 2009, our radio music license
agreements with the two largest performance rights
organizations, American Society of Composers, Authors and
Publishers (ASCAP) and Broadcast Music, Inc.
(BMI) expired. The Radio Music License Committee
(RMLC), which negotiates music licensing fees for
most of the radio industry with ASCAP and BMI, has reached an
agreement with these organizations on a temporary fee schedule
that reflects a provisional discount of 7.0% against 2009 fee
levels. The temporary fee reductions became effective in January
2010. Absent an agreement on long-term fees between the RMLC and
ASCAP and BMI, the U.S. District Court in New York has the
authority to make an interim and permanent fee ruling for the
new contract period. In May 2010 and June 2010, the
U.S. District Courts judge charged with determining
the licenses fees ruled to further reduce interim fees paid to
ASCAP and BMI, respectively, down approximately another 11.0%
from the previous temporary fees negotiated with the RMLC.
The Company has entered into other fixed and variable fee music
license agreements with other performance rights organizations,
which expire as late as 2015. During the three months ended
March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company incurred expenses of
approximately $2.8 million and $3.0 million,
respectively, in connection with these agreements.
Other
Contingencies
The Company has been named as a defendant in several legal
actions arising in the ordinary course of business. It is
managements opinion, after consultation with its legal
counsel, that the outcome of these claims will not have a
material adverse effect on the Companys financial position
or results of operations.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
As of March 31, 2011, we had four standby letters of credit
totaling $676,500 in connection with our annual insurance policy
renewals. In addition, Reach Media had a letter of credit of
$500,000.
Reach
Media Noncontrolling Interests Shareholders Put
Rights
Beginning on February 28, 2012, the noncontrolling interest
shareholders of Reach Media have an annual right to require
Reach Media to purchase all or a portion of their shares at the
then current fair market value for such shares. Beginning in
2012, this annual right can be exercised for a
30-day
period beginning February 28 of each year. The purchase price
for such shares may be paid in cash
and/or
registered Class D Common Stock of Radio One, at the
discretion of Radio One. As a result, our ability to fund
business operations, new acquisitions or new business
initiatives could be limited.
As of March 31, 2011, Music One, Inc. a related party owned
by the Companys CEO and Chairman, owed Radio One $124,000
for office space and administrative services provided.
Subsequent to March 31, 2011, this balance was satisfied in
full.
On February 25, 2011, TV One completed a privately placed
debt offering of $119 million (the
Redemption Financing). The
Redemption Financing was structured as senior secured notes
bearing a 10% coupon and is due 2016. The
Redemption Financing was structured to allow for continued
distributions to the remaining members of TV One, including
Radio One, subject to certain conditions. Subsequently, on
February 28, 2011, TV One utilized $82.4 million of
the Redemption Financing to repurchase 15.4% of its
outstanding membership interests from certain financial
investors and 2.0% of its outstanding membership interests held
by TV One management (representing approximately 50% of
interests held by management). On April 25, 2011, TV One
utilized the balance of the Redemption Financing and funds
from the remaining members capital call contributions to
repurchase 12.4% of its outstanding membership interests from
DIRECTV. These redemptions by TV One increased Radio Ones
holding in TV One from 36.8% to approximately 50.9% as of
April 25, 2011.
F-103
In addition, beginning in the second quarter, the Company
expects to begin to account for TV One on a consolidated basis
after having executed an amendment to the TV One operating
agreement with the remaining members of TV One concerning
certain governance issues.
In April 2011, the Companys board of directors authorized
a repurchase of shares of the Companys Class A and
Class D common stock (the 2011 Repurchase
Authorization.) Under the 2011 Repurchase Authorization,
the Company is authorized, but is not obligated, to repurchase
up to $15 million worth of its Class A
and/or
Class D common stock prior to April 13, 2013.
Repurchases will be made from time to time in the open market or
in privately negotiated transactions in accordance with
applicable laws and regulations. The timing and extent of any
repurchases will depend upon prevailing market conditions, the
trading price of the Companys Class A
and/or
Class D common stock and other factors, and subject to
restrictions under applicable law. The Company expects to
implement this stock repurchase program in a manner consistent
with market conditions and the interests of the stockholders,
including maximizing stockholder value. Since inception of the
2011 Repurchase Authorization, the Company has repurchased
1,670,535 shares of Class D common stock in the amount
of $4.6 million at an average price of $2.76 per share.
On April 1, 2011 the Company issued a standby letter of
credit in the amount of $294,000 to support a corporate office
lease.
The Company is currently in negotiations with the Companys
CEO for a new employment agreement. Until such time as his new
employment agreement is executed, the terms of his April 2008
employment agreement remain in effect including eligibility for
the TV One award.
Radio One, Inc.
Exchange Offer for up
to
$299,185,432
12.5%/15.0% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2016
PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 20.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Delaware
Law
All Registrants, other than Bell Broadcasting Company, Blue Chip
Broadcasting, Ltd., and Blue Chip Broadcasting Licenses, Ltd.,
are incorporated or organized under the laws of the State of
Delaware. Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware permits a Delaware corporation to limit
the personal liability of its directors in accordance with the
provisions set forth therein. The Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Radio One provides that the personal liability
of its directors shall be limited to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law.
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware contains provisions permitting corporations organized
thereunder to indemnify directors, officers, employees or agents
against expenses, judgments and fines reasonably incurred and
against certain other liabilities in connection with any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by
reason of the fact that such person was or is a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation. The Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation or equivalent constituting
document of each of the Registrants, other than Bell
Broadcasting Company, Blue Chip Broadcasting, Ltd., Blue Chip
Broadcasting Licenses, Ltd., and Hawes-Saunders Broadcast
Properties, Inc., provides for indemnification of its directors
and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
Hawes-Saunders bylaws provide that any indemnification
(unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation
only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination
that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent
is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the
applicable standard of conduct. Such determination shall be made
(a) by a majority vote of directors who are not party to
such suit, action, or proceeding, even though less than a
quorum, (b) by a committee of such directors designated by
a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a
quorum, (c) if there are no such directors, or if such
directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written
opinion, or (d) by the stockholders.
Radio One of Indiana, L.P. is organized as a limited partnership
under the laws of the State of Delaware.
Section 17-108
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act provides
that a limited partnership, subject to any standards and
restrictions in its partnership agreement, may indemnify and
hold harmless any partner or other person from and against any
and all claims and demands. The Limited Partnership Agreement of
Radio One of Indiana, L.P. provide that the partnership shall
indemnify and hold harmless its general partners from any loss
or damage incurred by reason of any act performed by them for
and on behalf of the partnership unless the act constituted
gross negligence, willful or wanton misconduct, or intentional
malfeasance.
Community Connect, LLC, Distribution One, LLC, Interactive One,
LLC, Satellite One, L.L.C., Radio One Distribution Holdings,
LLC, Radio One Licences, LLC, Radio One of Charlotte, LLC, Radio
One of Detroit, LLC, Radio One of Atlanta, LLC, ROA Licenses,
LLC, Charlotte Broadcasting, LLC, Radio One of North Carolina,
LLC, Radio One of Boston Licenses, LLC, Radio One of Indiana,
LLC, Radio One of Texas II, LLC and Radio One Media Holdings,
LLC are organized as limited liability companies under the laws
of the State of Delaware.
Section 18-108
of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act provides that a
limited liability company, subject to any standards and
restrictions in its limited liability company agreement, may
indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other
person from and against any and all claims and demands.
The Limited Liability Company Agreement of each of Community
Connect, LLC, Distribution One, LLC, Interactive One, LLC,
Satellite One, L.L.C., Radio One Distribution Holdings, LLC,
Radio One Licences, LLC, Radio One of Charlotte, LLC, Radio One
of Detroit, LLC, Radio One of Atlanta, LLC, ROA Licenses, LLC,
Charlotte Broadcasting, LLC, Radio One of North Carolina, LLC,
Radio One of Boston
II-1
Licenses, LLC, Radio One of Indiana, LLC, and Radio One of Texas
II, LLC provides that the company shall, in accordance with
Section 18-
108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, indemnify and
hold harmless any member, manager or officer of such company (or
of an affiliate thereof) to the fullest extent permitted by law
against any loss, liability, damage, judgment, demand, claim,
cost or expense incurred by or asserted against such indemnitee,
including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees
and disbursements incurred in the defense thereof, arising out
of any act or omission of such indemnitee in connection with the
company. Additionally, the limited liability company agreement
of Radio One Media Holdings, LLC provides that in the event of
any action by the member against the indemnitee, including a
derivative suit, the company shall indemnify, hold harmless, and
pay all expenses of such indemnitee, including reasonable
attorneys fees and disbursements incurred in the defense
thereof and that no indemnitee shall be indemnified from any
liability for the fraud, intentional misconduct, gross
negligence or a knowing violation of the law which is material
to the cause of the action.
The limited liability company agreement of Radio One of
Charlotte, LLC provides that, to the maximum extent permitted by
law, the company shall indemnify any person who is or was a
manager of the company or is or was serving at the request of
the company, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he
or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the company and, with respect to any criminal
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her
conduct was unlawful. The company may also, to the maximum
extent permitted by law, indemnify any employee or agent who is
not a manager under the same standard if such indemnification is
approved by the companys managers.
Michigan
Law
Bell Broadcasting Company (BBC) is incorporated
under the laws of the State of Michigan. Under
Sections 561-571
of the Michigan Business Corporation Act, directors and officers
of a Michigan corporation may be entitled to indemnification by
the corporation against judgments, expenses, fines and amounts
paid by the director or officer in settlement of claims brought
against them by third persons or by or in the right of the
corporation if those directors and officers acted in good faith
and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best interests of the corporation or its shareholders.
BBCs Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that its
directors shall not be personally liable to BBC or its
shareholders for monetary damages for breach of the
directors fiduciary duty. However, BBCs Restated
Articles of Incorporation do not eliminate or limit the
liability of a director for any of the following: (i) a
breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
shareholders; (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or
that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;
(iii) a violation of Section 551(1) of the Michigan
Business Corporation Act; (iv) a transaction from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit; or (v) an
act or omission occurring before the effective date of the
Restated Articles of Incorporation. In addition, BBCs
By-Laws generally provide that BBC shall indemnify any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other
than an action by or in the right of BBC) by reason of the fact
that he is or was a BBC director, officer, employee or agent or
is or was serving at BBCs request as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise.
Ohio
Law
Blue Chip Broadcasting, Ltd. and Blue Chip Broadcasting
Licenses, Ltd. are organized as limited liability companies
under the laws of the State of Ohio. Under Section 1705.32
of the Ohio Revised Code, a limited liability company may
indemnify a manager, member, partner, officer, employee, agent
or certain other persons against expenses, including
attorneys fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in
settlement, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with
an action, suit or proceeding, if such manager, member, partner,
officer, employee, agent or other person acted in good faith and
in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the
best interests of the company and, in connection with any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe his conduct was unlawful. A limited liability company
may also indemnify a manager, officer, employee, agent or
certain other persons against expenses, including
attorneys fees, actually and reasonably incurred in
connection with an action or suit by or in the right of such
company, if
II-2
such manager, officer, employee, agent or other person acted in
good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of the company. The Bylaws of
each of Blue Chip Broadcasting, Ltd. and Blue Chip Broadcasting
Licenses, Ltd. provide that the company shall indemnify the
foregoing persons to the full extent authorized by the Ohio
Revised Code.
The above discussion of the relevant statutes and the governing
documents of the registrants is not intended to be exhaustive
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such statutes
and governing documents.
(a) Reference is made to the attached Exhibit Index.
(b) None
(a) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration
statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by
Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
arising after the effective date of the registration statement
(or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
in the information set forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in
volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered)
and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to
Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and
price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum
aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of
Registration Fee table in the effective registration
statement; and
(iii) To include any material information with respect to
the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability
under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a
post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered
which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under
the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus
filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration
statement relating to an offering, other than registration
statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses
filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part
of and included in the registration statement as of the date it
is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no
statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is
part of the registration statement or made in a document
incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the
registration statement or prospectus that is part of the
registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of
contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify
any statement that was made in the registration statement or
prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made
in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
II-3
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the
registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the
initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned
registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities
of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration
statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell
the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered
or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following
communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to
the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such
securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(6) That prior to any public reoffering of the securities
registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part
of this registration statement, by any person or party who is
deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of
Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering
prospectus will contain the information called for by the
applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by
persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the
information called for by the other Items of the applicable form.
(7) That every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant
to paragraph (h)(1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that
purports to meet the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of
the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities
subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an
amendment to the registration statement and will not be used
until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each
such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers
and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the
provisions referred to in Item 20, or otherwise, each of
the registrants has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by such
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, such registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(b) To respond to requests for information that is
incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business
day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated
documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means.
This includes information contained in documents filed
subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement
through the date of responding to the request.
(c) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all
information concerning a transaction, and the company being
acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Lanham, State of Maryland, on
August 4, 2011.
RADIO ONE, INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Alfred
C. Liggins, III
|
Alfred C. Liggins, III
President and Chief Executive Officer
BELL BROADCASTING COMPANY
BLUE CHIP BROADCASTING LICENSES, LTD.
BLUE CHIP BROADCASTING, LTD.
CHARLOTTE BROADCASTING, LLC
COMMUNITY CONNECT INC.
COMMUNITY CONNECT, LLC
DISTRIBUTION ONE, LLC
HAWES-SAUNDERS BROADCAST PROPERTIES, INC.
INTERACTIVE ONE, INC.
INTERACTIVE ONE, LLC
NEW MABLETON BROADCASTING CORPORATION
RADIO ONE CABLE HOLDINGS, INC.
RADIO ONE DISTRIBUTION HOLDINGS, LLC
RADIO ONE LICENSES, LLC
RADIO ONE MEDIA HOLDINGS, LLC
RADIO ONE OF ATLANTA, LLC
RADIO ONE OF BOSTON LICENSES, LLC
RADIO ONE OF BOSTON, INC.
RADIO ONE OF CHARLOTTE, LLC
RADIO ONE OF DETROIT, LLC
RADIO ONE OF INDIANA, LLC
RADIO ONE OF NORTH CAROLINA, LLC
RADIO ONE OF TEXAS II, LLC
ROA LICENSES, LLC
SATELLITE ONE, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Alfred
C. Liggins, III
|
Alfred C. Liggins, III
President and Chief Executive Officer
II-5
RADIO ONE OF INDIANA, L.P.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
RADIO ONE, INC., its general partner
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Alfred
C. Liggins, III
|
Alfred C. Liggins, III
President and Chief Executive Officer
II-6
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signatures
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Alfred
C. Liggins, III
Alfred
C. Liggins, III(1)(2)
|
|
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (principal
executive officer)
|
|
August 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Catherine
L. Hughes(2)
|
|
Chairperson and Secretary
|
|
August 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Terry
L. Jones(2)
|
|
Director
|
|
August 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Brian
W. McNeill(2)
|
|
Director
|
|
August 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Dennis
Miller(3)
|
|
Director
|
|
August 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
D.
Geoffrey Armstrong(3)
|
|
Director
|
|
August 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Ronald
E. Blaylock(3)
|
|
Director
|
|
August 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Linda
J. Vilardo(4)
|
|
Director
|
|
August 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Peter
D. Thompson
Peter
D. Thompson(5)
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal
financial officer and principal accounting officer)
|
|
August 4, 2011
|
|
|
|
* |
|
The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and
execute this registration statement on
Form S-4
pursuant to the Power of Attorney executed by the above-named
officers and directors of Radio One, Inc. and previously filed
with the United Stated Securities and Exchange Commission. |
/s/ Alfred
C. Liggins, III
Alfred C. Liggins, III
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For the registrants that are limited liability companies or
limited partnerships, Alfred C. Liggins, III is executing
on behalf of such registrants in the following capacity:
(a) for each of Radio One Licenses, LLC, Radio One of
Atlanta, LLC, Radio One of Charlotte, LLC, Radio One of Texas
II, LLC, Satellite One, L.L.C., and Radio One Media Holdings,
LLC, as President and Chief Executive Officer of Radio One,
Inc., the sole member of each such limited liability company,
(b) for Radio One of Detroit, LLC, as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Bell Broadcasting Company, its sole member,
(c) for ROA Licenses, LLC, as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Radio One of Atlanta, LLC, its sole member,
(d) for Radio One Distribution Holdings, LLC, as President
and Chief Executive Officer of Radio One, its sole member,
(e) for Charlotte Broadcasting, LLC, as President and
Treasurer of Radio One of Charlotte, LLC, the sole member of
each such limited liability company, (f) for Radio One of
North Carolina, LLC, as |
II-7
|
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer of Charlotte Broadcasting,
LLC, its sole member, (g) for Radio One of Boston Licenses,
LLC, as President and Chief Executive Officer of Radio One of
Boston, Inc., its sole member, (h) for Blue Chip
Broadcasting, Ltd., as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Blue Chip Broadcast Company, its sole member, (i) for Blue
Chip Broadcasting Licenses, Ltd., as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Blue Chip Broadcasting, Ltd., its sole
member, (j) for Radio One of Indiana, L.P., as President
and Chief Executive Officer of Radio One, Inc., its general
partner, (k) for Radio One of Indiana, LLC, as President
and Chief Executive Officer of Radio One, Inc., the general
partner of Radio One of Indiana, L.P., its sole member; and
(l) as Manager of Interactive One, LLC and Community
Connect, LLC. |
|
(2) |
|
As director of Radio One, Inc., Bell Broadcasting Company, Radio
One of Boston, Inc., Blue Chip Broadcasting, Ltd., Blue Chip
Broadcasting Licenses, Ltd., New Mableton Broadcasting
Corporation, Hawes-Saunders Broadcast Properties, Inc., Radio
One Cable Holdings, Inc., Community Connect Inc. and Interactive
One, Inc. |
|
(3) |
|
As director of Radio One, Inc., New Mableton Broadcasting
Corporation, Radio One Cable Holdings, Inc., Community Connect
Inc. and Interactive One, Inc. |
|
(4) |
|
As manager of Interactive One, LLC and Community Connect, LLC. |
|
(5) |
|
As Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for all
registrants, other than Radio One of Indiana, L.P., and in his
capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of Radio One, Inc., acting as General Partner of Radio One of
Indiana, L.P. |
II-8
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Radio One,
Inc., dated as of May 4, 2000, as filed with the State of
Delaware on May 9, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Radio
Ones Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended
March 31, 2000).
|
|
3
|
.1.1
|
|
Certificate of Amendment, dated as of September 21, 2000, of the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Radio One,
Inc., dated as of May 4, 2000, as filed with the State of
Delaware on September 21, 2000 (incorporated by reference to
Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 6,
2000).
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated By-laws of Radio One, Inc. amended as of
August 7, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones
Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 21, 2009).
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Restated Articles of Incorporation of Bell Broadcasting Company
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Restated Bylaws of Bell Broadcasting Company (incorporated by
reference to Radio Ones Registration Statement on Form
S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.5
|
|
Articles of Organization of Blue Chip Broadcasting Licenses,
Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.6
|
|
Operating Agreement of Blue Chip Broadcasting Licenses, Ltd.
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.7
|
|
Articles of Organization of Blue Chip Broadcasting, Ltd.
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.8
|
|
Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Blue Chip
Broadcasting, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Radio
Ones Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5,
2005).
|
|
3
|
.9
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Charlotte Broadcasting, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.10
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Charlotte Broadcasting,
LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.11
|
|
Articles of Incorporation of Community Connect Inc.*
|
|
3
|
.12
|
|
Bylaws of Community Connect Inc.*
|
|
3
|
.13
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Community Connect, LLC.*
|
|
3
|
.14
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Community Connect, LLC.*
|
|
3
|
.15
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Distribution One, LLC.*
|
|
3
|
.16
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Distribution One, LLC.*
|
|
3
|
.17
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Hawes-Saunders Broadcast
Properties, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones
Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.18
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hawes-Saunders Broadcast
Properties, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones
Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.19
|
|
Articles of Incorporation of Interactive One, Inc.*
|
|
3
|
.20
|
|
Bylaws of Interactive One, Inc.*
|
|
3
|
.21
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Interactive One, LLC.*
|
|
3
|
.22
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Interactive One, LLC.*
|
|
3
|
.23
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of New Mableton Broadcasting
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones
Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.24
|
|
Bylaws of New Mableton Broadcasting Corporation (incorporated by
reference to Radio Ones Registration Statement on Form
S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.25
|
|
Articles of Radio One Cable Holdings, Inc.*
|
|
3
|
.26
|
|
Bylaws of Radio One Cable Holdings, Inc.*
|
|
3
|
.27
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Radio One Distribution Holdings,
LLC.*
|
|
3
|
.28
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One Distribution
Holdings, LLC.*
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.29
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Radio One Licenses, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.30
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One Licenses, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.31
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Radio One Media Holdings, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.32
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One Media Holdings,
LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.33
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Atlanta, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.34
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Atlanta, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.35
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Boston Licenses, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.36
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Boston
Licenses, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones
Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.37
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Radio One of Boston, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.38
|
|
Bylaws of Radio One of Boston, Inc. (incorporated by reference
to Radio Ones Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed
August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.39
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Charlotte, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.40
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Charlotte,
LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.41
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Detroit, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.42
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Detroit, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.43
|
|
Certificate of Limited Partnership of Radio One of Indiana, L.P.
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.44
|
|
Limited Partnership Agreement of Radio One of Indiana, L.P.
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.45
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Indiana, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.46
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Indiana, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.47
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Radio One of North Carolina, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.48
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of North
Carolina, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones
Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.49
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Texas II, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.50
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Texas II,
LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.51
|
|
Certificate of Formation of ROA Licenses, LLC (incorporated by
reference to Radio Ones Registration Statement on Form
S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.52
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of ROA Licenses, LLC
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
3
|
.53
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Satellite One, L.L.C. (incorporated
by reference to Radio Ones Registration Statement on Form
S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.54
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Satellite One, L.L.C.
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Indenture dated May 18, 2001 among Radio One, Inc., the
Guarantors listed therein, and United States Trust Company of
New York (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones
Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed July 17, 2001).
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 10, 2001, among Radio
One, Inc., the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and other Guarantors
listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee,
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Registration
Statement on Form S-4, filed October 4, 2001).
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 31, 2001,
among Radio One, Inc., the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and other
Guarantors listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee,
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones registration
statement on Form S-3, filed January 29, 2002).
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 17, 2003, among
Radio One, Inc., the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and other
Guarantors listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee,
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2003).
|
|
4
|
.5
|
|
Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 19, 2004,
among Radio One, Inc., the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and other
Guarantors listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee,
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2004).
|
|
4
|
.6
|
|
Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 8, 2005, among
Radio One, Inc., the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and other
Guarantors listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004).
|
|
4
|
.7
|
|
Indenture dated February 10, 2005 between Radio One, Inc. and
The Bank of New York, as Trustee, (incorporated by reference to
Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 11,
2005).
|
|
4
|
.8
|
|
Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 15, 2006 among
Radio One, Inc., the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Existing
Guarantors listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as
successor trustee under the Indenture dated May 18, 2001, as
amended (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2006).
|
|
4
|
.9
|
|
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 15, 2006 among
Radio One, Inc., Syndication One, Inc., the other Guarantors
listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the
Indenture dated February 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to
Radio Ones Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period
ended June 30, 2006).
|
|
4
|
.10
|
|
Seventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 22, 2006
among Radio One, Inc., the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the
Existing Guarantors listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as
successor trustee under the Indenture dated May 18, 2001, as
amended. (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006).
|
|
4
|
.11
|
|
Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 22, 2006
among Radio One, Inc., Magazine One, Inc., the other Guarantors
listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the
Indenture dated February 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to
Radio Ones Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended
December 31, 2006).
|
|
4
|
.12
|
|
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 30, 2010 by and
among Radio One, Inc., each of the subsidiaries of Radio One
listed on Exhibit A attached thereto, Interactive One, Inc.,
Interactive One, LLC, Community Connect, LLC, Community Connect
Inc., Distribution One, LLC and Radio One Distribution Holdings,
LLC, and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank
of New York), as trustee under the Indenture dated February 10,
2005 (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
4
|
.13
|
|
Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 30, 2010, by
and among Radio One, Inc., each of the subsidiaries of Radio One
listed on Exhibit A attached thereto Interactive One, Inc.,
Interactive One, LLC, Community Connect, LLC, Community Connect
Inc., Distribution One, LLC and Radio One Distribution Holdings,
LLC, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as successor to United
States Trust Company of New York, as trustee under the Indenture
dated as of May 18, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Radio
Ones Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended
December 31, 2009).
|
|
4
|
.14
|
|
Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2010, among Radio One, Inc.,
the guarantors signatory thereto and Wilmington Trust Company,
as trustee, relating to the 12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2010).
|
|
4
|
.15
|
|
Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2010,
among Radio One, Inc., the guarantors listed therein, and
Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to The Bank of
New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the
Indenture dated May 18, 2001, as amended (incorporated by
reference to Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed
on December 1, 2010).
|
|
4
|
.16
|
|
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2010,
among Radio One, Inc., the guarantors listed therein, and
Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to The Bank of
New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the
Indenture dated February 10, 2005. (incorporated by reference to
Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1,
2010).
|
|
4
|
.17
|
|
Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November
24, 2010, among Radio One, Inc., the guarantors signatory
thereto and certain holders of its debt securities (incorporated
by reference to Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on December 1, 2010).
|
|
4
|
.18
|
|
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2011, by and
between Radio One, Inc., the guarantors listed therein and
Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.**
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.**
|
|
5
|
.2
|
|
Opinion of Clark Hill PLC.**
|
|
5
|
.3
|
|
Opinion of Keating Muething & Klekamp PLL.**
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Certificate Of Designations, Rights and Preferences of the
61/2% Convertible
Preferred Securities Remarketable Term Income Deferrable Equity
Securities (HIGH TIDES) of Radio One, Inc., as filed with the
State of Delaware on July 13, 2000 (incorporated by reference to
Radio Ones Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period
ended June 30, 2000).
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of
September 28, 2004 among Catherine L. Hughes and Alfred C.
Liggins, III (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30,
2005).
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated June 13, 2005, by and among Radio One
Inc., Wachovia Bank and the other lenders party thereto
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Current Report on
Form 8-K filed June 17, 2005).
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated June 13, 2005, made by
Radio One, Inc. and its Restricted Subsidiaries in favor of
Wachovia Bank (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones
Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 17, 2005).
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Radio One, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Grant
Plan (incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Definitive
Proxy on Schedule 14A filed November 6, 2009).
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of April 26, 2006,
to Credit Agreement dated June 13, 2005, by and among Radio One,
Inc., Wachovia Bank and the other lenders party thereto
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Current Report on
Form 8-K filed April 28, 2006).
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Waiver to Credit Agreement dated July 12, 2007, by and among
Radio One, Inc., the several Lenders thereto, and Wachovia Bank
National Association, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by
reference to Radio Ones Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the period ended June 30, 2007).
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Employment Agreement between Radio One, Inc. and Barry A. Mayo
dated as of August 31, 2009 and effective as of August 5, 2009
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Current Report on
Form 8-K filed September 2, 2009).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and Waiver dated as of
September 14, 2007, by and among Radio One, Inc., the several
Lenders thereto, and Wachovia Bank National Association, as
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Radio
Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 18, 2007).
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Waiver and Consent to Credit Agreement dated May 14, 2007, by
and among Radio One, Inc., the several Lenders thereto, and
Wachovia Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Current Report on
Form 8-K filed May 18, 2007).
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Consent to Credit Agreement dated March 30, 2007, by and among
Radio One, Inc., the several Lenders thereto, and Wachovia Bank
National Association, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by
reference to Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed
April 5, 2007).
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Employment Agreement between Radio One, Inc. and Peter D.
Thompson dated March 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to
Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 2, 2008).
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Employment Agreement between Radio One, Inc. and Alfred C.
Liggins, III dated April 16, 2008 (incorporated by
reference to Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed
April 18, 2008).
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Employment Agreement between Radio One, Inc. and Catherine L.
Hughes dated April 16, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Radio
Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 18, 2008).
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Employment Agreement Amendment and Modification dated as of
October 7, 2008 between Radio One, Inc. and Peter D. Thompson
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Current Report on
Form 8-K filed December 12, 2008).
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Employment Agreement between Radio One, Inc. and Peter D.
Thompson dated March 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to
Radio Ones Current Report on
Form 8-K
filed March 9, 2011).
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement and Waiver to Credit
Agreement by and among Radio One, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
(formerly known as Wachovia Bank, National Association), as
Administrative Agent and the Lenders, dated as of March 30, 2010
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009).
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Agreement, dated June 16, 2010, by and among Radio One, Inc. and
certain holders of its outstanding debt securities (incorporated
by reference to Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K
filed June 16, 2010).
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Commitment Letter, exhibits and annexes thereto, dated as of
June 16, 2010, by and among Radio One, Inc., Deutsche Bank Trust
Company Americas and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (incorporated
by reference to Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K
filed June 16, 2010).
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Forbearance Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2010, by and among
the Radio One, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and certain of Radio
Ones lenders (incorporated by reference to Radio
Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 16, 2010).
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Amendment to Forbearance Agreement, by and among Radio One,
Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and certain of Radio One
Inc.s lenders (incorporated by reference to Radio
Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 17, 2010).
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Support Agreement, dated November 5, 2010, by and among Radio
One, Inc. and certain holders of its outstanding debt securities
(incorporated by reference to Radio Ones Current Report on
Form 8-K filed November 8, 2010).
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Agreement, dated November 12, 2010, by and among the Company and
certain holders of its outstanding debt securities (incorporated
by reference to Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K
filed November 18, 2010).
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Amendment and Restatement Agreement, dated as of November 24,
2010, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2005, by and
among Radio One, Inc. as Borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
successor-by-merger to Wachovia Bank, National Association, as
Administrative Agent, the lenders referred to therein and the
other parties from time to time party thereto (incorporated by
reference to Radio One Inc.s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on December 1, 2010).
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2011, by and among Radio
One, Inc., the lenders party thereto from time to time, Credit
Suisse AG, as Administrative Agent, Credit Suisse Securities
(USA), LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., as Joint Lead
Arrangers and Book Running Managers and Deutsche Bank
Securities, Inc., as Syndication Agent. (incorporated by
reference to Radio Ones Current Report on Form 8-K filed
April 6, 2011).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
12
|
.1
|
|
Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios.**
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Radio One, Inc.*
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.***
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).**
|
|
23
|
.3
|
|
Consent of Clark Hill PLC (included in Exhibit 5.2).**
|
|
23
|
.4
|
|
Consent of Keating Muething & Klekamp PLL (included in
Exhibit 5.3).**
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included in signature pages).*
|
|
25
|
.1
|
|
Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
of Wilmington Trust Company, on Form T-1.*
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal.**
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Form of Tender Instruction.**
|
|
99
|
.3
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.**
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Previously filed with the Securities Exchange Commission as an
exhibit to the Radio One, Inc.
Form S-4
filed on February 9, 2011. |
|
|
|
** |
|
Previously filed with the Securities Exchange Commission as an
exhibit to the Radio One, Inc. Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4
filed on July 27, 2011. |
|
|
|
*** |
|
Indicates documents filed herewith. |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts and to the use of our report
dated March 16, 2011 in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-172123) and
the related Prospectus of Radio One, Inc. for the registration of
$299,185,432 of 12.5%/15.0%
Senior Subordinated Notes and $27,850,174 Senior Subordinated Notes Paid-in-Kind due 2016.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Baltimore, Maryland
August 4, 2011